FIRE

FIRE SAFETY
SAFETY MANUAL
MANUAL
(For Internal Circulation and Reference Only)

JULY, 2015

AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING SERVICES

AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
 'O qn. A. dfErws, cr{.c.vn. hqnrtr{ vrfuo-r"r
"'-fu
#N'*fi;#;'
AIRPORTS AUTHORIW OF INDIA
vt-dl-q rrfr Tfi
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan
Htr-flqr E{r$ qqsr, T{ ftd-110 oo3
24622796 Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003
Swlfax :011-24641088
{ iale-mall : [email protected]

No.M!/CHMNl2015 August 11,2015

.l

FOREWORD

Emergency services is a'centripetal force in meeting the objective,of safety of lives,

property and maintaining aircraft operation at an airport and plays a vital role in the aviation
industry.

The changing time in the aviation scenario has brought significant development and
concerned in safety parameters and airport Fire Service Department has to stand to meet
the ever changing and challenging taSk. l
The fire safety manual has been compiled. which gives a glare of the activities and
capability of airport fire service to meet the national as well as international safety standards.

My congratulations to the Fire Directorate Tea'm which has immensely contributed in

completibn of this important work. My appreciation goes to the contribution of each &
everyone who has been involved with this work and extended necessary assistance,

I am sure that this manudl will be up dated periodically.

U,8.)ol(
 3Tfud EqRqcil rTlyfrq frqrqqg{ srfufiq
Anil Kumar Dutta AIRPORTS AUTHORTI OF INDIA
Tirtl (go wo \rso) rl*q rrlfr qm ne;u ienaht Btiawan,
'Member (Air Navigation Services) Hu(wfu gr{ qqsl ,,q{ ffi-r r ooo3

(tlIN / Phone: 91-ll-24031969 Stidarlung Aliport, New Delhl - i|10003

tfim t F ax : 91 -11 -24629567'
{-fa /E-mail : [email protected] . November 16, 2015 ,

MESSAGE

I am glad to know that Directorate of

Fire Services has compiled a
Fire Safety Mahual containing the detailed information about Airport Fire
'Fire
Service and its various activities on the line of Safety, Fire
Prevention & Fire Protection.

The information contained in the form of Fire Orders, i.n fact, is

guidelines to fire safety standarQs to all and certainly ah established way
to preserve life & property frorn the devastation of fir'e. t hope this
Manual will be very useful.
*ts' . !
: l, iecord my appreciation for all the .efforts undertaken by
^'Directorate of Fire Services team in compiling the'Fire Safety Manual. '

(A.K.DUrrA)
 qrrfrq frflqrffiq srDqwq
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

PREFACE

The inva-luable asset to an airport or.ganization is its commitment for the

safety of passengers as well as to protect the i.rf.astructure and t[e operation.
The objective is hchieved by the effective & efficient emergency service at an
airport.

Airport fire service haS its presence in over 66 AAI airports and cater the
fire safety requirements in other airports. The responsibility of fire service is
not only to provide, a level of protection to aircrafts / airports but also to train
and prepare a competent fire force to meet the challenges of ever growing
modernization in aviation sectoi.

. Airport fire service ,,.rr. h*d. to medt the standards of National &
International aviation Regulatory Bodibs & meet the competency level to tackle

I am happy to note that Fire Directorate has compiled a Fire, Safety

Manua-l detaiting all-the required information about airporthre service, and iG
activities. The purpose 6f this documdnt is to abreast Aat Employees of various
roles AFS plays in providing fire safety protection and fire saiety awareness,ds
well.

In the present aviation scenario and fast changing development, it thus

becomes not only essential but mandatory for the emergency services
to be on
. alert to meet the challengqs of airport safety,

It's a matter e1 -pleasure . that such comprehensive manual has

o:.:,::-It,:1-.-Undoubtedly, this wiu serve as a guide to fire safety
il*:::Y
standards. I wish to put on record my appreciation of tf,e diligent
placed by the team.

€ I"\''r
MEMBER (OPERATTONSI
e

vrfrs ritff rffr 5o-{ or.ssr, r{ ffi-cqoool .*w

RaJiv Gandhi Bhawan I.E- .6iqq
Safdarjung Airport, New Dethi - il0003
w,fls : ?8q3?qto : Ec.eq.?Bq,i?Eqo
. Phorte: 24632950 Fax : 91-11-24632990
t.
 otgE .Tq-qrf, qp51ftq ftqaaqflq qrfrff{oT
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
ANUJ AGGARWAL q{r, 'fr' d-s
rrfi-q rnEli
q6s (qsa *iurw) Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan, C'Block
Member (Human Resource) q!F<q.r eq( .tr{gr, T{ fud-110 oo3
6rdf,q/Off rce g 1 - 1 1 -24632946 Safdarjung Airport New Delhi-110 003
fi*lrax 91 11-24610840
{-igle,rrla,t rnpa@aai aero

MESSAGE

It is really a pleasure to know that Fire Directorate has brought out a

comprehensive manual depicting the various activities of Airfort Fire
service in Fire safety not only to aircraft operation but airport infrastructure
and other operational activities.
Fire & Emergency services prays a vitar rore in safeguarding the rives &
property from the devastating effects of fire and thus lead from
the front in
the emergent situations. The Fire safety Manuar records fire safety
standards in the form of Fire orders which I am sure would certainly be
beneficial to all concerned. lt is appreciable that manual also contains
some fire safety tips which will be useful to all.
I wish to put on record my appreciation for the efforts put in by Fire
Directorate team in compiling and bringing out Fire Safety
Manual.

G,,-,,,,
(ANUJ AGGARWAL )
MEMBER (HR)
 MESSAGE

Fire service in general is known for its ability to efficiently react to emergency
situations, and Aviation Fire Service in particular requires a high degree of proficiency
and clarity in its functioning to deal with emergency situations due to the criticality of
emergency involving aircraft, where time is of paramount importance. It is imperative
that such services requires utmost clarity in its functioning.

An organizational Manual plays a vital role in bringing clarity in every aspects of its
functioning. Fire Service Directorate has taken a very good initiative by preparing a
Manual, which is seen to cover almost all aspects of Aviation Fire Service, and it is a
laudable attempt.

I have no doubts that this Manual will bring the required clarity amongst the fire
personnel and help the Directorate in its day to day functioning, and most
importantly in the quest for improving its performance to higher standards.

My best wishes and congratulations to the team worked behind this Manual.

(Hareendranathan.E.P)
Executive Director (Technical)
In-Charge Fire Training FTC/FSTC
 .- A. Q. treqq , qrreq frqnqm;T qTfuo-rrT
J.R ALEX AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF IN.DIA
orrlqloo Diuo (tRqler.r) fiqftc
Exeeutive Director (Operations) TeucTq
,"tll-'.ono. trdhr rrldl rrc-{,
irttw 1 ffice : 011 -24621628 rtusrtrr ea{ cqo. q{ ft"il-rrooos
- fm,z Fax :011-24621$23 Safdariung Airports, New Dethi-1 1 0003
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA { {orle-maii: [email protected] )'

:(

MESSAGE.

The Fire Salely Manual'compiled by Airport Rescue & Fire Services Directorate
.is long awaited. 'In'fact, adoption and implementation of safety: parameters in
persondl and professional work should be the prime objective uf .r.ryorr..

Airport Fire Service is the custo$ian of safety_ to qll aspects of airpprt. and
aircraft operation and the manual conlaihs, s€lfety standards and, parameters
in the form of Fire Orders as a guide line f6r the safe Airports operation.

' I apprbciate
the contribution of the ofliciars of.Airport-Rescue. & Fire Services
Directoratg who has ,put in extra efforts and,resourc'bs'to compile the
documents inthe manual.
The Fire Safety Mdnual, I am'sure will proye to be a miiestone in maintaining
the safety standards at airports and.other preryrises and infrastnicture of AAI.
/
Witl Best Wishes

(J.P. ALEX|
EXECUTTITE omscToR (oPERATTONSI
/

aa

'.qI

I
 glTlE Eql-( qrrfu Eqmqtffi qriYdrl

#\*
o
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
SUBHASH KUMAR
{5T qclq?D (3ltrflrr) {--fi-q .riefr r14{,
GENERAL MANAGER (FS) Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan,
($Tfg / Tele Fax : 91-11-2465 1296 HrE(c,flT 6Erg otqsl, +i ffi-'tlo oo3

{-ia /E-mail:[email protected] Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003

,-

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

AAI fire service department is bringing out the Fire safety manual with an
objective to educate and keep abreast ail the concerned for safe operating
practices and maintaining safer working environment.

Airport hre service besides the principle objective of Rescue & Firefighting
is also involved in fire training and fire safety consultancy to private
or ganization and public.

Airport fire service is firmly committed to safe operating practices and

sustaining safer environment which is duly reflected and represented in
the companion documents.

The aim of Fire Safety Manual is not only to educate the organization
employees about hre safety but also maintaining and functioning in safer
conditions. Besides involving the stake holders for continuous
improvement in the services and satisfaction.

I hope that all employees of the organization will avail & utilize the
guidelines contained in the Fire safety manual and jointly will make
endeavors to make and maintained incident / accident free environment.

G,,. (SUBHASH KUMAR)

rrfre'rift rrfi Hs-{cit a+( qsr, r$ ffi-rroool ((TII{ : ti.es.?8(,ll!1o ffw , qq.qq.ruqS?qr,o
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan Safdarjung Airport, New Delhi-110 003 Phone : +91-11- 24632950 Fax. +91-11- 24632990
Hkkjrh; foekuiRruizkf/kdj.kdk /;s; ,oamÌs’;
MISSION AND VISION OF AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

mÌs’;

jk"Vª ds vkfFkZdfodklvkSjle`f/n esa ;ksxnkudjrsgq;sxzkgd dh lEiw.kZlarqf"V ds

fy;svR;k/kqfudvolajpukmiyC/k djkrsgq;sfoeku
;krk;krlsokvksavkSjgokbZvM~Mkizca/kuesalqj{kk ,oaxq.koRrk ds mPpreLrjizkIrdjukA

Mission

To achieve highest standards of safety and quality in

air traffic services and airport management by
providing state-of-the-art infrastructure for total
customer satisfaction, contributing to economic growth
and prosperity of the nation.

/;s;

foeku ;krk;krlsokvksa ,oagokbZvM~Mkizca/kuesausr`Rodjrsgq;sfo’oLrjh; laxBucuuk

,oa 2016 rd ,f’k;kiz’kkar {ks= esaHkkjrdks ,d izeq[k dsUnzcukukA

Vision

“To be a world – class organization providing leadership in

air traffic services and airport management & making
India a major hub in Asia Pacific Region by 2016.”

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

 SAFETY POLICY OF AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

ESTABLISHMENT: AAI shall conceive, design, develop and effect

changes to the Aerodromes, CNS systems, ATS systems, airspace
and air traffic management and procedures involving all the stake
holders for safe Air Navigation in the sky and for safe aerodrome
operations.

SAFETY PLAN: AAI shall make its country wide Safety Plan, and
revise it periodically throughout all its operational activities for
enhancement of safety.

SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: AAI shall establish SMS- the

safety levels of airspace and all aerodromes, identify hazards and
lay down methods of risk assessments, risk mitigation, safety
measurements, reporting, monitoring and reviewing and shall
endeavor to maintain the safety levels of all aerodromes, ATS and
safety standards of CNS facilities even if the traffic grows.

SAFETY REVIEWS: AAI shall carry out safety reviews regularly at

the specified periods of the ATS and Aerodrome operations, CNS
standards involving the management at station level, region level
and corporate level.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACCOUNTABILITIES: AAI shall involve

all its wings (Engg., CNS, Operations, ATM, etc.) by documenting
explicit safety responsibilities and shall evolve a procedure of
accountabilities from top management to the line managers.

SAFETY CULTURE: it shall also involve the other stake holders, the
regulator in the safety promotion in the sky and ground operations
by practicing the laid down procedures leading to a safety culture.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

 SCOPE OF MANUAL

The scope of this manual covers the responsibility entrusted to th e

department of fire of Airports Authority of India

a. Aerodrome operation at airside and terminal operation of all AAI airports.

b. Licensing of airports and safety management systems at these airports.

c. Guideline relating to equipments operations and manpower manning at

the airports

International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) as well as D irectorate

General Civil Aviation (DGCA) requires all the a erodrome open to public for
operations to obtain certificate and implement a safety management system.
Every airport operation in India is required by DGCA to obtain licenses
(certificates).

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

 DISCLAIMER

Though all possible care h as been taken to ensure accuracy and

consistency, in the event of a conflic t between the Fire Safety M anual and
Airports Authority of India or ders / instructions on the su bject, the latter will
prevail.

Any information given cannot be cited in any dispute or litigation, nor is

it a substitute for a legal interpretation / evidence.

Various circulars / orders memorandum quoted at the end of paragraphs

and chapters may be assessed by logging on to www.aai.aero.

In case any dispute arising as to text or interpretation between the Hindi

version and English version of the circulars, the latter shall prevail.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

 TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER CONTENTS DESCRIPTION Page

NO. No.

1 PROFILE OF AIRPORT FIRE SERVICES 1-26

2 LEVEL OF FIRE PROTECTION (ICAO) 27-37

3 ARFF ROUTINE ACTIVITIES, RETURNS & REPORTS 38-58

4 FIRE TRAINING ESTABLISHMENT 59-74

5 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION & AUDIT PROTOCOL 75-97

6 FEATURES OF FIRE STATION BUILDING & RELATED 98-128

FACILITIES
7 FIRE PREVENTION & PROTECTION 129-176

8 PREVENTION OF GRASS FIRE 177-182

9 RADIO TELEPHONY PROCEDURES 183-195

10 FIRE SERVICE DRILL 196-262

11 STANDARD OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE FOR 263-326

RESCUE AND PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENTS
12 DISABLED AIRCRAFT REMOVAL PLAN 327-359

13 FIRE SERVICE UNIFORM 360-374

14 PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST & PRACTICAL 375-384

FIREMANSHIP EFFICIENCY TEST
15 AIRPORT DISASTER PLAN 385-421

16 ARFF MANNING NORMS 422-429

17 AIRPORT EMERGENCY PLANNING & PROCEDURE 430-462

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL

 CHAPTER-1

PROFILE OF
AIRPORT FIRE SERVICES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |1

1.1 OBJECTIVE OF AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIRE SERVICES

The Principle objective of Airport Rescue and Fire Services is to “To save
lives in the event of an aircraft accident or in cident” occurring at, or in
the immediate vicinity of, an airport.
The Rescue and Fi re Services is provi ded to cre ate and maintain survivable
conditions, to provide egress routes for occupants and to i nitiate the rescue
of those occupants unable to make their escape without direct aid. This also
applies to any other incident where life and property can be saved.

In order to achieve the objective, AAI training establishment imparts

emergency response training to Rescu e and Fir e Fighters to updat e their
professional skills and knowledge as well as to meet the deficiency in trained
Fire personnel and human behavior in Fire Services.

1.2 SCOPE
The safety of the passengers is paramount at airports run by Airports
Authority of India. AAI’s highly trained Rescue and Fire Services stand read y
to provide rescue and fire protection at all times.

The level of fire pr otection at an aerodrome shall commensurate with th e

largest aircraft at the aerodrome accordance with the ICAO’s standards an d
recommended practices and DGCA CAR.
Airportfirefighting vehicle respond to the scene of an aircraft accident in
two minutes, not e xceeding three minutes and bring the fire under contro l
within a minute on arrival. T his is smoothly followed by rescue an d
evacuation efforts to nearby medical facilities.
Thereis an airport emergency plan to co-ordinate the effo rts of mu tual
aid agency within the airport and its i mmediate vicinity. The Recue and Fire
Services is responsible for m anaging the Airport Emergency Plan a nd deal
the situation accordingly at the aircraft accident or incident as well as safet y
of the occ upants and avoidance of the fire risks in the te rminal building &
other vital installations at the airport.

1.3 PROFILE OF AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIRE SERVICES

Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting Services (ARFF) registers its presence
at operational airports and is under the administrative control of A irports
Authority of India, which is responsible for ensuring that the service provided
is well organized, equipped, staffed, trained and operate in such a manner as
to fulfill its principal objective of Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF).
Airport Rescue and Fire Fi ghting Services(ARFF)has standardized
activities in conformity to ICAO’s standards and recommended practices and

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |2

DGCA CAR for induction of appliances / equipments, manpower, training
and standard operating procedures.
Fire Orders and Circulars are issued & updated for vari ous activities
and services which are related to Rescue and Fire Services.
The Fire Station Building need to be located strategically, so as to
achieve the prime objective of prompt response to provid e earliest possible
reconnaissance to aircraft accident/incidents. T he constructional features o f
fire station buildings also need to be specific for complementing to the
objectives.
To take measures necessary for pre vention of disasters, mitigation, and
preparednessand capacity-building in accorda nce with the gui delines &
Integrate into its development plan and projects and respond effectively and
promptly to any threatening disaster situation

1.4 FUNCTIONS– AIRPORT RESCUE AND FIRE SERVICE

1.4.1 Planning, Organizing and Controlling of Human Resources as well as

emergency incidents or accident such as equipment addition &
replacement, staff development, growth & promotion, inspection and
reporting, moral stabilization & i mprovement. Policy, Decision
Making, Staffing and recruitment.

1.4.2 Budgetary plans with operations & administrative plans and

procedures for effective use of equipment s/replacement of old
equipments& Research & Development and also Human Resources
Development.

1.4.3 Laisioning& Coordination with other departments under AAI,

Government & Priv ate Organizations and also Various National &
International agencies for smooth & efficient operations and make
necessary recommendations.

1.4.4 Implementation, Control, Monitoring and Compliance of Statutory,

Mandatory, Regulatory, operability Standards AAI Safety Policy, Fir e
orders & operational circularsand maintain code of conduct rules for
Fire Service Discipline & Welfare of Fire Service Personnel through
various welfare activities & suggest ways and means for providing
better and welfare measures.

1.4.5 Audit, Inspection, investigation, analysis & reporting of Fire incident

and accidents.

1.4.6 Maintain Level of Fire Protection at airports and Formulate Policy &
Procedures for efficient Fire Prevention, Protection and Firefighting at
Terminal Buildings, AT S & CNS I nstallations, Cargo Complex,
Hangers and other Vital Installations.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |3

1.4.7 Advertisement& Market Promotions for B usiness Development
related to Fire and Safety Services & Training.

1.4.8 Recognition, Accreditation & Af filiation of Fi re Training

Establishment with National and International Institutions.

1.4.9 Organize/Participation of National & International Seminar, Meeting,

Training & Workshop, Exhibitions for induction of modern
technology/ Equipments and Policy.

1.4.10 Manuals& Operational Orders preparation and r evision and framing

of technical specification for all Fire Equipments, Test and issue
necessary Standard Operational Procedures.

1.4.11 Toset guidelines for performance appraisal of Fire Officials and

Review the same from time to time by monitoring different
information received.

1.4.12 Dealwith the disciplinary cases, specific vigilance cases and transfer
cases and make recommendations to concern departments for
necessary action.

1.4.13 Deal and recommend Bravery Awards, Meritorious Service Awards ,

President of India Award, Gallantry Award and Department Awards
for Fire Service Personnel.

1.4.14 ToProvide assistance to the National Disaster Management Authority

(NDMA)and State Disaster Management Authority (SD MA) by
making available its resources to the National Executive Committee
or State Executive Committee for the purposes of r esponding
promptly and ef fectively to any threatening disaster situation or
disaster.

1.4.15 Utilize the resources available with Disaster Management Authorities

at all leve ls to effec tively manage the aviation Disasters, happening
at the airport or away from the airport

1.5 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

1.5.1 EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (FIRE TRAINING CENTERS)

1.5.1.1 Headof the Fire Training Establishment.

1.5.1.2 Toassist Member (Operation) in all Administrative, Planning ,

Standardization, Organizational Policy Matters related to Fire
Training Establishment, Fire Service Personnel Trainees, and
Human Resources&Equipments.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |4

1.5.1.3 To execute various long-term & short-term plans for infras tructure
developments and Training related.
1.5.1.4 Introduction, Replacement and Provisioning of Fi re Safety
Equipment & Appliances for Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.5 To develop training plan and prepare the schedule and Training
curriculum of each course in advance.
1.5.1.6 Toformulate annual and five -year plan for fire s afety and disaste r
training for effective and optimal use of equipment and Human
Resource Development.
1.5.1.7 To formulate budgetary plans for purchasing of new equipment,
replacement of old equipment, Research & Devel opment related to
Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.8 To plan & organize an efficient management information services for
managerial competence and successful decision making process.
1.5.1.9 Introducing new technical books, technical magazines, and other
related information including professional membership for th e
purpose of teaching aids and training.
1.5.1.10 To propose various training, seminar, workshop a t
National/International level and training of foreign Nationals in Fire
Training Establishment.
1.5.1.11 To deal with disciplinary cases, specific vigilance cases against any
fire official posted at Fire Training Establishment and also maintain
a set of rules, code of conduct rules for maintaining discipline.
1.5.1.12 To keep in touch with Research and Developmental activitie s
through reputed National / I nternational Institutions/Organization
and agencies.
1.5.1.13 To set guidelines for performance appraisal of sub ordinate fire staff
posted at Fire T raining Establishment and review the same from
time to time by monitoring different information receive fro m
training centers.
1.5.1.14 To look after the w elfare of Fire Service Personnel posted at Fire
Training Centers, monitor various welfare activities & suggest way s
and means for providing better welfare measures to Fire Service
Personnel and shall ensure implementation of such activities.
1.5.1.15 Evaluateand recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious
service award, president awards, gallantry medals and
departmental awards, for fi re service personnel posted at Fire
Training Establishment.
1.5.1.16 To report/review annual confidential reports, PMS - PAR of JGM ,
DGM, SM (FS) and other Fire Officials.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |5

1.5.1.17 To Advertise& Market Promotion for Business Development related
to Fire Training Establishment activities.
1.5.1.18 Recognition, Accreditation & Aff iliation of Fire T raining
Establishment with National and International Institutions
1.5.1.19 To advice for prep aration/up-gradation of syll abus for various
courses including addition alterations and updating.
1.5.1.20 To constitute committee for examination board, invigilators and
other related activities to Fire Training Establishment.
1.5.1.21 Framing guidelines for Man uals & ot her related training matters
and revision & preparing t echnical specification for all Fir e
Equipments, Laboratory and i ssue necessary Training Operational
Procedures / Standard Operating Procedure.
1.5.1.22 Liaising& Coordination with other depar tments under AAI ,
Government & Private Organizations and also Various National &
International agencies for training.

1.6 GENERAL MANAGER (FS) – FIRE TRAINING

1.6.1 To assist Executive Director (Training) and under his gui dance to
supervise /monitoring & control over in all Administrative,
Planning, Standardization, Organizational Policy , infrastructure
development, manpower, budget and up-gradation facilities for Fire
Training Establishment, Human Resources, Equipments and other
related matters.
1.6.2 All duties assigned by Executive Director (Training).
1.6.3 To advise Executive Director (Training) for deve lopment training
plan and prepare the sch edule& Course cur riculum of each
course.
1.6.4 Preparation/up-gradation of syllabus for various courses including
addition/ alterations and updation.
1.6.5 To execute various long-term & short-term plans related to Fire
Safety Training.

1.6.6 To formulate and a ssist for a nnual and five-year plan for fire safet y
and disaster training and human resources development.

1.6.7 To prepare and assist budgetary plans for purchasing of ne w

equipments, replacement of old equipments, Research & Development
related to training establishment.
1.6.8 To assist to Executive Director (T raining) for plan & organize an
efficient management information services for managerial competence
and successful decision making process.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |6

1.6.9 To assist Executive Director (Training) in all administrative & training
plans to be organized and his team at different level within common
policies as well as by the individual procedure and put into action.
1.6.10 Propose new technical books , magazines, professional membership
and other related information for the purpose of training in the form
of teaching & training aids.
1.6.11 Toprepare and revise instructional notes and précis on variou s
technical subjects upon requirement.
1.6.12 Setting of question papers for exams of trainees and act as an
examiners for theory and practical.
1.6.13 To check, verify and declare the result.
1.6.14 To pay surprise visit and check parades, drills and tactical exercise.
1.6.15 To inspect stores, equipments, maintenance of workshop, fire fightin g
materials, laboratory, appliances, communication equipment, Uniform
and canteen etc.

1.7 JT. GENERAL MANAGER/DY. GENERAL MANAGERE (FS)-

PRINCIPAL/IN-CHARGE OF FIRE TRAINING CENTER
(FSTC/ FTC)
1.7.1 Toassist General Manager (T raining) and under his guidance to
supervise /monitoring & cont rol over i n all Adm inistrative, Planning,
Standardization, Organizational Policy , infrastructure development,
manpower, budget and up -gradation facilities for Fire Training
Centers, Human Resources, Equipments and other related.
1.7.2 Shall be o ver all in-charge of Fire Training Center related to al l
administrative, Human Recourses & Finance, training plans,
instructional work including practical & theoretical.
1.7.3 All duties assigned by General Manager (Training).

1.7.4 Preparation of training syllabus for various courses includin g

addition, alteration and up-dation.
1.7.5 Introduction, Replacement & Provisioning of Fire Safety Equipment &
Appliances for Fire Training Center.
1.7.6 To advise General Manager (Training) for Recognition, Accreditation &
Affiliation of Fire Training Centers with National and International
Institutions.
1.7.7 Shall liaise with Research and Developmental activities through
reputed National / International Institu tions/Organization and
agencies.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |7

1.7.8 To advise & form ulate budgetary plans for purchasing of ne w
equipments, replacement of old equipments, Research & Development
related to Fire Training Center.
1.7.9 Introducing new technical books, technical magazines, and oth er
related information including professional membership for the
purpose of teaching aids and training.
1.7.10 To prepare and revi se the ins tructional notes an d precies on various
technical subjects.
1.7.11 Setting of question papers for exams of trainees and act as an
examiner & invigilator for theory and practical.

1.7.12 To make surprise visit and check parades, drills and tactical exercise.
1.7.13 To inspect stores, equipments, maintenance of wor kshop, fire fighting
materials, laboratory, appliances, communication equipment s,
Uniform, Hostel, classrooms and canteen etc.
1.7.14 Framing of guidelines for M anuals & other rel ated training matters
and revision/preparation of technical specification for all Fir e
Equipments, Laboratory and issue necessary Training Operational
Procedures.
1.7.15 To assist for advertisement & market promotions for Business
Development related to Fire Training center.
1.7.16 To arrange guest faculties for special lectures from AAI/other
Department and organization.
1.7.17 Topropose for Procurement of Furniture & other related infrastructure
for Hostel, Laboratory, Academic Block, Administrative Building,
Teaching & Training aids, Canteen an d consumable items including
stationery, video, slides etc.
1.7.18 To ensure availability/serviceability and adequacy of firefighting
equipment and extinguishing media for training purposes.
1.7.19 To arrange for first aid certification classes for all courses.
1.7.20 To maintain & update trainee data and arrange for
recruitment/campus placement/ selection process for private
trainees.
1.7.21 To plan and execute industrial visits/ attachment to City/ Industrial/
Airport Fire Service.
1.7.22 To prepare record of trainees admission & relieving.
1.7.23 Toimpart theoretical & practical classes and Drills etc.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |8

1.7.24 To issue training certificate in due tim e after c ompletion of training
and declaration of result.
1.7.25 To look after the w elfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various
welfare activities & suggest ways a nd means for pro viding better
welfare measures to Fire Se rvice Personnel posted at Fir e Training
Center and shall ensure implementation of such activities.
1.7.26 Fire Training Center, Delhi t o operate, maintain and be r esponsible
for fire service benevolent fund raised by fire staff and ensures bette r
facilitation to fire staff through this fund, within the fra me work of
rules.

1.8 ASST. GENERAL MANAGER/SENIOR MANAGER/

MANAGER/ ASSISTANT MANAGER (FS) - INSTRUCTOR
1.8.1 To assist Jt. General Manager/Dy.General Manager (FS) -Principal/
Incharge of Fire T raining Establishment and u nder his guidance to
supervise /monitoring & con trol over i n all adm inistrative, planning,
standardization, organizational Policy, infrastructure de velopment,
human recourses, budget and up -gradation facilities for Fire T raining
Centers.

1.8.2 All duties assigned by Jt. General Manager/ Dy. General Manager
(FS)/Principal/in-charge – Fire Training Center (FSTC/FTC).
1.8.3 To take the theoretical & practical classes and drills etc.
1.8.4 To prepare and rev ise the in structional notes a nd précis on vario us
technical subjects.
1.8.5 Toself maintain punctuality with full uniform and supervise/conduct -
Parade, Fire Drills, Hot Fire Drills, Rescue Drills etc. with assistance
from subordinate instructors/demonstrators.

1.9 SR.SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERVISOR
/SR. ASSISTANT/ASSISTANT/JR.ASSISTANT (FS) –
DEMONSTRATOR
1.9.1 To assist instructors and under their guidance perform demonstration
/conducting drills on various equipments, Fire drills, Parade etc. and
maintain chain of command system.

1.9.2 To assist in-charge of Fire T raining Center in office work as and when
assigned.

1.9.3 Any other work allotted by the in-charge of the Fire Training Center.

1.9.4 To be responsible to account for stock of stores/inventories and thei r

maintenance as allotted to them.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e |9
 1.9.5 To assist and conduct theoretical/practical classes as per requirement
of training.

1.9.6 To arrange Hot F ire Practice/Live Fire Drills/Smoke Drill as per

training schedule.

1.9.7 Responsible for up-keep and proper housekeeping of hostel & training
facilities and painting etc.

1.9.8 Responsible for maintenance and testing of diff erent fire appliances,
equipment gears and should undertake the minor repairs as m ay be
allotted to each of them.

1.9.9 Liaison with workshop, engineering, human resource deptt.etc. for

maintenance of e quipment, building and oth er infrastructure as
allotted each of them.

1.9.10 Issue uniform and training materials to the trainees and arrange
hostel accommodation of the trainees as allotted each of them.

1.9.11 To enforce strict discipline among the staff and trainees and report to
the in -charge of Fire T raining Center regarding any breach of
discipline

1.10 GENERAL MANAGER (FS) - CHQ

1.10.1 Toassist Member (Operation) in all Operational, Administrative,
Planning and Organizational Policy Matters, related to maintain level of
Fire protection at airports, Fire pre vention & Fire P rotection at
Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation, Fire Service
Personnel &Equipments.
1.10.2 Overall supervision and total functions of the Rescue and Fire
Services.

1.10.3 Planning, Provisioning, Standardizing, Discarding and Introduction /

Replacement of Fire Safety Equipment & Appliances.
1.10.4 Toexecute various long-term & short-term plans related to Fire Safety
and Disaster.

1.10.5 To formulate annual and five-year plan for fire safety service as well as
operational and administrative plans/procedures for effective use of
equipments and Human Resource Development.

1.10.6 Toprepare budgetary plans for pur chasing of new equipments,

replacement of old equipments, Research & Development, construction
of Fire Station, Emergency Medical Centre and related infrastructure.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 10

1.10.7 To plan & organize an efficient management information services for
managerial competence and successful decision making process.

1.10.8 To organize all administrative & ope rational plans with team at
different level within common policies as well as by the individual
procedure and put into action.

1.10.9 To assist Regional Fire In -charges, Station Fire in -charges, Airport

Director & Regional Executive Directors in all operational an d
administrative policies, issue directives for execution of pla ns, provide
necessary administrative support and monitor the per formance &
ensure the compliance by necessary remedial measure wherev er
required.

1.10.10 To propose various factory a cceptance test for equipment and plan
training, seminar, workshop at Natio nal/International level to Fi re
Service Personnel.

1.10.11 To formulate policies, procedures , i nspection and test ing for Fire
Prevention, Protection & Firefighting at airports, civil enclaves, AC S
installations & vita l installations and issue necessary guidelines for
achieving these objectives.

1.10.12 Frame specification for all fire & disaster equipments/appliances, tests
and issue necessary guidelines for similar activities by Region/Airport.

1.10.13 To formulate necessary policies on co-ordination, command an d

control at each lev el of fire service and ensure implementation by
issuing necessary guidelines.

1.10.14 To deal with disciplinary cases, specific vigilance cases against any fire
official, transfer cases and make recommendations to co ncerned
departments for necessary action and also maintain a set of r ules,
code of co nduct rules for maintaining discipline in fire safety services
and ensure its implementation.

1.10.15 To act as a committ ee member of transfer recommendation committee

at CHQ Level. (Transfer recommendation committee i.e .
Operation/HR/Fire shall be c onstituted as per H RM Circular to deal
with annual transfer cases and headed by Executive Director level.
The transfer recommendation committee shall submit it s
recommendation as per laid down policy of HRM for tenure and non -
tenure station posting to the Member (Ops) for approval keeping in
view the committee’s recommendation. In case, any deviation from th e
recommendations of the tra nsfer recommendation committee on
grounds of operational requirement, administrative exigency/ necessity
etc.Member (Ops) concerned will record session in writing with t he
justification).

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 11

1.10.16 Shall prepare detailed transfer profile for Fire Executives due f or
tenure/non-tenure stations/other Region;

(i) Name & Designation of Employee

(ii) Employee Number
(iii) Date of Birth
(iv) Date of joining in AAI
(v) Year of present station posting
(vi) Transfer Profile station wise
(vii) Tenure Profile station wise

1.10.17 To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various
welfare activities & suggest ways and means for providing better
welfare measures to Fire Service Personnel and shall ensure
implementation of such activities.

1.10.18 To operate, maintain and be responsible for fire service benevolent

fund raised by fir e staff a nd ensure b etter facilitation to fire s taff
through this fund, within the frame work of rules.

1.10.19 To set guidelines for performance appraisal of subordinate fire staff

and review the same from time to time by monitoring differen t
information receive from Station as we ll as Regio nal in-charge of fir e
Service.

1.10.20 To deal and recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious service

award, president awards, gallantry medals and departmental awards,
for fire service personnel.

1.10.21 To coordinate joint exercise / activities with ot her organization lik e

City Fire Brigade, State Fire Services, Industrial Fire Service, police,
hospital, etc. under Airport Emergency Procedures of airports.

1.10.22 To keep in touch with Research and Developmental activities throug h

reputed National / International Institutions/Organization an d
agencies like International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), Directo r
General Civil Aviation (DGCA) National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA), National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), National
Fire Service College (NFSC), National Civil Defense College (NCDC), Fire
Advisor (GOI), Society of Pr ofessional Fire Eng ineers (SPFE), Indian
Aviation Fire Safety Specialist Group (IA FSSG), Institute of Fir e
Engineers (IFE), International Aviation Fire Protectio n Association
(IAFPA), Bureau of I ndian Standard (BIS), and other etc. for study
and evaluating the new trends in development and propose
recommendations for introduction in Airport Rescue & Fire Service.

1.10.23 To conduct investigation of fire incident / accidents reports identifying

lapses fixing responsibilities along with and submit recommendations
of remedial measures.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 12

1.10.24 To visit and inspect various stations from time to t ime for
observation of actual performance of fire staff and equipment and
for ensuring the implementation of various guidelines, policie s
and procedures at different level.

1.10.25 To report/review/special comments for the annual confidential

reports, PMS- PAR of JGM, DGM, SM (FS) and other Fire Officials.

1.10.26 To Provide assistance and coordination to the N ational Disaster

Management Authority (NDMA) , State Disaster Management
Authority (SDMA), District Disaster Manag ement Authority
(DDMA) and Airports by making available its resources to the
National Executive Committee or Sta te Executive Comm ittee or
District Executive Committee or Airp ort Disaster Committee for
the purposes of responding promptly and effectively to any
threatening disaster situation or disaster.

1.10.27 To make surprise visit and check field Fire Station foroperational,
administrative, tactical exercise and over all development of the
station.

1.11 JT.GENERAL MANAGER/DY. GENERAL MANAGER

/ASSTT.GENERAL MANAGER/SENIOR MANAGER/
MANAGER / ASSISTANT MANAGER (FS) – (CHQ)

1.11.1 To assist General Manager (FS) in all Operational, Administrative,

Planning and Organizational Policy M atters, related to m aintain
level of Fire protection at airports, Fire pr evention & Fire
Protection at T erminal & Related Building and Vital Installation ,
Fire Service Personnel &Equipments.
1.11.2 All duties assigned by General Manager (FS).

1.12 JT. GENERAL MANAGER /DGM (FS) – (REGIONAL

HEAD QUARTER)

1.12.1 Toassist Regional Executive Director in all Operational,

Administrative, Planning and Organizational Policy Matters,
related to maintain level o f Fire pr otection at airports, Fire
prevention & Fire Protection at Terminal & Rel ated Building and
Vital Installation, FireService Personnel & Equipments and monitor
the performance & ensure the compliance by ne cessary remedial
measure wherever required.
1.12.2 Head of the Rescue & Fire Se rvices and overall s upervisor of total
functions of the R escue and Fire Serviceswithin Region and a ll
duties assigned by Executive Director/General Manager (FS).

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 13

1.12.3 To execute various long -term & short -term plans related to Fire
Safety and Disaster.

1.12.4 Toprepare and advise to General Manager (FS)for budgetary plans

of purchasing of new equipments , replacement of old equipments ,
research & development, construction of Fire St ation, Emergency
Medical Centre & related infrastructure

1.12.5 To advise to Regional Executive Director/Airport Director/General

Manager (FS)for disciplinary cases, vigilance cases of Fire
Personnel and also maintain a set of rules , code of conduct rules
for maintaining discipline in fire safety services and ensure its
implementation.

1.12.6 To implement policies, procedures , inspection and testing for Fir e

Prevention, Protection & Fire fighting at airports, civil enclaves,
ACS installations & vital installations and issue necessary
guidelines for achieving these objectives.

1.12.7 Planning, Provisioning, Standardizing, Discarding, Introduction /

Replacement and Procurement of Fire Safety Equipm ent &
Appliances as per allocated budget from CHQ.
1.12.8 Factory acceptance T est / i nspection of the material shall be
carried out by CHQ nominated officer.

1.12.9 To act as a memb er of transfer recommendation committee at

Regional Level (Transfer recommendation committee i.e. Operation
or ATC, HR and Regional Fire In-charge shall be constituted as per
HRM Circular to de al with a nnual transfer cases and hea ded by
General Manager level. The transfer recommendation committee
shall submit its recommendation as per laid down policy of HRM
for tenure and n on-tenure station posting to the Regional
Executive Director for approval keeping in view the committee’ s
recommendation. In case, any deviation from the
recommendations of the tran sfer recommendation committee on
grounds of operational requirement, administrativ e
exigency/necessity etc. RED concerned will record session in
writing with the justification).

1.12.10 Additional stay by an official posted at tenure station (unpopular

Station) will be counted as stay at non-tenure station.

1.12.11 It should be considered that the prevalent practice of overstaying

by an official at a station (popular) for a longer period should be
discouraged to maintain station discipline and transparency in th e
transfer system.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 14

1.12.12 Regional in-charges of Fire S ervice will prepare detailed transfer
profile for tenure/non-tenure stations;

(viii) Name & Designation of Employee

(ix) Employee Number
(x) Date of Birth
(xi) Date of joining in AAI
(xii) Year of present station posting
(xiii) Transfer Profile station wise
(xiv) Tenure Profile station wise

1.12.13 To act as a member of transfer recommendation committee (a

posting recommendations committee i.e Oper ations or AT C, HR
and Fire T raining in-charge shall be constituted for posting of
Junior Instructor/ Demonstratorat Fire Training Center Delhi/Fire
Service training Center, Kolkata as per HR Circular for
recommendations to concerned RED).
1.12.14 To circulate (within region) the circular for available vacant post at
Fire Training Establishment along with eligibility & selection
criteria i.e. Physical standard, Job kno wledge, word of co mmand ,
communication skill, language proficiency & interview.
1.12.15 Theeligibility criteria for posting of Non-Executives (FS) at Fire
Training Establishment is as under;

TABLE 1.1
S. NAME OF POST ELIGIBILITY CADER ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
No.
1 Junior Sr. Superintendent (i) Graduate in any discipline
Instructor (FS) (ii) Qualified in Officer’s
Course
(iii) Age below 50 years
(iv) Good Physique
2 Demonstrator Supervisor/Senior (i) Graduate in any
Assistant (FS) discipline
(ii) Qualified in Junior
Officer’s Course.
(iii) Age below 45 years
(iv) Good Physique
3 Demonstrator Assistant / Junior (i) Graduate in any
Assistant discipline
(ii) Qualified in Firemanship
Course
(iii) Age below 40 years
(iv) Good Physique

1.12.16 To obtain prior ap proval from CHQ for deployment of a dditional

manpower for operational duty work / special duty work against
sanctioned strength.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 15

1.12.17 To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various
welfare activities & suggest ways and means for providing bette r
welfare measures to Fire Se rvice Personnel posted within region
maintain industrial relation harmony and shall ensur e
implementation of such activities.

1.12.18 To set guidelines for performance appraisal of sub -ordinate fire

staff posted at Reg ion as we ll Station and review the sa me from
time to t ime by monitoring different information receive from
Station/ Region.

1.12.19 To Dealand recommend cases of b ravery award, meritorious

service award, president awards, gallantry meda ls and
departmental awards, for fire service personnel posted at Region/
Station.

1.12.20 Tocoordinate, Liaising and advice to station for activities with other
organization like C ity Fire Brigade, State Fire Services, police,
hospital, State Disaster Management Authority/District Disaster
Management Authority etc. under Airport Emergency/Disaster.

1.12.21 Toconduct investigation of fire inc ident / accidents reports

identifying lapses fixing responsibilities along with and submit
recommendations of remedial measures.

1.12.22 To report/review/comments for the annual confidential reports,

PMS- PAR of subordinate Fire personnel.

1.12.23 Topay surprise visit and check Fire Station within region for
observation of actual performance of Fire Staff and equipment,and
for ensuring the implementation of various guidelines, policies an d
procedures at different level.

1.12.24 Tomaintain Management Information System (MIS), training

records and equipment/appliances details, etc.
1.13 Jt. GENERAL MANAGER / Dy . GENERAL MANAGER/
ASSISTANT GENERAL M ANAGER/SENIOR MANAGER/
MANAGER/ ASSISTANT MANAGER (FS) –FIRE
STATIONIN-CHARGE

1.13.1 Toassist Airport Director in all O perational, Administrative,

Planning and Organizational Policy M atters, related to maintain
level of Fire protection at airports, Fire prevention & Fire
Protection at T erminal & Rel ated Building and Vital Installation,
FireService Personnel &Equipments and monitor the perfo rmance
& ensure the compliance by necessary remedial measure wherever
required.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 16

 1.13.2 Head of the Rescue & Fire Se rvices at station and responsible for
overall maintenance and upkeep of appl iances/equipments,
inventory control, periodical tests, training programs, fitness of
the fire personnel, enforcement of discipline, le ave cases, general
cleanliness/Swatch station, supervision & total functions of th e
Rescue & Fire Servicesat station and all duties assigned by Airport
Director/Regional in-charges of Fire Service.

1.13.3 To create software for duty roster and over time/out of p ocket
allowance as per operational requirement/guidelines issued by
superior authority and conduct regular drills/hot Fire drill as per
tentative chart, implement & ensure Fire Service Uniform policy. A
specimen (Table) of over time / out of pocket allowance.

TABLE- 1.2

OT/OPA Duty performance

Duty on Gazetted Holiday
Justification and remarks
by Fire Station in-charge
Last Training attended

OT/OPA Duty Hours

Unit of deployment

Normal Duty Hours

Daily Shift Record

Total Duty Hours

Duty Assignment
Leave Record
Designation

against
Name

Course Name
Year

Note: Duty Roster shall be rotated every month to ensure automatic changeover
of shift/personal

1.13.4 To submit indents for consumable Fire Fighting Materials/Stores,

equipment, uniform articles etc.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 17

1.13.5 To update grid m ap & res cue charts and display in t he class
room, control room & Fire Watch Tower.

1.13.6 Toimplement the ci rcular/Fire Safety Manual andinstructions of

Airport Director/Regional in -charges of Fire Se rvice/Executive
Director (Training)/General Manager Fire Service.
1.13.7 To execute various long-term & shor t-term plans related to Fire
Safety and Disaster.

1.13.8 To formulate and advise to Regional in -charges of Fire

Service/Airport Director for budgetary plans of purchasing of new
equipments, replacement of old equipments, construction of Fire
Station, Emergency Medical Centre & related infrastructure.

1.13.9 Toadvise to Air port Director/Regional in-charges of Fire

Service/Regional Executive Director/General Manager (FS)in th e
matters of misbehavior to superior or colleague, disciplinary
cases, transfer cases on administrative ground, de -roster,
vigilance cases of Fire Personnel and also maintain a set of rules,
code of c onduct rules for maintaining discipline in fire safety
services and ensure its implementation.

1.13.10 To implement policies, procedures, inspection and testing for Fir e

Prevention, Protection & Firefighting at airports, civil enclaves,
ACS installations & vital installations and issue necessary
guidelines for achieving these objectives.

1.13.11 To look after the welfare of Fire Service Personnel, monitor various
welfare activities & suggest ways and means for providing better
welfare measures to Fire Service Personnel posted at station
maintain industrial relation harmony and shall ensure
implementation of such activities.

1.13.12 To set guidelines f or performance appraisal of sub-ordinate fire

staff posted at stat ion from time to ti me by mo nitoring different
information system.

1.13.13 To deal and recommend cases of bravery award, meritorious

service award, president awards, gallantry medals and
departmental awards, for fire service personnel posted at Station.

1.13.14 To coordinate and Laisioning for va rious activities with other

organization like City Fire Brigade, State Fire Services, Industrial
Fire Service, police, hospital, State Disaster Managemen t

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 18

 Authority/District Disaster Management Authority etc. under
Airport Emergency/Disaster.

1.13.15 To carry out investigation of Fire incident / a ccidents reports

indentifying lapses fixing responsibilities along with and submit
recommendations of remedial measures.

1.13.16 To report/review/comments for the a nnual confidential reports,

PMS- PAR of subordinate Fire personnel.

1.13.17 To pay surprise visit and check Fire Station for observation of
actual performance of Fire St aff and e quipmentand for e nsuring
the implementation of variou s guidelines, policies and pro cedures
at different level.

1.13.18 Tomaintain Management Information System (MIS), training

records and equipment/appliances details, etc.

1.13.19 To organize workshop/training for Fire Personnel/ other stack

holder.

1.14 MANAGER/ASSTTANT MANAGER/JR.EXECUTIVE/SR.

SUPDTT./SUPDTT. (FS)SHIFT IN- CHARGE (FIRE
STATION)
1.14.1 To assist Fire station in-charge in all Operational, Administrative
and maintain level of Fire pr otection at airports, Fire prev ention
& Fire P rotection at T erminal & Related Building and Vital
Installation etc.
1.14.2 All duties assigned by station in-charge of Fire Service.

1.14.3 To implement Fire Service Uniform Policy.

1.14.4 Overall in-charge of the shift, supervision & total functions of the
Rescue and Fire Services including station level training.

1.14.5 To attend any emergency/incident/accidentinfirst turn out ARFF

Vehicle.

1.14.6 Toconduct all periodical tests apart from the routine activities.
1.14.7 To be responsible for coordination with Air Traffic Services (ATC),
Communication Navigational Services (CNS), GFS, T erminal
Management, and operations of ARFF activities.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 19

1.14.8 Toensure serviceability & availability of all Fire
equipments/appliances for smooth operation of shift &
deployment of fire personnel as per roster/requirement and
maintain discipline and enforcement of departmental orders.
1.14.9 To upkeep of station inventory, training records, physical fitness
records, drill records, Hose register, Fire Extinguisher register ,
Personnel Protective equipments record, Rescue tools record an d
other record etc.

1.14.10 To upkeep MI Room/First Aid Room and liaison with m edical

authority.
1.14.11 To inspect fire inspection of T erminal Building, Operational &
Related Building and vital installations etc.

1.14.12 Runway inspection to be car ried out as per Operational Circular

No. 5/2011 and whenever fire crew required carrying out runway
inspection, Operational / A TC Vehicle may be utilized. No
ambulance for runway inspection shall be utilized.

1.15 ASSTT. MANAGER/JR.

EXECUTIVE/SR.SUPERINTENDENTTURN- OUT IN-CHARGE

1.15.1 Incharge of one Airport Rescue and firefighting Vehicle and is

responsible for deployment/allocation of crew work & supervision of
upkeep maintenance, operability, availability of exti nguishing
media and cleanliness of all equipment on AR FFV & over all
ARFFV under his command or the direction of Station in -
charge/Shift in-charge.

1.15.2 All duties assigned by shift in-charge of Fire Service.

1.15.3 To be responsible for wear ing of ful l uniform by ARFFV crew
member.
1.15.4 Toverify compatibility of firefighting equipment/appliances under
his charge, adequacy of Fire e xtinguishing media and availability of
Fire crew.

1.15.5 Toparticipate in station level training / Fire fighting exercises/

rescue drills along with the fire crew and deliver lectures and leads
group discussions occasionally.

1.15.6 Turn out of Firefighting vehicle under his charge with the Fire crew
on board to the site of crash / Fire, keeps contacts with the ATC
through RT or available communication media, briefs the fire crew
about the situation of Fire/ emergency/ drill and positioning of
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 20
 ARFFV/ other Fire appliances, directs the rescue, salvaging and
firefighting operation and changing circumstances.

1.15.7 Verifies proper cleaning of the equipment under his charge and
replenishment of extinguishing media for operability after eac h
operation and gives accounts of operation handled by him and his
fire crew to his superior for drawing up a detailed report.

1.15.8 Responsible for guidance in Firefighting operations & Rescue

operation in co-ordination with the in-charges of other ARFFV’s and
shift/station in-charge in ca se of inci dent/accident/ emergency
and take appropriate action.

1.15.9 To ensure safe travel to the site via s hortest but safest route &
guides for proper approach and observe for any casualty durin g
approach with AR FFV and passes necessary message to Fire
Control Room and Air Traffic control Room a nd directs line of
action enroute, brief crew member and direct the A RFFV
movement, positioning etc.

1.15.10 To keeps vigil tow ards movement of the airc raft, accident site,
assess continuously development and alerts, if necessary & brin g
Fire under control and simultaneously deploy crew for rescue work.

1.15.11 In case attendance of emer gency, responsible for guidance to cr ew

in firefighting operations in co -ordination with the in -charges of
other ARFFV’s.

1.15.12 ProvideFire and Safety coverage to the airports and its installations
and shall lead the rescue team and conduct rescue operatio n
adopting effective strategy at emergency grounds.

1.15.13 Manage and control Fire S ervice personnel. Guiding subordinates

in all fire service works.

1.15.14 Maintain and upkeep Fire S ervice vehicles, equipment, groun d

exercises and maintain proper records/ registers and returns.
Conduct day- to – day activities.

1.15.15 To keep ARFF Vehicles and ambulances with crew in mounted

position during aircraft movement.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 21

1.16 SENIOR SUPDTT. / SUPDTT./SUPERVISOR/SENOR
ASSISTANT/ASSISTATN/JUNIOR ASSISTANT (FS) –
CREW MEMBER OF ARFFV

1.16.1 Tocheck/cleanall the Firefighting & rescue equipments, tools,

hose, branch coupling, and Personnel Protective equipments&
verify its operability and also check availability of extin guishing
media and replenishes the extinguishing media after each
operation.
1.16.2 To participate regularly in Fi re Fighting and rescue
exercises/operation, Squad drill, Hot Fire Drill, Rescue Drill,
Ladder Drill, group discussio ns to mai ntain physical fitness an d
professional proficiency as per tentative activity chart.
1.16.3 All duties assigned by turn out in-charge of ARFFV.
1.16.4 To be report on time with wearing of full operational uniform with
Fire Fighting/Gum- Boot, Safety Helmet by ARFFV crew m embers
as per Fire Service Uniform Policy.

1.16.5 To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements through maintaining

mounted position on Airport Rescue and Firefighting Vehicle fro m
station/predetermined position.

1.16.6 To perform Office/maintenance of Fire Equipment, Fire

extinguishers, Fire Prevention & Fire Protection System
(Riser/Hydrant/Sprinkler, Pump etc.) work during lean hours, as
and when required / duty assigned by turn-out in-charge/Shift in-
charge/Station in-charge.

1.16.7 To assist ATC in runway inspection, clearance of obstruction etc.

in case of shortage of ATC Officials.

1.16.8 To maintain proper discipline at du ty place under the CDA

rules/regulation policy of AAI and standing departmental orders.

1.16.9 All other kinds of outdoor work related to Fire Fighting /Rescue
operational work, as assigned by superiors.

1.17 SUPDTT./SUPERVISOR/SENOR ASSISTANT (FS) –

CREW MEMBER OF THE AMBULANCE

1.17.1 To check/clean Ambulance & Medical kit, Oxygen Cylinder,

Stretcher etc. rescue equipments and verify its operability and als o
check the availability of proper quantity of medical
accessories/medicine as per Fire Safety Manual.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 22

1.17.2 To participate regularly in Fire F ighting and rescu e
exercises/operation, Squad drill, Hot Fire Dri ll, Rescue Drill,
Ladder Drill, Ambulance Drill, Group D iscussions to maintain
physical fitness and professional proficiency as per tentative
activity chart.
1.17.3 All duties assigned by Control Room in -charge/Shift in-charge
/Station in-charge.
1.17.4 To be report on time with wearing of full operational uniform wit h
Fire Fighting/Gum- Boot, Safety Helmet as per Fire Service
Uniform Policy.

1.17.5 To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements through mounting on

Ambulance from station/predetermined position.

1.18 SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERINTENDENT/

SUPERVISOR - FIRE WATCH TOWER

1.18.1 To assist Shift in -charge/ARFFV in-charge in all Ope rational

matters related to Rescue & Fire Fighting and lev el of Fir e
Protection.

1.18.2 To be responsible for coordination with Air T raffic Services (AT C),
Communication Navigational Services (CNS), GFS, Terminal
Management, and operations of ARFF activities.

1.18.3 All duties assigned by shift in-charge of Fire Service.

1.18.4 Tocheck all communication facilities available at Fire Wat ch Tower

& ensure the serviceability of each & every equipment.

1.18.5 Before leaving the duty place, communicate to Shift in -charge for
proper reliever.

1.18.6 To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements and complete

maneuvering area.

1.18.7 In case of aircraft e mergency, follow th e proper procedure to deal

with emergency in co -ordination with Shift in -charge/Station in-
charge/ATC.

1.18.8 To maintain the record of each & every aircraft movement.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 23

1.19 SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT/SUPERINTENDENT/
SUPERVISOR - FIRE CONTROL ROOM

1.19.1 To assist Shift in -charge/ARFFV in-charge/Building Fire Control

Room/ATC, in all Operational matters related to Rescu e & Fire
Fighting Services within Airport & surro unding vicinity of A irport
&Building Fire Prevention & Protection System and level of Fire
Protection.

1.19.2 To be responsible for coordination with Air Traffic Services (ATC),

Communication Navigational Services (CNS), GFS, T erminal
Management, City Fire Services, Hospitals, Ambulance Services
and operations of ARFF activities.

1.19.3 All duties assigned by shift in -charge of Fire Service/Station in -

charge/Airport Director.

1.19.4 To check all com munication facilities available at Fire Control

Room & ensure the serviceability of each & every equipment.

1.19.5 Before leaving the duty place, communicate to Shift in-charge for
proper reliever.

1.19.6 To assist ATC in runway inspection, clearance of obstruction etc.

in case of shortage of ATC Officials.

1.19.7 To maintain the record of each & every aircraft movement/routine

activities, drills & maintenance of equipments/Log Books as per
Fire Safety Manual.

1.19.8 In case of aircraft emergency/related other emergencies, follow

the proper procedure to deal with emergency in co-ordination with
Shift in-charge/Station in-charge/ATC.

1.19.9 To ensure serviceability of all Fire equipments/appliances for

smooth operation of shift & deploy of fire personnel as per
roster/requirement and maintain discipline and enforcement of
departmental orders

1.19.10 To keep constant vigil on aircraft movements and complete

maneuvering area.

1.20 SUPERINTENDENT/ SUPERVISOR – MI ROOM/

FIRST AID ROOM
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 24
1.20.1 To check/clean MI/First Aid Room & Medical kit, Oxygen
Cylinder, Hospital/Fracture Beds, Stretcher etc. Medical
equipmentsas per list and verify its operability and also check
availability of proper quantity of medical accessories/medicine as
per Fire Safety Manual

1.20.2 All duties assigned by Control Room in -charge/Shift in-charge

/Station in-charge.
1.20.3 To report on time with wearing of full operational uniform with
Fire Fighting/Gum- Boot, Safety Helmet as p er Fire S ervice
Uniform Policy.

1.20.4 To maintain the record of each & every /routine

activities/Medical kit/Medical Equipments/Medicines/Hospital
list/Doctors list as per Fire Safety Manual.

1.20.5 To check all communication facilities available at MI/First Aid

Room & ensure the serviceability of co mmunication facilities and
also upgrade the telephone numbers of Hospitals/ Doctors
/Ambulance Services etc.

1.20.6 To be responsible for coordination with Air Traffic Services (ATC),

GFS, Terminal Management, Hospitals, Ambulance Services,
Aircraft Operators and operations of ARFF activities.

1.21 ASSIST.GENERAL MANAGER/ SENIOR MANAGER /

MANAGER /ASSTT. MAMANGE (FS) - FIRE
PREVENTION

1.21.1 Toassist Fire Station in-charge/Shift Station in -charge/

Engineering - Electrical/Electronic Department/Airport
Director/Terminal Management in related to, Fire prevention &
Fire Protection at T erminal & Rela ted Building and Vita l
Installation, FireService Personnel &Equipments and monitor the
performance & ens ure the c ompliance by nece ssary remedial
measure wherever required.

1.21.2 All duties assigned by shift/station in-charge of Fire Service.

1.21.3 To report on time with wearing of full operational uniform as per
Fire Service Uniform Policy.

1.21.4 To implement the circular/Fire Safety Manual related to Fire

prevention & Protection.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 25
1.21.5 ToConduct First aid Fire Fighting training to AAI Officials & stake
holder.

1.21.6 To conduct/organize Building Evacuation Drill as per

Schedule/Directed by the Fire Station in-charge.

1.21.7 To co-ordinate State/City Fire S ervices for Building Fire

Prevention & Protection Evacuation Drill etc.

1.21.8 To ensure for Hot /Cold Work Permit for any alternation /
renovation/extension/New work in Terminal & Related Building
and Vital Installation building.

1.21.9 To check/ensure proper display of Fire Sa fety Signage i n

Terminal & Related Building and Vital Installation.

1.21.10 To check & ensure proper housekeeping in T erminal & Related

Building and Vital Installation.

1.22 DY.GENERAL MANAGER/ASSTT. GENERAL

MANAGER/SENIOR MANAGER/MANAGER (FS) –
AVIATION SAFETY – CHQ/RHQ

1.22.1 To audit & ins pection of ARFF Vehicles/equipments/

communication facilities/Rescue Tools/Personnel Protective
equipments and Fire Prevention & Protection Sy stems in
Terminal & Related Building and Vita l Installation building as
per check list of Fire Safety Manual/ Aviation Safety Manual.

1.22.2 To report & follow up for any sho rtcomings in the safety
standards at airports as per ICAO/DGCA/ AAI Safety Manual/
Fire Safety Manual/ Aviation Safety M anual and also ensure its
implementations.

1.22.3 To assist Executive Director (Aviation Safety)/In-charge Aviation

Safety in Region for all Matters related to Fire Safety
Assessment.

1.22.4 All duties assigned by Exec utive Director (Aviation Safety)/In -

charge Aviation Safety.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 26

 CHAPTER-2

LEVEL OF FIRE PROTECTION

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 27

2.1 INTRODUCTION
2.1.1 The principal objective of a Rescue and Fire Service is to save lives in
the event of an air craft accident or in cident occurring at, or in th e
immediate vicinity of, an a irport. The Rescue and Fire service is
provided to create and maintain survivable conditions, to provide
egress routes for occupants and to initiate the rescue of thos e
occupants unable to make their escape without direct aid.
2.1.2 The Rescue and Fi re Service must e xits all times for extinguishing
Fire and Rescue work at the time of aircraft incident / accident or
any emergency.

2.1.3 The Rescue and F ire Fighting may also vigil though discharge of
accumulated electrostatic charges at the time of ground contact or
during fuelling operations.

2.1.4 The provision of e mergency exits and their ava ilability to be opene d
from the i nside and outside t he aircraft is of pri mary importance in
Rescue and evacuation operation at the time of incident / accident.

2.1.5 The most important factors bearing on effective rescue in a survivable

aircraft accident is the training received the effectiveness of the
equipment and the speed with which personnel and equip ment
designated for rescue and Fire Fighting purposes can be deployed.

2.1.6 The provision of ad equate and special means of dealing promptl y

with an aircraft accident or incident occurring at, or immediate
vicinity of, an airpor t assumes prime im portance because it is withi n
this area that there are the greatest opportunities of saving lives.
2.1.7 The extent of aircraft fires which may effects the rescue is influence
largely by the quan tity and d eposition of fuel car ried by th e aircraft
and the l ocation of any fuel release as the resul t of the a ccident or
incident.

2.1.8 Theproposal set out here under c oncerning these s ervices are
intended as a general guide, to be applied to the fullest extent
practical.

2.1.9 Where an aerodrome is located close to water/sea/swamp areas, or

difficult terrain/environment and where a significant portion of
approach or departure operations takes place over these areas,
specialist rescue services and firefighting equipment/appliances
appropriate to the hazard and risk shall be available.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 28

2.2 ADMINISTRATION
2.2.1 The Rescue & Fir e Service at an a irport should be under the
administrative control of Airports Authority of India.
2.2.2 TheRescue & Fire Service should be responsible for ensuring that the
service provided is organized, equipped, staffed, trained and operated
in such a manner to achieve the principal objectives of saving lives i n
the event of aircraft incident/accident and achieve response time.
2.2.3 Coordination between Rescue & Fire Ser vice at an airport and
supporting agencies i.e. local fire department, police force, centra l
industrial security forces posted at airport, ambulance, distric t
administration, disaster management authority, hospitals, coast
guard for sea area etc.

2.2.4 A detailed grid map of airport & immediate vicinity should be

provided for the use of airport services concerned related to detailed
information concerning topography, access roads, location of water
supply etc. The grid map sh ould be a vailable/display in the Fire
control room, fire w atch tower, air traff ic control tower, class-rooms,
MI Room/fire station etc. including AR FF
Vehicles/Ambulance/Supporting vehicles to respond an aircraft
accident/incident/emergency/ mock drill. T he copy of the grid map
should also be distributed to supporting agencies.

2.3 AIRPORT CATEGORY

2.3.1 The level of protection to be provided at an aerodrome should be base d

on the dimensions of the a eroplane normally using the airport as
adjusted for their frequency of operations.

2.3.2 The airport category for Rescue & Fire Services should be based on the
overall length of the longest aeroplane normally using the airport and
their maximum fuselage width.

2.3.3 The airport category should be determined from Table-2.1 by

categorization the aeroplanes using the airport, by first evaluating
their overall length and second, their fu selage width. If, afte r selecting
the category appropriate to an aeroplane’s overall length tha t
aeroplane’s fuselage width is greater than th e maximum width in
column 3 of Table-2.1 for that category, then t he category for tha t
aeroplane is actually on category higher.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 29

2.3.4 Airport should be categorized for R FF purposes by c ounting the
aeroplane movements in the busiest consecutive three months of th e
yearwhen the num ber of mo vements of the aer oplane in the high est
category normally using the airport is 700 or greater in the busiest
consecutive three months, then that category should be the airport
category and when the number of movements of the aeroplanes in the
highest category norm ally using the airport is less tha n 700 in the
busiest consecutive three months, then the airport category may be
one less than highest aeroplane category as per Table-2.1. and also
shall not be less than one category below the determined category.
2.3.5 The movement of aeroplane based on the take -off or landing scheduled
non-scheduled and general a viation operations should be counted in
determining the airport category.
2.3.6 Availability of ARF F Services including level of protection and watch
hours will be notif ied through aeronautical information publication
and any temporary change in the status of service will be notified
through NOTAM.

2.3.7 During the anticipated periods of activi ty the air port category may b e
reduced to the hig hest category of aer oplane planned to the use t he
airport during that time irrespective of number of movements.

2.4 AERODROME CATEGORY FOR RESCUE AND FIREFIGHTING

TABLE – 2.1

AERODROME AEROPLANE OVERALL LENGTH MAXIMUM FUSELAGE

CATEGORY WIDTH
(1) (2) (3)
1 0 m up to but not including 9 m 2m
2 9 m up to but not including 12 m 2m
3 12 m up to but not including 18 m 3m
4 18 m up to but not including 24 m 4m
5 24 m up to but not including 28 m 4m
6 28 m up to but not including 39 m 5m
7 39 m up to but not including 49 m 5m
8 49 m up to but not including 61 m 7m
9 61 m up to but not including 76 m 7m
10 76 m up to but not including 90 m 8m

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 30

2.5 AIRPORT CATEGORY FOR ALL CARGO AEROPLANE
TABLE-2.2

AERODROME RE-CLASSIFICATION OF AERODROME CATEGORY FOR ALL CARGO

CATEGORY AEROPLANES
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 5
7 6
8 6
9 7
10 7

a. All cargo aeroplanesis an aeroplane operated for the transportation of the

goods without passengers.

b. The level of protection at aerodromes used for all cargo aeroplane may be
reduced accordance with Table -2.2

c. The airport category for cargo aircraft is based on the need to protect only the
area around the cockpit in the critical area concept.

2.6 MINIMUM NUMBER OF ARFF (ACFT/RIV) AMBULANCE&

PERSONNAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS

TABLE-2.3
AERODROME RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING AMBULANCE AMBULANCE
CATEGORY VEHICLES (ACFT/RIV) ( 4- STRECHER) (6 - STRECHER)
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 1 1
4 1 1
5 1 1
6 2 2
7 2 3 2
8 3 4 2
9 4 4 3
10 4 4 3

TABLE 2.4
SN AIRPORT BA SPARE AIR PRO SPARE PDS HYD
CATEGORY SET BA COM SUIT PRS UNIT
Cylinder
1 1 &2 2 2 1 2 1 1 +1 1 +1
2 3 &4 3 2 1 3 2 1 +1 1 +1
3 5 &6 6 3 1 6 3 2 +1 2 +1
4 7 9 4 1 9 4 3 +1 3 +1
5 8 12 5 1 12 5 4+ 1 4 +1
6 9 15 6 1 15 6 5 +1 5 +1

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 31

7 10 18 6 2 18 6 6 +1 6 +1

2.7TYPE OF EXTINGUISHING AGENT

a. Both principal and complementary agents should be provided/available

at an airport.
b. Principal agents produce a permanent control i.e. for a period of several
minutes or longer.
c. Complementary agents have rapid fire suppression capacity but offer a
transient control which is usually only available during applications.

(A) PRINCIPAL EXTINGUISHING AGENTS:

(i) A foam meeting the minimum performance level B as per ICAO
specifications
or
(ii) A foam meeting the minimum performance level C as per ICAO
specifications
or
(iii) A Combination of these agents.

(B) COMPLEMENTARY EXTINGUISHING AGENTS:

(i) Dry chemical powders as per ICAO specifications.
(ii) Other extinguishing agents with same firefighting capabilities.

2.8 AMOUNT OF EXTINGUISHING AGENTS

2.8.1 The amount of water & water for foam production and the
complementary to be provided on the ARFF Vehicles should be
accordance with the airport category under Table -2.4

2.8.2 The minimum amount of extinguishing agents are based on the

average overall lengths of aeroplanes in a airport fire category as per
Table-2.4

2.8.3 The amount in Table-2.4 have been determined by adding the

quantity of extinguishing agents which are requi red to obt ained a
one minute control time in the practical critical area as per ICAO
and the q uantity for extin guishing agents which are requ ired for
continue control of the fire thereafter and/or for possible complete
extinguishment of the fire.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 32

2.8.4 Control time is the time req uired to r educe the initial int ensity of
the fire by 90 percent.
2.8.5 Where operations by aeropl anes larger than the average size in a
given category are planned, the qua ntity of water shall be re -
calculated and the amount of water fo r foam pr oduction and the
discharge rate for foam solution shall be accordingly.
2.8.6 The quantity of foam concentrates separately provided on vehicle s
for foam production shall be in proportion to the quantity of water
provided and the foam concentrate selected.
2.8.7 The amount of foam concentrate should be sufficient to supply at
least two full loads of such quantity of wate r where sufficient
additional water supply are immediately available to the ensur e
rapid replenishment of the water contained carried.
2.8.8 The amounts of water specify for foam production are predicated on
an application rate of 5.5 liter/min/m2performance level B and 3.75
liter/min/m2 for a foam meeting performance level C.

2.9 MINIMUM USAUBLE AMOUNTS OF EXTINGUISHING AGENTS

TABLE-2.5

AERODROME FOAM MEETING FOAM MEETING COMPLEMENTARY

CATEGORY PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE AGENTS
LEVEL “B” LEVEL “C”

WATER DISCHARGE WATER DISCHARGE DRY DISCHARGE

(L) RATE (L) RATE FOAM CHEMICAL RATE (KG/
FOAM SOLUTION/ POWDERS SECOND)
SOLUTION/ MINUTE (KG)
MINUTE (L)
(L)
1 230 230 160 160 45 2.25
2 670 550 460 360 90 2.25
3 1200 900 820 630 135 2.25
4 2400 1800 1700 1100 135 2.25
5 5400 3000 3900 2200 180 2.25
6 7900 4000 5800 2900 225 2.25
7 12100 5300 8800 3800 225 2.25
8 18200 7200 12800 5100 450 4.5
9 24300 9000 17100 6300 450 4.5
10 32300 11200 22800 7900 450 4.5

• Table – 2.5 is given the guidelines for the calculation of the quantities of
water and discharge based on the largest overall length of aeroplane in a
given category.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 33

2.10 MAXIMUM QUANTITIES OF EXTINGUISHING AGENTS BASED ON
LARGEST DIMENSION OF AN AEROPLANE (PERFORMANCE
LEVEL C APPLICATION RATE 3.75 L/M/M2)

TABLE-2.6

ARFF L W (K1+W) AT= AP = Foam meeting performance level C

Cat (m) (m) (m) Lx 2/3 x Discharge Q1 Q2 ΣQ
(k1+W) Ap Rate (L) (Liters) (Liters) (liters)
(m2) (Apx 3.75)
(m2) (l/m/m2)
1 9 2 12+2 =14 126 84 315 315 0 315
2 12 2 12+2 =14 168 112 420 420 113 533
3 18 3 14+3 =17 306 204 765 765 230 995
4 24 4 17+4 =21 504 336 1260 1260 731 1991
5 28 4 30+4 =34 952 635 2381 2381 1786 4167
6 39 5 30+5 =35 1365 910 3413 3413 3413 6826
7 49 5 30+5 =35 1715 1143 4286 4286 5529 9815
8 61 7 30+7 =37 2257 1505 5644 5644 8579 14223
9 76 7 30+7 =37 2812 1875 7031 7031 11953 18984
10 90 8 30+8 =38 3420 2280 8554 8550 16245 24795

KEY WORDS:

• Largest theoretical length of Aeroplane = L (meters)

• Fuselage width =W (meters)
• Total width of protection area = (k1 +W) meters
• Theoretical Critical Area AT= (meters)2
• Practical Critical Area AP =(meters)2
• Total Quantity of water required = ∑Q (liters)
• The water required to control of the fire in the practical critical area =
Q1(liters)
• The water required after control of the fire = Q2 (liters)
• Discharge Rate (L) = Liters/min/meeters2

2.11 CRITICAL AREA FOR CALCULATING QUANTITES OF WATER

2.11.1 The critical area i s a conc ept for r escue of the occupants of
aircraft. It differ from other concepts in that, instead of attempting
to control & extinguish the entire fire, it seeks to control only that
area of fire adjacent to the fuselage.

2.11.2 The objective is to safeguard the integrity of the fuselage an d

maintain tolerable conditions for its occupants.
2.11.3 There is a need to d istinguish between the theoretical critical area
within which it may be necessary to control the fire and the
practical critical ar ea which is repres entative of actual aircraft
accident condition.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 34

2.11.4 The theoretical critical serves only as a means for categorizing
aircraft in terms of the magnitude of th e potential fire haza rd in
which they may become involved. It is not intended to represent to
average, maximum or minimum spill fire size associated the
overall length of the aircraft and as the other dimension a length
which varies with the length and width of the fuselage.

2.11.5 An aircraft with the fuselage length equal to or greater than 24

meter in wind condition of 16 to 19 km/h and at right angles to
the fuselage, the theoretical critical area extend from the fuselage
to a dista nce of 24 meter upwind and 6 mete r downwind and
forsmaller aircraft a distance of 6 meter on either side is adequate.

2.11.6 The primary importance for amount of water required for Q2on the
basis of maximum gross mass of the aircraft, maximum passenger
capacity of the air craft, maximum fuel load of the aircr aft and
previous experience.

2.12 THE VOLUME OF WATER FOR Q2

TABLE-2.7

AIRPORT THE WATER REQUIRED AFTER CONTROL OF THE FIRE (Q2) =

CATEGORY PERCENTAGE OF WATER REQUIRED TO CONTROL OF THE FIRE
IN THE PRACTICAL CRITICAL AREA = Q1

1 0
2 27
3 30
4 58
5 75
6 100
7 129
8 152
9 170
10 190

2.13 STORAGE OF EXTINGUSHING MEDIA

2.13.1 The quantity of p rincipal and complementary extinguishing

media to be provided in the ARFF Vehicles should be i n
accordance with airport categories Table- 2.1
2.13.2 A reserve stock of foam compound should be 200 percent in th e
store of o perational vehicle a s per dete rmined airport categories
Table-2.1 and additional amount of 30 percent for fire practices.

2.13.3 The shelf life of foam concentrate is maximize by proper storage,

conditions, maintenance factors, temperature changes, extreme
high or low t emperature, evaporation, dilution and
contamination by f oreign materials. Generally, the life sp an of

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 35

 foam concentrate shall be f ive years. However, in case foam
concentrate exceed five year s period, the same shall be tested
prior to use.
2.13.4 A reserve stock of complementary agents (Dry Chemical Powder )
should be 100 percent in the store of operational vehicle as per
determined airport categories Table-2.1 and additional amount
of 20 percent for fire practices and life span of Dry Chemica l
Powder shall be five years.

2.13.5 Generally, the life span of Dry Chemical Powder shall be fiv e
years when stored under proper storage conditions. However, in
case Dry Chemical Powder exceed five years period, the same
shall be lab tested prior to use.

2.13.6 Where a major delay in the replenishment of the supplies is

anticipated, the amount of reserve storage should be increase d
subject to following circumstances:
(i) Location of ARFF service (may be remote)
(ii) Availability of supplies.
(iii) Delivery times.
(iv) Customs considerations.

2.13.7 The principal and complementary agents should be available full

quantity of amount at all times in the operational ARFF vehicle.

2.14 RESPONS TIME

2.14.1 To achieve response time of two minutes and not exceeding

three minutes to the end of each runway, as well as to any other
part of the movement area, in optimum conditions of visibility
and surface conditions.

2.14.2 Response time is c onsidered to be the time between the initial

call to the ARFF service a nd the time w hen the first responding
vehicle is) in position to ap ply foam at a rate of at lea st 50
percent of the discharge rate specified in Table-2.4.
2.14.3 Determination of realistic response time should be mad e by
ARFF vehicles operating from their norma l location and not from
position adopted solely for test purpose.
2.14.4 Consideration of response times should also be given to landing
& take-off areas for the exclusive use of airport.
2.14.5 Any other vehicle required to d eliver the amounts of
extinguishing agents specified in Table-2.4 should arrive i n
three minutes and no more t han four minutes from the i nitial
call so as to provide continuous agents application.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 36

2.14.6 To meet the operational objec tive as nearly as possible in time s
of traffic/apron congestion or in less than optimum conditions of
visibility, it may be necessary to provide guidance, equipment ,
access routes and /or procedures for ARFF vehicles. T hese may
include navigation equipment installed in the vehicle such as
2.14.7 Driver enhanced vision system (DEVS) with on -board navigation
equipment utilizing global navigation satellite system to provide
the driver with the vehicle’s location thus serving as an aid in
navigating to the accident site.

2.14.8 Tracking using digital radio data link to assist the vehicle driver
in locating and navigating to the accident site, thereby reducin g
driver communication workload and improving situational
awareness.

2.14.9 Low visibility enhanced vision using forward loo king infrared
(FLIR) device (or o ther comparable state of ar t low visi bility
enhanced vision technology) by a sensing thermal radiation
instead of visible light to im prove visual awareness in s moky,
foggy or dark environment.
2.14.10 In addition, other suitable provisions such as bypass acces s
roads as well as t he provision of ground movement guidance
instructions by rad iotelephone from air traffic control based on
surveillance radar, accident site location by air traffic contro l
and a collision avoidance facility either from equipment installed
in the AR FF vehicle or provided by sur veillance radar from air
traffic control.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 37

 CHAPTER-3

ARFF ROUTINE ACTIVITIES,

RETURNS & REPORTS

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 38

3.1 DRILLS & EXERCISES

3.1.1 Inorder to achieve the pre-requisites for ARFF services, it is

necessary to maintain a routine schedule of act ivities i.e.
Daily/Weekly/Monthly/ Quarterly/Half/Yearly drill exercise an d
performance test etc.
3.1.2 Tokeep Fire Station clean and presentable and maintain
professional appearance at all time.
3.1.3 Fire personnel’s should be in uniform as per Uniform Policy.
3.1.4 To check functionality of appliances / ARFF Vehicles / Ambulance.
3.1.5 To check serviceability of all communication system / PA system /
Crash bell.

3.2 DAILY DRILLS & EXERCISES

3.2.1 Checks& Inspections of appliances, tools and equipment etc.

3.2.2 Squad Drill for team work.

3.2.3 Drills –ARFF Vehicle/Ambulance/Stretcher/RescueTools/BA set

3.2.4 Ladder/Proximity Suit for practice and coordination.

3.2.5 Cleaning of ARFF Vehicle and Ambulance.
3.2.6 Cleaningof the Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE).
3.2.7 Lecture / Classes.
3.2.8 Knotspractice for rescue operation.
3.2.9 Gym for physical fitness.

3.2.10 Games/ Sports for mental &physical fitness.

3.3 TANTATIVE ACTIVITY CHART OF FIRE STATION

3.3.1 The activity chart of Fire St ation should be pr epared as per the
schedule mentioned in tentative chart for Morning & Afternoon
shifts.
3.3.2 The chart should b e displayed Fire Sta tion Control Room & Notice
Board of the Fire Station.
3.3.3 Inspectionof tools and equipment shall be carried out by Fire
Station-in-charge, once in a week after maintenance.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 39

3.3.4 Schedule of activities may be adopted so that attendance to
aircraft movement is not hampered and other periodic activities
are also accommodated.
3.3.5 Efforts should be made to cover m aximum practical oriented
during lectures, group discussion. However, theoretical topics
from latest journal, training material etc should invariably be
included for lectures.

3.3.6 Roll call and inspection of tools &equipments, reporting should be

carried out in each shift on time.

DAILY DRILL CHART

TABLE -3.1
DAY 45 Minutes 30 45 Minutes 45 45 45 45 30
Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes Minutes

Roll Call, Squad Appliance drill Mainte- Rescue Lecture Knots & Gym
MON Crew drill nance drill lines
distribution,
checking of
tools
equipments.
and reporting
- do - - do - - do - - do - Amb. - do - Lecture Gym
TUE drill

- do - - do - - do - - do - First Aid - do - Lecture Gym

WED ( WET )
- do - - do - Dry Drills with - do - BA Set - do - - do - Gym
THU complementary drill
agent
- do - -do - RFFV Drill - do - Rescue - do - - do - Gym
FRI drill with
ladder
Rescue Gym
SAT - do - - do -
Combination - do - Operation - do - - do -
drill
SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN-CHARGE WITH DATE
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN-CHARGE WITH DATE

3.4 WEEKLY INSPECTION & EXERCISES

3.4.1 Inspection of First-Aid items.

3.4.2 Housekeeping of Fire Station.

3.4.3 Inspection of Fire Extinguishers.

3.4.4 Turnout and Target Hit Practice.

3.4.5 Wearing of Breathing Apparatus and Fire Proximity Suit Practice.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 40

3.4.6 Delivery Hose laying practice with different Branch and dragging
the hose with pressure.

3.4.7 Suction Hose Fittings practice.

3.4.8 Rescue Drill Exercise.

3.5 MONTHLY EXERCISES/ DRILL

3.5.1 Hot Fire Practice should be conducted under dif ferent simulated
conditions and also in night and rain.
3.5.2 HotFire Drill should be prac ticed in F ire Pit or available Aircraft
Simulator with Fo am / co mplementary agent. The mi nimum
quantity of Fuel s hall be u sed for ea ch fire dr ill is 100 liters of
Diesel and 5 Liters of Petrol.

3.5.3 After Hot Fire Dril l foam and dry c hemical powder should be
flushed system properly and replenishment the same.

3.5.4 Rescueoperation and Triage area should be practiced.

3.5.5 Operational tactics and ma neuvering of ARF F Vehicles and

Ambulance.

3.5.6 Status of crash gates to be checked / inspected and entry Must be

made in r espective register andMaintenance of crash gates shall
be done by Engineering Civil Wing.

3.6 QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE TESTS

3.6.1 Ropes& lines test

3.6.2 Hose test

3.6.3 Pump test & Prim ing test ( Throw & discharge test) of ARFF
Vehicle.
3.6.4 Fire Prevention Inspection
3.6.5 Water supply Inspection
3.6.6 Airport Familiarisation / Topographyas per grid reference.
3.6.7 Speed,Acceleration and Break Test to be carie dout along wit h
E&M staff in coordination with ATC.
3.6.8 Stretcher testing

3.7 HALF YEARLY EXERCISES/ DRILL

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 41

3.7.1 Table top exercise to be conducted once in six months, except during
that six month period when a full scale exercise is held.

3.8 YEARLY EXERCISES

3.8.1 Partial emergency exercise to be conducted in the intervening years to

reaffirm rectification of any outsatnding issues found during the
previous exercise.

3.9 TWO YEARS EXERCISE / DRILL

3.9.1 Building evacuation drill involving all internal & external agencies to
be conducted at interval not exceeding two years and if an y
deficiencies found during the building evacuation drill should be
corrected.

3.9.2 Full scale emergency exercise involving all internal & external agencies
as per local emergency procedures to be cond ucted at interval not
exceeding two years and if any deficiencies found during th e full scale
emergency exercise should be corrected.

3.9.3 All full sc ale exercise should be condu cted either at onsit e as well as
offsite boundary of the airports. Representative from CHQ / RHQ wil l
attend the emergency drill fo r evaluating the effectiveness an d
efficiency.

3.10 RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED AT FIRE STATION

3.10.1 LOG BOOKS

3.10.1.1 Vehiclesand equipment shall be main tained by Control Room in -
charge and shall be signed by shift In -charge countersigned by Fire
Station In-charge every day.
3.10.1.2 AirportDirector shall also che ck and sign these log books once in a
month.
3.10.1.3 Regional In-charge of Fire Se rvice / General Manager (Fire Service)
shall also check at the time of inspection.

3.10.2 HISTORY BOOKS

3.10.2.1 History Books shall be maintained by Fire Station Incharge in
coordination with E&M Section for all equipment.

3.10.3 DEFECT REGISTER

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 42

3.10.3.1 DefectRegister shall be maintained at Fire Station and shall be
recorded every day by the concerned T urn out Incharge, control
room in-charge and Shift Incharge. T his register shall be als o
signed by E & M maintenance staff after noting down the defects for
remedial action.

3.10.4 DAILY DUTY CHARTS

3.10.4.1 Daily Duty Charts shall be prepared by s hift In-charge for

distribution of cre w on diff erent vehicles. T he chart sh all have
approval of Fire Station In -charge. These duty charts shall be
preserved for a peri od of 3 m onths. No change in duty chart shall
be allowed without approval of Fire Station in-charge.

3.10.5 OCCURRENCE BOOK

3.10.5.1 Occurrence Book shall be maintained at fire station for all k inds of
any Emergencies, Incidents and Accidents by Control Room in-
charge and verified by the Shift Inc harge.Fire Station In-charge
shall also check and countersigned.

3.10.6 EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTER LOGBOOK & STOCK REGISTER

3.10.6.1 Emergency Medical Center Logbook shall be maintained by duty

assigned personnel and signed by shift In-charge.

3.10.6.2 Stock of First Ai d items and medicines shall be ma intained.

Inspection of medicines and record shall maintain by duty assigned
personnel and to be counter signed by Shift Incharge / Fire Station
Incharge.

3.10.6.3 Regional In-charge of Fire Se rvice / General Manager (Fire Service)

shall also check at the time of inspection.

3.10.7 DRILL REGISTER

3.10.7.1 All drills shall be recorded and signed by drill commander and shif t
In-charge and shall be checked by Fire Station In-charge every day.

3.10.8 STOCK REGISTERS

3.10.8.1 Stock position of all equipment, extinguishing media, Hose, Branch,

Breathing Apparatus set, Fire Proximity suit, Fire extinguishers,
and Rescue Equipments etc. shall be maintained and u pdated at
every Issue/Receipt, by shift -in-charge duty vetted by Fire Station
In-charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 43

3.10.8.2 Consistentwith requirement & cost involve, a simple procedure with
minimum record keeping is suggested ;
(i) Receipt and inspection of stores.
(ii) Layout and preservation of stores.
(iii) Issue of stores
(iv) Review of consumption pattern.
(v) Stock verification.
(vi) Disposal of surplus, scrape and obsolete items.

3.10.8.3 Inward Register to keep the record of all incoming receipts whic h
shall contain the information;
(i) Date of receipt of documents in store.
(ii) Purchase order No. & date.
(iii) Description of materials.
(iv) Name of Suppliers.
(v) Quantity mentioned in purchase order.
(vi) Quantity actually received and condition.
(vii) Any discrepancy.

3.10.9 STATION INSPECTION/ ORDERS REGISTER

3.10.9.1 The register containing Fire Service Orders/ Instruction issued

locally or from RHQ/ CHQ shall be maintained by shift in charge as
per Table- 3.2 Copies of in struction may be pasted at serially
numbered pages leaving sufficient space for compliance entries a t
the end.

3.10.9.2 STATION ORDER

TABLE-3.2

SR. DATE OF RECEIPT LETTER/ORDER SUBJECT DETAILS SIGN OF SHIFT IN

NO. NO. CHARGE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Compliance report:

Instructions were read out/explained on ____in 1st, 2nd & 3rd shift. Action initiated on____& completed on

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN-

CHARGE

.
3.10.10 OFFICER INCHARGE FIRE STATION LOG BOOK:

3.10.10.1 Whilecarrying out daily routine programmers at Fire Sta tion, it

would be imperative to m onitor the performance of each

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 44

 equipment and staff for evaluation and improvement by Shift In-
charge andFire Station In-charge shall th erefore witness /
monitor all the activities of Station. He shall maintain a Lo g
Book to record specific observations every day and shall also
take remedial measure as deemed fit.

3.10.10.2 Airport Director/ Regional Executive Director/Regional Fire in -

charges/ General Manager (Fire) ensures to vi sit Fire S tation
and witness the act ivities. He may rec ord his o bservations in
the Fire Station Log Book.

3.10.11 TRAINING REGISTERS OF FIRE SERVICE PERSONNEL:

3.10.11.1 Training records of Fire Service personnel shall be maintained

in training register by in Fire Station in Charge.

3.11 RETURNS AND REPORTS

3.11.1 The Following Returns / Reports should be uploaded on AIMS
(Airport Information Management System) of intranet facilities.

TABLE -3.3
STATION DATE
MONTHLY HOT FIRE DRILL
SR. PARTICULARS OBSERVATIONS/ REMARKS
NO.
1 DATE OF PRACTICE
2 FIRE CALL RECEIVED FROM
3 MEANS OF COMMUNICATION ( INTERCOM /
TELEPHONE/WALKIE TALKIE/ VHF/RT/ OTHERS )
4
SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLE TURN OUT TIME

1ST ARFFV / RIV TURN OUT

2ND ARFFV TURN OUT

3RD ARFFV TURN OUT

4TH ARFFV TURN OUT

5
AMBULANCE TURN OUT TIME

1st AMBULANCE

2ND AMBULANCE

3RD AMBULANCE

4TH AMBULANCE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 45

 6
REACHED TIME TO THE SCENE OF FIRE

1ST ARFFV / RIV AT

2ND ARFFV

3RD ARFFV

4TH ARFFV

1st AMBULANCE

2ND AMBULANCE

3RD AMBULANCE

4TH AMBULANCE

7
DISTANCE COVERED

PAVED (KM)

UNPAVED (KM)

TERRAIN CONDITION

8 FIRST JET TIME OF EXTINGUISHING MEDIA

PROJECTED ON FIRE
9 RESPONSE TIME
10 FIRE CONTROLLED TIME
11 FIRE COMPLETELY EXTINGUISHING TIME
12 TIME TAKEN TO PUT OUT THE FIRE (10 – 8)

13 PRE-BURN TIME
(TIME BETWEEN STARTING FIRE & FIRST JET)
14 WEATHER CONDITION

15 SURFACE AREA OF FIRE

16
MATERIAL USED TO CREATE FIRE

DIESEL (LTRS)

PETROL (LTRS)

17
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA USED TO PUT OUT THE FIRE

WATER (LTRS)

FOAM COMPOUND (LTRS)

COMPLEMENTARY AGENT (KGS / LTRS)

18 RESCUE CONDUCTED

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 46

 19 EXERCISE CONDUCTED IN THE PRESENCE OF

20 EFFICIENCY OF PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT

21 REMARKS OF SENIOR OFFICER PRESENT ON

THE SCENE
22 TIME SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLE RETURNED TO
FIRE STATION

23 REPLENISHMENT TIME OF SAFETY SERVICE

VEHICLE
24 RESCUE & FIREFIGHTING VEHICLE WITH REGN.
NO. THAT WERE NOT RETURNED OUT OF FIRE
PRACTICE WITH REASON

25 BRIEF SUMMARY ( TO BE FILLED IN-CHARGE,

FIRE STATION)

26 DETAILS OF FOAM COMPOUND AVAILABLE

AFTER HOT FIRE DRILL

27 DETAILS OF COMPLEMENTARY AGENT (DCP /

CO2) AVAILABLE AFTER HOT FIRE DRILL

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF STATION IN- CHARGE

TABLE – 3.4
STATION DATE
MONTHLY SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLES

SR. VEHICLE SERVICEABILITY DEFECT DETAILS Remarks by

NO STATUS Tech Dept.
S U/S

1 ACFT/RIV/
Water Tender

1.1 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.2 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.3 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.4 Make:
Model:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 47

 Reg. No.

1.5 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.6 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.7 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.8 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

1.9 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

2 RESCUE -
STAITRS
3 MOBILE
COMMAND POST
4 AMBULANCE

4.1 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

4.2 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

4.3 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

4.4 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

4.5 Make:
Model:
Reg. No.

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF STATION IN- CHARGE

TABLE-3.5
STATION DATE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 48

 MONTHLY SERVICEABILITY RESCUE TOOLS & EQUIPMENT

SR. PARTICULARS QTY DATE OF SERVICEABILITY DEFECT REMARKS

NO INDUCTION STATUS DETAILS BY TECH
S U/S DEPT.
1 COMPRESSOR

1.1 Make:
Model:

1.2 Make:
Model:

2 B.A. SET

2.1 Make:
Model:

2.2 Make:
Model:

2.3 Make:
Model:

3 B.A. SPARE
CYLINDER

3.1 Make:
Model:

3.2 Make:
Model:

4 FIRE
PROXIMITY
SUIT
4.1 Make:
Model:

4.2 Make:
Model:

5 LIFTING &
PULLING
MACHINE
5.1 Make:
Model:

5.2 Make:
Model:

6 POWER
DRIVEN SAW

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 49

6.1 Make:
Model:

6.2 Make:
Model:

6.3 Make:
Model:

7 HYDRAULIC
UNIT (
INCLUDING
SPREADER /
CUTTER )
7.1 Make:
Model:

7.2 Make:
Model:

8 INFLATABLE
LIGHTING
TOWER
8.2 Make:
Model:

8.3 Make:
Model:

9 LIFTING BAG
Make:
Model:
10 JUMPING
CUSHION
Make:
Model:
11 Other

12 Other

13 Other

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF STATION IN- CHARGE

TABLE 3.6
STATION DATE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 50

 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES AT FIRE STATION

SR PARTICULARS STATUS DEFECT ACTION TAKEN /

NO DETAILS REMARKS
SERVICEABLE UN-
SERVICEABLE

1 DIRECT
TELEPHONE WITH
CITY CODE AND
TELEPHONE NO.
0____________
2 HOT LINE

FIRE STATION TO
ATC TOWER

FIRE STATIN TO
CITY FIRE
CONTROL ROOM

3 EPABX AS PER AAI TELEPHONE POLICY

CONTROL ROOM
EPABX NOS.

WATCH TOWER
EPABX NOS.

SHIFT INCHARGE
EPABX NOS.

FIRE STATION
INCHARGE
EPABX NOS.

EMC ROOM
EPABX NOS.

TERMINAL
BUILDING FIRE
CONTROL ROOM
EPABX NOS.

CARGO BUILDING
FIRE CONTROL
ROOM
EPABX NOS.

4 VHF(AM SET)

5 WALKIE TALKIE
(WT) - (NOS.)

6 BATTERY CHARGER
FOR WT SET (NOS.)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 51

 7 FIRE BELL

8 SIREN

9 PA SYSTEM

10 INTRANET /
INTERNET

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF STATION IN- CHARGE

TABLE – 3.7
STATION DATE

MONTHLY INCIDENT & ACCIDENT RETURN

SRN DAT TIME NAME OF CALL TYPE OF PASSENGE CAUSALIT ACTIO

O E THE GIVE AIRCRAFT RS Y IF ANY N
EMERGENC N OR BUILDING ON BOARD TAKEN
Y / STAND- BY OR
FRO T BY / INSTALLATIO
M O INCIDENT N INVOLVED

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF STATION IN- CHARGE

TABLE – 3.8
STATION DATE
AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT

SN PARTICULARS DETAILS OBSERVATION

1. AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT DETAILS
1.1 DATE AND TIME OF AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT
1.2 MESSAGE RECEIVED FROM
1.3 ESTIMATED TIME OF LANDING/TAKE OFF (ETA/ETD)
1.4 RUNWAY IN USE
1.5 CRASH SITE LOCATION (ON/OFF AIRFIELD)
1.6 LOCATION OF ACCIDENT SITE WITH GRID REFERENC
1.7 DISTANCE OF CRASH SITE FROM RESPONSE PLACE (FIRE
STATION/STANDBY POSITION) IN (KM)
1.8 TYPE OF AIRCRAFT
1.9 AIRCRAFT OPERATOR/OWNER
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 52
1.1 PURPOSE FOR WHICH AIRCRAFT IN USE
0
1.1 PASSENGER ON BOARD (POB)
1
1.1 CREW ON BOARD
2
1.1 FUEL ON BOARD (FOB) / ENDURANCE BEFORE ACCIDENT
3
1.1 TYPE, AMOUNT & LOCATION OF CARGO
4
1.1 NUMBER OF HANDICAPPED/DISABLED/SICK/INJURED
5 PASSENGER ON BOARD
1.1 NUMBER OF INFANTS/FEMALE PASSENGERS ON BOARD
6
2. STATE OF PREPAREDNESS OF ARFF SERVICES
2.1 NORMAL POSTION IN FIRE STATION
2.2 LOCAL STANDBY
2.3 WEATHER/VISIBILITY STANDBY
2.4 FULL EMERGENCY
3. NATURE OF TROUBLE REPORTED BY PILOT BEFORE
ACCIDENT
4. TYPE OF ACCIDENT
4.1 CRASH WHILE TAKE OFF
4.2 CRASH WHILE LANDING
4.3 CRASH ON RUNWAY
4.4 AIR COLLISION WITH AIRCRAFT / AIR COLLISION WITH
HILL
4.5 COLLISION ON GROUND WITH
4.6 AIRCRAFT FIRE ON GROUND WITHOUT CRASH
4.7 AIRCRAFT FIRE WHILE REFUELING
4.8 CRASH ON LAND
4.9 CRASH ON WATER/SEA
5. DANGEROUS GOODS ACCIDENT/INCIDENT
6. ALARM & MOBILIZATION
6.1 TYPE OF EMERGENCY DECLARED BY ATC IF ANY
6.2 TIME OF EMERGENCY NOTIFIED BY FIRE CONTROL ROOM

6.3 MEANS OF COMMUNICATION USED BY AIR TRAFFIC

CONTROL (ATC)
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION USED BY FIRE CONTROL
ROOM (FCR)
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION USED BY FIRE WATCH
TOWER (FWT)
6.4 TIME OF MESSAGE GIVEN TO CITY FIRE BRIGADE
THROUGH ATC / FIRE CONTROL ROOM/FIRE WATCH
TOWETR
6.5 TIME OF MESSAGE GIVEN TO AMBULANCE SERVICES
6.6 TIME OF MESSAGE GIVEN TO MEDICAL SERVICES
7. RESPONSE BY AIRPORT RESCUE & FIRE SERVICES ACCIDENT SITE
S.N ARFF VEHICLES TIME OF TIME OF NAME OF NO.OF
o TURN OUT REACHING VEHICLE IN- CREW
CHARGE
7.1 RIV
7.2 ACFT – I
7.3 ACFT-2
7.4 ACFT-3
7.5 ACFT-4
7.6 AMBULANCE -1
7.7 AMBULANCE-2
7.8 AMBULANCE-3
7.9 AMBULANCE-4
7.1 WATER TENDER
0
7.1 AIRCRAFT RESCUE STAIRS
1

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 53

7.1 MOBILE COMMAND POST
2
7.1 OTHER VEHICLE
3
8. RESPONSE BY STATE / CITY /DEFENCE/OTHER FIRE SERVICE
S.N FIRE TENDER VEHICLES TYPE OF TIME TIME OF NAME OF NO.OF
o VEHICLES OF REACHING VEHICLE CREW
TURN IN-
OUT CHARGE
8.1 FIRE TENDER-1
8.2 FIRE TENDER-2
8.3 FIRE TENDER-3
8.4 FIRE TENDER-1
8.5 ANY OTHER SPECIAL SERVICE
VEHICLE
9. RESPONSE BY AMBULANCE SERVICESERVICE
S.N AMBULANCE TYPE OF TIME OF TURN OUT TIME OF REACHING
o VEHICLE
S
9.1 AMBULANCE-1
9.2 AMBULANCE-2
10. WEATHER & TERRAIN CONDITION FOR FIRE FIGHTING AND RESCUE
OPERATION AND EMERGENCY SERVICES VEHICLE
11. DISTANCE OF AIRCRAFT FROM APPLIANCES (METERS)
12. APPROXIMATELY AREA EFFECTED (SQUARE METERS)
13. TIME OF FIRST JET EXTINGUISHING MEDIA PROJECTED ON AIRCRAFT
14. RESPONSE TIME
15 FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS

S.N TYPE OF VEHICLES TYPE OF APPROX. METHOD OF DIRECTION

o USED EXTINGUISHIN QUANTITY APPLICATIO OF
MEDIA USED USED N APPLICATI
ON

16. CONTROL TIME

17. TIME OF COMPLETE EXTINGUISHMENT
18. RESCUE & FIRST AID
18. TIME OF RESCUE STARTED
1
18. MEANS OF ESCPE USED FOR RESCUE (MAIN DOOR/EMERGENCY EXIT/CUT
2 THROUGH AREA)
18. TYPE OF RESCUE TOOLS USED
3
18. TIME OF RESCUE OPERATION FINISHED
4
19. DETAILS OF CASUALTIES RESCUED FROM THE AIRCRAFT
S.N PRIORITY NUMBER
o
19. IMMEDIATE CARE (RED COLOUR TAG) – PRIORITY -I
1
19. DELAYED CARE (YELLOW COLOUR TAG) – PRIORITY - II
2
19. MINOR CARE (GREEN COLOUR TAG) – PRIORITY - III
3
19. DECEASED / DEATH (BLACK COLOUR TAG) – PRIORITY - 0
4
TOTAL NUMBER OF CASUALTIES
20. CASUALTY TRANSPORTATION
S.N NAME OF AMBULANCE NUMBER OF NAME OF REMARKS
o SERVICES CASUALTY HOSPITALS

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 54

 TRANSPORTED
20.
1
20.
2
20.
3
20.
4
20.
5
20.
6
21. HELICOPTERS (DEFENCE/COAST GUARD/PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS (ETC.)
S.N ORGANIZATION TYPE/CALL TIME OF USED FOR NUMBER OF SEARCH/
o /STATION SIGN ARRIVAL CASUALTIES RESCUE
RESCUED COMPLETE
D TIME
21.
1
21.
2
21.
3
21.
4
21.
5
22. WATER RESCUE
S.N ORGANIZATION/STAT TYPE/CALL TIME OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF
o ION SIGN ARRIVAL CASUALTIES CASUALTIES &
RESCUED DESPATCH TO
HOSPITAL
22.
1
22.
2
22.
3
22.
4
23. OTHER DETAILS
SALVAGE OPERATION
S.N NAME OF ITEM APPROX. COST SALVAGE SALVAGE
o OPERATION OPERATION
STARTED COMPLETED

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF SHIFT IN-CHARGE

NOTE:
Additional sheet may be used wherever required.

TABLE-3.9
STATION DATE
FIRE INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

S.No. DESCRIPTION OBSERVATION

1. DATE & TIME OF INCIDENT

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 55

2. MESSAGE RECEIVED FROM
3. LOCATION OF INCIDENT
4. REACHED AT SCENE OF FIRE
5. FIRE OBSERVED AT
6. SIZE OF FIRE
7. HEIGHT OF FLAMES
8. COLOUR OF FLAME/SMOKE
9. DISTANCE OF INCIDENT SITE
10. TYPE OF EXTINGUISHER /MEDIA USED
11. TIME WHEN MEDIA USED FIRST
12. TIME TAKEN TO BE EXTINGUISH FIRE
13. TIME OF EVACUATION
14. TIME OF EFFECTING RESCUE
15. TIME OF SALVAGE
16. MATERIAL INVOLVED IN FIRE
17. APPROXIMATELY AREA INVOLVED IN FIRE
18. POSITION OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM &
POWER RATING
19. STATUS OF DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM
20. STATUS OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
21. ITEMS REMOVED FOR FIRE FIGHTING/RESCUE
OPERATION/ SALVAGE
22. NAME OF ORGANIZATION/DEPARTMENT
23. NAME AND DESIGNATION OF USER WHERE FIRE
INCIDENT
24. NUMBER OF CASUALTIES
24.1 MINOR INJURIES
24.2 MAJOR INJURIES
24.3 DEAD
25. CASUALTIES DESPATCHED TO HOSPITAL
S.No. NAME NUMBER OF PERSONS NAME OF HOSPITALS
25.1
25.2
25.3
26 REGISTRATION NUMBER OF AMBULANCE
26.1
26.2
26.3
27. NAME OF PERSONS ACCOMPANYING WITH THE
CASUALTIES
28 TIME WHEN PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN
29 TIME FOR SEALING THE AREA FOR FINAL
INVESTIGATION
30 TIME WHEN AREA WAS OPEN FOR REPAIR
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN- CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF INVESTIGATING OFFICER
SIGNATURE OF AIRPORT DIRECTOR

TABLE 3.10 STATION

LOCATION OF ACCIDENT INDICATE THE LOCATION OF ACCIDENT WITH RESPECT TO FIRE STATION
AND THE ROUTE FOLLLOWED
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
1
2
3
4

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 56

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN- CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF ATC IN-CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF AIRPORT DIRECTOR

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 57

TABLE 3.11
STATION DATE
MONTHLY REPORT OF CALL OUT / STAND BY DETAILS OF FIRE SERVICES

FULL EMERGENCY

BUILDING FIRE &

VISIBILITY STAND
LOCAL STAND BY

FUEL SPILLAGE

EMERGENCY
STATION

ANY OTHER
EMERGENC
WEATHER /

AIRCRAFT
AIRPORT
S.No

BY

SIGNATURE OF FIRE SHIFT IN- CHARGE

SIGNATURE OF FIRE STATION IN-CHARGE

TABLE 3.12 (AS PER CHECK LIST, CHAPTER-7)

FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION INSPECTION RETURN -

Fire prevention and protection Inspection at T erminal Building, Technica l
Building, CNS Installation BuildiSngs, Cargo Complex and Aircraft Hanger s
should be carried out in accordance with Fire Prevention & protection
Chapter -7 check list for Fire Detection, Alarm S ystem, Fire Hydrants
(wet/dry), Automatic Sprinkler S ystem, Fire Pumps, Fire Extinguishers,
Engine – Driven Generator.

TABLE 3.13
ANNUAL REPORT ON MIS D ATA OF MANPOWER AS ON JANUARY EACH
YEAR

SN NAME DOB DESIGNATION QUALFICATION TRANSFER

PROFILE
ACADEMIC TECHNICAL/TRAINING

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 58

 CHAPTER – 4

FIRE TRAINING ESTABLISHMENT

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 59

 4.1 OBJECTIVES OF FIRE TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS
4.1.1 To establish themselves as international centers of excellence for fire
safety education and training.
4.1.2 Provide a progressive system of appro priate academic and vocational
qualification to aviation fire service personnel.
4.1.3 Create a skilled, competent and updated fire service for the
organization to meet the operational requirement.

4.2 COURSES
4.2.1 REGULAR COURSE
4.2.1.1 Basic Fire Fighting Training Course (Four Months).
4.2.1.2 Basic Fire Fighting Training Course (Six Months)
4.2.1.3 Firemanship Course.
4.2.1.4 Junior Fire Officer Course.
4.2.1.5 Fire Officer Course.
4.2.1.6 Refresher Course – I

4.2.1.7 Refresher Course – II

4.2.1.8 Refresher Course – III

4.2.1.9 Junior Executive Course
4.2.1.10 Senior Fire Officer Course
4.2.2 SPECIAL COURSE
4.2.2.1 RT Handling Course.
4.2.2.2 First-Aid Fire Fighting Course.

4.2.2.3 Breathing Apparatus Training Course.

4.2.2.4 Airport Fire Safety Management Course.

4.2.2.5 Disaster Management Course.

4.2.2.6 Emergency Operation Center Management Course.

4.2.2.7 Incident Command Management Course.

4.2.2.8 Aircraft Simulator Training Course.

4.2.2.9 Ship Simulator Training Course.

ELIGIBILITY, NOMINATION AND DURATION OF COURSE
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 60
TABLE-4.1
S. COURSE ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA DURATION NOMINATION
NO.
1. Basic Fire Fighting Newly Recruited candidates Four Months CHQ
Training Course by AAI or Other
organization/Private
Candidates for the post of
Junior Assistant/Fireman/ Jr.
Technician
2. Basic Fire Fighting Newly Recruited candidates Six Months (Four CHQ
Training Course by Other Organization for the Months Training at
post of Fireman/ Jr. training Center & Two
Technician/ Private Month attachment with
Candidates the City Fire Service
and Airport Fire
Service.
2. Firemanship Course Passed Basic Fire Fighting RHQ/APD-
Course Five Weeks CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
3. Jr. Fire Officer Course Passed Firemanship Course RHQ/APD-
Five Weeks CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
4. Fire Officer Course Passed Jr. Fire Officer / Junior Six Weeks CHQ
Executives Course

5. Refresher Course-I Passed Basic Training Course Four Weeks RHQ/APD-

CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
6. Refresher Passed Firemanship Course Four Weeks RHQ/APD-
Course -II CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
7. Refresher Passed Junior Fire Officer Four Weeks RHQ/APD-
Course - III Course CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
8. Junior Executive Newly Recruited Fire Twelve CHQ
Course Executives Weeks

9. Senior Fire Officer Passed Officers Course Fourteen Weeks CHQ

Course
10. RT Handling Course Fire Service Executive/ Staff Five Days EXECUTIVE-
CHQ AND
NON-
EXECUTIVES-
RHQ
11. First-aid Fire Fighting Pilot, Cabin Crew, Flight One or Three Days PRINCIPAL-
Course Attendant, FTC & FSTC
Airline/Cargo/Hotel/
Commercial Staff
12. Airport Fire Safety Senior Fire Service Executive Fifteen Days CHQ
Management

13. Breathing Apparatus Fire Personnel Five Days RHQ/APD-

Training Course CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
14. Disaster Management Fire Personnel Five days CHQ
Course
15. Emergency Operation Fire Personnel Five days CHQ
Center Management
Course
16. Incident Command Fire Personnel Five days CHQ

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 61

 Management Course
17. Aircraft Simulator Fire Personnel Five days CHQ/
Training Course RHQ/APD-
CHENNAI &
KOLKATA
18. Ship Simulator Fire / Ship Personnel Five days PRINCIPAL-
Training Course FTC & FSTC

TRAINING MODULE STRUCTURE

TABLE-4.2
S. COURSE PHYSICAL DRILLS & THEORY PROJECT
NO. TRAINING PRACTICALS WORK

1. Basic Fire Fighting 35 % 35 % 30 % NIL

Training Course

2. Basic Fire Fighting 35 % 35 % 30 % NIL

Training Course

2. Firemanship Course 35 % 35 % 30 % NIL

3. Jr. Fire Officer 30 % 30 % 30 % 10 %

Course

4. Fire Officer Course 30 % 30 % 30 % 10 %

5. Refresher Course-I 35 % 35 % 30 % NIL

6. Refresher 35 % 35 % 30 % NIL
Course -II

7. Refresher 35 % 35 % 30 % NIL
Course - III
8. Junior Executive 25 % 25 % 25 % 25 %
Course

9. Senior Fire Officer 20 % 20 % 20 % 40 %

Course
10. RT Handling Course 30 % 70 % NIL

11. First-aid Fire 10 % 70 % 20% NIL

Fighting Course

12. Airport Fire Safety 10 % Industrial Visits 90 % NIL

Management

13. Breathing Apparatus 10 % 70 % 20 % NIL

Training Course

14. Disaster 10 % 60 % 30 % NIL

Management Course

15. Emergency 10 % 60 % 30 % NIL

Operation Center
Management Course

16. Incident Command 10 % 60 % 30 % NIL

Management Course

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 62

 17. Aircraft Simulator 20 % 70 % 10 % NIL
Training Course

18. Ship Simulator 20 % 70 % 10 % NIL

Training Course

4.3 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR COURSE AND EXAMINATION

4.3.1 Physical, Squad Drill, Fire Appliances Drill, BA Set Drill, Fire Proximity
Suit Drill, Ladder Drill, Rescue Drill, Practical and T heoretical Classes
shall be conducted as per training schedule.
4.3.2 Squad Drill and Ap pliances Drill shall commensurate with the level of
the course.

4.3.3 Guard of Honor and Command Practice shall be conducted up to th e

level of Junior Officer Course.

4.3.4 Mock Fire Station activity shall be conducted once in week for all
courses. During the activities all the participation shall be assigne d the
roles and the responsibility of the diffe rent fire personnel working at a
Model Fire Station.
4.3.5 The Project work as per Table 4.2 for different courses shall be allotted
at the beginning of the training and to be monitored by Project Guides
at the end of every week & with suitable instructions mentioned in the
weekly dairy maintained by the Project Guide.

4.3.6 The Format for preparation of Project allotted shall be as under

(i) Cover page & title page

(ii) Bonafide certificate of project guide.
(iii) Abstract
(iv) Table of contents
(v) List of tables
(vi) List of figures
(vii) List of symbols, abbreviations and nomenclature
(viii) Chapters
(ix) Appendices
(x) References
(xi) The table and figures shall be introduced in the appropriate
places.
(xii) The dimension of the project report should be in a4 size and with
proper binding using standard presentable cover.
(xiii) The project report content should be minimum in 200 pages and
maximum 300 pages and printed in black letters & the text for
printing should be identical.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 63

4.3.7 The topic of project shall be allotted by the princi pal and the topic
based on latest technology development in the field of fire
engineering.
4.3.8 Duration of each t heoretical & practic al module shall be defined as
per training curriculum.

4.3.9 Schedule for eac h course shall b e prepared in ad vance and

communicated to General Manager (Fire T raining) in details like
timing, faculty, examination date, etc.

4.3.10 Use of unfair means/offence/ unethical practice by the trai nee, shall
be noted seriously by invigilator and informed to the Principal an d
action shall be initiated by the Principal as & when required.

4.3.11 Instructors shall prepare lesson plan with the help of teaching aid s
and deliver the lectures with the help of Power Point Presentations.

4.3.12 Instructors allowance for executives posted at Fire T raining

Establishment shall be as per HR Circular.

4.3.13 The medium of instructions in the c ourse shall be Hindi and/or

English language.

4.3.14 The setting of the q uestion paper will be two tier i.e. question paper
shall be prepared by course coordinator in consultation with training
in-charge and shall be submitted to the principal in sealed cover for
final selection. The language of the question paper shall be bi-lingual,
Hindi & English only.

4.3.15 After completion of examination, the i nvigilator shall all ot dummy

numbers to the answer sheets & seal the answer and dummy sheets
in separate envelopes. The dummy sheets shall be opened only at the
time of preparation of final result.

4.3.16 The training in-charge shall distribute the answer sheet to the faculty
for evaluation under his sup ervision & monitoring. After rechecking
the answer sheets by training in-charge, the same shall be submitted
to the principal for counter signature.

4.3.17 On submission of course result by the trai ning centers, Fire

Directorate, CHQ, shall release the result.

4.3.18 Principal shall be nominated one of the Faculty / Instr uctor as a

Course coordinator and he shall be look -after all the activities
including medical etc.

4.3.19 Technical Books & Computer with internet facilities should be

provide to trainees to develop and enh ancement of technical
knowledge and also upgrade the library with providing the New

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 64

 Technical Books, BIS, NFPA, Manuals & subscribe the technical
magazine from professional bodies.

4.3.20 Training video shall be show n to train ees at the time of t heoretical
classes and also upgrade the video library.

4.3.21 Proficiency parameter for E xecutives should be checked yearly by

Board constituted from CHQ.

TABLE – 4.3

S.N. PARAMETERS Excellent Very Good Satisfactory Poor Remarks

Good
1 PRESENTATION
SKILLS
2 COMMUNICATION
SKILLS
3 LECTURE
DELIBERATION
SKILL
4 KNOWLEDGE OF
THE SUBJECT
5 WORDS OF
COMMAND
6 KNOWLEDGE OF
THE SQUAD
DRILL
7 KNOWLEDGE OF
THE FIRE DRILL
8 KNOWLEDGE OF
APPLIANCES
DRILL
9 PHYSICAL
EFFICIENCY TEST
10 UNIFORM
BEARING
11 PERSONNEL
GROOMING
12 PERSONALITY
13 FEEDBACK
ANALYSIS OF THE
TRAINEES

4.3.22 Drills shall be conducted as per guid elines mentioned in the Drill
Chapter – 10.

4.3.23 Driving Training shall be provided for those T rainees only who
possess Heavy Dri ving License and Operational training on ARF F
Vehicles to all trainees.

4.3.24 Engagement of Guest Faculty (Internal/External) for various courses

being conducted at both Fires Training Establishment shall be

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 65

 considered as & when required. It is to ensure that topic/lecture of
Subject is to be sent well in advance to the guest faculty.

4.3.25 Honorarium for Guest Faculty shall be as per HR circular.

4.3.26 The examination for theoretical module shall be completed after

completion of each module.

4.3.27 Practical & Viva Voce examination test module shall be co nducted at
the end of course and undertaken by the Board of the Examination.

4.3.28 First Aid Training shall be providing to trainees by AAI Doctors/Other

Paramedic services.

4.3.29 Grading shall be awarded for Attendance as well as Physical Fitnes s

Test (PET) Module as per Chapter-14.

4.3.30 Final result shall be based on the individual module grading.

4.3.31 The final marking shall be based on module wise exam evaluation @
100 marks each m odule. Similarly, final 10 pr actical test sh all be
based on events w ise exam evaluation @ 20 m arks each for total
numbers of events e.g. Squad Drill, Ladder Drill, Rescue D rill, Pump
Drill, CFT Drill, Pu mp Operation, Knots, RT , BA Drill, Proximity
Suits.

4.3.32 The objective type questions of 40 marks in each module shall

comprise from fill in the blanks, multiple choice, T rue & False &
Match the columns only. Each of above heading will be of 5
questions @ 2 marks.

4.3.33 Passing marks in Theoretical and practical Examination.

TABLE – 4.4
S.NO DESCRIPTION MARKING PASSING MARKS FOR PASSING
OF EXAM PATTERN PER GENERAL CATEGORY MARKS FOR
MODULE/EVENT RESERVE
CATEGORY
1 THEORETICAL @ 100 Marks each 50% 40%
EXAM Module
2 DRILL AND @ 20 Marks each 60% 60%
PRACTICAL in 10 practical
EXAM event
3 PHYSICAL PET/PFET as per 80% 80%
EFFICIENCY Chapter 14
TEST
3 PROJECT WORK 50 60% 60%
4 VIVA-VOCE 50 60% 60%
5 ATTENDANCE 50 90% 90%
6 DISCIPLINE 50 100% 100%

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 66

4.3.34 Repeat Examination
TABLE – 4.5
S. EXAMINATION RE-APPEAR FOR REMARKS
NO. FAILED EXAMINATION

1. PHYSICAL Full course (i) The Reappear Examinee shall be

EFFICIENCY TEST communicated to the respective
2. DRILLS & Full course RED/APD by the principal of the
PRACTICAL concerned Training Center for
3. THEORY (ALL Full course communication to the individual
MODULES) candidates accordingly.
4. THEORY (ONE OR Two chances for (ii) The candidates from Other
MORE MODULES Repeat after Main Organization/ Private candidates
BUT NOT ALL Examination shall have to pay full course
MODULE) charges for S.No. 1, 2 & 3.along
with Hostel & Mess charges and
5. PROJECT One chance for for S.No. 4 & 5 h ave to pay Mess
PRESENTATION & Repeat after Main & Hostel Charges.
VIVA-VOCE Examination

4.3.35 Board of Examination

TABLE – 4.6

CHAIRMAN GENERAL MANAGER (FIRE SERVICE) /

GENERAL MANAGER (FIRE TRAINING)

MEMBER JOINT GENERAL MANAGER / DEPUTY GENERAL MANAGER (FS) - FTC, NEW
DELHI / FSTC, KOLKATA OR NOMINATED BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (FIRE
TRAINING)

MEMBER JOINT GENERAL MANAGER / DEPUTY GENERAL MANAGER (FS) –

NORTHERN , WESTERN, SOUTHERN, EASTERN, NORTH-EAST,
KOLKATA/CHENNAI AIRPORT OR NOMINATED BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
(FIRE TRAINING)

4.4. DISTRIBUTION OF THEORETICAL AND DRILL & PRACTICA L

SESSION

DISTRIBUTION OF THEORETICAL CLASSESS

TABLE – 4.7
S. NO. DESIGNATION LECTURE (%)
1 Principal 10
2 Course Coordinator 30
3 Other Faculty 60

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 67

 DISTRIBUTION OF DRILL / PRACTICAL SESSION
TABLE – 4.8
S. NO. DESIGNATION PRESENCE IN REMARKS
THE FIELD (%)
1 Principal 5
2 Senior Manager 75
3 Manager/ Asstt. 100
Manager
4 Demonstrator 100 Practical facilities to be provided
(Non-Executives) for daily training by demonstrators

4.4 TIME SCHEDULE FOR TRAINING CENTERS

TABLE – 4.9

S.No. ACTIVITIES TIME

FROM TO
1 PHYSICAL TRAINING / YOGA 0600 0645
2 SQUAD DRILL 0700 0800
3 BREAKFAST 0815 0915
4 THEORY 0930 1245
5 LUNCH 1300 1430
6 FIRE DRILL/PRACTICAL/PROJECT 1500 1700
7 TEA 1705 1730
8 SPORTS/GYM 1800 1900
8 DINNER 1930 2130

.4.5 LABORATORY
4.5.1 The laboratory shall be well equipped for facili tation of Testing and
Performance Evaluation of Fire Extinguishers and Fire Extinguishing
Media.
4.5.2 The laboratory shall be accredited to the Nati onal and I nternational
Organizations and also provide facility for Research and Development
work.
4.5.3 The communication laboratory shall consist of Co mmunication
Equipments like RT set, wa lkie-talkie for hands one experience and
learning for the participants.
4.5.4 The laboratory shall be com prise of various models of Passive and
Active Fire-Fighting Installations like Fire Alarm & Detection system,
Sprinkler System, Hydrants, P umps, DCP System, Water Mist Sys tem
and Other latest clean agents systems to familiarize partic ipants on

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 68

 Design, Construction, Installation, Commission ing, Testing, Operation
and Maintenance aspects of these systems.

4.6 ANCILIARY TRAINING FACILITIES

4.6.1 SIMULATORS

4.6.2 DRILL TOWER

4.6.3 FIRE PIT

4.6.4 PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST GROUND

4.6.5 MOBILE FIRE TRAINING SIMULATOR/FIRE TRAY

4.6.6 AIRCRAFT RECOVERY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT

4.6.7 DISASTER EQUIPMENTS

4.7 APPLIANCES

4.7.1 AIRFIELD CRASH FIRE TENDER (ACFT)

4.7.2 RAPID INTERVENTION VEHICLE

4.7.3 WATER TENDER

4.7.4 TURN TABLE LADDER

4.7.5 HYDAULIC PLATFORM

4.7.6 RESCUE STAIRS

4.7.7 MOBILE COMMAND POST

4.7.8 AMBULANCE

4.7.9 PORTABLE FIRE PUMP

4.8 FIRE TRAINING EQUIPMENTS

4.8.1 FIRE FIGHTING HOSE

4.8.2 DIFFERENT BRANCHES AND NOZZLES

4.8.3 DIFFERENT COUPLINGS

4.8.4 STAND PIPES, COLLECTING HEADS AND SUCTION HOSE FITTINGS

4.8.5 BREACHING, ADOPTORS, MISCELANEOUS HOSE FITTINGS AND RAMPS

4.8.6 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

4.8.7 RESCUE TOOLS

4.8.8 CUTTING TOOLS

4.8.9 ROPES AND LINES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 69

4.8.10 LADDERS

4.8.11 FIRE PROXIMITY SUITS

4.8.12 BREATHING APPARATUS SET

4.8.13 BA COMPRESSOR

4.8.14 EMERGENCY LIGHTING

4.8.15 FIRST AID EQUIPMENTS

4.8.16 PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS

4.8.17 HYDRANT SYSTEM

4.8.18 SPRINKLER SYSTEM

4.8.19 DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM

4.8.20 CHEMICLA & BIOLOGICAL SUITS

4.8.21 SMALL GEARS

4.8.22 MISCELANEOUS EQUIPMENTS

4.8.23 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA

4.9 TRANSPORT FACILITIES

4.9.1 Transport facilities shall be provided for trainees to visit industrial
tour and other related training works etc. In case of medical sickness
Ambulance shall be provided.
4.9.2 One vehicle shall be provided to the in -charge of the training center
for official work.
4.10 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL FITNESS FACILITIES
4.10.1 GYM EQUIPMENTS

4.10.2 OUTDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES

4.10.3 INDOOR SPORTS FACILITIES

4.10.4 RECREATIONS

4.10.5 SWIMMING POOL

4.11 ESSENTIAL & OTHER SERVICES

4.11.1 ESSENTIAL POWER SUPPLY

4.11.2 WATER SUPPLY

4.11.3 RO SUPPLY FOR DRINKING WATER

4.11.4 COMMUNICATIOON AND FAX FACILITIES AS PER TELEPHONE POLICY

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 70

 4.11.5 PHOTOCOPIER MACHINE AND COLOUR PRINTER

4.11.6 COMPUTER AND LAPTOP

4.11.7 SCANNER

4.12 GENERAL GUIDELINES

4.12.1 Trainee shall have to report one day in advance from the commensurate
of course.

4.12.2 AAI Trainees shall have to report along with dungaree, Gumboot, Belt,
Helmet, Barrette Cap & PT Kit (white T -shirt, white Short, white PT
Shoes & white Shocks) and Private /Other Organization T rainees shall
also have to report with dungaree and PT Kit (white T-shirt, white Short,
white PT Shoes & white Shocks) as prescribed.

4.12.3 Junior Assistant (F S) appointed by AA I and und ergoing Basic T raining

Course shall be entitled for stipend during training period as per HR
Policy. The payment of stipend to the trainees shall be released by RED
(ER/NR) for FSTC/FTC.

4.12.4 Departmental candidate once nominated shall have to attend the course
at the tra ining centre. Not r eporting for the co urse after nomination
shall be viewed seriously and discipl inary action shall be initia ted
against the person except medical ground/any specific occ asion subject
to proper recommendation from the Airport Director/Regional Executive
Director. Maximum two exe mptions can be g ranted to a nomin ated
official in most genuine case.

4.12.5 No smoking and consumption of alcohol is prohibited and rules to

strictly enforce at the training center.

4.12.6 An inspection committee consisting two members constituted fo r

conducting surprise inspection at train ing center. Surprise inspectio n
is to be conducted once in fortnight.

4.12.7 Trainees shall have to follow all instructions issued at trai ning centre
from time to time during the course and expected to follow all laws and
legal requirements. Participant sh all be himself/herself solely
responsible for any breach of law or failure to meet any legal obligation
by him/her.

4.12.8 Participants shall be advised to take care of their personal belongings

and training centre shall not be liable for any lo ss or dam age in thi s
regard.

4.12.9 Participant found absent f rom the course without permission shall be
immediately relieved from the training. T he action taken report in thi s

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 71

 regard shall be for warded to the Dire ctorate of Fire Service for t he
necessary information.

4.12.10 The Training Staff / Executives shall remain present on the duty
throughout their respective shifts. When there is no drill/othe r
activities, on such days the staff/Executives shall use the free time for
preparing of the next module/course and upkeep of the
equipments/appliances.

4.12.11 For deployment of i nstructors/Demonstrators for extra duty (OT /OPA)

at training establishments, prior approval with justification has to be
obtained from General Manager (FS/Training).
4.12.12 The Honorarium for E xternal and Internal Faculty for t he training
programmes shall be as per HR Circular.

4.12.13 All Trainees shall be required to submit a Medical and Physical Fitness
Certificate in the prescribed format.

4.12.14 All Trainees shall have to submit an Indemnity Bond as per format.

4.12.15 Private / Other Organization T rainees shall have to bear expenses for
any kind of Medical Treatment during the training period.

4.12.16 Any Trainee found medically unfit during the course, shall be relieved
from the training.

4.12.17 Trainee shall be readmitted in the training course after submission of a

fitness certificate from a registered medical practitioner.

4.12.18 All course material made available by the training centers i s

exclusively for the participants for training purpose. The training
centers shall reserves all rights to such materials. No course materials,
or any part thereof, shall be copied in any form without the writte n
consent of the Cou rse Co-coordinator. No cour se material is to b e
copied, reproduced, disseminated or used for external use.

4.12.19 Trainees shall pay due reg ard to t he Infrastructure & F acilities
provided and use these with due care and responsibility. Adequat e
recovery shall be made from the pa rticipant towards any loss or
damage arising out of willful act or negligence by the participant
resulting in damage to any of the training facilities or equipments.

4.12.20 Trainees shall have to follow all instructions issued at Training Centre
from time to time during the course and expected to follow all laws and
legal requirements. Trainees shall be himself/herself solely responsible
for any breach of law or failure to meet any legal ob ligation by
him/her. T raining Centre cannot be h eld responsible for that in a ny
way.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 72

4.12.21 Trainees found absent from the course without permission shall be
immediately relieved from the training.

4.12.22 The admission for Private Candidates shall be on the ba sis of me rit
and guidelines of the HR policy for selection of Junior assistant Fire
service & others and discretion of Executive Director (Fire Training).

4.12.23 Fire Training Establishment shall have to maintain proper individua l

records & particulars of each T rainee in soft copy i.e. Name, Father’ s
Name, Date of Birth, Educational/Professional/Technical Quali fication
and Training, Contact Number & Address etc.

4.12.24 Trainees shall be asked to give their feedback at the end of the course
in the form of Evaluation Sheet.

4.13 COURSE FOR REGISTRATION FOR PRIVATE / OTHER

ORGANIZATION / FOREIGN CANDIDATES

4.13.1 All Correspondence/Request/Application relating to Forei gn Trainees

shall be forwarded to the Executive Director (Fire T raining) for further
processing.

4.13.2 Foreign Trainees shall be required to pay all fee and other charges in
US Dollar $ only calculated on the basis of the exchange rate
prevailing on the day of payment except Nepal & Bhutan Country.

4.13.3 All Correspondence/Request/Application relating to Private/ Other

Organization Trainees shall be p rocessing by the Fir e Training
Establishment.

4.14 COURSE DEVELOPMENT UNIT & STANDARD TRAINING PACKAGE

AND REVIEW OF THE SYLLABUS

4.14.1 The Course Development Unit & St andard Training Package and
Review of the Syllabus shall be established and a committee may be
constituted for the same.

4.15 ISO CERTIFICATION AND INTERNATIONAL / NATIONA L BODY

ACCREDITATION/CERTIFICATION

4.15.1 The Training Center Establishment shall be ac quired Certifications

and accreditations from National / International Bodies.

4.15.2 The Training Center Establishment shall also have maintained &
renew all certification time to time.

4.16 POSTING OF FIRE STAFF AT TRAINING CENTERS

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 73
4.16.1 Posting of Non -Executives for Fire T raining Establishment shall be as
per guidelines contained vide clause 1.12.13, 1.12.14 and1.12.15.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 74

 CHAPTER – 5

FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION &

AUDIT PROTOCOL

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 75

5.1 INSPECTION GUIDELINES
5.1.1 Inspection shall be carried out by officers of Fire Services fro m
Corporate Headquarters and Regional Headquarters.
5.1.2 Local inspection shall be c arried out by the Airport Director for the
administrative and operational efficiency of the fire service.

5.1.3 General Manager (FS) or his authorized /nominated executive shal l

carry out surprise inspection / audit to verify follow up action of th e
any fire station.

5.1.4 The Inspection Report shall be prepared in three copies; one each to be
retained for further follow-ups at stations, at the Regional Headquarter
and with the Directorate of Fire Service at the Corporate Headquarter.

5.1.5 Corrective actions o n shortfall / under performance be ide ntified, the

immediate remedial actions be taken by the co ncerned Airport and
Regional Offices. One copy of the report of Inspection of each airpor t
under their command with steps taken to improve is to be submitted
to CHQ.
5.1.6 Inspections are a means to identify and eliminate or reduce hazards
which might result in life or property loss. Inspections a lso ensure that
fire protection, fire prevention system and life safety are maintained i n
good working condition.

5.1.7 All airport fire serv ice vehicles / appl iances shall be eq uipped with
Radio Telephony (RT) equipment to permit direct communication wit h
the airport fire servi ce units, ACFT (Airfield Crash Fire Tender) and air
traffic control (ATC) tower.

5.1.8 Inspecting officers shall assess; the actual status of fire appliance,
manpower and othe r support facilities at stations such as the short
comings and pin -point responsibilities, the gap between the desired
performance and th e actual performance. The desirable level of fire
service facilities and follow up towards achieving this.

5.2 TYPES OF INSPECTION

5.2.1 Inspections are cat egorized in three types of i nspection: random
surprise inspections and regularly scheduled /periodic inspections and
Best Fire Station Inspection.
5.2.2 Surprise inspection process i s used; its focus s hould be on a disti nct
identifiable problem or defi ciency or on assu ring compliance with
specific directives, procedures, policies, or guidelines.
5.2.3 Periodic inspections are scheduled in advance and the unit to be
inspected receives prior n otice of the inspection. T he inspection
addresses items that are for the most part a matter of record.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 76

5.2.4 Best Fire station Inspection is scheduled in advance and the unit to be
inspected receives prior n otice of the inspection. T he inspection
addresses overall performance of th e Fire S tation (performance,
efficiency, station up-keep, Fire appliances & equipments, records etc.)

5.3 INSPECTION PROCESS

5.3.1 When a s cheduled inspection is being conducted the inspection team
should meet to revi ew any o ngoing concerns and sta te the objectives
and the process for the inspe ction. The inspection must b e organized,
formal, and specific to the unit being inspected. T o ensure success,
inspectors must develop a protocol for conducting the inspection that
describes the process for int erviewing personnel; identifies th e
percentage of recor ds, actions, or item s that wil l be insp ected; and
includes a checklist to organize the process.
5.4 INSPECTION PROTOCOL
5.4.1 The inspection protocol will typically involve direct observation of work;
evaluation of observed work process as compared to the department’s
policies, procedures, and directives; external reference materials and
resources; and personal interviews of staff. The complete process must
be impartial and constructive and the inspectors must convey this
attitude during the inspection procedure.
5.4.2 Inspecting staff are deputed to inspect work / procedure to ensure that
work procedures are according to established standards and to s top
doing further work procedure on wrong /spoiled systems
5.5 INSPECTION REPORT
5.5.1 Once the airport inspection / field survey is completed, all interviews,
observations, tests, and records reviewed need t o be consolidated into
a report. T he report must be a useful document that provides
constructive observations for im provement and also incl ude credit for
the unit or personnel where their actions are particularly good o r
exemplary. A part of the inspection process is to determine any
existing weakness in the department’s policies, procedures,
regulations, and practices.
5.6 AUDIT OBJECTIVE
Fire safety audits are conducted with the following objectives
5.6.1 To carry out a sys tematic, critical appraisal of all poten tial hazards
involving personnel, airport services and operation.
5.6.2 To ensure that fire safety system fully satisfies the legal r equirement,
AAI fire o rder, ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization), DGCA
(Directorate General of Civil Aviation), etc.

5.7 SCOPE OF FIRE SAFETY AUDIT

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 77
 5.7.1 Identify all significant fire hazards
5.7.2 Identify the people who may be at risk from each hazard
5.7.3 Evaluate if existing control measures reduce risk to a tolerable level.
5.7.4 Determine the additional control measures required.
5.7.5 Availability of adeq uate means of esc ape from the premise in case of
fire.
5.7.6 Availability of ade quate/ suitable fire detection and f ire fighting
facilities.
5.7.7 Availability of suita ble emergency plan detailing responsibilities and
actions of key personnel.
5.7.8 Training, information and instruction to all o ccupants of premise
about fire safety.
5.7.9 Upkeep and testing of all fire safety equipment and precautions.
5.7.10 Evaluation of staff competency during checklist process.

5.8 AUDIT SCHEDULE / FREQUENCY

5.8.1 All AAI owned aerodromes / civil enclave where Fire service vehicle /
fleet are available shall be audited once in two year. Fire saf ety
Directorate at CHQ shall prepare fire safety audit schedule for the year
in the month of January.
5.9 AUDIT REFERENCE DOCUMENT
Audit team leader is required to produce an a udit checklist from the
reference document used during the audit, such as
• ICAO Annex. 14, ICAO Doc 9137; Part 1, Part 7, Part 5
• DGCA Aerodrome License Circular / CAR Requirements
• National Building Code (NBC) Requirement
• CHQ guidelines; Fire Orders, Circulars
5.10 BEST FIRE STATION INSPECTION PROCEDURE: As per check list.

5.11 RECORD RETENTION

Audit document / inspection report should be retai ned as per

requirement of Co rporate HRM Circular No. 3/2013; letter N o.
A.60011/12/2013 - HRPC dated 06.03.2013.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 78

5.12 FIRE SAFETY AUDIT CHECKLIST

TABLE NO: 5.1

No AUDIT CHECK POINT Status Remarks

Yes No N/A
A LEVEL OF PROTECTION TO BE PROVIDED

1. Is the Fire Service compliance with the

aerodrome license?
2. Is the minimum useable amount of water for
fire extinguishment maintained?
3. Is the minimum foam compound available for
the depletion of two loads of water carried on
the vehicles?
4. Is the minimum required complementary agent
available on the vehicles?
5. Is the quantity of available foam compound,
compliance with the level of foam used?
6. Does this programme include all areas of the
aerodrome?
B AIRPORT FACILITIES AFFECTING RESCUE Yes No N/A Remarks
AND FIRE FIGHTING SERVICES

7 Are there sufficient quantities of water available

at airports? Any fire Hydrants available at the
Airport?
8 Are there adequate emergency access roads /
service road /Emergency Gates on the airport?
9 Are these maintained?
10 Are these gates accessible to the emergency
vehicles?
11 Is there any additional water available for fire
fighting on the airport?
12 Is the pressure in the hydrants sufficient to
enable rapid filling of vehicles?
13 Does the aerodrome have an appointed fire
prevention officer/s?
C COMMUNICATION AND ALARM Yes No N/A Remarks
REQUIREMENTS

14 Is the alarm system tested regularly?

15 Adequate communication facilities exist for
direct communication between fire station,
watch tower and ATC?

Are there any Hot Line between ATC Tower and

Airport Fire Service?
16 Adequate communication facilities exist to
communicate in an emergency from watch

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 79

 tower to fire crew.
17 Is the quantity sufficient to enable
communication between vehicle operators?
Control personnel and rescue operators?
18 Is there any telephone or other type of system
available to summon assisting parties to the
aerodrome emergency procedure/plan?
19 Are these equipment tested regularly?
20 Is the result of these tests properly recorded?
21 Are there any Hot Line between City Fire
Service and Airport Fire Service Control Room?
22 Whether RT is fitted in each ACFT?
23 Direct a) Station In-charge (Fire
Telephone Service(Office)
b) Station In-charge (Res)
EPABX with Station In-charge of Fire
“zero” dial Service Office
24 P.A.System Fire Station control room,
watch tower
Walkie-Talkie Fire control room CFTs, Shift
I/c
VHF FCR, Incharge room, watch
tower, CFTs
Fire Bell ATC, Fire station
Siren Fire station ATC
D RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING VEHICLES Yes No N/A Remarks

25 Are the vehicle’s tyres of an off road type?

26 Does the foam induction system work properly?
27 Is the rescue equipment maintained?
28 Does all the fire appliance valves operate
properly?
29 Are the rescue equipment maintained?
30 Is there any record available to substantiate
the serviceability of the required pieces of
equipment?
31 Is the vehicles foam carrying capacity as
required to discharge two loads of water?
32 Does all emergency lighting operate properly?
33 Can the vehicles achieve the required speed
within the prescribed time frame?
34 Can the vehicle reach the threshold of the
furthest runway and discharge half of its
contents within the required times?
35 Does all brakes operate properly?
36 Whether RT is fitted in each ACFT?
37 Whether ACFT accelerator test conducted by
schedule
38 Is there any record to substantiate the test
conduction
E Equipment for Rescue Operations Yes No N/A Remarks

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 80

39 Adjustable Wrench
40 Axe. Rescue, Large Non-wedge or aircraft type
41 Axe, rescue, Small Non-wedge or aircraft type
42 Cutter bolt, 61cm
43 Crowbar, 95cm
44 Crowbar, 1.65cm
45 Chisel, cold 2.5cm
46 Flashlight/hand lamps
47 Hammer 1.8kg.
48 Hook, grab or salving
49 Saw, metal cutting or hacksaw, heavy duty,
complete with spare blades.
50 Ladder, extending (of over-all length
appropriate to the aircraft types in use)
51 Rope line, 15m length
52 Rope line, 30m. length
53 Pliers, 17.8cm. side cutting
54 Pliers, slip joint 25cm.
55 Screwdrivers, assorted (set)
56 Snipers, tin
57 Chocks, 15cm. high
58 Chocks, 10cm. high
59 Powered rescue saw complete with two blades;
or pneumatic rescue chisel complete- plus
spare cylinder, chisel, and retaining spring
60 Seat belt / harness cutting tool
61 Gloves, flame resistant pairs (unless issued to
individual crew member)
62 Breathing apparatus and spare cylinder
63 Inflatable lighting tower
64 Hydraulic or pneumatic forcing tool
65 Medical first aid kit
66 Tarpaulin
67 Fan for ventilation and cooling
68 Protective clothing / fire suit
69 Stretcher
70 Goggles
71 Helmet
72 Fire fighting shoes / Safety shoes / gumboot
F PROTECTIVE CLOTHING & RESPIRATORY Yes No N/A Remarks.
EQUIPMENT

73 Are protective clothing and protective

equipment available in sufficient quantity and
sizes?
74 Does fire fighter have access to protective
gloves?
75 Does every fire fighter have fire resistant
boots?
76 Does every fire fighter have fire hoods?
77 Are there sufficient Breathing Apparatus sets?
78 Are these sets tested regularly?
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 81
79 Are there any records to substantiate the
above?
80 Are there any records to substantiate this?
- BA hydraulic test
- Record for testing
- BA compressor to refill SCBA set
- Standard Operation Procedure (SOP)
for PPE wearing/refill of SCBA set/etc.
G AMBULANCE AND MEDICAL SERVICE Yes No N/A Remarks

81 Does the airport have Emergency Medical

Centre (EMC) or a first aid room as required?
82 Is the EMC or first aid room suitably
equipped?
83 Are there any medical supplies or first aid kits
available on the fire engines?
84 Are the medical supplies on the airport
regularly checked for expiry dates?
85 Is all fire personnel certified in first aid
training and subsequent renewal of the same?
86 Are adequate numbers of first aid boxes
provided? Give location details
H EXTINGUISHING AGENT Yes No N/A Remarks
CHARACTERISTIES

87 Proper housekeeping in Extinguishing agent

store room/ handling procedure displayed on
wall.
88 Is the complimentary agent compatible with
the primary extinguishing agent?
89 Is the storage facility of the supplementary
230% extinguishing agent adequate?
(Both primary & supplementary).
90 Was the viscosity of the foam tested?
91 Are there any records to this effect available?
92 Is copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) of foam available?
I FIRE STATION Yes No N/A Remarks

93 Display of AAI Safety Policy in fire station?

94 Does the airport have a fire station?
95 Can the fire station house all the vehicles?
96 Are there sufficient facilities available as per
fire order- 4?
97 Is grid map displayed in fire station, watch
tower &ACFTs.
98 All runway inspections shall be logged in the
runway inspection log book
J PERSONNEL Yes No N/A Remarks.

99 Are all fire service personnel’s / members

examined and certified annually for Physical

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 82

 Efficiency Test & Practical Firemanship
Efficiency Test?
100 Are sufficient fire personnel available to utilize
the fire vehicles ACFT / ambulance effectively?
101 Are there personnel available to utilize the
rescue equipment simultaneously with the fire
fighting process
102 Records of fire personnel – PET & PFET
Total number of fire fighting personnel
JGM /DGM
AGM (FS) / Senior Manager(FS)
Manager(FS)
Assistant Manager(FS)
Junior Executive(FS)
Sr. Superintendent /Supdt (FS)
Supervisor(FS) / Senior Asstt(FS)
Assistant(FS)/ Junior Asstt(FS)
103 Number of fire fighting personnel per shift
104 Is fire service organizational chart and duties
& responsibilities of fire service personnel
displayed.
K EMERGENCY ORGANISATIONS Yes No N/A Remarks

105 Does the airport have an Airport Emergency

Plan (AEP) / Disaster Management Plan
(DMP)?
106 Does this plan contain a grid reference chart,
which includes a 10 kilometer radius from the
aerodrome?
107 Did the prescribed emergency exercise take
place as per fire order no. 01?
108 Did the emergency drills carried out in night
time / bad weather?
109 Can rescue &fire fighting operations be
performed up to the 10 km. radius from the
airport?
110 Does all fire personnel are familiarized with all
area of airport vicinity as per grid reference
chart.
L AIRCRAFT FIRE FIGHTING AND RESCUE Yes No N/A Remarks
PROCEDURES

111 Does the fire fighting personnel know the

appropriate techniques to enter or break into
an aircraft structure?
112 SOP / SOG for handling fuel spillage/ fire
hazard during refueling is established in
coordination with fuel supplier / oil companies
/ ATC
113 Does all personnel know how to initiate the
appropriate fire fighting techniques for an
aircraft wheel fire?

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 83

114 Does all firemen know how to position the fire
appliances to achieve the best possible fire
fighting capability at a potential aircraft
accident?
115 Are clearly defined instructions available for
immediate reaction to an aircraft accident?
M TRAINING RESCUE OPERATION IN Yes No N/A Remarks
DIFFICULT ENVIRONMENT

116 Is a process defined to address possible

unforeseen scenarios such as swampy areas,
large masses of water or a possible accident at
sea?
117 Does the airport have agreements with the
other bodies including State Fire Services?
N TRAINING Yes No N/A Remarks

118 Is there any programme of induction training

119 Did all the fire personnel trained in different
courses /refresher course at AAI fire training
establishments?
120 Is individual records kept of all fire/ safety &
related training?
121 Does the personnel, periodically or at least
annually have live/ hot fire drills?
122 Are fire prevention training / first aid training
for other organizations /units/ licensees
records available?
123 Is all fire fighting vehicle drivers certified as
competent on the vehicle entrusted to them?
124 How many fire personnel / employee trained
in dangerous goods handling / transportation
certification (from IATA), Hazards Awareness
Training, Accident / Incident Investigation,
Analysis, reporting Training?
125 Do fire service executive / officers attended
training Safety management System (SMS)
126 Are all fire crew familiar with the aircraft
emergency exits? is there any aircraft
familiarization of fire crew in last two years.
127 What infrastructural facilities with audio-
visual support are available for training?
128 Whether visits to safety institutions/
industries/organization are arranged
O FOAMING OF RUNWAYS FOR EMERGENCY Yes No N/A Remarks
LANDINGS

129 Is the aerodrome capable of providing runway

foaming?
130 If yes, can the vehicles be replenished before
the aircraft is allowed to land?
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 84

 runway foaming.
P AIRCRAFT FUELLING PRACTICES Yes No N/A Remarks

131 Does the fire-crew do periodic inspection on

the aircraft fuelling processes?
132 Does the refueling personnel offload the fire
extinguishers during refueling and placing the
strategically?
133 Are all refueling personnel adequately trained
in first aid fire fighting.
134 Does the Airport Management have copies of
the refueling personnel’s competency
certificates?
135 Are all the refueling vehicles inspected
periodically and certified as safe?
136 Does the Standard Operating Procedures for
fuel refueling available?
137 Is all fuel on the aerodrome stored in
appropriate containers or storage facilities?
Q AVAILABILITY OF RESCUE AND FIRE Yes No N/A Remarks
FIGHTING INFORMATION

138 Is all the relevant information pertaining to the

fire services in the Aerodrome Manual
139 All fires are reported and recommendations
completed promptly
140 Any MoU / mutual aid scheme with any
neighbouring industry / local fire brigade.
141 Whether the accident data for the last five
years for accident available
142 Copy of Documents / Plan / Manual/ Fire
order available at fire station
1. Airport Emergency Plan
2. Disaster Management Plan
3. Building Evacuation Plan
4. Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan
5. Anti Hijacking Plan
6. Bomb Threat Contingency Plan
7. Aerodrome Manual
8. SMS Manual
9. Fire Safety Manual
10. SOP/ SOG
R RECORDS IN RESPECT OF FIRE SERVICE Yes No N/A Remarks
ACTIVITIES AND EQUIPMENT

143 Records in respect of fire service activities and

equipment is maintained at airports / fire station
144 Log book
145 Occurrence Book
146 Drill Register
147 Defect Register - Vehicles & Equipment
148 Vehicle Log Book

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 85

149 Fire Service Personnel job related data
collection and records
150 Hose Register
151 Extinguishing Media (Foam /DCP) Register
152 Training Register
153 Extinguisher Register
154 History Book/ Register
155 Inspection Register
156 Expenditure Register
157 First-Aid Log Book
158 Work Permit System register
159 Stock Register / EMC stock register
160 Daily duty charts
161 Runway inspection log book
Return / report
a. Hot Fire Drill
b. Serviceability
c. Incident/Accident
d. Fire Prevention Inspection
e. Building fire incident investigation
f. Investigation Report
g. Aircraft accident report
162 Are written safe operating procedures (SOP)
available for all operations?

S FIRE PREVENTION & PROTECTION Yes No N/A Remarks

SYSTEM

163 Fire Prevention & Protection system are tested

as per Fire Prevention & Protection Chapter.
T AVAILABILITY & ADEQUACY OF TRAINED Yes No N/A Remarks
MANPOWER FOR AERODROME
OPERATIONS

164 Availability & Adequacy Of Trained Manpower

For Aerodrome Operations, ARFF,
maintenance
165 Any other observation
166 HOUSEKEEPING

167 Are all the passages, floors and the stairways

in good condition
168 Whether walkways / area under staircase are
clearly marked and free from obstruction
169 Has training centre elaborated good
housekeeping practices and standards and
made known to the employees / training on 5
‘S’ system to all employees?
170 Are there any working conditions which make
the floors slippery? If so, what measures are
taken to make them safe?
171 Is there any system of periodical cleaning and

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 86

 replacing the lighting fittings/ lamps in order
to ensure that they give the intended
illumination levels?

5.13 AUDIT CHECKLIST OF FIRE TRAINING CENTRES

TABLE 5.2

No AUDIT CHECK POINT Status Remarks

Yes No N/A
A ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE
1. Does the fire training centers have an updated
organizational charts/ diagram
2. Is there an organizational relationship between
DGCA or any other form of Government and the
training centre?
3. Are supervisory and functional lines of
responsibility described?
4. Does the centre have job descriptions for
operational staff / training instructor?
5. Do the job descriptions clearly indicate the
qualifications, responsibilities, functions and
reporting hierarchy of each staff member
indicated on the diagram?
6. Does the centre have the required authorization
to operate from the government
7. Are there approvals for training activities?
8. The training institute / centre shall appoint an
accountable manager who has corporate
authority for ensuring that all training
commitments can be financed and carried out
as per the standards stipulated.
9. Display of AAI Safety Policy in Training Centre?
B INTEGRATION IN THE AVIATION SECTOR Yes No N/A Remarks
10 Does the training centre have frequent contacts
with the airports, region to analyze the training
needs, professional performance and potential
development of training programmes.
11 Are the policies and procedures to analyze the
training needs in the airports / region / aviation
sector
12 Are there MoU / agreements with the industry/
City fire brigade/ institutes, in general
C FACILITIES AND TECHNOLOGY SUPPORTING Yes No N/A Remarks
TRAINING
13 Do the facilities and equipment meet the
training needs
14 Are the facilities and equipment up to date
15 Is the feedback from trainees and clients
positive

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 87

16 Are the primary classrooms large enough to
accommodate the type of training provided
17 Are lighting and window coverings adjustable
so that projected audio-visual aids are easily
viewed from all trainee positions
18 Do the heating, ventilation and air conditioning
system provide a comfortable environment
19 Is there a standard electrical installation for use
of computer equipment and projection
equipment with sufficient outlets. Electrical
back-up system.
20 Are the training facilities namely hostel,
canteen, purified / drinking water availability
maintained in good condition.

Is CCTV arrangement provided at training

centre to monitor security issue.
21 The training institute shall appoint sufficient
number of instructor (subject wise) to plan and
perform knowledge (theoretical) training,
practical training and assessment in accordance
with the approval of the institute
22 Whether the training manual is approved
23 Whether the syllabus given in the training
manual is as per the ICAO/ DGCA
24 Whether the students are subjected to medical
examination by a doctor having at least MBBS
degree, before they are admitted.
25 Are the desks and chairs are suitable and
comfortable
26 Are whiteboards / boards suitable or
appropriate, IT based teaching aids.
Library has national / international standards
e.g.
BIS, DGCA, ICAO, NFPA, FAA, etc.
D TRAINING DELIVERY Yes No N/A Remarks
27 Is the specialized equipment required for
practical exercises consistent with equipment
currently used in the workplace
28 Is the specialized equipment regularly evaluated
to ensure that students receive training on
equipment they are likely to encounter in the
workplace
29 Does the centre have:
Rescue and fire fighting simulators
Breathing Apparatus Gallery
Foam / DCP testing Laboratory
Other necessary equipment for laboratory
30 Is there a lesson plan
31 Are there adequate training materials
32 Is there sufficient interaction between
instructors and trainees

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 88

33 Whether the library is equipped with
photocopier and sufficient number and
computers with access to internet facility for
student

34 Whether sufficient training aids, demonstration

equipment and study materials are available to
facilitate complete comprehension of the
instructions given to the student.
35 Whether the size of the class room is
appropriate to accommodate 60 students at a
time.
36 Whether visits to safety institutions/
industries/ organizations are arranged
37 Are all the instructors / demonstrator trained
E RECORD KEEPING Yes No N/A Remarks
38 Does the centre have established requirements
for training record keeping (final examination
scores, mastery test, student records, proper
attendance of each students)
39 Are there procedures in place
40 Upon review of some records, is there
consistency to the system
41 Are trainee records for the past five years
updated, organized and accessible
42 Are appropriate forms being used
43 Are the results of tests being recorded
44 Do instructors submit reports after each course
delivery
45 Have the instructor reports been verified
46 Are workplace accidents, near-misses, injuries,
and illnesses reported and investigated?
47 Fire Service Personnel job related data
collection and records
F INSTRUCTORS Yes No N/A Remarks
48 Does the training centre have the control and
capability to ensure that instructors meet all
requirements in each training programmes
49 Is regular training provided so that instructors
keep pace with regulatory changes and
developments in their area s of expertise
50 Is on-going training is not available, is there
another method in place for instructors and
assistants to keep pace with regulatory changes
and other developments
51 Does the training centre have sufficient and up-
to-date library materials and reference
documents?
52 Is there a formal instructor evaluation system in
place
53 Does the system include direct observation of

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 89

 instructors by training management staff
54 Are instructors evaluated on a yearly basis and
is this documented and the records maintained
by the training centre
55 Does the centre have appropriate facilities for
instructor like quality printer, scanner,
computer / laptop, workstation, bookcases and
files, etc.
56 Does each instructor have their own desk with
sufficient space to allow them to prepare course
materials
57 Whether instructor ensures the followings in
satisfactory manner;
i) Medical standards of the student.
ii) Lesson plan and class room notes
iii) Adequacy of reference books in the
library
iv) Presentation of question bank,
sanctity of examination system
v) Proper attendance of student
vi) Security clearance of foreign students
before admitting them for course
58 Enclose the list of instructor and guest
lecturers, subject wise along with their
qualification, instructional and practical
experience.
G TRAINING DESIGN AND DEVLOPMENT Yes No N/A Remarks
59 Has the centre established a training design and
development methodology? Has training centre
has accredited from national / international
bodies.
60 Has the training centre set up a course
development unit (CDU) and is this unit
operational.
61 What is the training plan for the next two years?
Give details.
H TRAINING QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM Yes No N/A Remarks
62 Has the training centre established an adequate
quality control system
63 Does the training centre have a formal feedback
system in place
64 Are training centre policies and procedures
documented and up to date
65 Does the centre have a plan to follow
recommendations and implement improvements
identified from previous audits
66 Are quality assurance procedures documented?
(for training policy, course development,
instructional delivery & scheduling, training
aids and facility maintenance)
I IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATION Yes No N/A Remarks
MANAGEMENT

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 90

 67 Does the training centre have a plan to follow
recommendations and implement improvements
identified from previous audits?
68 Is there any system of internal inspection and
who does the inspections
J FIRST AID
69 Are adequate numbers of first aid boxes
provided? Give location details
70 Is there any first aid / ambulance room
71 Are qualified /trained first aid are available in
each shift
72 How many persons are trained / given
refreshers training in first aid in a year
K HOUSEKEEPING
73 Are all the passages, floors and the stairways in
good condition
74 Whether walkways are clearly marked and free
from obstruction
75 Has training centre elaborated good
housekeeping practices and standards and
made known to the employees?
76 Are there any working conditions which make
the floors slippery? If so, what measures are
taken to make them safe?
77 Is there any system of periodical cleaning and
replacing the lighting fittings/ lamps in order to
ensure that they give the intended illumination
levels?
78 Has training on 5 ‘S’ system delivered /
imparted to all employees of training centre
79 Is proper housekeeping and hygiene maintained
at canteen / kitchen?
80 Overall hygiene and housekeeping at training
centre

5.14 SURPRISE INSPECTION CHECKLIST

TABLE 5.3
Station: Category:

S. SPECIFIC FEATURES OBSERVATION RECOMMENDATION

NO
1 TURN OUT & GENERAL
DISCIPLINE OF FIRE CREW

a Turn out

b Squad drill / appliance drill

c General discipline

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 91

d Uniform

2 GENERAL UPKEEP OF FIRE

STATION

a Rescue resources, extinguishing

agents, water storage

b Copy of grid map, zoning map,

aerodrome charts displayed.

3 PERFORMANCE OF
APPLIANCES

a Operation & Rescue tool

b ACFT

c Operation of monitor / sidelines

4 AMBULANCE SERVICE

a Ambulance details; model,

make, registration no. and
others

b Maintenance of first aid box &

other accessories&Maintenance
of stretcher & its fitment

c Medical First Aid facilities

5 COMMUNICATION

a Availability of communication
facilities

b Serviceability of communication
systems/ equipments

c Binocular and other necessary

accessories.

6 FIRST AID ROOM/ MI

CENTER
a General cleanliness of rooms/
beds

b Serviceability of medical
equipment oxygen cylinder

c Availability of medicine & other

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 92

 first aid accessories

7 RECORDS & DOCUMENTS

a Previous surprise inspection
observation and corrective
action
8 MAINTENANCE O F FIXED
FIRE FIGHTING
INSTALLATION AND FIRE
ALARM & DETECTION
SYSTEM
9 Stores

a Availability of extinguishing
agent
DCP / AFFF
b Housekeeping / general upkeep
at stores

c Serviceability and maintenance

of other accessories
10 AIMS (AIRPORT
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM)
a Record of AIMS

11 COPY OF DOCUMENT / PLAN

/ MANUAL AVAILABLE AT
FIRE STATION
a Airport Emergency Plan

b Fire Safety Manual

c Building Evacuation Plan

d Disaster Management Plan

e Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan

f Anti hijacking Plan

g Bomb Threat Contingency Plan

h Aerodrome Manual

i Safety Management System

Manual

Remarks

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 93

List of Observations

Signature of Date of inspection

inspecting
authority

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 94

5.15 BEST FIRE STATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST

TABLE 5.4
STATION: DATE:
EVALUATION OF FIRE STATIONS FOR BEST FIRE STATION YEAR_______
AIRPORT_______________________
DATE_________
S.No CRITERIA TOTAL MAX. MARKS REMARKS
MARKS MARKS OBTAINED
1. TURN OUT & GENERAL DISCIPLINE OF FIRE 30 --
CREW
a. Turn out -- 10
b. Squad Drill -- 10

c. Command -- 10

2. GENERAL UPKEEP OF FIRE STATION 20

a Cleanliness 10
b Basic Amenities 10

3. MAINTENANCE OF APPLIANCES 30 --
a. ACFTS -- 10
b. Rescue Tools -- 10
c. High Mast Lights/Portable Generators -- 10

4. PERFORMANCE OF APPLIANCES & CREW 60 --

a. Operation and Rescue Tools -- 10
b. Speed Acceleration -- 10
c. Maximum Speed 10
d. Brake Efficient Test -- 10
e. Operation of Monitor -- 10
f Operation of sidelines -- 10
5. MAINTENANCE & USE OF RESCUE 30 --
EQUIPMENTS
a. Operation & Wearing of BA sets -- 10
b. Wearing of Proximity Suits & Rescue Operation -- 10
c. Maintenance & Serviceability of BA Sets & -- 10
Rescue Operation

6. PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE OF CREW 50 --

a. Knowledge of Fire Engineering -- 10
b. Knowledge of Appliances -- 10
c. Knowledge of Crew positioned at Fire Control -- 10
Room
d. Knowledge of Crew positioning at Watch Tower -- 10
e Knowledge of Duty Officer 10

7. AMBULANCE SERVICE 40 --
a. Maintenance of Ambulance -- 10
b. Maintenance of First Aid Box and other -- 10
Accessories
c. Maintenance of Stretcher and its fitment -- 10
d. Loading and unloading of causality -- 10

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 95

8. HOT FIRE DRILL USING MAJOR APPLIANCES 60 --
a. Response Time -- 10

b Positioning of Vehicles 10
c. 1st Effective Jet & Control Time -- 10
d Control of Fire
e. Complete Extinction -- 10
f. Coordination of Crew -- 10
g. Rescue of Causality -- 10
9. MOCK DRILLS 20
a. Hitting of Target -- 10
d. Priming and Drawing water from open source -- 10

10. FIRE DRILL USING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 20 --

a. Operation Technique -- 10
b. Time taken to extinguish -- 10

11. Communication 20 --

a. Serviceability of communication equipment, -- 10

use of Proper
b. Use of Proper Phraseology, Receipt and -- 10
comprehension

12. FIRST AID ROOM/CASUALTY CENTRE 50 --

a. General Cleanliness of Rooms /Beds -- 10
b. Serviceability of Medical Equipment & Oxygen -- 10
Cylinder.
c. Availability of medicine & other first aid -- 10
accessories
d. Availability of stand by stretchers. -- 10

e. Knowledge of FAR F/F. -- 10

13. MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS & DOCUMENTS 30

a Records of equipments, appliances 10
Fire Drills & Exercises/ Training, Station Order
Book

b Occurrence Register Emergency Procedure 10

c Aircraft Rescue Charts. 10

14. ADEQUACY OF WATER SUPPLY 20 --

a. Serviceability of Hydrants -- 10
b. Maintenance of Static Tanks in Operational -- 10
Area

15. FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEM 20 --

a. Serviceability of System -- 10
b. Response of Crew to its alarm -- 10

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 96

16. PROVISION & SCHEDULE OF SERVICEABILITY, 10 10
CHECK OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN
TERMINAL BUILDINGS

17. STORES 30 --
a. Upkeep of Stores -- 10
b. Proper Storage of Serviceable / unserviceable -- 10
c. Stored/ Charged of BA Cylinders -- 10

18. SMOKE CHAMBER & SMOKE EXTRACTION 10

a Rescue of Casualty 5
b Smoke extraction 5

19. DRILL 20
a. Ladder drill -- 10
b. Rescue from roof top (20 feet) -- 10

20 STATION LEVEL TRAINING 30

a Class Room & Training Aids 10
b Training Provided to Other Agencies 10
c Familiarization of Aircrafts 10

TOTAL 600

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 97

 CHAPTER – 6

FEATURES OF FIRE STATION&

EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTER
BUILDING & RELATED
FACILITIES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 98

 6.1 FIRE STATION LOCATION
6.1.1 The location of Fire Station is of pri mary importance in achieving
response time in o ptimum weather conditions. T herefore, Fire Station
should be so locate d that it has direct access to Runway, Apron an d
other locations in maneuvering area without any obstructions and with
minimum number of turns.

6.1.2 In order to achieve least possible time, Fire Station should be located
near the mid-zone of active r unway, so that both ends of r unway are
equi-distant, as far as possible.

6.1.3 Where more than one runway is to be catered, provision of two fire
station buildings is recommended. However, a single location can b e
selected, if it satisfies criteria laid down in 1.2.

6.1.4 Response trails of CFT ’s are also recommended while selecting th e

location for Fire Station.

6.1.5 Fire Station buildi ng of 14 m height shall be at a distance of not l ess

than 175/250 mtrs from ent re line of the runway depending upo n the
width of the runway strip but not beyond any other building of equa l
or more height at the airfield.

6.1.6 The fire station building should be constructed on apron side, as far as
possible, to avoid frequent runway crossing by CFTs and Fire Crew.

6.1.7 The fire station building including the watch tower shall not pose any
visual obstruction to AT C (Aerodrome Control T ower), towards the
runway approaches.

6.1.8 NOC shall be obtained for the proposed construction at the selected
site as per the laid down procedure.

6.1.9 Fire Station Building should also satisfy its secondary purpose of
providing reconnaissance to airfield installations and apron in case of
fire. Distance to these installations should also be taken into account
while deciding location of Fire Station.

6.1.10 The location shall provide unobstructed vision of comple te

maneuvering area to the watch tower of fire station.

6.1.11 Due consideration should also be given to future development plan of

the aerodrome.

6.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION FEATURES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 99

 (As per Drawing)

6.2.1 Fire Station should be able to house self -contained rescue an d

firefighting unit with appropriate facilities for protection of vehicles ,
crew members and such o perational services as are necessary to
ensure their continuous ability for effe ctive and immediate response in
an emergency.

6.2.2 Configuration of fire Station building should conform to the model plan
enclosed.

6.2.3 Number of bays to be provided are as below:

TABLE 6.1
CATEGORY NO. OF BAYS

1 to 4 4

5&6 6

7 to 9 8

10 10

6.2.4 Each bay shall measure not l ess than 15X6X5.5 meter. There shall be
no projection in the garages within this area.

6.2.5 The floor of the fire station garages shall have minimum load carryin g
capacity of 60 tons and shall be elevated at least 18 inche s from th e
surrounding with s uitable gradient so that water can flow out of th e
station.

6.2.6 Garages shall be open in front and rear for easy access from bot h
directions. Shutters should be provided in front & rear of each garage.

6.2.7 Stations where round the clock shift operation is maintained shall no t
have provision of shutters in the garage. However, stations with one or
two shifts operations shall have shutters with the provision of powered
or easy manual operation.

6.2.8 A slope shall be provided in front & rear of each garages, for rolli ng
start and momentum of vehicles.

6.2.9 A hard stand should be provided in front of garages extending up t o

120’ in front (Runway) side and minimum 60’ at the rea r, throughout
the length of fire station building with minimum load carrying capacity
of 60 tons.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 100

 6.2.10 There should be a drainage channel in front & rear of the garage,
suitably covered with grills of adequate strength to sustain CFT load.

6.2.11 The surface finish of floors should be resistant to oil, grease and foam
concentrate.

6.2.12 There should be a p rovision of 2 meters roof projection in front & rear
of garages.

6.2.13 Provision of Smoke Extraction System of suitable capacity in the

garage should be made.
6.2.14 Provision of Batte ry Charging System be ad equately made in the
garage for charging electrical appliance /equipments/appliance
batteries.

6.2.15 Watch tower of fire station should satisfy condition at 1.10 abov e
Height of W/T shall not exceed 14 meters. (Airport Ground Level) wit h
a clear vision for complete maneuvering area.

6.3 OCCUPANCY TO BE PROVIDED IN EACH FLOOR AS

BELOW
6.3.1 Ground Floor: Control Room, Crew Room, Pantry, Store Rooms ,
Office of shift -in-charge, Toilets and Bathrooms, Hose R epair Shop,
Foam Store.

6.3.2 First Floor: Office, Officers Room, Class Room including Library &
Toilets, Recreation and Staff Room.

6.3.3 Second Floor: Equipment Room

6.3.4 Third Floor: Watch Tower.

6.3.5 All rooms should be plastered with sound proof material to reduc e
noise level.

6.3.6 Prevention of heat and cold shall be achieved by using proper

insulating material.

6.3.7 All the electrical fittings should be shock proof and properly secured.

6.3.8 Watch Tower should be provi ded with tilted-antiglare glass all roun d,
with a suitable platform outside the tower for maintenance purpose.

6.3.9 All lights in watch tower should be properly shaded in all di rections so
as to project light on floor and not in horizontal direction.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 101

6.3.10 Fire Station should be connected to the secondary (stand -by) electrical
power supply

6.3.11 A cycle/scooter stand should be prov ided at o ne end of fire stati on,
outside the garages for the Fire Crew.

6.4 EMERGENCY ACCESS ROADS

6.4.1 Fire Station should be connected with proper approach roads, to
runways, apron and undershoot/overshoot areas with minimum
number of turns.

6.4.2 The approach roads connecting fire station to runway and to apron
should be of 24 feet width and should have a minimum load carrying
capability of 60 tons or twice the weight of heaviest CFT at the station,
whichever is greater.

6.4.3 Emergency access roads con necting fire station to un der

shoot/overshoot areas should be 16 feet wide with 4 feet semi-metaled
borders on both sides. T he load carrying capacity of these paved roads
shall be not less than 60 tons or twice the weight of heaviest CFT at
the station, whichever is greater.

6.4.4 The approach road shall run throughout the length of runway at a
minimum distance of 75 feet from runway edge u p-to airfield
boundary.
6.4.5 Standby points shall be m arked at rendezvous locations on t he
approach roads passing throughout the length of runway and shall b e
connected to runway at each point.

6.4.6 Beyond airfield boundary efforts should be made to provide at least a

semimetal road up to a distance of 1000 feet or up to the neares t
available road. T he provision of this ro ad should be m ade by AAI in -
coordination with local authorities.

6.4.7 All location should be decided by a co -ordination team c onsisting of

representatives of Operations, Air Traffic Management, Engineering
and Fire Services Department.

6.5 WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE FIGHTING

6.5.1 There shall be adequate water supply arrangement at the fire station,
so as to refill the CFT’s in case of emergency.

6.5.2 Total quantity of water shall be distributed in st atic/underground and

overhead tanks and shall not be less than 4 to 6 times the capacity o f
CFT’s available at station for meeting the operation.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 102

6.5.3 The capacities of water supply indicated below sh all be maintained at
respective categories of airfields;

TABLE 6.2

CAT NO. OF MINIMUM MINIMUM REMARKS

CFT’S CAPACITY OF CAPACITY OF
OVERHEAD STATIC
TANK TANK.
1 to 4 1 15,000 ltrs 25,000 ltrs Depth of static tank
may be maintained
5 to 6 2 25,000 ltrs 50,000 ltrs between 2 mtrs to 5
mtrs.
7 to 10 4 50,000 ltrs 1,00,000 ltrs

6.5.4 There should be a provision of wire mesh above static tank with
openable lids at different location for the purpose of cleaning o f
tank & filling of water into CFT ’s. The static tank should b e
rectangular rectangular or circular in shape. Hard station o f
adequate strength shall be provided around the static and overhead
tank for parking of CFT’s.

6.5.5 There should be provision of hydrant near the static tank.

6.5.6 Arrangement should be made to keep both water facilities topped

up at all times.

6.6. FIRE PIT

6.6.1 There shall be at l east one fire pit at each sta tion for carrying out
monthly Hot Fire Drills.

6.6.2 The measurement of Fire Pit should be in accordance to the category of

the airfields. Following measurements are recommended;

6.6.3 Category 1 to 4, t he size will be (30X20X1) feet, segmented in the

middle widthwise by 1 feet high brick border.

6.6.4 Category 5 to 10 t he size will be (60X30X1) feet, segmented in the

middle by 1 feet high brick wall both longitudinally and width-wises.

6.6.5 Proper drainage arrangements shall be provided in the Fire Pit, by

raising the level of Fire Pit by 6 inch above ground level.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 103

6.6.6 Location of Fire Pit should be at the farthest and remotest point within
airfield boundary.

6.6.7 No pit shall be constructed in approach path and within basic strip.

6.7 SITE PLANNING& APPROVAL

6.7.1 Location of Fire Station Building, water supply, approach road, Fire Pit
and other infrastructure facility will be marked on drawing by GM (FS)
at Planning stage and sh all have approval of DT E of ATM/ARA
Planning/CNS.
6.7.2 The design features indicated above are basic and minimum. However,
specific requirement for each Fire Station may be considered on case
to case basis which should have approval of Directorate of Fire Service.

6.8 EMERGENCY ACCESS GATES FOR SAFETY SERVICE

VEHICLES
Emergency Access gates shall be prov ided in t he boundary wall t o
achieve faster response to undershoot/overshoot areas, in line to
runway ends as per specification and drawing enclosed.

6.8.1 SPECIFICATION OF EMERGENCY ACCESS GATE FOR

SAFETY SERVICE VEHICLE
Response from safet y Service vehicles to undershoot/overshoot areas
is predominantly a major factor to provide timely reconnaissance to
any aircraft incident/accident. As th ese areas are cons idered to be
accident- prone zone, it is co nsidered necessary to provide suitable
emergency access gates towards the appropriate areas through the
operation wall so as to achieve shortest possible response time.

6.8.2 TYPE OF GATE

In view of the security risk, it is recommended that only steel gate s

with fully covered panels shall be pro vided at e ach emergency access
point. The gate sh all have two doors, hinged o n security wall with a
provision of rollers and lock. Obstruction fencing on the top of gate
panel in the form of straight steel spikes and ben t spikes shall also be
provided.

6.8.3 DIMENSIONS OF GATES

(i) The dimension of the gate shall be in consonance with road leading u p
to gate which has been specified in “Specification of Fire Stations”.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 104
(ii) Accordingly, the dimensions shall be:

(a) Opening on wall 5 mtr.

(b) Width of each panel 2.4 mtr.

(c) Protrusion of hinges 0.1 mtr.

(d) Height of panels 2.4 mtr.

(e) Material of gates structure Tubular Steel

(f) Straight steel spikes on the top of the gate 120 mm

(g) Height of gate including spikes & wheels 2.6 mtr.

(h) Diameter of tubes 5 cm

(i) Thickness (gauge) of structural material not less than 1 mm

(j) Thickness of flat p anels welded tubular not less than 2 m m

structure
(k) Suitable size double angle i ron shall be used as fram es, properly
welded to tubular structure and panels.

(iii) The gate shall be mounted on hinged in such a way that least possible
torsional forces are applied for opening and closing. At the same time,
it should be ensured that the re is no s ecurity risk for entri es of wide
animals from the gap between wall and gate or road & gate.

(iv) There shall be provision of bolts & lock in the middle of the gate.

(v) The gate shall be p ainted with yellow color and a photo l uminescent
paint strip in the middle. There shall be provision of road leading t o
outside the gate up to 1000 mtr. Or nearest possible road whichever is
less.

(vi) The keys of the ga te shall b e available with ea ch turn o ut of CF T’s

therefore; the number of keys shall be equal to the number of CFT ’s
available at station.

6.9 MAINTENANCE & REPAIRS

The routine programme for maintenance and repairs of the gate shall
be maintained which includes periodic painting, greasing and oiling, so
that the moveable parts of the gate do not get rusted. No grass shall be
allowed to grow under and around the gate

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 105

 .
Responsibility of checking and operat ion of gate shall be with Airport
Fire Station.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 106

6.10 OTHER OPERATIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE

6.10.1 COMMUNICATION
TABLE 6.3

S.NO FACILITIES LOCATION

01. PA System To all rooms & garages operable from control

room/watch tower/ Officer in-charge of Fire
Station.

02. Fire Bell Fire station garage

operable from ATC Tower/Fire Watch Tower/Fire
Control Room

03. Hot Line (i) Between ATC & fire station control room
(ii) Between fire control room & city fire brigade
04. Direct Landline As per AAI Telephone Policy.

05. EPABX As per AAI Telephone Policy.

06. AM sets (VHF) One number in each operational CFT’s and one
base set shall be installed in watch tower/control
room.

07. FM set Cat VII &above : 8 Nos.

Cat V & VI : 6Nos.
Cat IV &Below : 4 Nos.
(with battery charger)

08. Internet / Incharge Fire Station & Shift In-Charge

Intranet

6.10.2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

1. Building to be provided with 3 phase connection.

2. Provision of flood li ghts on t he roof fo r illuminating front & rear d rill
yard.
3. Tube lights for illumination of garages and rooms.
4. Emergency electrical connection to entire installations.
5. Lights in watch tower shall be properly covered from all around so as to
project light on floor and not in a horizontal direction.
6. Provision of heaters, water coolers, air coolers and room ai r
conditioners.
7. Large capacity air compressor for filling CFT Tyres.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 107

 8. All electrical fittings should be shock proof and properly secured to with
stand vibrations.

6.10.3 REQUIREMENT OF FURNITURE & OTHER ITEMS

FOR FIRE STATION

Category-wise details are given as perTable from 6.4 to 6.5

6.10.4 MISCELENEOUS

1. Desktop / Laptop Computer should be provided to Fire Station-in-

charge /Shift In-charge.
2. Xerox& Fax machine to be provided at fire station.
3. Projector with screen for class room.
4. TV, DVD with cabinet for class room.
5. PVC teaching board for class room.
6. Mike & Speaker for training class room.
7. Binocular for watch tower.
8. Mega phones 2 numbers.
9. As far as possible, provision for landscaping in fore and rear
courtyard of fire station be made to reduce noise pollution and
beautification

6.11 DRILL TOWER

Adjacent to each Fire Station, provide a Drill Tower as per standard

drawing for airport category 6 and abo ve stations as well as both Fire
training Establishments.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 108

 TABLE : 6.4 FURNITURE & OTHER ITEMS FOR FIRE STATION
CATEGORY: 8 & ABOVE

CHAIR WITH
ARMS

TABLE
REVOLVING

WATER
ROOM A/C
LOCATION

(STEEL)
CHAIR

ALMIRAH

COOLER WITH
RACKS
LOCKERS

PA SYSTEM &
CALL BELL
Watch - 2 Semi 2 Small - - -
Tower circle 1 (4
table feet
with height

PA system shall be provided at Watch tower, Fire Control Room, Incharge Room and speakers to be
slanting
top 1 (As
per
design of
ATC
Tower)
Equipment 1 1 1 - - 2 -
Room
Incharge 4 1 Sr. 1 Big 2 1 - -
Room Executive (one
Table 1 with
safe)
Hose - - 2 - - - - -
repair
Room*

provided at Garage, Crew room, class room of fire station.

Office 6 - 3 1 Big 2 - 1 -

Store 2 - 1 - Big 1 - 2

Control 4 1 Large 2 1 Big 2 - 1 -

Room
Crew 35 - Long 2 - As per - 1
Room Bench 5 sanctioned
manpower
and space
shall be
accommodate
for Dungaree,
Safety Boots,
gumboots,
helmet and
other PPEs
Pantry 10 - Dining - - - 2 1
table for
10
persons

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 109

Class 30** 2 1 2 1 - 1 -
Room

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 110

 TABLE : 6.5FURNITURE & OTHER ITEMS FOR FIRE STATION
CATEGORY: 7 & BELOW

CHAIR WITH

REVOLVING

PA SYSTEM
ROOM A/C
LOCATION

LOCKERS
ALMIRAH

COOLER
(STEEL)

& CALL
WATER
RACKS
TABLE
CHAIR
ARMS

BELL
Watch - 2 Semi 2 Small - - -
Tower circle 1 (4
table feet
with heigh
slanting t
top 1 (As
per
design of
ATC
Tower)

Equipmen 1 1 1 - - 2 -

1. PA system to be provided at all locations as per specification of fire station.

t Room
Incharge 4 1 Executiv 1 Big 2 1 - -
Room e Table 1 (one
with
safe)

2. Call bell to be provided at Sr. Manager/Manager (FS) room.

Hose - - 2 - - - - -
repair
Room
Office 4 - 2 1 Big 2 - 1 -

Store 2 - 1 - Big 1 - 2

Control 2 1 Large 2 1 Big 2 - 1 -

Room
Crew 20 - Long 2 - As per - 1
Room Bench 3 sanctioned
manpower
and space
shall be
accommodat
e for
Dungaree,
Safety
Boots,
gumboots,
helmet and
other PPEs

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 111

Pantry - Dining - - - 2 1
table for
6
6
persons

Class 20** 2 1 2 1 - 1 -
Room

TABLE : 6.6 GYM EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE STATION

CATEGORY - 6 & BELOW

SNo GYM EQUIPMENT NAME QTY.

A MULTI GYM: 6- STATION WITH 6 STACK 01 Set
B HEAVY DUTY COMMERCIAL TREADMILL 01 SET
C. OTHER MACHINES
1. Multi Bench (incline, decline, flat) with bar holder 01 No.
2. Double Bar with pulls-ups 01 No.
3. Squat Rack 01 No.
4. Ab Board 01 No.
D BAR
1. Squat Bar 6 feet 01 No.
2. Multi Bench Bar 5.6 feet 01 No.
3. Other Bars 5 feet 01 No.
4 feet 02 Nos.
3 feet 01 No.
4. Dumbbell Rods 15 inch 02 Nos.
12 inch
E PLATES (RUBBER COATED)
1. 2.5 lbs. 06 Nos.
2. 5 lbs. 06 Nos.
3. 10 lbs. 04 Nos.
4. 15 lbs. 04 Nos.
5. 20 lbs. 04 Nos.
6. 30 lbs. 02 Nos.
7. 40 lbs. 02 Nos.
F DUMBBELLS
1. 15 lbs. 2 Pairs
2. 20 lbs. 1 Pair
3. 25 lbs. 1 Pair
F Dumbbell Racks (Two Tier) 01 No.
G Plate Tree (Plate Rack) 01 No.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 112

TABLE :6.7GYM EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE STATION
CATEGORY- 7 & ABOVE

SNo GYM EQUIPMENT NAME QTY.

A MULTI GYM: 6- STATION WITH 6 STACK 02 Set
B HEAVY DUTY COMMERCIAL TREADMILL 02 SET
C. OTHER MACHINES
1. Multi Bench (incline, decline, flat) with bar holder 01 No.
2. Double Bar with pulls-ups 01 No.
3. Squat Rack 01 No.
4. Ab Board 01 No.
D BAR
1. Squat Bar 6 feet 01 No.
2. Multi Bench Bar 5.6 feet 01 No.
3. Other Bars 5 feet 01 No.
4 feet 02 Nos.
3 feet 01 No.
4. Dumbbell Rods 15 inch 02 Nos.
12 inch
E PLATES (RUBBER COATED)
1. 2.5 lbs. 06 Nos.
2. 5 lbs. 06 Nos.
3. 10 lbs. 04 Nos.
4. 15 lbs. 04 Nos.
5. 20 lbs. 04 Nos.
6. 30 lbs. 02 Nos.
7. 40 lbs. 02 Nos.
F DUMBBELLS
1. 15 lbs. 2 Pairs
2. 20 lbs. 1 Pair
3. 25 lbs. 1 Pair
F Dumbbell Racks (Two Tier) 01 No.
G Plate Tree (Plate Rack) 01 No.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 113

TABLE :6.8GYM EQUIPMENT FOR FIRE TRAINING CENTER

SNo GYM EQUIPMENT NAME QTY.

A MULTI GYM: 6- STATION WITH 6 STACK 03 Set
B HEAVY DUTY COMMERCIAL TREADMILL 03 SET
C. OTHER MACHINES
1. Multi Bench (incline, decline, flat) with bar holder 02 No.
2. Double Bar with pulls-ups 02 No.
3. Squat Rack 02 No.
4. Ab Board 02 No.
D BAR
1. Squat Bar 6 feet 02 No.
2. Multi Bench Bar 5.6 feet 02 No.
3. Other Bars 5 feet 02 No.
4 feet 04Nos.
3 feet 02No.
4. Dumbbell Rods 15 inch 04 Nos.
12 inch
E PLATES (RUBBER COATED)
1. 2.5 lbs. 10 Nos.
2. 5 lbs. 10 Nos.
3. 10 lbs. 08 Nos.
4. 15 lbs. 08 Nos.
5. 20 lbs. 08 Nos.
6. 30 lbs. 04 Nos.
7. 40 lbs. 04 Nos.
F DUMBBELLS
1. 15 lbs. 4 Pairs
2. 20 lbs. 2 Pair
3. 25 lbs. 2 Pair
F Dumbbell Racks (Two Tier) 02 No.
G Plate Tree (Plate Rack) 02 No.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 114

LOCATION

6.11.1 Emergency Medical Centre shall be located (near gate of airport or fire station)
preferably near main exit.

6.11.2 Due consideration should also be given to future development plan.

6.11.3 Emergency Medical Centre Building shall be constructed on apron side as far as
possible to avoid frequent runway crossing by duty crew and other responding
agencies.

6.11.4 The building shall not pose any visual obstruction to ATC and fire Station Watchtower
especially on both approaches and hence NOC should be obtained.

6.11.5 Emergency Medical centre Building shall be connected with proper approach roads to
runway, apron and city side.

6.12 DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION

6.12.1 Configuration of Emergency Medical Centre Building should confirm to the model
plan enclosed.

6.12.2 The building shall be single story of minimum 3.5 meter clear height between ceiling
and floor.

6.12.3 There is no specific color code for building as such symmetry may be maintained with
the color of terminal building or fire station.

6.12.4 Slanting roof with false ceiling shall be provided in cold & heavy rainy areas.

6.12.5 Details of First Aid Room is given below:

TABLE 6.9

SN Category No. of Wards Size of Wards No. of Bed (Patient &

Fracture)
1 VI& Below 1 10 mtrs. X 7 mtrs. 10 ( 8 + 2 )
2 VII to X 1 10 mtrs. X 15mtrs. 20 16 + 4)

6.12.6 An exit shall be provided each towards airside & city side as shown in model plan.
Ramps up shall be provided by the side of each exit for easy movement of wheel chair
and stretcher carrier etc.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 115

6.12.7 A hard stand shall be provided in front & rear of the building up to 30 feet with
minimum load carrying capacity 15 tones. There shall be provision of Doctor’s Room,
Patient wards (attached toilet & bathroom with nurse cabin) casualty dressing, patient
waiting room, store room, ladies and gents toilets, parking, water cooler area, pantry
room etc. as per plan.

6.12.8 All room shall be plastered with soundproof material to reduce noise level to 65 db&
below.

6.12.9 Doctor Room, equipment store room, wards, patient dressing room should have
adequate air conditioning system.

6.12.10 All rooms including wards shall have double door / window panels, one
wooden/composite prefabricated to maintain thermal insulation and other made of wire
mesh. Wooden is recommended for cold climate area.

6.12.11 Provision of anti-mosquito / insect light shall be made in each room.

6.12.12 There shall be provision of air curtain blower at entry & exit door for decontamination
purpose.

6.12.13 Storeroom shall have a provision of shelves.

6.12.14 Bathroom shall have decontamination arrangement with hot & cold water
shower and hot air.

6.13 WATER SUPPLY

6.13.7 There shall be continuous supply of drinking water with proper filtration &
treatment.

6.13.8 There shall be provision of cold and hot water in all bathrooms.

6.14 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

6.14.7 Electrical installation shall be provided as per requirement of medical centre

with suitable plug-in connection for life saving equipments near each bed.

6.14.8 EMC shall emergency backup current supply.

6.14.9 A PA system shall be provided in the building.

6.15 PARKING

Parking shall be provided in front & rear of building as per drawing attached.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 116

 6.16 COMMUNICATION

Emergency Medical centre shall have at least one PABX/EPABX, one direct line and
aFM Set for duty operator.
FM Set for duty operator.
TABLE NO: 6.10

LIST OF CONTENTS FOR MERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRE

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV& V VI VII VIII IX &ABOVE
BELOW
1 Hospital Bed 3 5 5 8 9 12
2 Mattresses 5 6 6 10 12 16
3 Bed Sheets 26 34 70 78 108 154
White
4 Pillow 16 22 58 58 84 122
Pillow Cover 26 34 70 78 108 154
5 Blankets (Soft) 21 28 64 72 96 138
6 Fracture Bed 1 1 1 2 3 4
7 Curtain stand on 1 1 1 2 2 2
wheels
(threefeet)
8 Fridge 100 165 165 220 220 220
Ltr. Ltr. Ltr. Ltr. Ltr. Ltr.
9 Room Heater 3 5 5 5 5 5
blower
10 Gyser 1 2 2 2 2 2
11 Towel 4 8 8 10 20 25
12 I/V Stand 3 5 5 8 9 10
13 Simple Side 5 6 6 10 12 16
Almirah for
patient (small)
14 Revolving stool 2 2 2 3 3 3
15 Observation 1 1 1 2 2 2
/examination
table

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 117

TABLE NO: 6.11
RESUSCITATION EQUIPMENT

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV & V VI VII VIII IX & ABOVE
BELOW
1 Resuscitation 1 1 1 2 2 2
a) Ambubag
b)laryngoscop
c)Endotracheal
tube (size 31/2 to
9) d)facemask
(size 0,1,2,3)
2 Airway 1 2 2 4 4 4
resuscitator tube
(s type)
3 Oxygen cylinder 3 5 5 8 9 10
with flow meter
tubing and
facemask with
trolly 10.2 litre
capacity
4 Foot operated 1 1 1 1 1 1
manual suction
apparatus

5 Electrical suction - - - 1 1 1
machine

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 118

TABLE NO: 6.12

EQUIPMENT FOR CLINICAL EXAMINATION

S.No NAME OF ITEMS CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

IV& V VI VII VIII IX& ABOVE
BELOW
1 Stethoscope (with 2 3 3 4 4 4
aphragm& bell)
2 Sphygmomanometer 1 1 1 1 1 1
(dial type)
3 Diagnostic Set 1 2 2 3 3 3
4 Percussion hammer 1 2 2 3 3 3
5 Torch medium (or 1 2 2 3 3 3
powerful pen torch)
6 Collapsible light 11 16 32 52 52 72
weight stretcher
7 Tounge depressor 2 4 4 6 6 8
pediatric type 2 4 4 6 6 8
8 BP Apparatus 1 2 2 2 2 2
Mercury type
9 Splints 10 15 15 20 20 20
10 Snake bit kit 1 2 2 2 2 2
11 Electro cordio - 1 1 2 2 2
graphic apparatus
12 Intravenous infusion - 1 1 2 2 2
packs
13 Suction devices - 1 1 1 1 1
14 Oxygen 1 2 2 4 4 6
concentrator
machine(small
15 Plastic bags for 50 100 100 200 200 200
coffins
16 Blood sugar testing 1 1 1 2 2 2
set (electronics)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 119

TABLE NO: 6.13

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS

S.No. NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV & V VI VII VIII IX & ABOVE
BELOW
1 Surgical drum 9” 1 1 1 2 2 2
2 Compact set of 1 2 2 3 3 4
scalpel dressing
scissors,spoon
thermometer
3 Kidney tray with 2 4 4 6 6 8
cover 10”size
4 Vacuum suction - 1 1 1 1 1
set
5 Strap tourniquet 4 10 10 20 20 30
6 Automatic 2 4 4 6 6 8
ethylene inhaler
7 Low pressure 2 4 4 6 6 8
tubing each 1
meter
8 Feeding cup 3 6 6 10 10 12
9 Eye cap 10 20 20 40 40 50
10 Safety pins 2 doz 3 doz 3 doz 4 doz 4 doz 6 doz
11 Plastic measure 4 6 6 6 6 6
jar 100 ml
12 Soap solution 2 2 2 2 2 2
13 Rubber sheet 2x1 3 6 6 10 12 16
meter (MC
entosh rubber
sheet
14 Surgical gloves 12 20 20 30 30 30
(sterile
disposable)
15 Catgut sterile 12 20 20 30 30 30
chronic size “0”
16 Catgut sterile 12 20 20 30 30 30
chronic size 2/0
150 cm long
straw in tube
17 Sature tray Set 1 2 2 2 2 3
(a) Needle holder
(b) Needles
(c) Threads
(d) Suture cutting
scissor
(e) Toothed/Non-
tooth forceps

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 120

(f) Cotton gauge/
Bandage
(g) Bowl 3 to 4”
(h) Syringe 5 ml
(i) Tray with lid
(SS) 8 to 9”
18 Forceps astray 1 2 2 2 2 3
S.S 16cm long
19 Forceps 1 2 2 2 2 3
dissecting plain
12.5 cm
20 Needle holder 1 1 2 2 2 2

TABLE NO: 6.14

DISPOSABLE

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV & V VI VII VIII IX & ABOVE
BELOW
1 Plastic 1 Doz 2 2 3 Doz 3 Doz 3 Doz
syringessterile Doz Doz
different size 2ml
& 5 ml
2 Needle 1 Doz 2 2 3 Doz 3 Doz 3 Doz
hypodermic Doz Doz
sterile disposable
different sizes 24
& 26 No.
3 Nasal catcher, 2 4 4 8 8 8
pedtric& medium
size
4 Ryles Tube 1 2 2 2 2 2
5 Suction catheters, 2 2 2 4 4 4
pedtric& medium
size
6 Gibbon’s catheter - 1 1 2 2 2
adjustable
(sterile)
7 Urine Bag 12 20 20 20 20 20
(Sterile)
8 IV Fluids (sterile 12 12 20 20 20 20
poly packs) 5 %
glucose DNS NS
& RL
9 End Tracheal 12 12 20 20 20 20
Tubes (with
adaptors)
10 Plastic Bag with 12 12 12 20 20 20
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 121
 paper linning
11 Infusion Sets 6 12 12 20 20 20
(Sterile)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 122

TABLE NO: 6.15

BANDAGES

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV & V VI VII VIII IX & ABOVE
BELOW
1 Bandage crepe 10 6 20 20 20 30 30
cm
2 Bandage Elastic 6 20 20 20 30 30
adhesive 6x3cm
3 Bandage loose 12 24 24 30 30 30
coven
uncompressed
60X4 cm
4 Bandage 12 24 24 30 30 30
triangular
compressed
5 Gauge loose 12 24 24 30 30 30
woven
unmedicated
60X3 cm
6 Gauge medicated 4 6 6 8 8 12
dressing 10cm
square in the
form of single
dressing of
different sizes
7 Sterile Cotton 4 10 10 20 20 20
wool 50gm
8 Assorted rolled 6 12 12 20 20 20
Bandages
9 Bandage Strips 12 24 24 20 20 20
10 Tissue Paper for 6 roll 12 12 20 20 roll 20 roll
Hand & face roll roll roll
11 Creamer air wire 2 6 6 12 12 12
splints
12 Water gel burn 4 10 10 15 15 20
dressing
(12 X 16) 1 3 3 5 5 5
( 8 X 18 ) 2 3 3 5 5 7
(4X6) 1 4 4 5 5 8
13 Rib Belt male 1 2 2 3 3 3
(medium size)
14 Rib Belt Female 1 2 2 3 3 3
(medium size)
15 Clavicle strap 2 3 3 4 4 4
(medium size)
16 Ankle Brace 2 3 3 4 4 4

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 123

 (medium size)
17 Spoon splint 2 4 4 10 10 10
(Medium size)
18 StaxMalled 1 2 2 4 4 4
(medium Size)
19 Wrist & Foreign 1 2 2 2 2 2
Splint (right)
Large size

TABLE NO: 6.16

INJECTIONS TO BE USED BY DOCTORS

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV & V VI VII VIII IX & ABOVE
BELOW
1 Adrenalin (1: 2 5 5 5 5 6
1000) 1ml amp
2 Atrophinesulphate 2 5 5 5 5 6
0.6 mg in 1 ml
3 Mephentime - 5 5 5 5 6
4 Decadron/ - 5 5 5 5 6
dexamethasons
5 Lignocaine - 2 2 2 2 3
6 Lasix 20 mig - 2 2 2 2 3
7 Avil/ - 2 2 2 2 3
phenergon
8 Decriphylline - 2 2 2 2 3
9 Diclofenae sodium 3 5 5 10 10 10
10 Tramedol 3 5 5 10 10 10
11 Ondem 3 5 5 10 10 10
12 Effcorline 3 5 5 10 10 10
13 Soda bicar 3 5 5 10 10 10
14 Calcium 3 5 5 10 10 10
Gluconate
15 Ethamsylate 3 5 5 10 10 10
16 25% dextrose 3 5 5 10 10 10
17 NTG (emsolol) 3 5 5 10 10 10
18 Dopamine 3 5 5 10 10 10

TABLE NO: 6.17TABLETS/CAPSULES

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV & V VI VII VIII IX &
BELOW ABOVE
1 Ibuprofem 40 50 50 50 50 50
2 Croc in 40 50 50 50 50 50
3 Stemetill 5 mg 20 30 30 40 40 40
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 124
4 Avil 25 mg 20 20 20 20 20 20
5 Nimesulide 1 10 20 20 20 20 20
6 Sosrbitrate 10 20 20 20 20 20
7 Diclofemac 10 20 20 20 20 20
sodium
8 Theo-astalin 10 20 20 20 20 20

TABLE NO: 6.18

OINTMENT/LOTION

S.No NAME OF CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT CAT

ITEMS IV& V VI VII VIII IX&
BELOW ABOVE
1 Savlon Lotion 1 2 2 4 4 5
2 IodexSpary 1 3 3 5 5 6
3 Silverex 1 2 2 2 2 3
4 Neosporine eye 1 2 2 2 2 3
oint
5 Ciplox eye drop 1 2 2 2 2 3
6 Nebasudt power 1 pkt 2 pkt 2 pkt 2 pkt 2 pkt 3 pkt
7 Modicreme 1 2 2 2 2 2
8 Xylocaine jelly 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
% ointment
9 Ethyl chloride 1 2 2 2 2 2
spray
10 Endry eye drop 1 2 2 2 2 2
11 Asthaline inhaler 1 1 1 2 2 2
12 Xyllometazoline 1 1 1 2 2 2
nasal drop (adult)
13 Nebulizer with 1 1 1 2 2 2
fluids
(a) Salbutmol (vail) 1 1 1 2 2 2
(b) Duoline (AMP) 4 4 4 6 6 6
(c) Ipravent (AMP) 3 3 3 6 6 6

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 125

TABLE NO: 6.19
FURNITURE AND OTHER ITEMS FOR EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRE
(CATEGORY – V & BELOW)

TABLE SIZE ALMIRAH

WITH ARM

WITH ARM
LOCATION

REVOLVIN

ROOM A/C
WITHOUT

BIG WITH
G CHAIR

COOLER
LOCKER

ZERO B
FRONT
CHAIR
CHAIR

CHAIR
FIXED

WITH
ARM

4.5x2.5

Small
5x2.5

3.5x2
feet

feet

feet
Big
DOCTOR 1 2 1 1
ROOM

WARD 1 2 1 1 2
NURSE
ROOM

NURSE 1 1 1 1
ROOM

DRESSING 1 1 1 1
ROOM

STORE 1 1 1 1
MEDICAL
ITEMS

WAITING 10 1
CUM
DISPERSAL
ROOM

STAFF 6
LOCKERS

WATER 1
COOLER
AREA

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 126

TABLE NO: 6.20

FURNITURE AND OTHER ITEMS FOR EMERGENCY MEDICAL CENTRE

(CATEGORY – VI & ABOVE)

TABLE SIZE ALMIRAH

WITH ARM

WITH ARM
LOCATION

REVOLVIN

ROOM A/C
WITHOUT

ALMIRAH
BIG WITH
G CHAIR

COOLER
LOCKER

WATER

ZERO B
FILTER
FRONT
CHAIR
CHAIR

CHAIR
GLASS
FIXED

WITH
5x2.5 feet

3.5x2 feet
ARM

4.5x2.5

Small
feet

Big
Doctor 2 4 2 1 1
room
Ward 2 4 2 2 4
Nurse
Room
Nurse 4 1 1 1
Room
Dressing 2 1 1 1
Room
Store 1 1 2 1
medical
items
Waiting 20 2
cum
dispersal
room
Staff 1 1 4
Lockers
Water 1
cooler
area
Fire 1 2 1 1
Staff
Room

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 127

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 128
 s 1
\
t
* -$
-t'
* . vuoo!? -
/>

0
t
\ *
a- i
I

F
/
t
t
t
I
I
t
1
al q
v
I

tr,
; :
\/ j

Vr I
I r,
e
I
EJ j
$ ri I
tl
U
t ,^l
.-1 !
FI
--
4F
$ rl ,-J

a arl r:
z a.l
-t
{l r-
t i-,1
ql
'--l
*l
\-,/

t 1ii
\I
tt-t H-'
i
"'L.t.; I
I
.
i td
-.
t :/-
I
!
s
3d
I .J
I

I a
r4

le
I o .6-
,
! co
(,r
c
} '5
d
t I
8.
q
a
t F I
jr
I E$
c
I 7.
E

! !rr
o.
!1
q
u
o =l

o8 L a
T
t
!"\i
.? :\,
t
t <--- -;;"'sV*-*- *-..) I

) e sa;r'ls OlgP&t ''ooi1 !"

\
(7rtt* 'M )
 R1y.?

AnrarurP . l5

;
FIRE PET {r'ixr ol-tDER ri o: 4 o; zsot)
t

t
Materials : F ire Briclis ,& Cler:t ellt 0n \\'alls
as well as tloor
t-

;
I I f'ce
J
t
n
a
J
{
U
I /-. t-. tcct
I
J
J
J
H alf f ect
i1il1
r) ril;ove
J
\Ltlllll icr e i
groilild
J i lrci l,cl,''
Icvct "t
J icv e I o I ta ni
1.,. I l: l'-.
-t
3 Itrtll tLLt
J
lbr drain
be lt:'rY
J
gi'() Liild
J
J level I
J I 1cc1
t rlt.l {-in' r-''i'l )"-l lrrt
.,\ rrrrr-rrrrn'h rn:lrJ rtl'rrr
 6 MM TH AL..
CHEQUERED PLATE
MS STR. AS / DSGN PARTICLE BOARD
TERRACE FL.LVL. TERRACE FL.LVL. TERRACE FL.LVL.
W W W
THIRD FL.LVL. THIRD FL.LVL. THIRD FL.LVL.
20 MM TH. FIRERATED
CEMENT BONDED
PARTICLE BOARD
W W W
SECOND FL.LVL SECOND FL.LVL SECOND FL.LVL
W 6 MM TH AL..
CHEQUERED PLATE
W W
OPENABLE SHUTTER
FIRST FL.LVL. FIRST FL.LVL. FIRST FL.LVL.
PROPOSED FIRE
DRILL TOWER
GR.LVL. GR.LVL. GR.LVL.
ELEVATION & SECTIONS
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING
C-BLOCK, RAJIV GANDHI BHAVAN,
SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT , N. DELHI.
ANUPAM KUMAR
ASSISTANT MANAGER (DRG./PLG.) MGR. (ARCH.)
ASST.GM.(ARCH.) JT.G.M. (ARCH.)
A.G. JOSHI KALPANA SETHI
G.M. (ARCH.) E.D(PLG)
DATE
SCALE 1 : 200 SEPT. - 2014
DRG NO A--
JOB NO
 MS STR. AS / DSGN
MS LADDER 20 MM TH. FIRERATED 6 MM TH AL..
CEMENT BONDED CHEQUERED PLATE
PARTICLE BOARD FLOOR
W W
W W
PROPOSED FIRE
6 MM TH AL.. DRILL TOWER
CHEQUERED PLATE
OPENABLE SHUTTER PLANS
AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA
DIRECTORATE OF PLANNING
C-BLOCK, RAJIV GANDHI BHAVAN,
SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT , N. DELHI.
ANUPAM KUMAR
ASSISTANT MANAGER (DRG./PLG.) MGR. (ARCH.)
ASST.GM.(ARCH.) JT.G.M. (ARCH.)
A.G. JOSHI KALPANA SETHI
G.M. (ARCH.) E.D(PLG)
DATE
SCALE 1 : 200 SEPT. - 2014
DRG NO A--
JOB NO
 CHAPTER -7

FIRE PREVENTION &

PROTECTION
(TERMINAL BUILDING, ATS, CNS INSTALLATION
BUILDINGS, CARGO COMPLEX & HANGERS)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 129

7.1 INTRODUCTION

7.1.1 Airport terminal building, ATS/CNS installation building and Airport

Hanger are classified under Business-cum-Assembly and storage &
hazardous based on the classification of building and hence are
required to comply with proper fire prevention and fire protection,
confirming to high hazard occupancy as per National Building Code
(NBC) and also as per National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

7.1.2 Majority of our airports building have come under Municipal limits
hence “NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATE” (NOC) must be obtained from
Municipal Corporation / local authorities to avoid any litigation.

7.1.3 Airport Fire Service have also become binding on safety of occupants
and avoidance of fire risks to equipments, building and vital
installations, hence the design of fire protection and fighting system
from planning stage to installation work to be approved from
Directorate of Fire Service and also testing of fire prevention and
protection equipment and stage wise inspection to be carried out by
this Directorate.

7.1.4 Insurance of building and valuable equipments has been found one of
the ideal ways to minimize the risk of loss by such eventualities and to
reduce the premium of insurance, it is mandatory to have proper fire
protection cover.

7.1.5 While the direct lo sses can be safeguarded by way of in surance, the
indirect losses which are nor mally in multiples of direct losses can be
reduced only if proper fire protection is provided as it is always easy to
knock-down fire at initial stage than wait for fire brigade.

7.1.6 Besides above in view of increasing fire i ncidents in T erminal

buildings, Technical /ATS buildings and other vital installations the
nature of fire likely to be enc ountered in this ty pe of mul tifunctional
occupancy and ong oing public awareness, it is i mperative to evolve a
suitable yardstick and standard of fire protection.

7.1.7 Since all airports have almost identical unit with identical surface
functions barring a few, it was felt necessary to evolve a uniform scal e
of fire prevention and fire protection.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 130

7.1.8 Building fire protection systems have been categorized into Activ e
measures and Passive measures. Active measures involved the control
of smoke spread, detection and alarm that informs the occurrence of a
fire and triggers sort of counteraction towards fire extinguishment and
Passive measures are concerned with building structure integrity,
compartmentation. Passive f ire protection measures are proactive
approach taken at building design stage.

7.1.9 Housekeeping or maintenance of orderly cleanliness is a basic factor in

fire safety. Good housekeeping practices, both indoors and outdoors ,
by disposal of unwanted combustible s, limitation or segregation o f
combustibles, reduce the danger of fire.

7.2 SCOPE

7.2.1 This order gives the guidelines of fire prevention and pr otection at
Terminal building, Technical building, CNS installation building, Cargo
Complex and aircraft hangars. Also includes inspection / testin g
checklist of fire prevention and protection system.

7.2.2 Categorization of Airport Building based on occupancy, equipment ,

storage and hazardous.

7.2.3 Site planning and Building Design a nd Construction based on Fire

Safety Point as per National Building Code of India (NBC)

7.3 CATEGORIZATION OF BUILDING

7.3.1 Categorization of Airport Terminal Building

7.3.1.1 Major: - Airfield operational category 7 to 9 with passenger facilities

more than 500.

7.3.1.2 Intermediate: - Airfield operational category 5 to 6 with passenger

facilities more than 200 but less than 500.

7.3.1.3 Small: - Airfield operational Category 3 to 4 wit h passenger facilities

more than 100 but less than 200.

7.3.2 Categorization of ATS Building

7.3.2.1 High rise building: - Above 15 meter in height

7.3.2.2 Low rise building: - Less than 15 meter in height.

7.3.3 Categorization of CNS Installation

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 131

7.3.3.1 Major: -Building with area more than 365 sq meters and sub divided
in 6 or more compartments/rooms.

7.3.3.2 Intermediate: -Building with area mo re than 1 50 sq me ters and

less than 365 sq meter area and divided in 3 to 5 compartments.

7.3.3.3 Small: -Building with less than 150 square meters within one or two
compartments.

7.4 CATEGORIZATION OF AIRCRAFT HANGER

7.4.1 Group 1: - [group of hangers having at least one criteria]

7.4.1.1 An aircraft access door height over 8.5m

7.4.1.2 An undivided area within the hanger w hich could be subj ect to loss
by a single fire because of the lack of sub division (single fire area)
larger than 3715 sq meter.

7.4.1.3 Provision for housing an aircraft with a tail height over8.5 meters.

7.4.2. Group 2:- [group of hangers having both of the following criteria]

7.4.2.1 An aircraft access door height of 8.5 meter

7.4.2.2 A single fire area which may vary from 465 sq meters upwards but
may not be larger than 3715 sq meter

7.4.3 Group 3:- [group of hangers having:]

7.4.3.1 A hanger having an access door height of 8.5 meter or less.

7.4.3.2 A single fire area varying from 465 sq meters up to 2790 sq meter.

7.5 CATEGORIZATION OF CARGO BUILDING

7.5.1 Single occupancy cargo building:

A single occupancy cargo building is on e that accommodates a single
user and may involve export, import or a combination of both.

7.5.2 Multiple occupancy cargo building

A multiple occupancy cargo building is accommodates a number o f
users.

7.6 SITE PLANNING OF AIRPORT BUILDING FOR FIRE SAFETY

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 132

 Decisions need to be made e arly in the design or planning process for
a new Airport building to pro vide an effective and safe des ign from a
fire safety point. C onsideration need t o be give n to both Active and
Passive Fire Protection.

7.6.1 Traffic and Transportation Patterns

Response time for fire tender/vehicle and other e mergency vehicle is a

vital consideration in designing a building or site. All roads,
thoroughfares and traffic congestion patterns should be reviewed and
considered for new site projects so that emergency vehicles have
limited response time and distance.

7.6.2 Fire Service Access

Fire apparatus/equipments are a major consideration in ne w

construction. The fire service personnel must be able to get hose line s
to all portions of the building. Buildings may require that Fi re
Tender/ vehicle, Rescue Tender, Hydraulic Platform access roads need
to be wide enough to support the equipment used by the fire service.
They also need to be able to support the weight of Fire T ender/Rescue
Tender/ Hydraulic Platform. Access r oads are needed for emergency
uses are designated as fire lanes and vehicle parking is prohibited.

7.6.3 Fire fighting water suppliers

The lack of water supply severely hampers fire fighting operations.

Adequate quantity of Water supply f or different category of Airport
building shall be maintained in stati c/ underground tanks as p er
National Building Code / N ational Fire Protection Association to be
available for fire service to fight a fire in a building.

7.7 TYPE OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

7.7.1 The constructions of building are divided into three basic types.
TABLE 7.1
Type Construction
Type I Fire Resistive construction
Type II Complete non combustible construction i.e. elem ent of structure,
floor and wall
Type III Traditional Ordinary construction i.e. non combustible walls with
combustible floors
Type IV Structural members which ar e portion of walls are of ap proved
non-combustible or limited combustibles material.
Type V Structural members which are wholly or partially of wood or other
approved combustible material.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 133

7.7.2 Approval of non-combustible or limited combustible materials with
sufficient fire resistive relating to withstand the effect of fire and
prevent its spread should be as per National Building Code/NFPA.

7.7.3 Other type of construction has also been used for consideration
wherever applicable to meet the local climate conditions with latest
fire protection system as per National Building Code/ National Fire
Protection Association.

7.7.4 Materials used for construction shall conform to the specifications

issued by Bureau of Indian Standards specification/ International
standards.

7.8 STRUCTURAL FIRE PROTECTION

7.8.1 The priority of Structural Fire Protection is to carry out search & rescue
operation without the building collapsing and prevent disproportionate
damage to property.

7.8.2 Structural fire protection shall be achieved by controlling spread of fire

& smoke by compartmenting, stability of structure exposed to a fire
during the escape period and preventing building materials due to
expose from high temperature.

7.8.3 If fire protection systems are to be disrupted, ensure procedures are

incorporated to maintain equivalent levels of fire protection and provide
formal notification to the facility while systems are down.

7.8.4 Hydrant system designinstallation shall have to comply with

NFPA/NBC Standards.

7.8.5 In new construction the fire pump must be in a separate room from
other mechanical and electrical equipment. Pump room shall be
normally located detached in the compound of the building and shall be
preferably 6 meters away from the building. Where this is not feasible,
the pump room can be located inside the building provided it i s
segregated from t he remainder of t he building in ac cordance with
regulations and access to the pump room outside of the b uilding shall
be either direct or through a passage which has opening to pump room.

7.8.6 Fire main pumps shall start automatically below jockey pump start
pressure. Pumps s hall be m anually shut down. Main an d diesel fi re
pump of s uch capacity to be provided to support 3 t o 4 hy drants at a
time.

7.8.7 Provide jockey pumps to supply not less than 3.0 lps (liter per second).
The jockey pump should have DG back –up. Jockey pump shall
maintain pressure as required to prevent the fire pump from operating
to maintain system pressure.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 134
7.9 MEANS OF ESCAPE

7.9.1 All buildings should be desi gned such that oc cupant could escape t o
the place of ultim ate safety this sho uld be in the ope n air wh ere
dispersal, away from the building, can be achieved when fire occur s
and to ensure that the routes are;

7.9.2 Adequate number and dimensions of escape routes/emergency exist s

should be provided.

7.9.3 Travel distance should be li mited & acceptable and wa lking speed
under normal conditions within crowded area is between 0.7m/s and
0.9m/s. Where escape is possible i n more than one direction , direc t
travel distance shall not be e xceed 30 meters to place of safety with a
minimum angle between exit routes of 45 degree. The maximum escape
time should be 2 min.30 sec. with a total evacuation time of 15
minutes.

7.9.4 Escape routes should be protected from fire & smoke.

7.9.5 Fire exits plans will be conspicuously posted on each floor showing
clearly the routes to appropriate exits. Direction toward exits fr om
interstitial spaces. Provide emergency lighting for adequate egress
illumination in the event of a power outage.

7.9.6 Signage with relevant wording in English, Hindi and local language.

7.9.7 Free, non- obstructed.

7.9.8 Smoke Control System.

7.9.9 Protected from automatic sprinkler system.

7.10 EXIT DESIGN

7.10.1 The exit design should be as per National Building Code and NFPA.

7.10.2 An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway(S) t o an inte rnal

staircase or external staircase or to a verandah or terr ace(s), which
have access to the street or to the roof of a building or a refuge area. An
exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoin ing building
at the same level.

7.10.3 Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 135

7.10.4 Every exit, exit access or exit discharge shall be continuously
maintained free of all obstructions or impediments to ful l use in t he
case of fire or other emergency.

7.10.5 No building shall be so alt ered as t o reduce the number, width or

protection of exits to less than that required.

7.10.6 Exits shall be clearly visible and the r oute to reach the e xits shall be
clearly marked and signs posted to guide the occupants of the f loor
concerned. Signs shall be illuminated and wired to an independent
electrical circuit on an alternative source of supply. T he sizes an d
colours of the exit signs shall be in accordance with good practice. The
colour of the exit signs shall be green.
7.10.7 Fire doors with 2 hr fire re sistance shall be p rovided at appropriat e
places along the escape route and particularly at the entrance to lif t
lobby and stair well where a ‘funnel or flue effect’ may be created
inducing an upward spread of fire to prevent spread of fire and smoke.

7.10.8 All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a
building or to an exterior open space leading to a street.

7.10.9 Exits shall be so ar ranged that they may be rea ched without passing
through another occupied unit.

7.10.10The travel distance to an exit from the dead end of a corridor shall not
exceed half the distance specified in following table except in assembly
and institutional occupancies in which case it shall not exceed 6m.

7.10.11Exits shall be so loc ated that the travel distance on the floor shall no t
exceed the distance given in table

7.11 Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction

TABLE 7.2
Sr.No Group of occupancy Maximum Travel Distance Construction
Type 1 & 2 (m) Type 3 & 4 (m)
i Residential (A) 30 22.5
Ii Educational (B) 30 22.5
iii Institutional (C) 30 22.5
iv Assembly (D) 30 30
V Business (E) 30 30
Vi Mercantile (F) 303 30
Vii Industrial (G) 45 30
Viii Storage (H) 30 30
ix Hazardous (J) 22.5 30

7.11.1 For fully sprinklered building, the travel distance may be increased by
50 percent of the values specified.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 136

7.11.2 Ramps shall be protected with automatic sprinkler system and shall be
counted as one of the means of escape.

7.11.3 Construction of type 3 or 4 is not permitted.

7.11.4 No exit doorway shall be less than 1000 mm in width except assembly
building where door width shall be not less than 2000 mm in height.

7.11.5 Emergency / Fire E xit doorways preferably shall open out wards, that
is away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel along any exit.
No door, when opened shall reduce the required width of stairway or
landing to less than 900 mm; overhead or slidin g doors shall not b e
installed.

7.11.6 Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flig ht of stairs a landing
equal to at least the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway
at each doorway; the level of landing shall be the same at that of the
floor which it serves.

7.11.7 Exit doorways shall be ope nable from the si de which they ser ve
without the use of a key.

7.11.8 Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion
regarding the direction of exit.

7.11.9 A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.

7.11.10Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.

7.11.11No gas piping or electrical panels s hall be allowed in the stairway.

Ducting in stairway may be permitted if it is of 1 hr fi re resistance
rating.

7.11.12The minimum width of trea d without nosing s hall be 2 50 mm f or

internal staircase of residential buildings. T his shall be 300 mm for
assembly, hotels, educational, institutional, business and other
buildings. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a
manner to prevent slipping.

7.11.13External stairs shall have straight flight not less than 1250 mm wide
with 250 mm treads and risers not more th an 190 mm. The numbe r
of risers shall be limited to 15 per flight.

7.11.14Handrails shall be of a hei ght not l ess than 1000 mm and not
exceeding 1200 m m. There shall be provisions of bal usters with
maximum gap of 150 mm.

7.11.15All occupants exposed to the fire environment must be able to evacuate

to a safe area within 90 seconds of alarm.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 137

7.11.16Alternative route leading to a protected escape route should
beprovided.

7.11.17Travel distance of exits and their location must be such that th e

occupants of the building can safely esca pe without being overcome by
the effects of fire.

7.11.18Phase construction as necessary to ensure blocking of exits is

minimized or avoided. If exits are blocked during construction provide
alternate exit routes during each phase of con struction and identify
them on the construction drawings.

7.12 COMPARTMENTATION

Fire compartments should be included in building design to limit fire

and smoke spread so that people have longer time to escape.

7.12.1 Factors affecting the level of compartmentation

7.12.2 Occupancy load

7.12.3 Building type or purpose

7.12.4 Fire load

7.12.5 Height of building

7.12.6 Active fire protection system

7.12.7 Burning characteristics of materials

7.12.8 Compartment Sizes shall be depends on the fir e load, pu rpose of t he

Building and building height.

7.13CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT

7.13.1 Compartment walls, floors, separations and lobbies should be

constructed such that all joints are completely fitted with non -
combustible materials to prevent the passage of smoke or flame.

7.13.2 The load bearing capacity of the compartment element should beability
to carry the load without collapsing.

7.13.3 The integrity of the element should have ability to resist th e

development of cra cks or pe rfections to allow passage of smoke and
flame from one side to the other side of the element.

7.13.4 The insulation should have ability to prevent heat transfer from one
face to the other face of the element.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 138

7.13.5 In false ceiling, only fire retardant (e.g. metallic) materials should be
used. Wherever infl ammable false ceili ngs, including fram e work, t he
planning and design of adeq uate/ appropriate replacement should be
commenced forthwith.

7.13.6 False ceiling should be compartmentalized to the possible extent as per

fire zoning of the building.

7.13.7 Where physical co mpartmentation is not possible (exam ple like w atch
tower, adjutant building, etc.) consideration may be given to installation
of automatic water curtains (drencher system) or pressurization system
for achieving the objective of compartmentation.

7.14 SMOKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7.14.1 The primary objective of sm oke management system is t o reduce the

hazard due to smoke by control of its movement.

7.14.2 Factors that effect the smoke movement

7.14.2.1 Low rise building: In low rise buildings, the influ ences of the fire, such
as heat, convective movement and fire pressures are the major factors
that cause smoke movement.

7.14.2.2 High rise buildings: In high rise buildings, the same factors are
complicated by th e stack effect, which is th e vertical neutral air
movement through the building caused by the differences in
temperatures and densities between the inside and outside air.

7.14.2.3 The stack effect is influenced by the effect of wind pr essure which
modifies the natural air movement within a building to shift up & down
the building.

7.14.3 Smoke Control

7.14.3.1 Pressurization of staircases.

7.14.3.2 Effect of Pressure difference across barrier

7.14.3.3 Single injection system

7.14.3.4 Multiple injection system

7.14.3.5 Smoke logged system

7.14.3.6 Passive and Active smoke extraction system The National Building Code
has specified the smoke control system.

7.15 VENTILATION SYSTEM

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 139

7.15.1 Ventilation is an es sential part of the t actical and strategic objective of
modern fire extinguishment.

7.15.2 Ventilation requirement

7.15.3 For respiration of occupant.

7.15.4 To dilute inside air to prevent vitiation by body odours.

7.15.5 To remove any products of combustion or other contaminates in air.

7.15.6 Provide heat balance to prevent discomfort injury and fire.

7.15.7 Ventilation design: The ventilation design and planning should be as per
National Building Code and NFPA.

7.16 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

7.16.1 Fire Protection requirements of air co nditioning systems should be in

accordance with National building Code.

7.16.2 There shall be separate ducts for supply and return air. Carrying return
air through false ceiling must be avoided unless it is boxed exclusively
for return air.

7.16.3 Fire dampers should be provided in Air Handling Unit (AHU).

7.17 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

7.17.1 Electrical installation and equipment in buil ding must conform to

requirement laid down in accordance with National Building Code.

7.17.2 The power cables to various appliances, AC units, Computers/

Distribution boards etc. shou ld be ade quate size / rating and properly
protected against mechanical damage etc. (preferably run through cable
tray).

7.17.3 No loose and exposed cable should be permitted. No work shall be

permitted without proper three- pin plug, socket.

7.17.4 No wire should be laid in PVC flexible conduit only metal conduit should
be used.

7.17.5 Sufficient air space should be ensured for the cable at duct crossing
locations.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 140

7.17.6 No joint in cable or wire should be per mitted beyond the main electrical
panels. The extension cords shall be maintained in go od condition
without splice, deterioration or damage.

7.17.7 Proper rated switc h gears ( MCB/MCCB) should be us ed. Wire fuse
should not be permitted and only HRC fuse should be used.

7.17.8 One control gear (S witch Gear/MCB/MCCB) should not c ontrol more
than one appliances. Overloading of electrical circuits must not be
allowed.

7.17.9 All the wires and cable should be FRLS Type.

7.17.10Proper earth connection of el ectrical appliances should be ensured and

IS code of practice on ear- thing IS 3043 -1987 should be followed for all
electrical system / installation.

7.17.11All electrical boxes should be closed to prevent the possibility of contact

with combustible materials.

7.17.12Electrical works shall be carried out by qualified personnel only.

7.17.13Place insulating mats in front of electrical switch board and have the
rubbers gloves periodically checked.

7.17.14Always treat circuit as live until you have ensured them to be dead/
isolated.

7.18 LIGHTNING PROTECTION

Lightning protection shall a lso be co nsidered and included in t he

building plansasperNational Building Code.

7.18.1 The tall li ghting masts, terminal buildings and aerobridges should b e
earthed permanently, with proper size of earthing conductor.

7.18.2 Provision of lightning protected structures at remote bay areas.

7.19 FIRE PROTECTION AT TERMINAL BUILDING

7.19.1 Automatic fire detec tion system should be install ed in all areas us ed
by public except those where passenger and staff will be pr esent all the
times during the use of building as per National Fire Protection
Association.

7.19.2 Automatic sprinkler system is required to be provided in the terminal

building as per NBC.

7.19.3 All furniture, fixture, floor a nd wall c overings should be made of low
flammability ratings or non combustible material.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 141
7.19.4 All shafts, stairwells, subways and verti cal openings should ha ve
minimum one hour fire resistance for their structure.

7.19.5 Subways and links should have smoke compartmentation design and
each compartment being no greater than 90 met ers long and fitted with
smoke stop doors held open on electromagnetic catches.

7.19.6 Hydrant system/wet riser should be provided for fire protection of

terminal building.

7.19.7 Fire pump of such capacity to be provided to support 3 to 4 hydrants at

a time.

7.19.8 Water supply of m inimum overall capacity should conform to Nat ional
Building Code.

7.20 FIRE PROTECTION AT ATS & CNS BUILDING

7.20.1 Automatic fire dete ction and alarm s ystem should be i nstalled CNS
installation building.

7.20.2 All furniture, fixture, floor a nd wall coverings should be made of l ow

flammability ratings or non combustible material.

7.20.3 All shafts, stairwells, subways and v ertical openings should ha ve

minimum one hour fire resistance for their structure.

7.20.4 Fire extinguishers should be installed as per BIS standards.

7.20.5 Riser/ Fixed fire fighting installation should be prov ided for ATS
building as per NBC.

7.21 FIRE PROTECTION AT CARGO COMPLEX

7.21.1 Proper aisles are required in storage areas to permit access by materials
handling equipment.

7.21.2 Hot work operations (like welding, cutting, grinding or any such jo b
which creates splatters or flame, etc) should be prohibited in storag e
areas. If hot work conduct ed in sto rage occupancy, extraordinary
precautions must be taken to prevent ignition of the sto red material.
Hot work permit/ permit to work should be issued.

7.21.3 All furniture, fixture, floor a nd wall c overings should be made of low
flammability ratings or non combustible material.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 142

7.21.4 Lighting and heat ing appliance sho uld be i nstalled with proper
clearance between lighting fixtures & storage and observed NFPA 70 /
Indian Electricity Rules.

7.21.5 Smoking should be prohibited in storage areas.

7.21.6 Fire hydrants should be installed outside the cargo building as pe r

standard.
7.21.7 Automatic sprinkler system s hould be provided as per NFPA 13. All fire
protection equipment including hydrants, fire pump, extinguisher,
alarm system must be properly inspected, tested & maintained.

7.22 FIRE PROTECTION AT AIRCRAFT HANGERS

7.22.1 Specification for Fire Protection System in different groups of hanger

should be as per National Fire Protection Association and NBC.

7.22.2 The maximum floor area sh ould be p rotected by Foam – water deluge
system within aircraft storage and maintenance areas.

7.22.3 The spacing of the sprinkler heads should be sa me as per extra hig h
hazard of National Fire Protection Association for aircraft storage and
maintenance in the Hangers.

7.22.4 The discharge from sprinklers heads should be calc ulated on a

maximum variation of 15% a bove the required discharge rates in lit res
per minute per sq uare meter and n o variation below the required
discharge rate specified.

7.22.5 Extra sprinkler heads should be i nstalled where there is a ny

interference to sprinkler discharge and the pattern of distribution for
maximum and effective floor coverage.

7.22.6 The discharge devices for foam water system must be able to generate
foam supplied from concentrate under pressure and sho uld be of the
air aspirating type.

7.22.7 The deflectors of the discharge devices should be able to produce

discharge patterns similar to those of standard sprinkler heads.

7.22.8 The minimum orifice size of the disc harge device should be as per
National Fire Protection Association for used with the type of fo am
concentration.

7.22.9 The discharge rate should be not be less than 8 litres per min/sq.meter
of floor area for air-aspirating system & 6.5 Litres min/sq. meter of floor
area for non-aspirating system.

7.22.10 The discharge rate of foam c ompound for suppl ying the s ystem for a
minimum period of 10 minutes plus a 100% reserve kept.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 143
 7.22.11 Where foam concentrate f eeder pipes run below ground level or hav e a
run of more than 15 m above ground, then the concentrate within the
pipe should be pressurized to ensure that there is no delay in foam
application.
7.22.12 The control valves tanks and injection equipments should be outside of
aircraft storage and maintenance areas where ambient climati c
conditions will not adversely affect the performance of the system.

7.22.13 Where monitors nozzles are use, t hey should be pr ovided with
individual manual shutoff valves for each nozzle.

7.22.14 The water supply should be sustaining the discharge rate at sufficien t
pressure for the a bove operation for a minimum of one hour exc ept
where foam water s ystems and seconda ry fire pro tection are installed,
then the duration of the water supply can be reduced to 45 minutes.

7.22.15 The system installed for prim ary fire pr otection should be actuated by
detectors.

7.23 FIRST AID FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

First aid fi re fighting appliances are r equired to be prov ided at a ll

Terminal Building, Technical/ATS Building, Communication Navigation
Surveillance Installation Building and Aircraft Hanger.

7.23.1 Guidelines for Installing fire extinguisher

The basic guidelines for deter mining number, location, type and si zes
are provided in IS: 2190. The calculati on based on IS:2190 shall be
done by Station in charge of fire servi ces / Reg ional in c harge of f ire
services for terminal /technical/CNS Installation building and Aircraf t
hanger etc. for different station.

7.23.2 Inventory Maintenance

7.23.2.1 Each officer in charge / station in charge of Fire Service /Regional in -

charge of Fire Services shall maintain fire extinguishers register besides
normal stock register as per Fire Order No.-1

7.23.2.2 Each extinguisher shall be serially numbered with ty pe, Date of

purchase, Date of monthly inspection, Quarterly maint enance test,
Date of refilling and year of Hydraulic test before displaying in the
building/Area/ Unit etc.

7.23.3 Maintenance of Fire Extinguisher

7.23.3.1 Airport Fire Service shall be responsible to maintain all the

extinguishers for the facilities that belong to AAI.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 144

7.23.3.2 Wherever Airport Fire Service personne l are not available Regional I n
charge of Fire service shall maintain inspection, training, hydraulic
testing, checking, etc.

7.23.3.3 Maintenance should include an exa mination of the extinguishers

mechanical parts, the extinguishing agent and the expelling means.

7.23.3.4 Repairs to the e xtinguisher must be ma de immediately or a

replacement extinguisher provided.

7.24.4 Display of Extinguisher

7.24.4.1 Extinguisher should be displayed in accordance with IS: 2190.

7.24.4.2 Extinguisher should be located at a convenient and visi ble location.

Wall hanging of extinguishers should be done in such a way that their
location does not become obstruction to the public or occupier.

7.24.4.3 Provision of stands shou ld be made to install extinguisher as far as

possible instead of wall hanging, especially in passenger lounge.

7.24.4.4 Extinguishers should preferably be provided outside the room and on

escape routes.

7.24.4.5 Distance of a nearest extinguisher should not be more than 22 M. from

any place of protection.

7.25 TESTING /INSPECTION

7.25.1 Automatic fire detection/Alarm system serviceability shall be ensured in

each shift. Any mal - function should be immediately brought to th e
notice of the electrical maintenance dep tt for rectification and logged in
the log book, maintained in the building fire control room.

7.25.2 Detailed checks of fire detection and alarm system (under simulat
conditions) to be ca rried out i n such a fashion so as to cov er all zones
and all detectors within a quarter.

7.25.3 Similar checks shall also be carri ed out fo r pill boxes within the
respective zones within quarter.

7.25.4 Details of such checks as indicated above be recorded along with

corrective action, where taken in separate register.

7.25.5 Fire Hydrant system wherever provided be physically checked in such a

fashion that all hydrant points are checked for functional operations at
least once in a week. During this check, Hose pipes coupling and branch
shall also be checked and corrective action may be taken immediately.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 145

7.25.6 Detailed checks o f Hydrant point so roster t hat each h ydrant points
should be checked at least once in a quarter to ensure that it with stand
the required pressure. T hese detailed checks should be c onducted by
fire prevention wing.

7.25.7 Sprinkler system should b e checked for funct ional operation onc e in
every week.

7.25.8 All first aid fire fighting appliance should be rostered so that each
appliance is checked and tagged for the date on which tested.

7.25.9 Station in charg e of Fire Service / Regional in charg e of Fire Service

shall ensure inspection, maintenance, testing, recharge as per standard
procedure.

7.25.10 Inspection shall be carried out as per inspection checklist [ANNEXURE –

I; (Page no. 1 to 34)] at fire protection system installed.

7.25.11 Testing /inspection checklist [ANNEXURE II] is mandatory before taking

over of the fire fighting system of AAI building fire protection system .
This inspection checklist shall be sent to RHQ and CHQ.

7.25.12 Regional In charge, Fire service [Jt.GM (FS)/ DGM (FS)] and Fir e
Incharge, Chennai Airport and Kolkata airport shall also forward
consolidate reports w.r.t. Annexure – I, quarterly to Direc torate of Fire
Service, CHQ, New Delhi.

7.26 FIRE PREVENTION

7.26.1 Joint monthly inspection by a team comprising of executives from fire, civil
and electrical/ electronic engineering should be carried out to ensure
pruning of loose ca bles / wir es to avoi d short ci rcuit. The fire fighti ng
installation and fir e safety arrangement in th e building should be
inspected as per CHECKLIST TABLE of the fire prevention and
protection system and report should be plac ed to th e concerned
department head.

7.26.2 The team should also check functioning of the fire dampers, in the AHU
i.e. testing and inter- locking with blower motor.

7.26.3 The inspection team should also identify inflammable material stored a t
fire risk locations to ensure that the same area got removed/ relocated.

7.26.4 Record of these instructions should be kept in a separate register, to be

maintained by the Fire Service Department In- charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 146

7.26.5 Periodic exercises be undertaken to familiarize the fire staff at the
airport to enable t hem to h ave easy access to the term inal/technical
/CNS Installation building and Aircraft hanger etc.

7.26.6 Officer in-charge of the respective airports to undertake an in -depth

survey, annually, to assess t he adequacy/augmentation of fire fight ing
facilities such as;

7.26.6.1 Water supply sources for Fire Fighting

7.26.6.2 Capacity of water storage tanks for Fire Fighting

7.26.6.3 Hydrant, Wet risers and Sprinkler System

7.26.6.4 Fire Detection/ Alarm system

7.26.6.5 First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances

7.26.6.6 Any other Fire Fighting Equipment /Accessories to combat fire or to

ensure effective fire protection.

7.27 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM

7.28.1 Hot / cold work permit system should be issue to all contractor s
working within airport boundary. A copy of format as per Chapter-8
which must be issued to fire station for taking necessary precautions.

7.28.2 Any work in the nature of preventive / breakdown mai ntenance,

condition Monitoring, excavation work, etc. where the work is to be
performed by personnel other than operations will require hot / cold
work permit.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 147

TABLE – 7.1
STATION -
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS.
INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE, AND RECHARGE.
YEAR:_________ INSPECTOR NAME :_______________ SYSTEM : ________________

LOCATION : _______________________________________________________________________

EXTINGUISHE EXTINGUISHE SERIAL DATE OF USE (M) FOR

R LOCATION R NUMBE PURCHAS MONTHLY REMARK
BUILDING/ TYPE R E INSPECTIONS. S
FLOOR AREA USE (Q) FOR
QUARTERLY
INSPECTIONS.
USE (DM) FOR DAILY
MAINTENANCE
CHECK.
USE (QM) FOR
QUARTERLY
MAINTENANCE TEST.
USE (R) FOR
EXTINGUISHER
RECHARGE
USE (H) HYDRAULIC
TESTING.

NOTE:

Signature of Inspector

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 148

TABLE – 7.2
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

MONTHLY TESTS.
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM :
____________________________________________________

LOCATION :
____________________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector
Name
Load
voltage
For dry-
cell
batteries
Note:-

Signature of Inspector

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 149

TABLE – 7.3
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

QUARTERLY TESTS.
YEAR:_______________ SYSTEM :
_____________________________________________________

LOCATION :
_______________________________________________________________________
Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable
Date

Inspector Name
Function
Fuses
Interfaced
equipment
Lamps and LEDs
Primary (main)
power supply
Transponders
Supervisory signal
devices except
tamper switches
Off-premises
transmission
equipment
Notes:-
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________

Signature of Inspector

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 150

TABLE – 7.4
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

ENGINE- DRIVEN GENERATOR
WEEKLY INSPECTIONS
YEAR:________________ SYSTEM : ___________________________________________
LOCATION :
______________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspec
tor
Name
Notes:-
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.5
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

QUARTERLY INSPECTIONS
YEAR:________________INSPECTOR NAME____________ SYSTEM : _____________
LOCATION :_________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector Name
Radiant energy fire
detector
Supervisory signal
devices
Water flow devices
Note:-

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 151

___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.6
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

SEMI-ANNUAL INSPECTION
YEAR:_____________INSPECTOR NAME_____________ SYSTEM : ____________
LOCATION : ______________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector Name
Sealed lead- acid battery
Control panel trouble signals
Emergency voice/alarm
communication equipment
Remote annunciators
Air-sampling initiating devices
Duct detectors
Electromechanical releasing devices
Fire extinguishing system switches
Fire suppression system switches
Fire alarm boxes (manual stations)
Heat detectors
Smoke detectors
Guard’s tour equipment
Interface equipment
Alarm notification appliances
Note:-
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________

Signature of Inspector

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 152

TABLE – 7.7
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

MONTHLY TESTS.
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM :
____________________________________________________

LOCATION :
____________________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector
Name
Lead-acid
battery
Load
voltage
For dry-
cell
batteries
Note:-

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.8
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

WEEKLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM : _______________________________________________

LOCATION :
_______________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector
Name

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 153

Control
equipment for
fire alarm
systems
unmonitored for
alarm,
supervisory, and
trouble signals.
Fuses
Interface
equipment
Lamps and LEDs
Primary
(main)power
supply
Note:-

___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.9
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS.

ANNUAL TEST
QUARTERLY INSPECTIONS
YEAR:________________INSPECTOR NAME___________________ SYSTEM : ____________________
LOCATION : __________________________________________________________________________

Yes No N/A
Control Equipment: Fire Alarm systems Monitored for
Alarm, supervisory; and Trouble signals.
Functions
Fuses
Interfaced Equipment
Lamps and LEDs
Primary (main) power supply
Transponders
Batteries-Fire Alarm Systems
Lead-acid type-charger test(replace battery as needed)
Nickel-Cadmium type-charger test (replace battery as

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 154

needed)
Discharge Test (30min)
Sealed lead –acid type-charger test( replace battery as
needed)
Discharge Test (30min)
Fiber-Optic Cable Power
Control Unit Trouble Signals
Emergency Voice-Alarm Communications Equipment
Remote Annunciators
Initiating Devices
Duct Smoke Detectors
Electromechanical releasing device
Fire extinguishing systems(s) or suppression system(s)
switches
Fire-gas and other detectors
Heat-detectors
Fire alarm boxes (manual stations)
All smoke detectors- functional.
Smoke detectors-sensitivity.
Interface equipment
Alarm notification appliances
Audible Devices
Speakers
Visible Devices
Notes

__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.10
STATION -

FIRE HYDRANTS
ANNUAL TEST AND MAINTENANCE.

YEAR:_________INSPECTOR NAME________________ SYSTEM : ______________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Residual hydrant location:-_____________________________________________________

Static hydrant location _______________________________________________________

Static pressure(residual hydrant):__________________________psi (bar)

Residual pressure (residual hydrant):________________________psi(bar)

Nozzle size (flow hydrant):________________________________in (mm)

Available water flow:_______________gpm (L/min) at______________________psi (bar)

Y = Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 155

Lubricate operating nut.

Lubricate packing.

Lubricate thrust coller.

Operate the fire hydrant with water discharging for not

less than one minute
Note.
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.11
STATION -

FIRE HYDRANTS
WET HYDRANTS QUARTERLY INSPECTION.

YEAR:__________INSPECTOR NAME________________ SYSTEM : ___________________

LOCATION : ___________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below)

Date.
Inspector name
Hydrants are accessible.
Hydrant outlets are slightly more
than hand-tight
There are no leak in the top of the
hydrant when hydrant valve is
opened.
There are no leak in the gasket
under the caps when hydrant valve
is opened.
There are no cracks in the hydrant
barrel.
Operating lugs is not worn and does
not have rounded corners.
Coupling is not damage
Check hose box, if provided, to
assure all equipment is in good
condition, (Hoses, Branch, Hose-box
key, condition of hose box)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 156

Notes:

__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.12
STATION -

FIRE HYDRANTS
DRY HYDRANTS QUARTERLY INSPECTION.

YEAR:____________INSPECTOR NAME_______________ SYSTEM : ____________________

LOCATION : ___________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain

below)
Date.
Inspector name
Hydrant outlets are slightly more
than hand-tight
There are no leaks in the hydrant.
There are no cracks in the hydrant
barrel.
Operating lugs in not worn and does
not have rounded corners.
Hydrant threads are not damage.
Operating wheel not damage.
Notes:
-
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
______________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.13
STATION -

FIRE HYDRANTS
MONTHLY INSPECTION.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 157

YEAR:_________________ SYSTEM :
________________________________________________

LOCATION : ___________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector Name

Check Hose boxes to make sure they are not damaged and equipment is in
good condition
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Hose box#
Note:-

__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___
__________________________________________________________________________________
___

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.14
STATION -

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ANNUAL INSPECTION AND TESTS
DATE:___________ INSPECTOR NAME : ______________SYSTEM:_____________________

LOCATION : _______________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain on reverse) N/A = Not applicable

General Condition
Inspect sprinklers, sprinkler piping, pipe, head, air release valve and seismic
braces to make sure they are in good condition.
Maintain Valves
Valves should be maintained, including exercising each valve and lubricating

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 158

each valve stem.
Clean strainers
Shut the water supply valve and remove the strainer for through cleaning
Dry pipe system
Trip test the dry pipe valve. Record the time from opening the test valve until
the dry pipe valve trips.
Internally inspect dry pipe valve.
Test air pressure maintenance device.
Inspect/test low-temperature alarm in valve room (if provided)
Preaction Sprinkler System
Trip test the preaction system.
Internally inspect preaction valve.
Test automatic air pressure maintenance device (if provided) at time of trip
test.
Inspect/test low-temperature alarm in valve room (if provided)
Deluge Sprinkler System
Trip test the deluge system
Record time from activation of detector until water is discharged.
Check to see that water discharge pattern is adequate.
Record water pressure at hydraulically most remote sprinkler.
Record water pressure at deluge valve.
Internally inspect deluge valve.
Insect/test low- temperature alarm (if provided).
Note:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.15
STATION -

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

ANNUAL INSPECTION AND TESTS
DATE:_________ INSPECTOR NAME : ________________SYSTEM:_____________________

LOCATION : __________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain on reverse) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector Name

Dry pipe system

Test quick-opening devices and accelerators, if provided

Low-point drains should be drained thoroughly after any system trip.

Deluge system
Test fire detection system for proper operation.
Preaction System
Test fire detection system for proper operation

Remarks:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 159

Note

_______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.16
STATION -

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM

QUARTERLY INSPECTION AND TEST.

YEAR:________INSPECTORNAME_________________ SYSTEM : ____________________

LOCATION:______________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below)

Date.
Inspector name
Main Drain Test
Record the static water supply pressure in psi (bar) as indicated
on the lower pressure gauge.
Open the main drain and allow water flow to stabilizer
Record the residual water supply pressure while water is flowing
from the main as indicated on pressure gauge.
Fire Department Connections
Verify connection is visible and accessible, not damaged, caps or
plugs are in place, identification sign is in p lace, and automatic
drain working properly.
Wet Pipe System flow Alarm
Test water- flow alarms by opening the test valve.
Dry pipe priming level
Check dry priming water level by opening the test valve and
checking for a small amount of water to discharge. If no water
flows out of the test line, add priming water.
Dry Pipe System Low-Air Pressure Alarm
Close the water supply valve and carefully open test valve and
carefully open test valve to reduce air pressure slowly. Confirm
operation of low- pressure alarm, record air pressure at which
low-pressure alarm activated, close test valve, allow air pressure
to rise to normal, then open water supply valve.
Dry Pipe System Flow Alarm
Open the alarm bypass valve.
Quick opening Device
Test in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
Preacation System Flow Alarm
Open the alarm bypass valve.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 160
Deluge System Flow Alarm
Open the alarm bypass valve.
Control valves
Close valves and reopen until spring or tension is felt-back valve
1/4 turn.
Hydraulic Nameplate
If system was hydraulically calculated, assure nameplate is
legible and securely attached to riser.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______
Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.17
STATION -

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

MONTHLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:_________ SYSTEM : _______________________________________________________

LOCATION :
_______________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Da Inspe Valv Alarm Valves Spare Alarm Devices Wa Rema
te ctor es No No Valves Sprin ter rks
Name open leak phys in klers No No Pre
, age ical approp availa phys electrical ss.
Lock dam riate ble in ical loose Psi
ed, age positio proper dam connection (ba
or n numb age /failure r)
Tam er
per

Note:-

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 161

___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__
___________________________________________________________________________________
__

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.18
STATION -

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

WEEKLY INSPECTION.
YEAR:_____________ SYSTEM :
_______________________________________________________

LOCATION :
_________________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Dat Ins Valves Alarm Dry pipe Precation Delug Re
e pect Sealed Sprinkl valves Valve Valve e mar
or ers Valve ks
Na se Un O No O No Air Wate Air Wate Water
me ale sea K t K t pres r pres r Press
d led OK OK sure pres sure Pres Psi
sure sure (bar)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 162

Note:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
_______________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.19
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
ANNUAL INSPECTION AND TESTS
YEAR______________ INSPECTOR : _____________SYSTEM:___________________________

LOCATION : _________________________________________________________________

Y= Satisfactory N= Unsatisfactory (explain below)

Pump manufacturer and model:__________________________________________________

Type: Centrifugal Turbine

Controller manufacture and model:_______________________________________

Rated capacity:______________________gpm (L/min)

Water supply source:______________________________________________________________

Rated Pressure:_______________psi (bar)_______________rated speed:______________rpm

Power: Electric: Diesel:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 163

Automatic starts performed 6 times.
Automatic start functions properly.
Automatic stop functions properly.
Automatic start:_________psi (bar)
Automatic stop:_________psi (bar)
Manual starts performed 6 times.
Manual starts functions properly
Manual stop function properly.
Manual start:______psi (bar)
Manual stop:______psi (bar)
Remote start functions properly
Remote stop functions properly
Remote start:__________psi (bar)
Remote stop:__________psi (bar)
Automatic starts performed 6 times
Timer reset and graph paper changed?
Test data and flow charts completed. (Attach all water-flow charts, performance curves, etc)
Fire pump electrical power readings recorded at each flow condition?
Fire pump motor speed:___________ rmp.
Fire pump discharge flow:__________ gpm (L/min).
Jockey pump operational
Jockey pump appears properly aligned.
Jockey pump valves open
Jockey pump “turn-on”___________psi (bar)
Jockey pump “turn-off____________psi(bar)
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.20
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
ANNUAL INSPECTION AND TESTS
YEAR________ INSPECTOR : ____________SYSTEM:________________________

LOCATION : ______________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

All Pumps – Hydraulic system
Suction pressure gauge: ___________psi(bar)
Discharge pressure: ________________psi (bar)
Pump starting pressure from pressure switch in
controller:_________________
Psi (bar)
Pump run time from controller:_______________ minutes
Suction line control valves are sealed open.
Discharge line control valves are sealed open.
Bypass line control valves are sealed open.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 164

All control valves are accessible.
Suction reservoir is full.
Pump shaft seal dripping water (1 drop per second.)
System is free of vibration or unusual noise when running.
Packing boxes, bearings, and pumps casing are free of overheating.

Electric fire Pumps Only

Isolating switch is monitoring abnormal power.
Normal-phase rotation pilot light is “on”.
Reverse-phase rotation pilot light is “off”
Oil level in vertical motor sight glass is in normal range.
Diesel Fire pumps only
Diesel tank is 2/3 full.
Batteries are fully charged.
Battery charger is operating properly.
Battery terminal are clean.
Battery state of charge is checked.
Battery pilot lights are “on”
Battery-failure pilot light are “off”.
Engine- running-time meter is recording pump operation properly.
Oil level in right-angle gear drive is normal.
Diesel engine oil level is full.
Diesel engine water level is full.
Water-jacket piping is drip tight.
Diesel engine water hose is in good condition.
Fire pumps- Annual Inspection (cont.)
Solenoid valve is operation correctly.
Bearing and valves are lubricated.
All Pumps-controls
Casing relief valve is free of damage.
Pressure-relief valve is free of damage.
All valves, fittings, and pipe of are leak tight.
Condensate drain trap is clean.
Fire pump controller power is “on”
Transfer-switch normal pilot light is “on”
Jockey pump is operational.
Jockey pump controller power is “on”.
Jockey pump controller is set on “auto”.
Fire pump shaft coupling appear properly aligned.
Packing glands appear properly adjusted.
Test header control valve is closed.
Test header is in good condition.
Test header valve and caps are in good condition.
Test header valve swivel rotation is nonbinding.
Bypass control valves are open.
Control valves are sealed/not tampered.
Control valves are locked/tampered.
Control valves are properly tagged and identified.
Flow meter control valve are closed.
Relief valve and cone are operational.
Relief-valve pressure properly adjusted.
Note:_____________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 165

 Signature of Inspector.

TABLE – 7.21
STATION -

FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS

SEMI-ANNUAL TESTS.
YEAR_______________SYSTEM:_____________________________________________

LOCATION : ______________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date
Inspector name.
Lead-acid battery discharge test.

Lead-acid batter load voltage test.

Lead-acid battery specific gravity.

Sealed lead-acid battery load

voltage test.

Radiant energy fire detectors.

Valve tamper switches.

Water flow devices
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________

Signature of Inspector…

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 166

TABLE – 7.22
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
SEMI-ANNUAL TESTS.
YEAR____________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : _____________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector name.

Operate manual
starting means.
Operate safety
devices and alarms.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector…

TABLE – 7.23
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
MONTHLY TESTS.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 167

YEAR________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Monthly

Date

Inspector
name.
Exercise
isolating
switch and
circuit
breaker.
Test
antifreeze to
determine
protection
level.
Test
batteries for
specific
gravity or
state of
charge.
Test circuit
breakers and
fuses for
proper
operation.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________

Signature of Inspector…

TABLE – 7.24
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
WEEKLY OPERATING TESTS
YEAR______________SYSTEM:___________________________________________

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 168

LOCATION : ______________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date

Inspector name.
Operate fire pump for 10 minutes (30 min for
diesel pump).
Check packing gland tightness (slight leak at
no flow).
Record suction pressure from gauge in psi
(bar).
Record discharged pressure from gauge in
psi (bar).
Roust gland nuts if necessary.
Check for unusual noise or vibration
Check packing boxes, bearings, or pump
casing for overheating
Record pump starting pressure.
Observe time for motor to accelerate to full
speed (diesel and stem pumps).
For reduced-voltage or reduced-current
starting, record time controller is on first
step.
Record time for diesel engine to crank.
Record time for diesel engine to reach
running speed.
Check oil pressure gauge, speed indicator,
water and oil temperature while engine is
running.
Check heat exchanger for cooling water flow.
Record steam pressure for stem-operated
pumps.
Check water tank float switch.
Check solenoids for proper
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________

Signature of Inspector…

TABLE – 7.25
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 169

YEAR________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below)

Lubricate pump bearings.
Lubricate coupling.
Lubricate right –angle gear drive.
Grease motor bearing.
Replace flexible hoses and connector
Replace oil at 50 hours or annually.
Calibrate pressure switch settings.
Check accuracy of pressure sensors.
Clean pump room louvers.
Replace circuit breakers or fuses (every 2 years or as needed).
Remove water and foreign material from diesel fuel tank.
Rod out the heat exchanger or cooling system.
Fire pump controller in service.
Jockey pump controller in service.
Fire alarm panel “normal”.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________

Signature of Inspector…

TABLE – 7.26
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
WEEKLY INSPECTION (CONT.)
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Pilot lights for batteries are on

or battery failure pilot lights
are “off”
All alarm pilot light are “are”

Record engine running time

from meter.

Oil level is normal in right-

angle gear-drive pumps.
Crankcase oil level is normal.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 170

Cooling water level is normal.

Electrolyte level in batteries is

normal.

Batteries terminals are free of

corrosion.

Water-Jacket beater is
operational.

Fore steam-driven pumps,

steam pressure is normal.
Examine exhaust system for
leaks.

Check lube oil heater for

operation (diesel pumps).
Drain condensate trap of
cooling system.

Check for water in diesel fuel

tank.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
____

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.27
STATION –

FIRE PUMPS
WEEKLY INSPECTION (CONT.)
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date.
Inspector name
Heat in pump room is 40˚F (4.4 ˚C)
or higher
Intake air louvers in pump room
appear operational.
Pump suction, discharge, and
bypass valves are open.
No piping or hoses leak.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 171

Fire pump leaking one drop of
water per second at seals.
Suction line pressure is normal.
System line pressure is normal.
Suction reservoir is full.
Controller pilot light (power on) is
illuminated.
Transfer switch normal power light
is illuminated
Isolating switch for standby power
light is closed.
Reverse-phase alarm light is not
illuminated.
Normal-phase rotation light is
illuminated.
Oil level in vertical motor sight
glass is normal.
Diesel fuel tank is at least 2/3 full.
Controller selector switch is in
“auto” position.
Voltage reading for batteries (2) are
normal.
Charging current reading are
normal for batteries.

TABLE – 7.28
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
MONTHLY INSPECTION
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date.

Inspector name

Remove battery
corrosion and
clean battery
case.
Check battery
charger and
charger rate.
Equalize charge
in battery
system.
Exercise
isolating switch
and circuit

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 172

breaker.
Inspect clean,
and test circuit
breakers.
Note:-
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.29
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS
QUARTERLY INSPECTION
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date.

Inspector name

Check crankcase breather on diesel

pump for proper operation.
Check exhaust system clearance to
combustibles to prevent fire hazard.
Check battery terminals to assure
they are clean and light.
Check electrical wiring for chafing
where subject to movement.
Check operation of safety devices
and alarms.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 173

Note:-
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.30
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS (DIESEL ONLY)

QUARTERLY INSPECTION
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date.

Inspector name

Clean strainer.
Clean filter.
Clean dirt leg.
Clean crankcase breather.
Clean water strainer of cooling
system.
Examine sire insulation for breaks
or cracks.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 174

Note:-
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________

Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.31
STATION -

FIRE PUMPS (DIESEL ONLY)

SEMI-ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
YEAR______________________SYSTEM:____________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________________

Y = Satisfactory N = Unsatisfactory (explain below) N/A = Not applicable

Date.

Inspector name

Clean boxes, panels, and cabinets.

Test all safeties and alarms for
proper operation.
Note:-
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
Signature of Inspector

TABLE – 7.32
STATION -

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 175

FIRE PUMPS
WEEKLY INSPECTION (CONT.)
YEAR________________SYSTEM:_________________________________________

LOCATION : ____________________________________________________________

Pilot lights for batteries are

on or battery failure pilot
lights are “off”.
All alarm pilot light are “off”
Record engine running time
from meter.
Oil level is normal in right-
angle gear-drive pumps.
Crankcase oil level is
normal.
Cooling level is normal.
Electrolyte level in batteries
is normal.
Battery terminal are free of
corrosion.
Water- jacket heater is
operational.
Fore steam- driven pumps,
steam pressure is normal.
Examine exhaust system for
leaks.
Check lube oil heater for
operation (diesel pumps).
Drain condensate trap of
cooling system.
Check for water in diesel
fuel tank.
Note:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________

Signature of Inspector

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 176

 CHAPTER – 8

PREVENTION OF GRASS FIRE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 177

 8.1 SCOPE
This document deals with:

§ Causes of grass fire

§ Behavior of grass fire

§ Grass fire prevention measures

§ Grass fire fighting and precautions

§ Work permit system

8.2 CAUSES OF GRASS FIRE

8.2.1 Careless / Unsafe Act: smoking has been recorded as a cause in number
of cases and usually during construction work of civil and electrical
nature using hot work processes. The labour employed in such works, do
not follow any fire prevention precautions due to lack of knowledge nor
are they briefed by any authority adequately in advance. Basically
incident of grass fires resulting from carelessness is attributed to poor co-
ordinates with fire department.

8.2.2 Very pistol cartridge / crackers: it used for aircraft signaling and bird
scaring usually leave burning remains on the grass, resulting in fires.
Similarly flares dropped from crackers / balloons used during festival
season are also well known cause of grass fires within the airfields.

8.2.3 Malicious act: act by inhabitants neighboring the long stretch of airfield
area have also been recorded which are rather on increase in recent past.

8.3 BEHAVIOUR OF GRASS FIRE

Often these fires are taken lightly and are dealt very casually using
conventional firefighting method. Such method often do not give timely
fire control; due to hot and high wind conditions, the proportion of fire
takesplace within a short span of time. Whereas those who jump to fight
these fires on war footing basis usually add to panic and unwarranted use
of ACFTs.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 178

8.3.1 Conventional methods to fight these fires are found to be inadequate due
to fluctuating high wind conditions at airfields, therefore it becomes
difficult to contain these fires as per choice and the fires often take
alarming proportion treating safety of vital installation.

8.3.2 It has been found that a grass of one feet (30 cm) height can usually jump
across a barrier of two feet (60 cm) vide in high wind conditions which is
normally prevalent at airports. At the same time taller the grass, the
higher would be sustenance of fire due to increased amount of fuel and
heat.

8.3.3 These fires can neither be controlled from up wind direction nor for any
other direction effectively.

8.3.4 At times of radiation from such fires is good enough to initiate

spontaneous combustion in nearby flammable materials while flames and
smoke may interfere with functioning of navigational aids.

8.3.5 Burning of exposed electrical cables are very common due to grass fires,
resulting in many other operational difficulties like non-availability of
navigational and landing aids.

8.4 GRASS FIRE PREVENTION MEASURES

In order to control fires selectively, ensuring safety of vital installation

and to avoid panic overconfidence and over fatigue to crew and
equipment, it is advisable to use proper fire prevention planning at each
airfield. Basic for such plans are given as under:

8.4.1 No grass should be allowed to grow adjacent to apron, runway lights,

ARP area, signal area, ACS units, Fuel depots and hangers up to a
distance of 6 feet (1.8 m). This area should be semi-metallic or covered
with loose soil / sand.

8.4.2 Grass should not be allowed to grow more than 1 feet (30 cm) at any area
including remotest corners and not more than 6 inches (15 cm) in basic
strip around apron taxi tracks, runways, fuel depots, hangers, ACS units,
runway lights from a distance of 6 to 12 feet. Grass cutting contractor

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 179

 must be made obligatory to chop the grass of entire area uniformly and
not as per his choice.
8.4.3 Hot work / cold work permit should be issued, as per sample enclosed to
all the contractors working within airfield boundary, copy of which must
be issued to fire station for taking necessary permission.

8.4.4 Hot work permits will be issued for all works using naked flames or
electrical arching. Cold work permits shall be issued for all other works
including digging and civil construction work.

8.4.5 All cables wires must be imbedded at least 1 feet (30 cm) below the
ground or should pass through RCC ducts. If the cables are laid above
ground, the earth adjacent to cables should be dug up, leaving no grass
around cable up to 3 feet (90 cm) each side and the grass beyond this is
not more than one feet (30 cm) high.

8.4.6 Fire exercise should be carried out after taking aforesaid precaution. Grid
maps at fire station should invariably indicate grassy area with green
colour.

8.4.7 Fires with malicious origin can be abandoned, if all vital installations are
protected as per above including cables and lights and the entire area is
bifurcated in small segments by 4 feet wide path made of loose soil or
semimetal. This width is applicable only when the height of grass does
not exceed 1 feet and the terrain is even. In case taller bushes, the width
of bifurcation zones shall also be increased proportionately using
approximation formula W= (H x 2 +2) feet.A watch however must be
maintained on fire spread.

8.4.8 Fire prevention inspection should invariably be carried out by fire staff at
regular intervals for all vital installations as per above.

8.4.9 In case of fire the CFT should preferably be parked on paved surface and
fire fighting should be attempted with side lines or fire beaters. Use of
self defense nozzles should be made only when fire is of smaller
dimension and the topography of the area is not likely to impair the safety
of vehicle and crew.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 180

8.4.10 Co-ordination among officer in-charge of various units is highly desirable
in ensuring proper fire prevention at airfield.

8.4.11 Burning of grasses / bushes should not be carried out in the airport
premises / boundary.

8.5 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM

8.5.1 Hot work permit to be issued

1.5.2.1 Any work being undertaken at higher temperature than normal

temperature, in the vicinity of high fire hazards.

1.5.2.2 Any work using naked flame.

1.5.2.3 Any work using high voltage arching (440 volts and above).

1.5.2.4 Any work using strong chemicals which may cause exothermic
chemicalreaction with surrounding material.

1.5.2.5 Loading / unloading of radioactive material.

1.5.2.6 Refilling of poisonous, corrosive & flammable gases.

1.5.2.7 Refilling of oxygen bottles.

8.5.2 Cold work permit to be issued

8.5.2.1 Any work using low voltage arching
8.5.2.2 Refilling of flammable liquids.

8.5.2.3 Digging of earth, construction, cable lying.

8.5.2.4 Testing of equipments in operational area, with defined hazards.

Note: Routine works undertaken at pre-determined locations need not be issued

with any permit, such as refueling of aircraft and fuel depot, cooking in canteen/
restaurants, repairs/ maintenance in hanger and MT pool

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 181

 TABLE - 8.1

AIRPORTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA

FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT
HOT/ COLD WORK PERMIT
AIRPORT:……………………………………………………………………………………..
Permit No. ……………………… Date: _____/_____/_______
Building: _____________ Floor: __________________
Work permit is issued to M/s. ____________________________ __________________for
carrying out hot / cold work as per details given hereunder.
S.No Items Details
1 Nature of work
2 Details of work
3 Location
4 Date & Time of work
5 Name & Contact Number of
work Supervisor

6 Jr. Engineer / Asst. Manager

7 Contractor
8 Quantity of fuel to be used

9 Type of fuel/ combustible to

be used
10 Electrical supply location
Voltage
11 Temperature & pressure to be
used in work
12 Any other radiation hazard

13 Fire Prevention taken

14 Precaution required
15 Number of persons at work
16 Any other details

Signature of Contractor Sign.of JE/ AM / Mgr (Project/Engg)

Recommendation by Incharge fire service indicating standby / alert/ prevention required.

Signature Signature
Inchage fire service Project / Engg. Executive

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 182

 CHAPTER – 9

RADIOTELEPHONY
PHRASEOLOGY

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 183

9.1 TRANSMITTING TECHNIQUE

9.1.1 The following transmitting techniques will assi st in ens uring that
transmitted speech is clear and satisfactorily received:

9.1.2 Before transmitting, listen out on the fr equency to be used to ensure

that there will be n o interference with a transmission from anothe r
station.

9.1.3 Be familiar with good microphone operating techniques;

9.1.4 Use a normal conversational tone, and speak clearly and distinctly;

9.1.5 Maintain an even rate of speech not exceeding 100 words per minute.
When it i s known t hat elements of the message will be written down
by the recipient, speak at a slightly slower rate;

9.1.6 Maintain the speaking volume at a constant level;

9.1.7 A slight pause before and after numbers will assist in making them
easier to understand;

9.1.8 Avoid using hesitation sounds such as “er”;

9.1.9 Be familiar with the microphone operating techniques.

9.1.10 Suspend speech temporally if it becomes necessary to turn the hea d

away from the microphone;

9.1.11 Depress the transmit switch fully before speaking and do not release
it until the message is completed. This will ensure that the entire
message is transmitted;

9.1.12 The transmission of long messages should be interrupted

momentarily from time to time to permit the transmitting operator to
confirm that the fr equency in use is c lear and, if necessary, to perm it
the receiving operator to request repetition of parts not received.

9.1.13 Microphone position near th e mouth should be changed and correct

distances should be maintained all th e time. C hange of position of
mouth can result in over modulation and consequent distortion if it
brought too close to the mouth.

9.1.14 An irritating and potentially dangerous situation in radiotelephony is

a “stuck” microphone button. Operators should always ensure that
the button in rele ased after a trans mission and the microphone
placed in an appropriate plac e ensuring that it will not in advertently
be switched on.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 184

9.2 STANDARD WORDS AND PHRASES

The following words and p hrases shall be us ed in rad iotelephony

communications as appropriate and shall have the me aning given
below.

TABLE 9.1
Proword /
Meaning
Phrase
Instruction to a station to acknowledge that it has heard
ACKNOWLEDGE
a message
AFFIRM Yes or Correct or I agree
APPROVED Permission for proposed action granted
I hereby indicate the separation between portions of the
BREAK
message
I hereby indicate the separation between messages
BREAK BREAK transmitted to different aircraft in a very busy
environment.
Ignore my previous message. Cancel a message or part of
CANCEL
a message or transmission
CHECK Examine a system or procedure
CLEARED Authorized to proceed under the conditions specified
CONFIRM Confirm message or portion indicated
CORRECT You are correct or what you have transmitted is correct
an error has been made in transmission. The correct
CORRECTION
version follows.
DISREGARD Ignore the last transmission or specified part
HOW DO YOU
What is the readability of my transmission?
READ
E.T.A. Estimated time of arrival
E.T.D. Expected time of departure
GRID REF Used before every group of grid references
I SAY AGAIN I repeat for clarity or emphasis
I SPELL Used when spelling out a word
LONG
I am about to relay a message, are you ready to receive it
MESSAGE
MAINTAIN continue in accordance with the conditions specified or in

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 185

 its literal sense
NEGATIVE No or That is incorrect or Permission not granted
This exchange of transmission is ended and no response
OUT
is expected
This is the end of my transmission to you and a reply is
OVER
expected.
Repeat this entire transmission back to me exactly as you
READ BACK
received it.
A change has been made to your last clearance and this
RECLEARED new clearance supersedes your previous clearance or
part thereof
ROGER I have received your last transmission satisfactorily.
Say again all or portion indicated of your last
SAY AGAIN
transmission
I am not ready to receive your transmission or I will call
STAND BY
again shortly
SEND I am ready to receive your message.
URGENT I have a message requiring priority but I am not in any
MESSAGE personal danger.
I cannot comply with your request, instruction or
UNABLE
clearance
Your last message (or message indicated) is understood
WILCO
and will be complied with.
Communication is difficult. Transmit (or I am
WORDS TWICE transmitting) each phrase twice. (May be used as an
order, request or for information purposes).
WRONG What you have said is wrong. Correct version is ............
VEHICLE MOVEMENT PROWORDS
MOBILE On way to incident
ARRIVED Arrived at incident
IN SERVICE Able to respond to another incident if required
RETURNING Returning from an incident
STATIONED Returned to station
OUT IN AREA Vehicle on radio contact in own brigade area

“Prowords” are used to keep transmission clear and brief.

Note:- The phrase “GO AHEAD” has been deleted, in its pla ce the use of the
calling aeronautical station’s call sign followed by the answering
aeronautical station’s call sign shall be considered the inv itation to proceed
with transmission by the station calling.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 186

9.3 TRANSMISSION OF LETTERS

9.3.1 To expedite communications, the use of phonetic spelling should b e

dispensed with if t here is n o risk of this affecting correct reception
and intelligibility of the message.

9.3.2 With the exception of the telephony designator and t he type of

aircraft, each letter in the aircraft call sign shall be spoken separately
using the phonetic spelling.

9.3.3 The words in the table below shall be used when using the phonetic
spelling.

Note:- Syllables to be emphasized are underlined

TABLE 9.2

LETTER WORD SPOKEN AS

A Alpha AL FAH
B Bravo BRAH-VOH
C Charlie CHAR LEE
D Delta DELL TAH
E Echo ECK OH
F Foxtrot FOKS TROT
G Golf GOLF
H Hotel HO TELL
I India IN DEE AH
J Juliet JUE LEE ETT
K Kilo KEY LOH
L Lima LEE MAH
M Mike MIKE
N November NO VEM BER
O Oscar OSS CAH
P Papa PAH PAH
Q Quebec KEH BECK
R Romeo ROW ME OH
S Sierra SEE AIR RAH
T Tango TANG GO
U Uniform YOU NEE FORM
V Victor VIK TAH
W Whiskey WISS KEY
X X-ray ECKS RAY
Y Yankee YANK KEY
Z Zulu ZOO LOO

9.4 TRANSMISSION OF NUMBERS

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 187

9.4.1 When the language used for communication is English, numbers
shall be transmitted using the following pronunciation.

9.4.2 The syllables printed in capital letters are to be stressed; for example,
the two syllables in ZE -RO are given equal emphasis, whereas th e
first syllable of FOW-er is given primary emphasis
TAABLE 9.3

NUMERAL OR NUMERAL
PRONUNCIATION
ELEMENT
0 ZE -RO
1 WUN
2 TOO
3 TREE
4 FOW-er
5 FIFE
6 SIX
7 SEV-en
8 AIT
9 NIN-er
Decimal DAY-SEE-MAL
Hundred HUN-dred
Thousand TOU-SAND

9.4.3 All numbers except as spec ified in 5 .3; shall be transmitted by

pronouncing each digit separately.
TABLE 9.4
Aircraft call signs Transmitted as
AIC 238 Air India two three eight
VT- JSL Victor Tango Juliet Sierra Lima

Flight levels Transmitted as

FL 180 Flight level one eight zero
FL 200 Flight level two zero zero

Headings Transmitted as
100 degrees heading one zero zero
080 degrees heading zero eight zero

Wind direction and speed Transmitted as

200 degrees 70 knots wind two zero zero degrees seven zero
knots

Transponder codes Transmitted as

2 400 squawk two four zero zero

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 188

 4 203 squawk four two zero three

Runway Transmitted as
27 runway two seven
30 runways three zero

9.4.4 All numbers used in the t ransmission of alti tude, cloud height,
visibility and runway visual range (RVR) information, which contain
whole hundreds and whole thousands, shall be transmitted by the
word HUNDRED or THOUSAND as appropriate.

TABLE 9.5
ALTITUTE TRANSMITTED AS
800 eight hundred
3 400 three thousand four hundred
12 000 one two thousand

Cloud height Transmitted as

2 200 two thousand two hundred
4 300 four thousand three hundred

Visibility Transmitted as
1000 visibility one thousand
700 visibility seven hundred

Runway visual range Transmitted as

600 RVR six hundred
1 700 RVR one thousand seven hundred

Channel Transmitted as
118,000 ONE ONE EIGHT DECIMAL ZERO
118.005 ONE ONE EIGHT DECIMAL ZERO
ZERO FIVE
118.025 ONE ONE EIGHT DECIMAL ZERO TWO
FIVE
118.100 ONE ONE EIGHT DECIMAL ONE

9.4.5 While runway inspection when it is fel t that the information may
prove useful to tow er / airc raft or w henever a controller deems i t
necessary, information that water is on a runway sh all be passed t o
aircraft using the terms :DAMP:, “WET ”, “WATER”, “PATCHES” or
“FLOODED” according to the amount of water present.

9.5 TRANSMISSION OF TIME

When transmitting time, only the minutes of the hour should normally be
required. Each digit should be pronounced separately. However, the hour

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 189

should be included when any possibility of confusion is likely to result. The
following example illustrates;

TABLE 9.6

Time Transmitted as
0920 (9:20 A.M) ZE-RO NIN- er TOO ZE-RO
1643 (4:43 P.M) WUN SIX FOW- er TREE

9.6 ESTABLISHMENT AND CONTINUATION OF COMMUNICATION

9.6.1 If there is doubt that a message has been correctly received, a

repetition of the message shall be requested either in full or in part.

TABLE 9.7
Phrase Meaning
SAY AGAIN Repeat entire message
SAY AGAIN ... (item) Repeat specific item
SAY AGAIN ALL BEFORE Repeat part of message
(the first word satisfactorily received )
SAY AGAIN ALL AFTER.... Repeat part of message
(the last word satisfactorily received)

Example:

TABLE 9.8
From To Message
TWR F/S Full emergency, Indian Airlines B737 Heavy
smoke in cargo hold, persons on board 69,
endurance 0130 landing rwy ... within 6
minutes
F/S TWR Say again POB and endurance only
TWR F/S POB 69, endurance 0130
F/S TWR Rogar
SAY AGAIN ALL Repeat part of message.
BETWEEN
...AND...

9.6.2 When an error is made in transmission the word “CORRECTION” shall

be spoken, the last correct group or phrase repeated and then the
correct version transmitted.

9.6.3 If a correction can best be made by repeating the entire message; the
operator shall use the phrase “CORRECTION I SAY AGAIN” before
transmitting the message a second time.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 190
9.7 INSTRUCTIONS

9.7.1 MOVEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Drivers on first call should identify themselves by their vehicle call

sign, state their position and intended destination (and possibl y
required route)

Example:

Tower - CFT 1 - present position fire station, request proceed t o

taxiway HOTEL to attend a fire call.

CFT 1 – Tower- Proceed to taxiway Hotel via Kilo and Alpha

The controller, if too busy to give instructions, will reply “ standby” or

“wait”. This means that the driver should wait until the controller calls
back. The driver shall not proceed until permission is given.

When there is con flicting traffic the controller may re ply “HOLD
POSITION”. This means that the driver shall not proceed until th e
controller calls back with per mission. All other replies should contain
clearly defined point to which the driver may proceed; this may or knot
be the intended destination. If it is not the intended destination drivers
must stop at this point and request permission before proceeding
further.

Example,

Tower—CFT Request proceed to hanger 3

CFT – Tower Proceed via Kilo Alpha cross Runway 09 hold

short of Runway 14.

Tower – CFT Via kilo alpha cross 09 hold short of Runway

14.

CFT – Tower Cross Runway 14 continue to hangar 3

Tower – CFT crossing

Tower – CFT Runway 14 vacated.

CFT – Tower ROGER.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 191
 Permission to proceed on the apron may include such instructions
regarding other traffic as are thought necessary to safe operations.

9.7.2 Final Approach and Landing

An aircraft reports “FINAL “when it turns onto final within 7 km (4 nm)

from touchdown. If and when the tur n onto final is made at a greater
distance, a ‘LONG FINAL’ report is made. If the aircraft is making a
straight in approach a long final report is made at about 15 km (8 nm)
from touchdown.

9.7.3 Aerodrome Control Vehicles

Theexpeditious movement of vehicles plays an essential supporting

role in the operation of an a erodrome. Wherever possible the areas in
which vehicles and aircraft operate are segregated. However, there are
many occasions when vehicles need to move on the manoeuvring area
for maintenance purposes or it direct support of aircraft operations.

Procedures governing the movement of vehicles vary widely fro m

aerodrome to aerodrome, but certain factors to be taken into account
when driving on an aerodrome are common to all:

a. In general aircraft are by no means as ma noeuvrable as gro und

vehicles.

b. The visibility from an aircraft cockpit for ground movement purposes is

often restricted compared to that from a ground vehicle.

c. Therefore, when ve hicles are operating in close proximity to aircra ft,

drivers should be extremely vigilant and comply in full with loca l
procedures and ATC instructions.

d. Correct RTF operating technique must be observed by all users. It is

important that a continuous listening watch is maintained by all
vehicles on the movement area, not only in case of further instructions
from the control tower, but also so th at drivers can be a ware of t he
movements and intended movements of other traffic, thereby reducin g
the risk of confliction.

9.7.4 Crossing Runway

Drivers should note carefully the position to which they may proceed ,
particularly where the intended route involves crossing a runway .
Some aerodromes may gave procedures that will allow vehicles to
proceed to a holding point on the movement area and then request
runway – crossing instructions. Under no circumstances shall a driv er
cross a runway unless p ositive permission has been given a nd
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 192
 acknowledged. A runway – vacated report shall not be made until the
vehicle is clear of the designated runway area.

Example,

Tower CFT Request proceed to maintenance base.

CFT Tower Proceed via India and bravo hold short of Runway
27.

Tower CFT Via India and bravo hold short of runway 27.

Tower CFT Holding short runway 27.

CFT Tower Cross-runway 27 to taxiway mike report vacated

runway.

Tower CFT Crossing runway 27.

Tower CFT Runway vacated.

Tower CFT Continue on mike to maintenance.

If a vehicle is operating on the runway it shall be instructed to leave

the runway when it is expected that an aircraft will be landing or
taking off

CFT Tower Vacate runway 27, take next right, report vacated.

Tower CFT WILCO

Tower CFT Runway 27 vacated

CFT Tower ROGER

When vehicle is moving on the movement area it may be necessary to

inform the vehicle of a potentially dangerous situation and to instruct
it to stop.

CFT Tower Stop immediately

Tower CFT Stopping

9.7.5 Traffic Information

To pass traffic information from ATC to Fire Watch Tower/ Fire Station:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 193

Example: Traffic Indian Airlines Airbus 320 (three two – zero) long final
Runway 28

To acknowledge from fire station/fire watch tower:

Example: Traffic insight or looking out

9.7.6 COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS AND VISUAL SIGNALS

9.7.6.1 At aerodromes all vehicles employed on the maneuvering area shall

be capable of maintaining two way radio communications with the
aerodrome control tower, except when the vehicle is only occasionally
used on the maneuvering area and is:

i. Accompanied by a vehicle with the required communications

capability or

ii. Employed in accordance with a pre - arranged plan established with

the aerodrome control tower.

9.7.6.2 When communications by a system of visual signals is deemed to be

adequate or in the case of ra dio communication failure, the signals
given hereunder shall have the meaning indicated therein:

TABLE 9.9
Light signal from aerodrome Meaning
control
Green flashes Permission to cross landing area or to
move onto taxiway
Steady red Stop
Red flashes Move off the landing area or taxiway and
watch out for aircraft
White flashes Vacate maneuvering area in accordance
with local instructions.

9.7.6.3 In emergency condi tions or if the sign als in pre vious para are not
observe, the signal given hereunder shall be u sed for r unways or
taxiways equipped with a lighting system and shall have the meaning
indicated therein.

TABLE 9.10
Light signal Meaning
Flashing runway or taxiway lights Vacate the runway and observe the
tower for light signal.

9.8 TEST PROCEDURE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 194

9.8.1 On the air radio tests when necessary should be short (not more tha n
10 seconds) do not interfere with other communications.

i. Test transmission should take the following form:

a) The identification of the aeronautical station being called
b) The aircraft identification
c) The words “RADIO CHECK ” and
d) The frequency being used

ii. Replies to test transmission should be as follows

a) The identification of the station calling

b) The identification of the station replying

c) Information regarding the readability of the transmission.

iii. The readability of tr ansmission should be classified in accordance

with the following readability scale.

TABLE 9.11
REDABILITY PROWORDS
Readability Strength
Unreadable 1
Reading Intermittently 2
Readable with difficulty 3
Readable 4
Perfectly Readable 5

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 195

 CHAPTER -10

FIRE SERVICE DRILLS

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 196

10.1 INTRODUCTION

10.1.1 The standard drill set out in this drill manual are for the purpose of
achieving uniformity in the basic training of personnel in the use of
their appliances and equipment and ensuring that the appliances and
equipment may be used with speed, efficiency, confidence and without
confusion.

10.1.2 It also important reference documents that provides comprehensive

guidance on the implementation and management of all training and
development activities at station level.

10.1.3 In natural or technological disasters, people could be trapped in the

wreckage of their homes or places of work. Many of them could die
unless rescued quickly. Although specialized dog teams and
sophisticated listening devices are available to help search for trapped
people, the bulk of rescue work is done by local first responders: fire,
ambulance and police personnel who are trained and certified.

10.1.4 The use of drill within the fire service is as a foundation for good
discipline, especially self – discipline. Good drill when exercised on a
parade does much to ensure the corporate unity of the membership.
Much of the drill done today is either ceremonial or implemented as a
core part of training in the Fire Service. Fire Service discipline is
enhanced by drill, as it requires instant obedience to commands.

10.2 AIM OF DRILL

10.2.1 To produce a Fire Service member who is proud, alert and obedient.

10.2.2 Achieving uniformity in the basic training of personnel in the use of

their appliance and equipment.

10.2.3 To aid in disciplinary training by instilling habits of precision and

response to the leader’s orders.

10.2.4 To provide the basis of teamwork.

10.3 BASIC PRINCIPLES

10.3.1 PURPOSES OF DRILL (Kavayad ka nihitarth)

Drill has many purposes, contrary to popular belief. Drill accustoms

individuals to working as a member of a team- a team moving
confidently together in unison. Drill is also used to move a unit from
one place to another in a standard, orderly manner. Drill improves
morale by developing team spirit. It also gives younger petty officers
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 197
 the confidence of command and experience in giving proper
commands.

10.3.2 METHOD OF INSTRUCTION (Nirdeshan Vidhi)

10.3.2.1 Instruction is to be simple, concise and interesting so that it is easily

learnt and remembered. Instruction should also be consistent, and the
same instructor, if possible, should be used to carry out the complete
sequence of training for a particular squad. Thus each person can
receive the maximum amount of personal supervision. Periods of
instruction are to be short, to avoid the instructor or trainee becoming
over tired. The squad is always to be stood easy when the instructor
is explaining the details of movement. A program of instruction is to be
varied to avoid monotony and consequent loss of interest.

10.3.2.2 The full value of drill depends on the way in which it is carried out.
Drill is exacting. To teach it successfully on instructor must have the
following qualities.

• Patience - Never lose your temper

• Enthusiasm - Motivate squad a will to learn

• Consistency - Set yourself and the squad a standard

• Humanity - Understand the squad’s problem, never

humiliateindividual members of the squad

• Personality - As a drill instructor you must impress your

squad with your personality and always
control them fully

• Application - Have a good systematic method of inst ruction

based on common sense application

• Be alert and smart- Characterized by sharp quick thought ,

energetic, quick inmovement & prepared for
emergency.

Example
Members will always imitate their instruction. It is by example that they will
learn most.

Therefore:-

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 198

 a. When drilling a squad, stand at attention
b. When moving, march as you would wish your squad to march
c. When demonstrating do so accurately
d. Do not use bad language
e. Be faultless tuned out
f. Never exaggerate a movement of drill

10.4 SEQUENCE OF TRAINING (Prashikshhan Anukram)

10.4.1 The following sequence is to be adopted:-

a. The instructor is to name the exercise.

b. The instructor is to demonstrate the movement.
c. The instructor is to explain the movement stating in simple languag e
the relevant details
d. The trainees are to carry out the exercise in slow time or b y numbers.
Individual faults are to be corrected by the instructor.
e. The trainees are to practice the movement. After improvement they are
to carryout the movement in quick time, Judging the time

10.4.2 FALL –IN PROCEDURE (Khade hone ka tarika):

a) 1 to 5 men single line (Elbow Dressing)

b) 6 to 8 men two line (Full Arm Dressing)

c) 9 and more men three line. (Full Arm Dressing)

All movements on the parade will be performed smartly and correctly.

When the members of Fire Service form up on parade for any purp ose, they
fall-in in three ranks unless t he numbers are ins ufficient. Five men will fall-
in in single rank. Six to eight men in t wo ranks and nine or more i n three
ranks

10.4.3 FILE AND RANKS

10.4.3.1 whenever squad will move in left and right there is always move in
file and when in forward and rear word will always in Ranks

10.4.3.2 WORDS OF COMMAND (Aadesh shabdavalee)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 199

 All words of command must be clear and powerful since the way in which
they are given affects the reaction which they inspire. A word of command is
divided into three parts:

a. Introductory (AARAMBHIK) - The introductory words of command

serve to generally advise personnel of an intention, this is given in i.e.
“MOVE TO THE RIGHT IN THREES” (TEENO TEEN DAHINE
CHALEGA)
b. Cautionary (SATRATAKA) – This is to be given as a loud, extended
call and for a large parade may need to be made to last several seconds
- i.e. “RIGHT”…… (DAHINE)
c. Executive (Nishpadan)– Command which is to be given distinctly,
high pitched and sharp command i.e. “TURN”….. (MUR)

When issuing the command, vocal inflection is varied so that th e

preparatory command is give n less em phasis, and the m ost emphasis is
placed on the command of execution

Often there is no need for an introductory word of command i.e.

SQUAD…….SHUN” and occasionally there is no cautionary i.e. “FORWARD

10.4.3.3 CAUTIONARY WORDS OF COMMAND (SATRAKATA AADESH)

Before a squad is turned in any direction the instructor should indicate

that direction by a word of command. The diagram below show how this is
done.

“SQUAD-- WILL ADVANCE”

“Move to Left “Move to Right

- in Threes - in Threes”

SQUAD-- WILL RETIRE”

The Advance is the primary direction of movement, regardless of which

direction the soldiers are actually facing (similar to a ship’s bow (front end))

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 200

 The Retire is opposite the advance, against the primary direction of
movement (similar to a ship’s stern (rear))=

The Left is to the left of the Advance (similar to a ship’s por

The Right is to the right of the Advance (similar to a ship’s starboard)

10.4.4 Four Directions

10.4.4.1 Parades consist of four directions:-

1. Will advance (Aage Badhega)

2. Will retire (Pichhe Loutega)
3. Turn to left (Bayen Chalega)
4. Turn to right (Dahine Chalega)
10.4.4.2 MOVING THE SQUAD IN FOUR DIRECTIONS:

a) Squad will advance .. By the right (Squad aage badhega Dahine se)

b) Squad will retire .. By the left (Squad pichhe lautega ... bayen se)

c) Move to the right, in threes, by the left (Teeno teen Dahine chalega
..bayen se)

d) Move to left, in threes, by the right (Teeno teen bayen chalega ..

dahine se)

10.4.4.3 APPLICATION OF WORDS OF COMMAND (Adesh anntmak shabdo

ka prayog)
a. Individuals should be tangent how to c ontrol a squad by the following
method:-

• Form the squad and all words of command should be given at the halt.

• Demonstrate to the squad all word of command at the halt.

• Now “conduct” the squad while they give elementary words of

command insisting on clarity and power from each person.
b. When an order is given to personnel on the March, the executive wor d
of command is to be given one pace before the movement is to b e
made, so as to g ive the i ndividual time to control his forward
momentum before carrying out the ne w order. This pace is known as
the “Check Pace” and its use is shown in the following order.

Dal Dahine Chalega Dahine mud

“Squad - Turn to right - “Right TURN”
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 201
 ArambhikSatrakata Nishpadan
(Introductory) (Cautionary) (Executive)

c. The Cautionary word “Turn to right” is to be give n when the right fast is
forward on the gro und; the executive word “Right turn” i s to be gi ven
when the right heel next strik es the ground. Individual then check their
momentum on the next pace forward by the left foot and carry out the
turn with the right foot and then start march with left foots.
d. All words of comm and and particularly the wo rds, squad halt or quick
march must be given short, quick and loud.
e. For uniformity, the pause between the introductory and the cautionary
words of command is to be equivalent to 2 beats in the cadence (rhythm)
of slow or quick time: the pause between the cautionary and executive
words of com mand is to be the equivalent of one beat of slow or quick
time (in each case depending upon whether the movements are to be
made in quick or slow time). T hus when as squad is moving, the la st
word of the caution is to be given as one foot touches the ground, this is
to be follo wed by a pause while the ot her four completes its pace and
finally the executive words is to be given as the first foot again touches
the ground.

NOTE: - There is only one person in charge of a parade at a time .

Changing this person is very ceremonious. This is to make it obvious t o
the squad who is currently in command and therefore to whom to pa y
attention.

10.4.4.4 SEQUENCE OF INSTRUCTION (Anudesh Anukram)

10.4.4.1 Explanation (Batlana) –

Explain what you are about to teach and why it is necessary.

10.4.4.2 Demonstration (Kar ke dikhana)–

Break this down:

• Complete demonstration, shouting out the words of command.

• Demonstration by numbers, pointing out important details.
• Another complete demonstration.

1. Any doubt (Shanka samadhan)-After giving the first demonstration

by numbers, as the squad if they have any questions and do so after
each successive demonstration by numbers.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 202

10.4.4.3 Practice (Abhyas)After each demonstration by numbers practice the
squad in that movement, checking faults. Finally after demonstrating
the whole movements practice the squad, judging the time.
10.4.4.4 Bear two factors in mind
• The comfort of the squad – make sure that they are not looking in to
the sun non into the teeth of a gale.
• The formation in which they will learn most quickly.
Formation Use

Straight Line Foot drill

Three ranks, open order, inclined saluting at the halt.

10.5 SQUAD DRILL

10.5.1 (Pared abhyas)

10.5.1.1 Squad drill must be considered from two aspects, firstly as a valuable
training exercise and secondly as a means whereby groups of men may
be moved about quickly and in an orderly manner.

10.5.1.2 When members of t he service form up on parade for any p urpose they
will fall in three ranks, unless the num bers are in sufficient. Five men
will fall in single rank. Six to eight men will fall in two ranks, nine or
more men in three ranks.

10.5.1.3 Any command consisting of one word must be preceded by a

cautionary word and the cautionary part of a com mand must be give n
slowly and distinctly, the final or executive part, which in general ,
should consists only of one word, must be give n sharply and quic kly
as in the following examples ‘ Squad – Halt; Quick – March’. A pause of
one second should be made between the cautionary word and th e
executive word.

10.5.1.4 Men should frequently be practiced in giving words of command an d

care must be taken to acquir e the corr ect timing. In the e lementary
stages of training open order should b e adopted for all m ovements so
that the instructor may observe each member of the squad.

10.5.1.5 Whenever drill movements are executed when m arching the command
of execution (MARCH) is given as the l eft foot strikes the ground if the
movement is to the left and as the right foot strikes the gr ound if th e
movement is to the right. All steps, mar ches and movement are to b e
executed in the quick time cadence of 120 steps per minute unles s
stated otherwise.

10.5.2 Position of Attention (Sawadhan)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 203

 ‘ATTENTION’- Heels together with feet at angle of 45 degrees; knees
straight; body erect; head up, shoulders level and square to the fro nt,
down and moderately back; arms hanging easily from the shoulders.
Palms of the hands turned towards the thighs, hands partially closed,
backs of the fingers lightly touching the thigh, thumb close to th e
forefinger; eyes look ing straight to the front. Breathing should not i n
any way be restricted.

10.5.3 Stand at ease (Vishram)

‘Stand at - Ease’. Keeping the legs straight, the left foot is carried
about 300 mm to the left, s o that th e weight of the bo dy is rest ed
equally on both fe et. At the same time the hands are carried behin d
the back; the back of the right hand is placed in the palm of the left ,
the fingers and thu mb being allowed to grasp it l ightly and the arms
being allowed to hand easily to their full extent.

10.5.4 Stand easy (Aram se)

a. ‘Stand – Easy’ Men are per mitted to move their limbs b ut without
quitting their ground, so th at on com ing to ‘Att ention’, there is no
loss of dressing.

b. Note:The command ‘stand – Easy’ is only given to men standing

‘Ease’. Men ‘Standing Easy’ who receive a caution such as ‘Squad’ –
will assume the position of ‘Stand at Ease’.

c. The marker or righ t hand m an is firs t placed by means of th e

command ‘Marker(s) Fall - in’. On the order ‘Fall – in’ the remainder
fall in one after the other on the left of the marker in three ranks in
the ‘At Ease’ position, dressing by the r ight, with a distance of 75 0
mm between ranks; intervals between f iles is obtained by dressing
with intervals.

d. A file consists of three members of the squad, one in the front rank
covered by two in the rear ranks.

A blank or incomplete file will always b e the second file from the left. If
there are only two in the file, the centre rank will be left bl ank; if one
man only, he will take up a position in the front rank.

10.5.5 Right Dress(Dahine Saj)

a. (If it is n ecessary to correct the dressing, the command ‘Right –

Dress’ will be given).

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 204

 b. RIGHT DRESS- To align the crew, th e command is (Dahine Saj)
Right DRESS!

c. The individual (except right marker) will take a long step (left) as 45
inches forward on by number shouting 1, on number 2 shouts,
right step will joi n the same, again shouting 2 right foot o f
individual will take 15” short step to rearward. On shouting number
3, left foot of individual will take 45”long left step towards rea r
which will be the original position and on one the right foot will join
the left at original position.(When alignment is corr ect the
commander gives t he command) similar action will fo llowed by
entire.

d. EYES FRONT: At the command Eyes Front, ev eryone drops thei r

arm smartly to their side, without slapping the leg and snaps head
forward at same time. Each man in succession from the directing
flank looks to his front as soon as he has his dressing; the men i n
the front rank at the same time cut their arms to the side.

e. Close Order Dress. Where space is limi ted the order ‘Close Order’ –
Dress to the Right (or Left)’ is given. T he drill is as in ‘Right (or Left )
– Dress’ above except the rig ht or left arm is not used but a
shoulder to shoulder dressing is taken. Each man in succession,
from the directing flank, looks to his front as soon as he has hi s
dressing.

10.5.6 From the right number (Dahine se ginati kar) :

The right hand man of the fro nt rank calls ‘one’, the next ‘two and so
on in succession to the left, the numbers being called out sharply an d
distinctly. Members in the middle and rear rank will note and adop t
the number of the file in the front rank.

10.5.7 Sizing (Kadwar) :

Personnel parading in squads should, for formal parades or public
displays, be arranged in height order, to render a smarter uni t
appearance.
‘Tallest on the flanks; shortest in the centre, in three ranks – Size’. The
squad turns right, break off and arrange themselves, according to their
height, in the same rank, the tallest on their nearest flank, and tak e
up their dressing by the right, at the position of ‘Attention’.
Note: the instructor will then number the squad and will correct any
irregularities in siz ing by or der numbers to e xchange position as
necessary. When all necessary exchanges have been made, t he
instructor will again number the squad in order to identify individuals
in their final positions.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 205
 10.5.8 Dismiss(Visarjan):
‘Dis-miss’. The squad turns to the right, and after a brief pause, break
of quietly.
Note: Members of a parade which is dismissed by an off icer will not
salute.

10.5.9 Step forward/backward March (..Kadam aage/pichhe badh):

‘Forward (or Step Back) ---March’. Each ma n steps f orward (or
backward) the number of paces ordered, commencing with the left foot.
Length of pace to be 750 mm.
Note: - this movement is restricted to not more four paces forward o r
backward.

10.5.10 Opening and closing of squad (Khulee line/ nikat line chal):
‘Open Order - March’. T he front rank takes one and half pace s
forward and the rear rank two paces backwards. As soon as the pa ces
are completed, the squad will dress by the right. ‘Close order -
March’. The action of the front and rear ranks is reversed and th e
squad will then dress by the right.
Notes:

10.5.10.1 the order’ Open Order—March’ may be given to men in two ranks when
the front rank will step forward two paces.

10.5.10.2 During drill in ‘Open Order’, markers and blank files will not alter their
positions unless the ranks are changed.

10.5.10.3 Men moving forward or backward will keep the arms close to the side.

10.5.11 Side step (Baju chal):

Right (or left) step – ‘MARCH’- At the command MARCH the right ( left)
foot is m oved 12 i nches to the right (left) then the left ( right) foot is
moved 12 inches t o the rig ht (left), left (right) knee str aight. The
cadence is continued at quick time. The side step is executed from the
halt only and for short distances.

10.5.12 March and pace (chal or kadam

Every instructor should know the rates of marching, lengths of pace an d

marching/timing of foot drill that are laid out below:

Length of Pace:

• (Tej chal) Quick march 30 inches (75 cms.)

• (Daur ke chal) Double march 40 inches
(100 cms.)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 206
 • (Chhote kadam) Stepping Short 21 inches (53
cms.)
• (Baju kadam) Side way March 12 inches (30
cms.)
• (Kadam aage/pichhe) Stepping forward/backward 30 inches (75
cms.)

10.5.13 RATES OF MARCHING

The numbers of paces to the minute for marching are:-
• Slow Time 70 paces to the minute
• Quick Time 120 paces to the minute
• Double Time 180 paces to the minute

A drummer using a metronome may b e used to beat the c orrect time

when drill instruction is bei ng carried out. Trainees are to note the
time carefully, after which they are to be marched to the ti me
indicated; the drummer is to tap out the correct timing at intervals as
a check.

10.5.14 Turning by numbers (Ginti se mudna):

10.5.14.1 ‘Turning to the Right — ‘One’: Keeping both knees straight, the bod y
erect and the arms steady at their sides, the men turn to the right on
the right heel and left toe, raising the left the left heel and right toe in
doing so. ‘Two’: The left heel is brought smartly up to the right without
stamping the foot on the ground.

10.5.14.2 (Byeain mudega by number Ek) ‘T urning to the Left - by number One’.
The men turn as the right but on the left heel and right toe. (By
number Do) ‘By nu mber Two’. The right heel is brought smartly up to
the left without stamping the foot on the ground.

10.5.14.3 ‘About turn - One’: The men turn fully about to the right to face in th e
opposite direction as described for turning to the right. ‘Two’. The left
heel is brought smartly up to the right without stamping the foot o n
the ground.

10.5.15 Mark Time (Kadam Taal):

10.5.15.1 ‘Mark—Time’. The order ‘Mark Time’ is given as the left foot passes th e
right. The left foot completes its pace, after which the time i s
continued, without advancing by raising each foot alternately abou t
150 mm, the knees being rai sed to the front an d arms st eady at t he
sides. At the halt, the word of command is ‘Quick Mark- Time’.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 207
 10.5.15.2 For – WARD (Aage Badh): The order ‘Forward’ is given as the left foot is
coming to th e ground. A check pace with the right foot is complete d
and men move off again with the left foot at t he previous pace a nd
time.

10.5.16 The Halt(Tham):

Squad - Halt’. The command ‘Halt’ is given as the left f oot is bei ng
raised, and the ‘ Halt’ is c ompleted in tw o mark- time paces. To
execute the halt t ake one more step after the command HALT t hen
bring the heels together at the position of attention.

10.5.17 Words of command on the march(Chalte Hue Aadesh):

The following tables show when to give words of command to men on
the move:

‘Right – Turn the Cautionary Order is given as the right foot passes
the left.

‘Squad - Halt’ the Order is given the next time the right foot pass es
the left.

‘About – Turn’ the Cautionary Order is given as the left foot passes the
right.

‘Left - Turn’ the Order is given bet time the left foot passes the right.

‘Mark - Time’ (kadam Tal)

‘For - ward’ The Cautionary Order is given as the lef t foot is c oming to
the ground.The Order is give n the nex t time the left foot i s coming to
the ground.

Note: the interval between the Cau tionary Order and the Order give n
above is based on quick ti me. The instructor should b ear words of
command, so that the order is receiv ed by the squad o n the cor rect
foot.

10.5.18 Marching in squad(Squad me chalna):

10.5.18.1 Before a squad is ordered to march, the dire cting flank must b e
indicated by the ca ution, ‘by the Right (or Left)’. Each ma n preserves
his position in the general alignment by an occa sional glance towards
the directing flank. T he directing flank when in line will normally be
the original right flank.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 208

10.5.18.2 ‘Quick--- March’. The squad step off to gether with a full p ace of 75 0
mm, with the left f oot, in qu ick time. The arms, which sh ould be a s
straight as their natural bend will allow, should swing naturally fro m
the shoulders, hands reaching as high as the waist line at fron t and
rear. The hands should be kept closed but not clenched; thumb s
always to the front pressing downwards with th e thumb will tend to
keep the elbows form bending.

10.5.18.3 Quick March(Tez Chal):

‘Quick--- March’ (Tez Chal): The squad step off together with a full pace
of 750 mm, with the left foot, in quick time. The arms, which should be
as straight as their natural bend will allow, should swing naturally
from the shoulders, hands reaching as high as the waist line at front
and rear. The hands should be kept closed but not clenched, thumbs
always to the front pressing downwards with th e thumb will tend to
keep the elbows form bending.

10.5.18.4 The Halt (on the move)(THUM KAR Ke):

‘Squad---Halt’. The command ‘Halt’ is given as the right foot passes the
left. The left foot completes its pace, and the right foot is brough t
smartly in line with it without stamping.

10.5.19 ‘Right (or Left) ---Turn’(Dahine / Bayeen Mur):

10.5.19.1 Each man turns o n the left (or right) foot without checking the pa ce.
‘About---- Turn’. Each man turns about on his own ground in three
paces. The fourth pace will be a full pace of 750 mm to march away in
the new direction.

10.5.19.2 Note:- When turning on the march, the arms wi ll be kept to the sides
at the point of the turn. The proper execution of turning o n the march
depends entirely n the way in which the word of command is given ,
e.g. in turning to the right the caution ‘Right’ is given as the right foo t
passes the left, and the executive order’ T urn’ when the right foot
passes the left the next time. T he next pace(left foot ) will be in th e
original direction for the purpose of checking the forward movement of
the body. The body is now turned and a full pace taken with the right
foot in the new direction.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 209

10.5.19.3 In ‘Turning About’, the cautionary and executive orde rs are given on
two successive beats as the l eft foot p asses the right. T he next pa ce
will be a full pace t the old front with the right foot, the turn bei ng
made during the next three paces, the fourth pace being a full pac e
with the right foot in the new direction. Whilst the turn is being made
the man will remain on the same ground, the knees being raised i n
‘Marking Time’ and the arms kept by the side.

10.5.19.4 In the case of a squad with a single blank file, marching in line, th e
blank file will mak e a check pace and two ma rk time p aces on t he
word ‘ About’ thus gaining his position in the new front rank before the
turn is completed.

10.5.19.5 During drill in ‘Open Order’, guides and blank files will not alter thei r
positions unless the ranks are changed.

10.6 Changing direction by wheeling (Ghumate huaye Disha Badalana):

Squad in file
10.6.1 ‘Right (or Left) ---Wheel’.(dahine / bayee ghum) T he inner man of th e
leading file moves round a quarter of the circumference of a circle
having a radius of I m, stepping short to enable the two outer men o f
the file to wheel with him. When the quarter circle is completed the fil e
will lead on in the new direction. T he other files in succession wil l
follow in the footsteps of the leading file.

10.6.2 ‘Rear Files--- Cover’ (Picchala File – cover). If the squad is halted o r
ordered to mark time before the whole squad has wheeled into the ne w
direction, the files which have not yet wheeled will cover off on th ose
which have, moving to their places by the shortest route. If the order
‘For --- ward’ is given before the wheel is completed, the squad will lead
on in the direction in which the leading file is facing.
10.7 Squad in line

10.7.1 A squad in line may change direction by wheeling, when the action o f
each rank will be as laid down in (a) above.

10.7.2 Changing steps on the March (chalate huain kadam badal):

10.7.2.1 ‘Change – Step’ (kadam badal) T he advancing foot completes its pace ,
and the ball of the rear foot is brought up to the heel of th e advanced
one, which takes another step forward, so that the time is not lost, tw o
successive steps being taken with the same foot. The arms are kept t o

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 210

 the sides during the three change -step paces. This movement must be
executed with precision to avoid the appearance of skipping.
Note: The advancing foot is the opposite foot to that one which th e
executive order is given.

10.7.3 Forming Single File from File (Teen line se ek line ban):

10.7.3.1 ‘Advance in Single File, Quick – March’. The front-rank man of t he

leading file marches off, follo wed by his two rea r-rank men who ar e
followed by the front-rank man of the second file, and so on.
Note: If the squad is marching in file, the command will be ‘For m
Single File’ when the front-rank man of the leading file will lead on, the
remainder marking time to get into their places and then following o n
as described above.

10.7.4 Forming File from Single File (Ek line se teen line ban):
‘Form – Threes’. The leading man marks time, the remainder of th e
squad regain their positions in file, marking time as they reach their
places.
‘For - ward’. The squad moves forward in file.
If is desired to halt on the co mpletion of the movement, the command
will be ‘At the Halt, Form – Threes’, when the leading man will halt, the
remainder halting as they reach their original places in file.
When the squad contains between 6 and 8 men, who were originally
fallen in t wo ranks, the orde r for form ing file fr om single file will be
‘Form – Twos’.

10.7.5 INSPECTIONS (NIREEKSHANAN)

When a unit parading in ran ks is to b e inspected, the ran ks are to be

opened for the inspection and closed on the completion. The inspecting
officer is to start the inspection form the right flank, moving along th e
front rank to the lef t flank, after which the rear of the front rank is to
be inspected from left to right flank. T he inspection of the centre an d
rear ranks is to be carried out in the s ame manner; each individual is
to be inspected from head to foot 60 th front and rear. T his is done by
stopping 450 in front ofthe cadet being examined and looking at th e
cadets right hand side then moving one pace past and looking b ack at
450 at the cadet’s left hand side.

10.7.6 ITEMS TO BE NOTED DURING INSPECTION OF PERSONNEL

a. Service Dress Cap – Cap is to be clean and is to b e worn square on

the head with the peak front down to a level just above the middl e
of the eyes, the cap badge and peak are to be clean.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 211

 b. Beret - The Beret is to be clean and is t o be worn so that t he band
is horizontally rood the head and 2.5cm above the eyebrows. Loos e
cap material is to be drawn down to the right so that the badge is
clearly displayed in a position vertically above the left eye.
c. Hair - The hair of t he head i s to be ke pt well – cut and t rimmed.
Beard or whiskers are not t o be wor n except by personnel with
specific permission in writing on medical grounds. If a m oustaches
worn, the upper lip is to b e entirely unshaven and the moustache
trimmed neatly for length, exaggerated whiskers are not to be
permitted.
d. Shaving – Cadets are to be properly shaved.
e. Cleanliness - The face, ears, neck and hand are to be clean.
f. Buttons - All buttons are to be clean and are to be sewn on securely
so that the crown is uppermost and the eagle horizontal.
g. Badges - Rank and other authorized badge are to b e worm i s
accordance with current dress regulations.
h. Clothing - Clothing is to be of correct f itting, of official pattern, in
good repair, neatly pressed and correctly worn.
i. Pockets – All pockets are to be worn flat and buttoned where
buttons are provided.
j. Glasses – On parade glasses are not to be wo rn except by those
with a medical certificate requiring them to be wor n. In no
circumstances are such personnel to take part in a full ceremonial
parade (i.e. guard of honour, review, etc.)
k. Foot Wear – Boots and shoes are to b e clean a nd in goo d repair,
laces straight across and neatly fastened.
Note: - Remember you must not touch the cadets on parade.

10.8 SALUTING (SALAMI )

10.8.1 Saluting at the halt (Tham kar ke salami)

10.8.1.1 Salute To the front /The right arm is raised so the forearm is placed
at a 90 degree angle, while pointing at the temple (flat part between
forehead and ear). It is generally to a count of “Up, two, three, down!”

10.8.1.2 Salute To the Right: The right arm is raised so the forearm is placed
at a 90 degree angle, while pointing at the temple. It is generally to a
count of “Up, two, three, four, five, down!”

10.9 Saluting on the march (Chalte hue me salami)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 212

 The following saluting on the march commands are ordered with a
preparatory command of ‘Saluting on the march’ for example,
‘Saluting on the march, to the front Salute’ and always called on
the left foot.

10.9.1 Salute To the front or Salute: The parade is halted and the right
arm is raised so the forearm is placed at a 90 degree angle, while
pointing the temple. This is lowered and then repeated again, followed
by an about turn and a resume in marching (off the left foot).

10.9.2 Salute To the Right: The right arm is raised so the forearm is placed
at a 90 degree angle, while pointing at the temple. It is generally to a
count of “Up, two, three, four, five, down, swing!” This is done while
looking to the right, except the right marker, who must stay looking to
the front, to keep the squad staying straight.

10.9.3 Saluting with the hand

The right hand is raised smartly, but naturally to the front of the
headgear, the palm of the hand being to the left but inclined slightly
inwards, so that the eyes on glancing up can seen the inside of the
palm, the thumb and fingers being close together, elbow in the line
with the shoulder, hand and forearm in line, fingers touching the rim
of the cap or helmet or front of headgear over the right eye. The salute
should be completed by smartly dropping the right hand t the side.

10.9.4 Saluting otherwise than with the hand

10.9.4.1 When not wearing a cap or helmet or when carrying anything which
prevents saluting with the right hand, the member will if standing still,
stand to attention and face the officer as he passes. If walking, turn
the head smartly towards the officer on passing.

10.9.4.2 When passing an officer, the salute should be commenced just before
meeting and continued until past.

10.9.4.3 Officers of Station Officer or Fire Control Officer Rank and above
should receive this salute.
10.9.4.4 Members of the Service when on duty ( unless driving a vehicle) should
salute in the following circumstances:-

i) When reporting to or addressing an officer of higher rank who is

entitled to a salute.
ii) On being addressed or spoken to by an officer of higher rank who is
entitled to a salute.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 213

 iii) On meeting for the first time in the da y the officer in charge of the
station, provided he is an officer entitled to a salute.
10.9.4.5 When a squad is passing an officer who is entitled to a salute only the
member in charge of the squad will salute, at the same time giving the
order ‘Eyes right’ or Eyes left’ to the squad.
10.9.4.6 When officers of different rank are walking together and a re saluted,
only the senior officer present will acknowledge the salute.

10.9.4.7 All members of the Fire Service should salute during the playing of the
National Anthem, unless they are on parade, when the part y should be
called to attention and the officer in charge o f the par ade should
salute. They should also salute on other occasions where it is generally
customary for a salute to be given in a disciplined service. They are not
required to salute officers of other services.
10.9.4.8 Officers should, on all occasions, return a salute smartly.
10.10 FORMING SQUAD (SQUAD BANANA)
10.10.1 FORMING SQUAD WHILE MARCHING IN FLANK (DAHINE / BAYE N
DISHA ME CHALTE SAMAYA SQUAD BANANA)
Forming Squad is a movement where by a squad, moving to the flank
in three’s changes their direction of line, but does not change its
direction of March.
10.10.2 The movement is normally taught from the halt to the halt, by firs t
dealing with the leading section of three s individually and the
remaining sections in turn, once proficient the whole squad will mov e
together.

10.10.3 “AT THE HALT, ON THE LEFT, LEFT SQUAD FORM” (THAM KAR K E
BAYEN SQUAD BANEGA – SQUAD BAN).
10.10.4 The whole squad e xcept the left (right) hand member of the leading
section of threes (the pivot) make a left form (a half turn to the left)(TEJ
CHAL) “QUICK……. MARCH”
10.10.5 The pivot will march forward three or f ive paces and halt, at the same
time the remainder of the squad march round to their correct places i n
the line and halt.
Note: if the cautionary word of command “At the Halt” is not given, the
squad will mark time at the new alignment, from which they will b e
given the command “Forward” or “squad….. Halt”
10.10.6 The movement is the same, but in slow time. The pivot will be the right
or left hand member of the leading section of threes dependent on
which direction the squad will be formed.
Forming squad – at the halt – on the left (right)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 214

 1 2 3 --

4 5 6-

7 8 9- -

10 11 12 -

10 7 4 1

11 8 5 2

12 9 6 3

10.11 CHANGING DIRECTION (Disha Badal)

10.11.1 This movement is a means whereby a squad changes its direction of

March without altering its formation. Changing direction is always
used when there are more than six people in line. The movement is
usually taught from the halt to the halt, in individual files in turn,
before the whole squad is practiced together. The command for this
movement is the only one receded by the cautionary words of
command…. “Change Direction Right / left”. Executve Word of
command ‘Right form’

10.11.2 Word of command “CHANG DIRECTION, RIGHT- RIGHT FORM”

(DAHINE DISHA BADLEGA - DISHA BADAL)

10.11.3 The right hand member (1) does a right turn, whilst the remainder of
the front rank only, right form (i.e. a half turn to the right). The
remainders of the Squad stand fast.
“QUICK …….. MARCH”

10.11.4 The pivot (1) marches three/ five paces forward and halts. The
members in the file behind the pivot follow suit by wheeling and
halting with a distance of one pace between each other, facing in the
new direction. At the same time the other files wheel round into their
new positions and dress off from the right files.

10.11.5 Changing Direction – At the Halt on the Right (Or Left)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 215

 • No.1 (pivot) will turn to the right, Nos. 4, 7, 10 right forms, remainder
of Squad stand fast.
• No.1 (pivot) marches three/ five paces forward and Halts. No.2, 3 ,
wheel and Halt in file. The three files wheel round into line.

3 6 9 12

2 5 8 11

14 7 1 4 7 10

4 5 6

7 8 9

10 11 12

Direction of March

10.12 DETAILS OF CORRECT FOOT ON WHICH TO GIVE EXECUTIVE

WORDS OF COMMAND

TABLE 10.1
Introductory Cautionary Executive Foot Timing Given

Squad Stand at EASE One

Squad SHUN One

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 216

Squad Open/Close MARCH One, One, Two
Order
Turning at Right/Left TURN One Pause,
the halt about Two
Saluting to To the front SALUTE Right heel Up, Two, Three,
the front at Down
the halt
Squad Officer on DISMISS One, Pause,
Parade Two, Pause,
Up,-- Two,
Three, Down
Squad HALT Right heel , One, Two

Turning on Left/Right TURN Right/Left Check, turn,

the March Forward
Officer To the SALUTE Left foot Check, Up,
Passing your left/right Two, Three,
front down

Marking time Mark TIME Left heel One, two, , Left,

on the March Right
Squad For - WARD Left foot Complete,
Forward
Changing Change STEP Right heel Left, Check,
step on the Left
March
Saluting to To the front SALUTE Left foot One, One, two,
the front Pause, Up,
Two, Three,
Down, One,
Two, Three,
four, Up, Two,
three, Down,
Pause, One,
Pause, Two,
Pause, Away

Compliments Eyes RIGHT/LEFT/ Left foot Check, Turn

on the March FRONT
Intro quick Quick MARCH Left heel Quick March
time
Step short on Step SHORT Left heel Step short
the March

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 217

 Paces Step – MARCH One, Two, ,
forward – Three In
backward

Paces Close MARCH One, Two,

right/left Three,

10.13 APPLIANCES DRILL (Sadhan Kavayad) GENERAL NOTE:-

10.13.1 The wearing of personal jwellery can be hazardous such items should
be removed before taking part in drills. Rings which cannot be
removed should be covered with adhesive tape.

10.13.2 Necker chiefs, if worn, should not be knotted, they should just be
folded around the neck and covered by the tonic collar.

10.13.3 Helmets must be worn by all personnel.

10.13.4 Fire gear, particularly tools, should be kept in good order and repair.

10.13.5 The officer in charge should ensure that any drill which is being
carried out is performed in a safe manner, using accepted practices.

10.13.6 Each member taking part in a drill is responsible for carrying out his
function in such a way that neither his own safety nor that of any
other member is put at risk.

10.13.7 The officer in charge of the drill should ensure that each man gets
understood importance of work/drill.

10.13.8 Every man should also fully understand the duties of other member of
the crew- good teamwork is essential on the fire ground. The officer-
in -charge should therefore use the ‘change- round’ command to
ensure that members of the same crew occupy the various drill
positions.

10.13.9 Men should be encouraged to use their initiative under varying

conditions. Including the use of more than one appliance and several
it items of equipment in combination.

10.13.10 All equipment needed for a drill should be available before starting.

10.13.11 Equipments on which the safety of life depends should be tested

before carrying out drills involving them.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 218

10.13.12 When taking drill, the officer in-charge should stand so that he can
see and be seen and can bear and be beard whilst the whole drill is
carried out.

10.13.13 On completion of any drill. No.1 will report to the officer in charge
“Drill Complete”.

10.14 Word of Command (Aadesh ke shabd):-

10.14.1 The following words of command are to be used in drills and who’s
applicable, at fires. A dash indicates the pause between the
cautionary and the executive posts of command.

TABLE 10.2
Command Action or meaning
STILL! Only to be used in an emergency (i.e. to present on
accident) and then with maximum fire, the crew remain
perfectly still exactly where they are. It may be given by
any member of the crew as well as officers.

REST! To be used, it necessary, by the instructor when

carrying out a drill to point out a mistake; the crew
remain still.

As-You-Were Cancel an order previously given; man resumes their

previous positions.

Carry – On Given after ‘Rest’ or still the crew carry on with what
they were doing

Change - round As many members of the crew as necessary dismount

and moving one place in an anti clock wise direction,
take up their new riding positions.

Crew –number No. 1 of the first crew call ‘one’ No.1 of the second crew
calls ‘two’ and so on until all crews are numbered

Dis -mount The crew dismount from the appliance and return to
‘fall in’ position.

Fall – in The named crew turns smartly to the right, pause, and
moving at the double, full in three paces to the rear of,
and facing, the appliance and stand to attention.
Fall- out The crew turns to the right, pause, break away and fall
in on the left of the squad in single rank and stand at
case.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 219

 Get –to – work The crews carry out the drill as detailed.
Heel – in To move the heel of a ladder in to the building
Heel –out To move the heel of a ladder away from a building.
House To reduce the overall length of ladder
Knock –off To close down the water supply at the pump delivery
and or the hydrant.
Make - up The crews make up and re-stow all gear.
Mount The crew mounts the appliance. The riding position of
each member will depend on the design and other
factors, but No. 2 will always be the driver and No. 1
will whenever possible, sit in the seat on his near side.
Pawls To indicate when descending a ladder that the pawls
are fitted on the next round below and the feet should
be placed towards the centre of the round.
Pitch To erect a ladder against a building, i.e. pith to the
third flout.
Slip To remove a ladder from the appliance.
Water – on To turn on the hydrant, open a delivery valve on the
pump, etc, according to the drill being performed.

10.14.2 SIGNALS (SANKET)

It is a common practice in fire services to make use of visual, line or
audible (whistle) signals to convey messages or directions to members
of the fire services while at work when extinguishing fires or while at
fire drills.

10.14.3 VISUAL SIGNALS (Drishtigochar Sanket)

TABLE 10.3
Order Arm Signal

Water on or Get The arm is raised sideways over the head to its fullest
to Work extent and lowered smartly to the side. This signal
should never be given until a branch is manned and
the branch man is ready and prepared.

Knock off The right arm is extended horizontally swung across

the chest and back again.

Increase pressure As for’ water on’ but repeated several times. Pump
operators should increase pressure by 1 bar, unless
otherwise Instructed. (raising right arm twice)

Decrease On arm is extended horizontally from the shoulder and

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 220

 pressure the other arm is raised vertically. The pressure should
be reduced by 1 bar, unless otherwise instructed.

Water Off… Right arm extended to the right, swung across to left
and back again.

Make of all gear Both arms are extended out wards and dropped to the
sides.

All men report to The right arm is swung round the head and then the
the officer hand is placed flat on the head.

Acknowledgement All visuals signals should be acknowledged by

of signals repeating the signal.

Cancel Repeat Both arms raised over head crossed and swung side –
Signal ways above the head.

10.14.4 LINE SIGNALS (Dori Sanket):

10.14.4.1 There may be occasions when a fireman has to be lowered down a

shaft a well or over a cliff in order to affect a rescue or for other
reasons. In the absence of other means communication i.e. breathing
apparatus communication equipment, the fireman should be lowered
on the one line and have a second line attached to him for signaling
purposes.

10.14.4.2 The Following Signals Should Be Used

TABLE 10.4

Signal on line Given by wearer Given by attendant

1 Pull I am all right Are you all right

2 Pulls Pay out more line I am paying out more line

2 Pulls – Pause-2 Stop lowering I am ceasing lowering

Pulls

3 Pulls Haul in slack live or I am hauling in slack line

Haul up or I am hauling up

Repeated sharp pulls Danger – help me out Danger – I am hauling up

as quickly as possible

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 221

10.14.4.3 WHISTLE SIGNALS (Sity se Sanket):

TABLE 10.5
Signal Order

Once short whistle Start first line of hose

Two short whistles Start second line of hose

Three short whistles Start third line of hose

Four short whistles Start fourth line of hose

One long whistle Shut off first line of hose

Two long whistles Shut off second line of hose

Three long whistles Shut off third line of hose

Four long whistles Shut off fourth line of hose

Continuous long blast knock off & Make – up

Continuous irregular blast Danger

10.14.4.4 Preliminary details to drill(Kavayad ki prathmiki):

There are certain preliminaries which are common to all drills – they
are covered at the start of this section. They apply to any modern
appliance according to the number of men in the crew (and the
particular drill)
For each of these drill crews should be formed and numbered in the
following way.

10.14.5 Formation of crew (Toli Banana):

10.14.5.1 ‘Formation of crews’ - Man fall in single rank and number from the
right in twos/ threes/ fours or fives (depending on the particular
drill),Each group of three, four or fire is crew.
10.14.5.2 (Toli Sankhya) ‘Crews Number’Number 1of the first crew calls ‘one’
Number 1of the second crew call ‘two’ and so on until all crews are
numbered. A specific crew can now be ordered to ‘fall in taking up the
positions as specified for each drill. In the descriptions of each drill it
is assumed that.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 222

 i. The crews have been formed and numbered.
ii. The crews will ‘fall in’ at the double and
iii. After falling in they will take up their dressing from number 1.

10.15 HOSE DRILL: Purpose

10.15.1.1 Hose standard practices are designed to provide system of work, which
will enable crews to acquire the skills, knowledge and attitude to move
onto those standard practices which require the safe, effective co-
ordination of more complex pump work.

10.15.1.2 Hose drill practices are fundamental learning activities which should
be conducted at a pace and practiced at a frequency, to suit the level of
performance of individual or the crew as they endeavor to acquire or
maintain competence. After a high degree of skill is achieved, refresher
drills must be carried out to retain it.

10.15.2 Notes on hose drill

a. When rolled hose i s being c arried before it is run out, the male
coupling should be allowed to hang down about 300 mm from the front
of the roll

b. Before running out the first length of rolled hose, the male couplin g
should be connected either t o a pump delivery or to a st andpipe or
should be secured by a member of the crew putting his foot or it. If this
is not po ssible, a short length sufficient to pr esent dragging, before
moving forward.

c. To run out rolled h ose, the l ugs of the female c oupling (which are at
the centre of the ro ll) are taken one in each ha nd, the h ose is held
chest high and is allowed to revolve a round the lugs and pay out on
the right hand side of the body.

d. A man who has already run out as length of hose should keep hold of
the female coupling with his right and - be should then take hold of th e
male coupling of t he next l ength in his left h and and make the
connection.

10.15.3 Safety Features

a. The instructor should ensure that the crew understands the
influence of pressure and of nozzle diameter on the reaction of the
branch.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 223

 b. As far as possible, the last 3m of the hose to a branch should b e
kept in a straight line
c. When working on an upper floor or flat roof/sufficient hose should
be handed up to e nable 1 o r 2 m to be placed on the fl oor or on
the roof. This will help to st op the weight on the charged line
affecting the branch man.
d. Hold a charged branch get out of control the order ‘knock off’
should be given im mediately. Control of a char ged branch can
only be achieved by crawling along the line of hose towards to
branch, slowly limiting the movements until control can be
regained.
e. If a bran ch becomes out of control from a ladder, an immediate
warning should be given to personnel working in close proximity.
f. In all drills where a line of ho se is to be taken upwards, the hose
coupling at the heel of the ladder or base of the building should be
left un coupled until the branch man gives the order ‘water on’.
This mean that, for example, the branch line cannot be c harged
before the branch man is in a secure position.

10.15.4 Preliminary Drill Detail

On ordered to “SINGLE LINE, FALL- IN” (EK LINE MAIN KAD WAR) the
crew will form a single line standing at attention facing the officer. The
crew is numbered from their right, and on the order “CREW –
NUMBER” (GINATI KAR), t he right hand marker (firefighter) will
respond ‘ONE’ (EK), with t he others following in reply with the ir
numbers. The formation of crew depends on availability of hose.

10.15.5 Command:

10.15.5.1 Crew attention, for hose drill three paces behind the hoses, crew fall -
in.
(CREW SAVDHAN, HOSE DRILL KE LIYE; HOSE SE TEEN KADA M
PICHE, LINE BAN).

10.15.5.2 Lifting &lowering of hose by number (HOSE UTHANA AUR RAKHANA,

GINATI SE SOORU KAR )
TABLE 10.6

Lifting Lowering

by no. 1-Left leg one step forward 1- Vice versa left leg
forward

by no. 2- Stumping on hose with 2- Hold hose with left

right hand by keeping left hand hand
under the hose

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 224

 By no. 3- By making a turn, keep 3- Leave hose on ground
hose on Shoulder.

By no. 4- Stand up and left arms 4- Stand up

come down

10.15.5.3 Lay out t he hose, crew get t o work ( HOSE BICHHAO, CREW KARYA
SOORU KAR)

10.15.5.4 Make up hose by quile roll/ shoulder flap/ figure of eight/ donut r oll
(QUILE ROLL/SHOULDER FLAP/ FIGURE OF EIGHT / DONUT ROLL,
HOSE KO SAMETO )

10.15.5.5 Note:-
a. You may lift up ho se directly (without making turn), if the male
coupling facing you.
b. Lifting of hose by kneeling down can be used by a person havin g
problem in his west
c. Pick –up the hose by no.1 ( action: crew will h old hand on hose;
right hand on top of hose near male coupling and left hand a t
bottom as well as l eft leg adjacent to hose), by no.2 (action: hose
will be lifted and turned to place on shoulder), by no. 3 (action:
back to the position with hose on shoulder as well as left hand and
leg will be back to attention position & right h and will fi rm to the
hose)
d. Lowering hose by no.1; 2; 3 (action: all action will be reversed as in
pick up position)
e. In this hose drill different command to be delivered for action hav e
to do like laying hose, hose connection, under running and rollin g
of hose.
f. Making up hose: hose male coupling lift one end high, from a loo p
by thrusting the rear position forward of the apex and walk the loop
to the other end while holding it high. S tretch the hose straight and
flat. Then roll the hose on the female coupling by rotating the
coupling along the hose.

10.16 Branchmanship

10.16.1 The greater weight of water in the hose, there is a greater mass of
water being discharged through a br anch which means bigger je t
reaction, and because of the bend in the hose behind the branch man ,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 225

 a tendency for the branch to thrust upwards. T his is particularly
pronounced when water first comes on.

10.16.2 The branch man must place his hand on top of the branch t o
counteract this, with hose be tween his body and arm. Als o, with feet
spaced apart making a line in the direction of the flow. Other firefighter
(No. 2) should support the ho se to reduce the angle to the ground and
also be well braced to prop branch man.

10.16.3 Branch Holding: Method of branch holding are as follows:-

a. Standard
b. Kneel down or crouching
c. Sitting
d. laying

All position can be change simultaneously.

10.16.4 Whenever possible there should be two men on the branch before the
full flow is allowed to develop. T he man standing on the left shoul d
allow the hose to come up under his right arm. H is right hand should
be under the coupling. His left hand should be on t he top of the
branch.

10.16.5 The man on the right should place his right hand on the top of th e
branch and his left hand under the hose.

10.17 Changing branch man

10.17.1 to relieve the man on the left-

a. The relieving branch man wi ll approach from lef t side. He should

place his left hand on that of the original branch man, who wil l
then draw his hand away.
b. The relieving man s hould them turn to face the fire and p lace his
right hand in position under the coupling the original man shoul d
them step to the rear clear of the branch
10.17.2 To relieve the man on the right-

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 226

 a. The relieving branch man approaches from the right placing his
right hand on top of the original man’s hand, which then draw his
hand away.
b. The relieving man t hen turns to face t he fire an d should place his
left hand under the hose and the original man will sep to the rear
10.18 Disconnecting a delivery hose
The crew should always face the p ump or hydrant; take the hose
between his knees near the male coupling thus facing the femal e
coupling of the hos e to be di sconnected. Then the lugs of the fema le
coupling should be pulled apart by hands, which will automaticall y
disconnect the male end he is holding between his knees.

10.18.1 Making up
10.18.1.1 A hydrant must always be turned off slowly to prevent water hammer.

10.18.1.2 When breaking couplings the source of supply should be faced wit h
the male coupling held between the knees. T his prevents it dropping to
the ground and being damaged.

10.18.1.3 Prior to under running, hose should be laid out flat, straight and fre e
from knits which would trap water o n level ground hose should be
under run from the male end. Of the sloping ground it should be under
run from the higher coupling. Hose should not walk along to get rid of
water as this can cause severe damage to the fibers.

10.18.1.4 After under running the hose should be rolled up starting with the
female coupling the first tur ns little l oosely to avoid hose cut on the
edge of metal and after that few turn being made tightly. T hen by
pushing with both hands together and on top of the roll, the lengt h
should be completed, keeping the coil even and flat, when the male
coupling is reached, the hose should be rolled over it so that th e
coupling comes out on the t op coil of hose must not be d umped and
jumped on to get the coil even, when ma king up bust length o f
hose/unserviceable hose the overhand knot sho uld be removed and
the hose rolled male coupling.

10.18.2 Rolling up a delivery hose

10.18.2.1 This should always be done from female end except for a burst o r
defective length of hose. T he crew member s hould stand facing the
female end. Right leg should be advanced, knees bent so as to stoo p
low.

10.18.2.2 The left hand should be place d on the l eft lug, right hand o n the hose
just where the shank ends. T hen first turn of the roll is given so that
the female end now faces away from the crew member. T hen he should
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 227
 move forward rolling on. T he position of the roll should be in front of
the crew member, equi –distant from both legs, and as the rolling i s
done, sufficient pressure is e xerted by hands to make it reasonably
tight.

10.18.3 Special Purpose Rolls and Folds:

10.18.4 Hose should be compactly rolled or folded in such a way that it can be
placed in service quickly. Certain methods of rolli ng and fol ding hose
are well suited for this use. Hose carried in these rolls and folds is also
useful for extending lines or replacing burst len gths of h ose. Often a
carrying pack is employed which also contains wrenches, adapters to
non- fire service threads on standpipes and other tools.

10.18.4.1 Coil Roll

10.18.4.2 Donut Roll

a. To form a donut roll lay the hose out flat.

b. Grasp pull the male coupling back so the hose is doubled back o n
itself, with the male coupling about 3 t o 4 feet (a pprox. a meter) from,
the female.
c. Stand at the folded end and face the folded end with one foot on eac h
side of the hose.
d. Leave enough space in the fold to place one hand through the roll for
carrying. Roll the doubled hose, keeping the top and bottom portions
aliened with your feet as you back up.
e. If a second man is available to help in forming the donut roll, he can
keep the hose aliened and ta ke up slack in the top portion by pulli ng
on the hose behind the male coupling. T he first man would then fac e
the coupling end to make roll.
f. Flacking
g. Solder flap
h. Shoulder loop
i. Figure of eight
j. Double Donut Roll: The double donut roll can be made up with t wo
lengths of hose, and can also be used for a single length wher e
carrying space makes a sm aller but wider roll desirable. T o roll a
double donut with two lengths of hose, couple them together and la y
the lengths flat, next to each other. Fold the loop that results at the
coupled couplings back onto the hose . Leaving enough room for t he
hand hold, roll the hose toward the uncoupled couplings.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 228

 10.19 HYDRANT DRILL
In the fir e service, hydrant drill is a highly disciplined procedure
because of the requirement for speed. All drills ar e based on a crew of
four firefighters. An officer directs the crew, since adopting this drill,
the fire se rvice to b e reduced crew nu mbers and modified their dr ills
accordingly.
10.20.1 Command
10.20.1.1 On ordered to “FALL IN”, the crew will form a si ngle line standing at
attention facing the officer. The crew is numbered from their right, and
on the order “CREW – NUMBER”, the right hand marker (firefighter )
will respond ‘ONE’, with the others following in reply with their
numbers
10.20.1.2 Taking water from hydrant using one de livery, one length of hose/two
lengths of hose with ordinary branch, crew gets to work
10.20.1.3 After detailing the drill, the officer will order the crew to “GET to
WORK” upon which the crew will carry out the prescribed order.
10.20.1.4 Calls for “WAT ER ON” and “WAT ER OFF” are given by branchman,
no.1 who should also specify the pressure required. No. 2 assist no.1;
orders given by no.1 are relayed to hydrant operator / pump operato r
by no.2.
10.20.1.5 On completion of the give n task, firefighters should fall in position by
the appliance to aw ait further orders. Normally, these wil l be no’s. 3
and 4. They will provide additional hose, replace burst hose, and
provide any additional equipment.
10.20.1.6 If a second delivery is required, th is will be run out by no.4, assisted if
practical by no.3. No.4 will be the second branch man.
10.21 Adding one length of hose
a. No.1 sends no. 4 to obtain a length of hose.
b. No.4 provides additional length and runs it out to the required
position. When in pos ition, orders no.3 “WAT ER OFF”, nominating th e
delivery. No.3 relays this to pump operator.
c. When the water is turned off
d. No. 1 disconnects branch, moves to new position. Reconnects.
e. No. 3 connects added length.
f. When all is ready
g. No. 1 orders “WATER ON” to no.3
h. No. 3 relays the order to the hydrant operator/ pump operator.
10.22Removing of one length

a. No.1 sends back No. 4 to No.2 with the message knock off.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 229
 b. Immediately the message is given No 4 double back to the branch (a s
soon as the flow ceases)No. 1 disconnect the branch.
c. No. 3 doubles back to the first coupling behind the branch, breaks th e
joint and assist No. 1 to recouple the branch at its new position.
d. On the a dvice of No.1; No. 4 ordere d to No. 2 for “wa ter on” N o. 4
subsequently makes –up the surplus hose.

10.23Replacing a burst hose

a. On the order of No. 1,
b. No. 4 takes a length of hose and runs it out alongside the damage d
length of hose; he them gives No.2 the order “knock off.”
c. At the same time No. 3 doubles to the burst length (as soon as flo w
ceases) assist No. 4 to disconnect and inserts the new length.
d. No. 3 doubles to the branch No 4 returns to No. 2 with the messag e
“water on.” And then returns to tie overhand knot on end of damaged
length nearest to pump.

10.24 Dividing a line of hose in to two with dividing breaching (Five

men)
It is assumed that hose has been run out as in drill using four men. A
fifth man must be a dded to the crew as two branches are involved and
two men are needed for each branch in additi on to the man at t he
hydrant.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 230

 a. ‘Get to Work’ No. 5 provides a dividing breaching and No. 4 a length of
hose and branch. No.5 doubles to the coupling where the line is to be
divided.
b. No. 4 runs out his hose from the position where the breeching is to be
inserted connects the branch and takes charge of it No.5 connects the
male coupling in to the breeching before placing it on the ground.
c. When all is ready No. 2 knocks off on the order of No. 5 breaks the
hose line, inserts the breeching re- connects the hose and
d. Orders ‘water on’. He then assists No. 4 at the second branch.
10.25Removing a dividing breeching (Five man)

a. On the order ‘Get to Work’

b. No. 5 doubles to the breeching and orders No. 2 to ‘knock off’.
c. As soon as the flow ceases he disconnects the breeching, reconnects
the length which is to continue at work and
d. Orders ‘water on’ No. 4 then disconnects and returns his branch,
e. No. 5 returns his branching. Both numbers make up and return
surplus hose.
f. ‘Crew close up’
g. ‘Knock off and make up’
10.26 PUMP DRILL

The pump drill detailed within this section provides systems of work,
which will enable crews to work effectively and safely with fire and
rescue service pumps. Fire personnel must be aware of the effects of
uncontrolled release of high pressure water and the actions to be taken
should such a release occur. Whenever possible there should be two
firefighters on the branch before the full flow is allowed to develop.
Crews must be aware of the influence of pressure and nozzle diameter
on the reaction of the branch.

10.26.1 Command
Fire crew Attention, crew single line – fall-in.

a. Right dress (elbow dressing), Eyes; front.

b. From the right number, from the right i n fire numbers, crew number
(12345)
c. By crew’s number, crews proof,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 231
 d. For the pump drill number (13542)
e. First crew stand fast, remainder stand at case.
f. First crew, for the pimp drill, three paces behind the pump. Crew fall –
in
g. Change round in (fall –in position)
h. Close – up
i. Change round from open source/water tank using one/two har d
suction, on/two delivery with ordinary branch, crew, Get to work.
j. Crew make up
10.26.2 To work from open water with a crew of four (one delivery)
On the order of ‘Get to work’
a. No.2 engages the pump.
With two lengths of suction hose.
b. No. 2 provides two wrenches and removes the blank cap.
c. Nos. 1 & 3 take the first length of suction and connect it to the pump.
d. Nos. 2 & 4 take the second length of suction, with strainer an d
connect it to the first length and tighten all joints.

e. No. 3 takes the first length of hose and runs it out from the pump.
f. No. 1 takes second length of hose and branch and runs it out from the
first length.
g. No.3 connects the first and second lengths of hose and then joins no. 1
at the branch.
h. No. 1 connects the branch.
i. No.4 takes a line and secures the suction and strainer and assisted b y
no. 2 places the suction into the water supply.
j. No. 4 then proceeds along the line of hose to the branch straightenin g
out any kinks and ensuring that the hose is clear.
k. When no. 4 arrives at the br anch no. 1 sends no. 4 to no . 2 with t he
message “W ATER ON” starting the number of the d elivery, the
pump pressure required and the position where the branch is at work.
l. After giving the message to no. 2, No. 4 returns to the branch.
10.26.3 Knock off and make – up

a. No. 1 sends no. 4 to no. 2 with the message “ knock off and make – up
b. No. 2 closes down the delivery.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 232
 c. No. 2 disengages the pump
d. No. 4 assists no. 2 to make up the suction side of the pump
e. No. 1 returns the branch and assisted by no. 3 makes up all hose.
f. When all gear is made up, no. 1 reports to the officer in charge.

10.26.4 To work from open water with a crew of five (two deliveries)
On the order ‘Get to work’; Number vise job
a. No. 2 engages the pumpWith two lengths of suction

b. No. 2 pr ovides two wrenches and r emoves the blank cap or

collecting head.

c. Nis. 1 & 3 take the first length of suction and connect it to the
pump.

d. Nos. 4 & 5 take th e second length of suction, with strai ner and
connect it to the first length and tighten all joints.

e. No. 2 takes a line and assisted by nos . 4 & 5 se cures the suction
and strainer and places the suction into the water supply.

f. The delivery hose is laid as; no. 3 takes a length of hose and runs
it out from no. 1 delivery.

g. No. 1 takes a branch and a second length of hose and runs it ou t

from the first length (no. 1 delivery),

h. No.3 connects the first and second l engths together and no. 1
connects the branch.

i. No. 5 takes of hose and runs it out from no. 2 delivery.

j. No. 4 tak es a bran ch and se cond length of hose and runs it out
from the first length (no. 2 delivery).

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 233

 k. No. 5 connects the first and second l engths together an d no. 4
connects the branch.

10.26.5 Knock off and Make – up

a. No. 1 sends back no. 3 (and/ or no. 4 sends back no. 5) with th e
message “knock off and make- up”

b. No.2 shuts down the appropriate deliveries.

c. Make – up

d. No. 2 disengage the pump

e. Nos. 2 & 5 make up the suction side of the pump

f. Nos. 1 & 4 disconnect and return branches.

g. Nos. 1, 3 & 4 make up delivery hose.

h. When all the gear i s made u p then No . 1 report s to the Officer in

charge.

Exhibit: II

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 234

10.27 Use of collecting breaching
No.1 ord ered no.3 and 5 to use colle cting breaching, by informing
no.2, No.5 takes c ollecting breaching and no. 3 takes o ne hose and
layout it by making a bite. Then no.5 inserts the layout hose with
collecting breaching and ordered no.2 knock off. As ensuring that no. 1
is ready. Rest instruction will be given by the no. 3

10.28 Routine check before pump operation

1) Visual inspection
2) Functional Check
a) Battery connection
b) Fuel level
c) Tyre Pressure
d) Engine oil
e) Water in radiator
f) Panel light, spot light etc.
g) Any leakage under TFT

10.29CFT DRILL
This drill will provide basic practical training for crews in the use and
operation of CFT and associated equipments, time to time inducted in
aviation fire service, having a wide variety of procedures and
techniques. The practices in vogue are as follows

10.30Command
a. After breaking squad, order - All crew s ingle line, “fall – in” is to be
given.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 235

 b. Crew makes fall -in in single li ne, as per their hei ght as pe r their roll
number or as instructed by i nstructor. On the c ommand Right dress
and eyes front, from the right markers all crew will be dressed.

c. Next is from the right, - number, from the right,- in four number/ from
the right,- in five number. Crew starts numbering serially from t he
right, to be followed by number from the right in four / in five, 12345,
and 12345 and so on. E ach four men/fiv e men a re forming a
crew.Next command is crew’ s number, by crew’ s number and crew ’s
proof.

d. On command “CREW’S NU MBER” – No. 1 of t he first cr ew calls o ut

“one”, No.1 of a second crew calls out “two” and so on.

e. Next, for CFT Drill crew, - number, number one of first crew sho ut
“one”, last member shout “two” i.e. 13542,13542 and so on/
1342,1342 and so on as the case may be.

f. “NO…. CREW T HREE PACES BEHIND T HE CFT, CREW, FALL IN” –

The numbers of the crew called out take one step forward turn smartly
to the right and at the double, fall in, in single rank, three paces to the
rear of and facing CFT. They pick up their dressings from number one .
As soon as they reached their position they shout their numbe r
13542and remain in shun position till next instruction.

g. (On the c ommand change round at fall-in position the a ction to b e

taken as number 2 will take one step back and take the position of
number 1. All others will shift to cover the blank position of number 2.)

h. “CLOSE – UP” – (ONRosenbauer CFT) each member will double - up to

their concerned position. (as shown in the diagram). Nos. 1 turns half
left and double to the left side door and remains stand by there.
Number 2, 4,5 and 3 will make half right turn and doubles to the off
side door of CFT with No.2 in the front followed by No.4,No.5 in middl e
and number 3 in rear and remain stand by there.

i. CHANGE ROUND” (ONRosenbauer CFT, in close up position) - No.2

takes up the place of No. 1, No.1 runs round the rear of the engine /
CFT and t akes up the place of No.3. No.3 takes up the place of No.5 ;
number 5 takes the position of number 4 and No. 4 taken up the place
of No.2.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 236

 2 5

2 4
3 4

5
5 3

3
1 4 2

1 1
ROSENBAUER CRASH FIRE TENDER

j. “CLOSE – UP” – (ONAGNIVIJAY CFT) Each member will double - up to

their concerned position. (as shown in the diagram). Nos. 1 and 3 tur n
half left a nd double to the near side with No.1 in front and No. 3
following him. Nos. 2, number 5 and 4 turn half right and doubles to
the off si de of CF T with No. 2 in the f ront followed by n umber 5 and
No.4.

k. “CHANGE ROUND” (ON AGNIVIJAY CFT, IN CL OSE UP POSITION) –

No.2 takes up the place of No. 1, n umber 1 takes the position of
number 3. No. 3 runs round the rear of the engine/ CFT and takes up
the place of No.5 number 5 takes the position of number 4. And No. 4
takes up the place of No. 2.

NOTE- After every change round; the crew shouts their new number to
identify them in their new positions.

l. “MOUNT” – The crew will mount to get inside the CFT and takes seats.
No.2 takes the driver seat and No. 1 b y his side in the front seat, Nos.
3, 5 and 4 will get inside from the rear compartment.

m. “DISMOUNT” – The crew will dismount from the CFT vehicles and take
up their positions as for “Close- up”.

n. “TAKING WATER FROM SERVICE T ANK/ HYDRANT, USING

MONITOR/ SINGLE/ DOUBLE DELIVERY, ONE / T WO LENGTH OF
HOSE / EACH, WITH ORDINARY / DIFFUSER/ FOAM BRANCH, -
CREW, GET TO WORK”

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 237

 o. No. 1 will be always a branch man, take away branch coupled wit h
hose. No. 3 assist No. 1 give signals, layout first hose if two length s
and in use. If more hose is required then hose laied out 3, 1 and 3

p. No. 2 will operate pump, response signals given by crew member and
act accordingly.

q. No. 4 will operate monitor, after completion of monitor operation wear

BA set/ proximity suit and start searching of causality / operate
rescue tools as required. Number 5 always assist nu mber 4, giv e
signals and proceed for rescue in pair.

r. “TAKING WATER FROM OPEN SOURCE OF SUP PLY; BY USING TWO

HARD SUCTIONS, ONE DELIVERY TWO LENGT H OF HOSE, USING
BRANCH, CREW GET TO WORK”.

s. No. 1 will be branch man, pick up and connect first hard suctio n, inlet
side if two hard suctions are in use. No. 3 assists number 1 in pickin g
up and in connecting first h ard suction inlet sid e by standing strainer
side.No. 2 will op erate pump, assist number 4 in co nnecting hard
suction (If only four crew member is t here) otherwise number 4 and 5
will pick up and connect next hard uction hose. (Delivery sid e
procedure as mentioned above)

t. Fall – in position

u. Close – up position

v. Change round

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 238

 w. Mount position

x. Crew number wise

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 239

10.31 ROSENBAUER CFT TRUSS LADDER DRILL

10.31.1 On reaching safe place of Crash Fire Tender (CFT). On the command of
“provide ladder”, No. 1 will shout standby to slip and dismount along
with no. 3 and will take position behind the appliance (CFT) in fall – in
position ( crew fall in three paces to the rear of and facing the
appliance)

10.31.2 Number 4 step up on roof through canopy opening of CFT keeps him
ready to slip position by releasing fasters of trus ladder and start
pushing on command of “slip”

10.31.3 As no. 4 slips the ladder, Nos. 1 & 3 holds the ladder and keeps the
heel of the ladder on the ground and order ‘Well’. No. 4 dismounts
from CFT and help No. 1

10.31.4 No. 3 will be on board on heel bar of the ladder to give stability. As
soon as the ladder trused up No. 3 shout remove CFT and No. 2
remove CFT accordingly.

10.31.5 Nos. 1 & 3 will be holding ladder from heel (side by side) and No. 4
from head (in middle) provide and pitch the ladder as desired place.

10.32 LADDER DRILL

These drills will provide basic practical training for crews in the use
and operation of ladders and associated equipment, carrying out a
wide Varity of procedures and techniques, and applying them to
situations that will enable them when proficient to progress onto more
advanced forms of practical training.

10.33 Objectives:-
Prior to carrying out ladder drills, crews should be proficient in
preliminary details, for each ladder drill objectives have been allocated
that identify the specific training benefit relevant that drill. On
completions of each ladder drill or period of training fire fighters
should be able to carry out all the objectives individually.

10.34 Notes on extension ladder drills:-

The following must be adhered to in order to en sure maximum safety
when operating with extension ladders.
a. Helmets must be worn by all personnel.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 240

 b. A ladder should, as far as circumstances permit be pitched to the righ t
hand side of a win dow or ot her opening with, where possible three
rounds above the sill.

c. When a l adder is pitched and extend ed the pa wls must be prope rly
engaged with the rounds in li ne and the heel correctly footed before
any attempt is made to climb or descend.

d. When stepping off a ladder, personnel should ascend to the level of o r

to the round above the parapet or wind ow sill before stepping off wit h
the outside foot i.e. with the left foot if to the left or with the right foot
if to the right.

e. When getting out a window or from a parapet and stepping up on to a

ladder pitched to the right, a convenient round should be grasped from
the rear underside with the left hand palm uppermost. The right foot
should be grasped with the right hand with th e left han d has bee n
moved and is grasping a convenient round (from the front). If no tim e
should both hands be off the ladder and a step d own should never b e
made on to a ladder except carrying down rescue operator.

f. As the overlap of extension is reached during th e descent the warning

‘step in’ or ‘step out’ should be given according to the type of ladder.

g. On descent when the feet are one round above the pawls the warnin g
‘pawls’ should be given.

h. When working on a ladder and it is nec essary to use both hands a leg
lock should always be taken particularly prior to ‘water on’ bein g
ordered when working with a branch.

i. Nos. 1 and 2 off the head of the ladder by grasping the top round an d
Nos. 3 an d 4 left t he heel o f the ladd er by gra sping the jack beam
ladders where fitted.

j. Before placing the heel of a extension ladder on the ground prior to the
under running ensure that the correct side of the ladder is uppermos t
and the l adder heel fi rmly positioned. It is essential that both fir e
fighters remain in contact until they have completed the under
running particularly when handling the heavier 13.5 m ladder.

k. When ladder is pitched into the building the ideal distance of the he el
of the ladder from the base of the building is approximately one thir d
of the working height of the ladder.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 241

 l. Before an extension ladder is extended it should be stable with th e
heel of each string or the jack pads steady on the ground.

m. Extension ladders must always be heel in such a manner that fingers

will not be trapped by the extending steepens fingers should be kep t
outside the strings away from mounting guide brackets. When handles
on fitted they should be used.

n. When an extension ladder is being extended the line must be pulled i n

as nearly a vertical position as possible with the hands as close to th e
ladder as the rounds permit.

o. When an extension ladder is housed the pawls should rest on th e

bottom or second round as appropriate.

10.35 Bridging ladder:-

a) There should be not less than 650 mm of ladder on each side of the
gap being bridged.

b) Care should be taken to avoid under oscillation when moving acro ss

bridged ladders.

c) When bridging a 1 0.5 m la dder the overall length when extended,

should not exceed 8m, and t he gap to be bridg ed should not exce ed
6m, except in an e mergency not more than one fire fight er should be
allowed on the bridged position of the ladder.

d) When bridging 13.5 m ladd er the ma ximum bridging distance mus t

not be m ore than 8M, when the b ridging distance is mor e than 6 m
only one fire fighter should be on the ladder no more than two fir e
fighters maybe on the ladder when the bridging distance is less than 6
m.

e) The officer in-charge of bridging drill should consider the us e of safety

lines personnel must be ma de aware of the da nger of lo sing balance
when crossing a bridged ladder.
f) It is com mon practice to pe rmanently mask th e strings of the ma in
ladder to indicate the maximum permissible extension for bridging.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 242

 10.36To climb a Ladder

10.36.1 Hold on to the rung,

not the beam, unless you’re
carrying something. Stand
on the centre of the rungs.
Look up, not down.

10.36.2

If you must stand still on a ladder,

lock yourself in place by passing
one leg through the rungs, gripping
the rung with knee

10.36.3 Setting it Safely

To determine how far the base of
the ladder should be placed from
the wall, divide the working height
by four. For added safety, when
working from a he ight such as a
rooftop, ensure that at least three
rungs extend beyond the w orking
height. do not place ladder like this

Soft Hard

Ground Ground

10.36.4 EXTENSION LADDER DRILL (Four men) :

10.36.4.1 Preliminary

a. Men fall-in single rank and number serially from the right, to be f ollowed
by number from the right in fours, each four- men forming a crew

b. “CREW NUMBER”

c. No. 1 of t he fire cre w calls “o ne” No.1 of the second crew calls out “ two”
and so on.

d. “No.... CREW- FALL-IN”

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 243

 e. The crew called out takes on step forward turns smartly to the right and
at the double fall- in the single rank 3 paces to the rear of and fall- in the
appliance. They pick up their dressing by the left hand man.

f. “NUMBER”- the men call out their number, standing from the left.

g. “CLOSE UP

h. Each member of the crew takes up position facing the front of th e

appliances No 1:&2 turn half left and No.1 doubles along the near - side of
the fire appliances and takes his position opposite the near side door o f
the drivers’ compartment. No.2 takes his position at the ladder o n the
near side.No.3 and 4 turn half right and No.4 doubles along the off side of
the fire appliance and take his position along the off s ide of the fir e
appliance and takes his position opposite the of f side door of the d rivers
compartment. No.3 takes his position at the heel of the la dder on the off
side.

10.36.4.2 “CHANGE ROUND”

a. No. 1 runs to the rear and takes place of: No.2, NO.2 moves to the place
No.3, No. 3 runs al ong the off side of t he fire appliance and takes place
of the No.4 and No.4 runs round the front of the fire appliance and takes
place of No.1.

b. After the change round; the crew should be re -numbered to iden tify
them in their new positions.

10.36.4.3 “PITCH EXTENSION LADDER TO... FLOR GET TO WORK”

a. No. 1 an d No.4 re lease the front fas tening and No.2 a nd 3 the rear
fastening of ladder.

b. No.2 and 3 then grip the heel of the ladder and pull the same to allow it
to roll down from the gantry No.1 a nd 4 dou ble up to the rear and
receive the head of the ladder in time as it is about to run off the rear
roller bracket.

c. The ladder is then taken clear off the fire appliance by holding three feet
from the ends on shoulders, No. 2 and 3 at the he el moving in the front
and Nos. 1 and 4 at the heel moving in the near and carried to the place
where it is required to be pitched.

10.36.4.4 “PITCHING”

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 244

 a. The ladder should be placed on the ground near the wall and right angle
to the wall with the heel towards the wall and trusses facing up. No ’s 2
and 3 sta nds near the heel f acing away from th e wall an d No.1 an d 4
stands near the he ad facing the wall.No.2 and 3 hold the heel firmly to
the ground by No.2 placing his right food and N o.3 placing his left foot
on their respective sides of heel.

b. They bend down t oward and hold th e third ro und from the heel with
their inner hands a nd holding the st rings with their outer hands a nd
help No’s 1 and 4 in raisin g the lad der. No. 1 and 4 pick up b y the
strings of the main section of the ladder and left up the their heights and
thereafter under r un the la dder by s upporting the roun ds with t heir
inner hands and the strings with thei r outer h ands till the ladder is
vertical position and No.2operates the rope to ex tend the l adder to t he
required height and No.3 engages the pawls.

c. The ladder is then gently lowered against the wall by all of them and the
heel adjusted to give a safe wo rking angle. No.4 ta kes up position at t he
heel of the ladder while it is in use.

10.36.4.5 “MAKE UP”

a. Nos. 1 and 4 take their positions in front of the ladder near the heel s
facing the wall and nos.2 and 3 take their positions at the near of and
under the ladder near the heels and all four pull the ladder into a
vertical position away from the wall. No.1 and 4 t hen hold the strings of
the ladder and No. 2 operates the rope disengages the pa wls and lowers
the ladder, No 3 ma kes sure that the pawls rest on the lowest round of
the main section of the ladder when fully lowered by engaging the pawls
with his foot.

b. The ladder then brought down from the vertical position by No’s 2 a nd 3
replacing Nos.1 and 4 at th e strings and No. 1 and 4 slowly moving
backwards and supporting the strings and rounds with their hands .
When flat on the g round the ladder is carried t o and shi pped on as
when; it was unshipped before. No’s 1 and 4 fasten the head and Nos.2
and 3 fasten the heel. All four mount the fir e appliance and resume their
positions as at start of the drill.

c. No.1 then dismounts and reports to the officer-in-charge.

10.36.4.6 “FALL OUT”

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 245

 a. The crew will smartly turn to the left, take a regulation pause (approx
two seconds) and then break off.

b. The ladder should always be pitched with the trussed side towards the
building or wall

10.37 EXTENSION LADDER DRILL (Three men) :OBJECTIVES

Demonstrate with a crew of three the correct method of under running t o

make up operations;

a. Operate the mechanism used to secure the ladder to the appliance.

b. Slip the ladder from the appliance.
c. Carry and position the ladder.
d. Pitch the ladder.
e. Give the appropriate words of command.
f. Under run the ladder.
g. Brace the ladder.
h. Foot the ladder.
i. Extend the ladder.
j. Pawl the ladder.
k. Make up the ladder
l. Climb and descend the ladder
m. Take a leg –lock on the ladder
n. Step of the ladder.
o. Step onto the ladder
p. Explain the terms ‘Head in’ and Head out’
q. Stow the ladder on the appliance.

On the order ‘GET TO WORK’

a. NO, 1 gives the order’ stand by to slip’

b. The crew dismount and no. 1 and 3 rel eases the fastening, when ready
No.1 gives the order ‘slip’ No.3 grips the heel of the ladder and assisted
by No, 1 and 2 at the rear o f the appl iance eases backwards until the
head of t he ladder is within a distan ce of abo ut two ro unds from the
gantry.
c. Nos.1 and 2 lift the ladder clear of the appliance.
d. Nos.1 and 2 at the head and no. 3 at the heel c arry the l adder to t he
required position at right angles to the face of the building with the heel
at an appropriate distance from the building.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 246

 e. Making certain that the correct side of the ladder is upper must the heel
of the la dder is p laced on the ground No.3 pl aces both feet on the
bottom round and pulls on a higher round.
f. No. 1 gives the order ‘under-run’ and Nos.1 and 2 raise the ladder to the
vertical position by under -running with both ar ms fully extended and
working closely to gather.
g. No.1 gives the order to ‘exten d’ No.3 b y means of the line extends the
ladder to the required height.
h. No. 1 givi ng the or der ‘well’ followed by ‘lower’ and No.3 engages the
pawls by pulling on the line.
i. Nos.1 and 2 brace the ladder whist it is being extended the ladder i s
then carefully placed into the window or against the buildings and the
heel adjusted to a safe working angle.

j. The ladder is braced by nos. 1 & 2 and supported by No. 3 is raised to

the vertical position.
k. No.1 gives the order “Extend t o lower”, No.3 raises the extension slightly
to trip the pawls.
l. No. 1 giv es the or der ‘Well’ followed by ‘Low er’. No. 3 houses the
extension and engages the pawls at the bottom round, ensuring they are
fully engaged.
m. No. 3 places both feet on the bottom round, grasps a conv enient round
and leans back.
n. No. 1 gives the order ‘Under -run’. Nos. 1 & 2 lower the head of th e
ladder by under-running.
o. The crews then carry the ladder to the rear of the appliance. No. 1 o r
No.2 secures the ladder and crew checks it for security. When the ladder
is re-stowed, no. 1 reports to the Officer in charge.

10.38 AMBULANCE DRILL

10.38.1 Command

a. Fire crew, single line – fall in , right dress (elbow dressing), eyes front
b. From the right number, from the right in threes number

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 247

 c. Crew number, by crew’s number, crews proof.
d. First crew three paces behind the ambulance; crew fall- in
e. Attention
f. Number
g. “CLOSE- UP” – each member of the cr ew double up to the position as
shown in diagram, No. 1 turn half left and double to the front side of
ambulance. No.2 t urn right and dou ble to th e driver seat side of
ambulance and No.3 remains where he is.
h. Mount – the crew will mount t o get i nside the ambulance and takes
seat. No.2 takes the driver se at, No.1 t akes driver side fro nt seat a nd
No. 3 takes rear compartment seat.
i. Dismount – the crew will dis mount from the am bulance and take u p
the position as for “close- up”.
j. “Searching the causality at crash site, loading of casualty i n
ambulance, sent to the hospital and report back to the st ation, crews
get to work.” – No. 1 run straight to casualty along with f irst aid box,
raise his right hand and shout casualty frequently. No.3 runs to wards
No. 1 alo ng with s tretcher. No.3 keep stretcher on groun d as heel of
the stretcher near the head of the c asualty / side by side of t he
casualty. No. 2 remains where ambulances parked and as sist Nos. 1
and 3 for casualty in ambulance.Crew lift up the casualty: No. 1 lif ts
up head by his left hand, cr unch with his right hand near the waist.
No. 2 crunch with his left hand opposite to No.1 and leg with his right
hand.
k. Crew close up the stretcher, No.1 hea d side an d No. 2 h eel side a nd
load the casualty in ambulance.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 248

10.38.2 CARRYING STRETCHER

a. A stretcher should be carried by at least four people, normally facin g

the direction of travel, with the casualty feet first. T hey should carry
head first if going uphill o r upstairs and w hen loading into an
ambulance or onto bed. Remind rescuers that someone should keep
watching the casualty, while they are t ransporting uneven ground or
obstacles.

b. When crossing uneven ground, a stretcher should be carried by four

people and kept as level as possible. The rescuer must adjust the
height of the stretcher to compensate for dips and rises in the terrain.

c. If the ground is unstable, the stretcher should be passed along a r ow

of 6 – 8 people, rather than have bearers move over the rubble ,
especially when set down , since the lashing could tighten around the
casualty.

d. If going through a doorway, the front bearers should move to th e

middle of the stretcher and let the front part protrude through the
door. One rescuer at a time moves through the doorway, and then re -
grasps the stretcher.
e. Avoid crossing a wal l or high obstacle, even if it means a longer carry.
Where a wall must be crossed, follow these steps:

1. Lift the stretcher so that the front handles are s upported by the wa ll.
The people in the r ear hold the stretc her level, while the front person
crosses the wall.
2. All bearers lift toget her and move the stretcher forward until the re ar
handles rest on the wall the people in the rear then cross the wall.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 249

10.39 MISCELLANEOUS DRILL

10.39.1 FIRE SERVICE KNOTS

Ropes form an essential part of the fire brigade equipment. There is
hardly an operation in firefighting whether it be effecting a rescue
getting a length of hose up a building, working on a ladder or marking
fast the suction when working from open water which for most times
call for the use of rope. The factor of safety employed should be
considered together with the purpose for which the rope is used, the
conditions of service and the condition of the rope.

10.39.2 Standard terms

There are a number of standard terms in us for describing parts of
knot, etc and the following should be understood by every fire fighter:

Bend: To fasten a rope to another rope or to an object.

Bight: The looped or loose part of a rope between the two ends.

Hitch: A simple fastening of a ro pe to some object by passi ng the

roperound the object and crossing one part over the other.

End: the short length of either end of line, which may be formed into
aneye or used for making a bend or hitch with which it secur e
it.

Line: Cordage cut to a s pecific length for a particular purpose, eg .

Lowering line, rescue line, belt line. The term derived fr om the
use of ropes at sea and is commonly used to distinguish
between the manufactures product in bulk.

Rope: The ultimate product when three or more strands are lai d
together to form a helix round a cent ral axis. The term ‘rope’
should not be used when the ultimate product has a

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 250

circumference of less than 4m; in this case cord or threa d
would be used.

Running Part: The moving part of a rope w hich is loose and used to hoist
or lower.

Running End: The free end of a rope

Seizing: The binding together of two or more ropes

Strand: The product obtained by t wisting together two or mor e

yarns.

Thread: A slender cord made from two or more yarns or filaments

twisted together.

Twine: A number of yarns twisted or laid to p roduce a balanced

twisted structure of continuous length.

Standing Part: The part of a rope which is fixed

Whipping: The binding of the end of a r ope with twine to prevent it

unlaying.

Yarn: The product of spinning together fibers of rectangular o r

irregular staple length s o that they are bound togethe r
by twist to form a continuous length.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 251

10.39.3 Standard Knots
a. A knot m ay be defi ned as the interlacement of cordage in specific
patterns for the purpose of stopping ends, joining ends, formin g
bights, securing equipment etc.

b. The following is t he list of knots, b ends and hitches with which

every firefighter should be tot ally familiar. They are the basic knots
for normal fire serv ice purposes and will be us ed in sta ndard fire
service technique. T o ensure security, every knot should be tied
with sufficient length of run ning end or the running end should b e
secured with a stopper knot.

TABLE 10.7

Knot exihibit Application of knot

Overhand Knot
Sometimes known as Thumb knot. Thisknot used
as simple stopper and tied at each end of a burst
length of hose when laid out.

SimpleFigureEightKnot
Thisknot,fromthefigureeightfamily,isused
mainlyasastopknottopreventafreeendof
ropefromrunningthroughapulleyorablock.

Half Hitch
Used for securing suction lengths at suction couplings
in conjunction with other knots. Also for hoisting up a
branch.

Chair Knot

The fireman’s chair knot is a rescue knot. There are

two loops formed. One which goes under the arms; the
other under the legs of person.
Care should be taken when tying this knot.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 252

 Rolling Hitch
Used to secure a line to any round object so that the
knot will not slip along the object when a sideways pull
is applied.

Reef-Knot

Ausefulknotforgeneralpurposes.Used
mainlyfortyingbandages. Used to join two lines
of equal thickness.

CloveHitch
Aquicklytiedhitchwhichformsthebasisof many
securingknots.Usefulforanchoringa
ropetoanobject.

SheetBend
Asheetbendisusedforjoiningtworopesof
differentsizes.
Thedoublesheetbendismoresecurethanthe
singlesheetbendandisusedwhenthereisa
greatdifferenceinthesizeoftheropeasshown
here.Inrescuework,adoublesheetbendisused
fortyingallropestogether,andcanbeused

forjoiningropeswithchains.

Bothknotshavetheadvantagethattheydonot
slipwhentheropeiswet.
Bowline
A non-slipping knot also known as the single
bowline. Should only be used to secure a person
where a purpose made harness or rescue strop is
not available.
Thebowlinemakesaloopthatwon’ttighten.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 253

 RoundTurnandTwoHalfHitches

Thisknotisusedforsecuringaropetoaspar,
picketoranchorage.Itisparticularlyuseful
whereguylinesaresecuredtopicketsandan
adjustingknotisrequired.

TimberHitch
Thisisaquicklymadetemporaryknotused
tosecurearopetoaspar,plankorpole.When
liftingspars,planksorpolesthisknotshould
beusedinconjunctionwithahalfhitchplaced
attheupperendoftheobjectbeingraised.

FigureEight-on-a-Bight
Thisisawidelyusedknotfortying/attaching
safetylines,personsontherope,anchorlines,
rescuedevicesandotherequipment.

Cats paw
A hitch knot formed with two eyes for attaching, a line
to a hook. The two eyes are brought together and
slipped over the object to which the line is to be
secured.

10.39.4 CARE OF ROPE

a. Ends of all cordage should be stopped with a whipping, splice or knot,

in order of preference. Knots used only as temporary expedient. Splic e
limit the use ropes as in most cases they would prevent reeling
through a block. When not in use ropes are kept in a coil or hank .
Always coil with th e lay ie. Right hand laid ro pe should be coil ed
clockwise.
b. Chemical deterioration, particularly in natural fiber rope, may be
caused by exposure to acid, alkalis or whether conditions or b y
submersion in water for any considerable time. Line should be stor ed
as far as possible, in a cool d ry place with plenty of ventil ation. Rope
like hose is more liable to da mage when wet, therefore as far as it
should be kept dry especially when in use.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 254

 c. Mechanical deterioration can be caused either through external
abrasion or breakdown of the external fibers as result of draggin g
along the ground, kinking and load of chaffing on sharp edges.

d. If a line becomes dirty, it should be washed and allowed to dry in the

same way as canvas home.

10.40 RESCUE TECHNIQUE

10.40.1 EMERGENCY HANDLING OF CASUALITIES
a. The prime purpose of all rescue work is to get the injured people out o f
danger and to medical help as quickly as possible. When the numbe r
of causalities outnumbers the immediate help available the Ai m
becomes one of trying to ensure the best use of time to effectively help
the most people. This decision – making process is ca lled “triage”. In
triage those responding to the incident are called upon to examine all
casualties quickly and rank them according to the level of need for
both first aid and transportation to medical help.

b. In any rescue or multiple casualty situations, confusion may be

evident. It is essential that individual; charged with helping injured
people be able to r emain calm and act quickly but carefully, always
attentive to potential hazards to either themselves or othe r people i n
the area. In any situation where you suspect a possible head or spinal
injury if the life of the casualty is not under immediate threat, seek the
help of specialist. If it is esse ntial to move the casualty and that yo ur
life is not danger, maintain normal anatomical alignment (nose, b elly
button, inside of an kles). If t he person is not in this posit ion, get t he
help of qualified personnel.

c. Try to es tablish quickly how many casualties are involved in the

incident go to the nearest casualty, provided it is safe a nd check for
responsiveness. If the person does not answer you or respond to your
attempts to wake him, check to see if he is breathing. You aim is to
keep the casualty alive until medical help arrives. Do no t waste ti me
dealing with minor injuries until all casualties have been found and
stabilized.
d. If the person is not breathing, try to fin d someone nearby who is abl e
to do artificial respiration until help gets there. If the casualty is
bleeding severely, apply a pressure bandage before moving to the nex t
casualty. Remember time is valuable. Give first aid for life t hreatening
conditions quickly and go to the next casualty.

10.40.2 ONE- RESCUER METHODS

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 255

 Never move the casualty any further than you have to. Scan the escap e
routes to determine the best method and route to carry the casualty. If you’re
alone and must mo ve the ca sualty quickly, try one of th e following rescue
carriers.

40.3 Human Crutch

This method is only for casualties
who can help themselves.
It is an e asy way to move the less
seriously injured.

10.40.4 Drag Carry

This carry is use d to dr ag a
casualty who is eit her lying on this
back or in the sitting position. Ease
your hands under the cas ualty’s
shoulders and gra sp the cl othing
each side, supporting the hea d
between your forearms. Drag the
casualty backward only as far as
necessary for his / her safety. But
be careful, make sure not to choke
the casualties when pulling on
their clothing

10.40.5 Blanket Drag

Alternate methods to th e drag

carry, the rescuer a n use a bl anket
to support and pull the casualty.

10.40.6 Pick – a – Back

Simply lift the ca sualty from a

standing or sitting position onto
your back. Don’t try it if th e
casualty is uncon scious , or has
arm injuries

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 256

10.40.7 Removal Downstairs

Don’t try this if you suspect head /

spinal injuries, or broken limbs.
Use a m attress or rug un der the
person if one is available.

10.40.8 Firefighter’s Crawl

Use a tri angular bandage, a torn

shirt, etc. to tie the casualty’s
hands together and place them
around your neck. T his way you
can move a person much h eavier
than yourself.

10.41TWO RESCUER METHODS

If there are two of you to do the carrying, try one of these e mergency
methods;

10.41.1 Chair Lift

The chair carry ca n be use d for a

conscious or unconscious casualty,
but not f or suspected head/ spinal
injuries. For protection, sec ure the
casualty’s hand across his o r her
chest, and if the casualty is
unconscious, secure the per son to
the chair.

10.41.2 Two -hand Seat Carry

This is another way to carry a

conscious casualty who can neither
walk nor support the upper body.
Make a h ook with your fingers by
folding them towards your palm
and grab onto your partner’s hook.
If you do n’t have a ny gloves, use a
piece of cloth to protect your hand
from other person’s nails. This is
yet another good r eason to wear
gloves.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 257

 10.41.3 Four–hand Seat Carry

This is a lso a good carry for a

conscious casualty who ca n use
hands and arms for support.

10.42 MULTI – RESCUER METHODS

If there are more than two of you to do the job, there are number of different
methods that can be used to carry casualties.

10.42.1 Three Person Lift and Carry:

This is an excellent way of lif ting a badly hurt person without complicating
most injuries. The casualty can be carried forward, sideway or lowered onto a
stretcher.

10.42.2 Blanket Lift

Don’t use this if head/ spinal injuries are suspected.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 258

 a. Roll the blanket or rug len gthwise for half its width. Position
bearers at the head and feet to keep the head, neck and body in
line.

b. Kneel at the casualty’s shoulder and p osition a bearer at the waist

to help logroll the casualty onto the uninjured side. Turn th e
casualty as a unit so that his/ her body is not twisted during the
logroll.

c. Roll the c asualty back over t he blanket roll to l ay face u p on the

blanket. Unroll the blanket and then roll the edges of the blanket to
each side of the casualty. Get ready to l ift the casualty have bearers
grip the rolls at the head and shoulders and at the lips and legs.

d. Keep the blanket tight as the casualty is lifted and placed on th e

stretcher.

10.43EXTRICATION FROM A SITTING POSITION

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 259

 Sometimes in eart hquakes or blasts, casualties are fou nd sitting in their
vehicles. When there is an immediate danger and you are alone and mus t
move a seated casualty from vehicle, proceed as follows:

a. Disentangle the person’s feet from the wreckage and brin g the feet
forward to exit. Ea se your forearm under the pe rson’s armpit on t he
exit side, extending your hand to support the chin.
b. Ease the person’s head gently backward to rest on your shoulder while
keeping the neck as rigid as possible.
c. Ease your other for earm under the ar mpit on t he opposite side an d
hold the wrist of the casualty’s arm which is nearest to exit.
d. Establish a firm foo ting and swing around with the casualty, keeping
as much rigidity in the neck as possible. Drag the casualty from th e
vehicle to a safe distance, with as little twisting as possible.

10.44 FIVE STAGES OF RESCUE

No hard and fast rules can be laid down for rescue work but, generally
speaking , five stages of rescue are followed by trained rescue parties.
Stage1 – Reconnaissance and Dealing with surface causalities

a. Examine the site. Deal with surface causalities. Gather all possible
information about other occupants of the building

b. Stage 2 – Location and Removal of Lightly Trapped Casualties

Search immediately accessible areas for casualties who can be rescued
with minimal effort. Maintain contact with casualties inside who can
be seen or heard but who cannot be moved immediately. Note: The use
of trained air scenting dogs can greatly increase the likelihood of
finding trapped and unconscious casualties.

c. Stage 3 – Exploration of Likely Survival Points

Search the ruins and rescue all persons who can be seen or heard.
This may include a calling and listening period.

d. Stager 4 – Further Exploration and Selected Debris Removal

Search farther into the ruins where the chances of trapped people
remaining alive seem remote. This may include removing debris from
the move likely places where casualties may be located.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 260

 e. Stage 5 – Systematic Debris Removal
Strip selected areas of debris until all supposed casualties are
accounted for. This includes removal of the dead and body parts.
Identify buildings that have already been searched by using spray
paints or signs. This method can also be used to mark buildings that
may contain bodies.

10.45 MISCELLANEOUS DRILL

10.45.1 PICKING- UP DRILL (TWO MEN)
a. (To pick up an unconscious person)

b. Preliminary: Men fall -in in single rank and number from the right i n
twos, each two men forming a section

c. “FALL- IN: two men of a section fall in facing one another three paces
apart.

d. “REMOVE HEAD GEAR” The man ( No.2) who is to b e picked up

removes his cap and places it smartly clears of operations.

e. “ONE” – No.2 (who acts as body” lies down on his back with his head
pointing towards no. 1.

f. “TWO” – No.1 steps forward and proceeds to adjust the dress of th e

body pulling c lothing down and arranging arms close to a nd parallel
with the body and after drawing legs out straight crossing the left leg
over the right.

g. “THREE” – Kneeling on his r ight knee at approximately shoulder level

on the right side of the body (as it lies on its back) No.1 places his right
hand well round t he buttocks imprisoning the body’s le ft wrist. He
then places his left hand under the body’s face and turns the bod y
over on to its face. No.1 straightens our arms and legs turning the feet
to an angle of 45 degrees. He then proceeds to the head.
Note: - if the body is to be turned over on to its face in the revers e
direction the body’s right leg will be placed over the left. No.1 kneels on
his left knee on the left side of the body and guards the face with his
right hand turning the body over with his left hand.

h. “ FOUR” – No.1 moves forward, places his hand s under the armpit s
and lifts the body to a kneeling position ( being careful not to drag t he
knees along the gro und). At the same time he advances the right foot,
bends the knee allo ws the body to rest against it. He then stands with
hands under the armpits and the left leg straight, a hallow back an d
head erect.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 261

 i. “FIVE” – He brings his left foot up to the right, bend down and
interlaces his finger low down behind the back, lifts the body on to i ts
feet, takes the body’ s right wr ist in his left hand with the back of hi s
hand on t op extended in line with the shoulder, steps back with hi s
left foot about one foots pace, slightly bends his right knee and al lows
the body to rest against him with the right arm around its waist.

j. “SIX” – Slightly pushing the body away he bends down places his righ t
arm between the le gs and using the bo dy’s right arm as a lever, pulls
the body across his shoulders resumes an upr ight position, gets t he
body evenly balanced on his shoulder, and transfers the body’s right
wrist to his right hand and picks up his dressing on the other sections
doing the drill.

10.45.2 TO LOWER AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON TO THE GROUND

a. “ONE” – No.1 right arm is withdrawn from between the body’s leg an d
passed round the l egs at t he same time the body’s right wrist i s
grasped with the left hand.

b. “TWO” - No.1 drops on to his left knee swings the body’s legs clear of
his own a cross the front of h is body a nd lowers it to sitti ng position
allowing his right hand to slide up the body to support the waist.

c. “THREE” – No.1 places his right arm behind t he body’s shoulders

removes the body’s right arm from behind his neck and lowers the
body gently into a prone position t aking care t hat the h ead does not
strike the ground. He then straightens out arms and legs and himself
stands to attention at the body’s head.

d. Men should not be allowed to carry on the left shoulder unless special
circumstances make this necessary.

e. The weight of the person being carried should be distributed evenly on

both shoulders the head being bent forward to allow this.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 262

 CHAPTER – 11

STANDARD OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURE FOR RESCUE &
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 263

 11.1BREATHIING APPARATUS – OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
11.1.1 PURPOSE
11.1.1.1 The purpose of this operational procedure is to allow the Airport Fire
Service to the wearing of breathing apparatus
11.1.1.2 Breathing Apparatus is used in atmospheres that would be hazardous
to health. Often the work undertaken in breathing apparatus will be
complex, physically and psychologically demanding and in
circumstances where the normal sensory perceptions are denied
11.1.1.3 The procedures set out must be adopted by all Fire personnel at
airports at all incidents warranting the use of Breathing Apparatus
and Fire Training Establishments for training to the candidates.
11.1.1.4 The use of standard procedures is essential to ensure:

a. The Competent use of BA,

b. Adequate support and emergency arrangements,
c. The safety of the individual wearer,
d. The safety of other BA wearers at the same incident,
e. The successful completion of operational incident

11.1.2 GENERAL PROCEDURE

11.1.2.1 To ensure proficient and safe BA o perations standard operating

procedures has bee n adopted. T his is provide for all BA wearers to
carry out their duties in accordance with the operational guideline an d
ensure that actions and reac tions will be common, effecti ve, speedily
and safely carried out wherever fire personnel works together whilst
wearing BA. Fire personals must understand the major parts of SCBA
and be able to don the equipment quickly. One s hould be able to don
his SCBA in one minute or less.
11.1.2.2 Standard procedures comme nce at the fire station as soon as a fire
personnel reports on duty and continue throughout the duty /
incident.

11.1.3 COMMAND AND CONTROL PROCEDURES

11.1.3.1 To bring an emergency incident to a successful conclusion effective

command procedure are a pre -requisite. This is nowhere mor e
apparent than at i ncidents involving BA, where standard procedures
are essential throughout the incident at all levels of command. BA
wearers must be fully supported by appropriate resources and the y
must follow the sta ndard procedures an d instructions of the Airport
Fire In-charge if risks to their health and safety are to be minimized.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 264

11.1.3.2 The Airport Fire In-charge is overa ll charge of the i ncident and
intermediate control officers should concentrate all effort and
resources in maintaining a high degree of management over the B A
operations and sh ould ensure that the procedures adopted comply
with this operational guideline.

11.1.4 WHEN TO USE BREATHING APPARATUS

11.1.4.1 There is a risk of permanent damage to health if BA fails to be worn i n

an irrespirable or toxic atmosphere. At any incident the Airport Fire In-
charge is responsible for ensuing that BA is worn whenever it i s
determined that its use will facilitate operational activities. BA should
not be worn whenever discomfort and possible injury to a fire-fighter’s
respiratory system and can be avoided (such circumstances ma y
include damping own or turning over after a fire or situations involving
MMMF at airport incidents).
11.1.4.2 Only in most exceptional circumstances should f ire fighters that hav e
already inhaled smoke oxygen deficient or toxic fumes subsequently
arrange in BA. Once smoke or toxic fumes are present in the lungs it
takes an appreciable time or them to be completely cleared.
11.1.4.3 BA is only worn on the instructions of t he Airport Fire In -charge at an
incident. BA should only be worn wit h a Distress Signal Unit (DS U),
lamp and personal line.

11.1.5 COMMAND AND CONTROL

11.1.5.1 Very exceptionally, there may be operational circumstances where
application of the full con trol procedure for BA use would be
inappropriate.

a. Fire Fighter working at the head of a ladder in open air but who
would be affected by the effects of smoke or fume.
b. Fire Fighters in the open air who may be affected by smoke o r
fumes.
c. Fire Fighters undertaking turning over/damping down duties
when an incident is under control.

11.1.5.2 In such circumstances, the BA wearer must be under the general

observation of at l east on o ther crew member (who ma y be a B A
wearer).

11.1.6 DUTIES OF THE AIRPORT FIRE IN-CHARGE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 265

 11.1.6.1 The Airport Fire In -charge will need to conduct an assessment of the
developing and potential risk of the incident before committing B A
crews. The main duties are explained below.
11.1.6.2 The Airport Fire In -charge, depending on the urgency and the
developments of the situation face may need to make such
assessments in stages (for example, where urgent rescues a re required
these must take priority). However, at all the need for life safety mus t
be uppermost. The Airport Fire Incharge should carry out all stages o f
risk assessment as soon as practical. The risk assessment should be
continuous throughout the incident to enable the Airport Fire Incharg e
to review plans in line with any developing risk. Where practicable and
available the risk a ssessment process should be aided by off statio n
visits to aircraft.
11.1.7 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
Some hazards will be relatively easy to identify, such as heat an d
smoke. Other hazards will r equire further investigations. T he Airport
Fire Incharge must consider the:
a. Nature of the incident.
b. Materials involved (or likely to become involved).
c. The nature of the construction of the building,
d. The nature and configuration of the aircraft.
e. The importance of t he building/ aircraft (or risk a rea) relative to
the hazards to the lives of those entering therein.

11.1.8 RISK ANALYSIS

11.1.8.1 The urgent nature of some situations may require decisions about
deployment of fire personnel and tactics to be made immediately .
However, where reasonable and practicable, the Airport Fire In-charge
should, when reaching a decision about the tactics to be deployed,
take into account the following:

a. Need for rescues to be undertaken, and the likely number of

people requiring rescue or removing from the risk area,
b. Resources immediately available and how quickly other support
might be obtained
c. Nature and extent of hazards
d. The stability of the incident,
e. Location, number and suitable of entry points
f. Risk to the public and properties
g. Information available from people at the scene.
h. Means of access to the risk area.

11.1.8.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

11.1.6.2.1 When reaching decisions on control of the risk, the Airport Fire In -
charge must consider:

a. Whether BA is required to deal with the incident and th e

appropriate level of BA control.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 266

 b. The adoption of nay other appropriate safety precautions required
to be implemented in conjunction with t he use of BA for a specific
risk (e g chemical protective clothing).

c. The sitting and number of entry control points (ECP).

d. Deployment of BA teams, emergency and relief teams, and the

need to ensure they are as well briefed as possible on the task and
the possible risks involved.
e. The use of guide lines.

f. The need for BA communications officer.

g. The need to appoint communications officer.

h. The implementation of special procedures for BA wearer distress.

i. The experience of the BA crews available.

j. The sufficiency of B A and ass ociated equipment available to dea l

with the incident and th e need t o request any ad ditional
assistance required.

11.1.8.2.2 The Airport Fire Officer (In-charge), depending upon the likel y
extent of the activity of BA wearers, should appoint other officers t o
assist with the management of the fir e fighting and rescue activity
at each Entry Control Point (ECP).

11.1.9 CONTROL PROCEDURES

11.1.9.1 To ensure the safe operations whilst in BA, it is essential that effective
control procedures are employed. Control procedures MUST be
implemented as soon as the decision is taken to use BA.
11.1.9.2 The responsibility of the Entry Control Officer (ECO) extends only to
the control and m anagement of the E ntry Control Point ( ECP) to t he
extent outlined in this guideline.
11.1.9.3 The Control Procedures in this guideline are designed from a single
progressive system for managing BA operations. T he procedures for
“stage I and stage II” is understood by fire fighters stationed at
Aerodromes and h ave, therefore been largely retained to differ ent
levels of control that may be applied to differing demands an d
resources.
11.1.9.4 It is recognized that there may, of necessity, be occasional
circumstances when full control procedures are un able to be
implemented. To address this, procedures for Rapid deployment of fire
fighters are set out within this guideline. However, Rapid Deployment
Procedures should only be used in exceptional circumstances.
11.1.9.5 Where urgent action is req uired and a limit ed number of cre w
members from the initial attendance.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 267
 11.1.9.6 On arrival at an inc ident the Airport Fire Officer (In -charge) will need
to assess the risk a nd available resources and a pply the a ppropriate
level of control. Control procedures MUST be in place and be sufficient
to monitor the risk to the safety of BA wearers. The level of control will
apply to the whole incident.
11.1.9.7 Particular attention is given to the use of Entry Control points and the
duties of Entry Control Points and the duties of Entry Control Officers
in implementing the procedures. All fire fighters are required to
maintain their understanding and use of these procedures whenever
BA is in use for training and operational incidents.

11.1.10 BA ENTRY CONTROL POINTS

11.1.10.1 Entry Control Officers (ECOs) are to be nominated for each BA Entry
Control Points (ECP). T heir duties wil l depend upon the procedures
adopted (see Stage 1 &2) th e sitting and number of BA E CPs should
take account of:
a. The size of the risk area,

b. The location of access points to the risk area,

c. The type of aircraft.
d. The wind direction
e. The Type of building (offices terminal, hangar, etc).
f. The physical limitations of the site, in particular, the obstruction to
fire fighting and effective control that can exist if the site is divided
by major roads, railways or rivers or other physical barriers,
g. The likely development of the incident.

11.1.10.2 The ECPs Should be Site as Follows:

a. As near to the scene of operations commensurate with safety so
that the maximum duration of the BA can be used.
b. In safe a ir and in such a position that should the incident
deteriorate it will not be necessary to relocate.

c. So that, as far as practicable, the p osition of the ECP is easily

located by all wearers.

11.1.10.3 The Airport Fire In-charge should be aware of the location of all ECPs.

11.1.10.4 The number of EC Ps should be th e minimum necessary to deal wit h

the incident effectively.

11.1.11 RAPID DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES

11.1.11.1 The objective may be met by maintaining minimum record of lapse d
time since entry of the breathing apparatus (BA) wearers to a risk
area. As far as pr acticable, the principles of the standard stage I
procedure should be extended to i ncidents requiring the rap id
deployment procedures.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 268

11.1.11.2 APPLICATION OF RAPID DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES

11.1.11.2.1The total number of BA wearers in the risk area does not exceed 2.
11.1.11.2.2It is immediately clear that persons are at great risk and in need of
rescue, and are either within view of known to be within a short
distance of the entry point.
11.1.11.2.3Dangerous escalation (intensification) of the incident can be prevented
by immediate and limited action.
11.1.11.2.4Where possible another crew member should be nominated as a Rapid
Deployment Entry Control Officer (ECO), with responsibility f or
recording the wearer details.
11.1.11.2.5All BA we arers MUST place their tallies in the Rapid Entry Control
Board (RECB) before entering the risk area.
11.1.11.2.6As soon as practicable and within 1 0 minutes Rapid Deployment
Procedures shall be replaced by B A Control procedures. When
transferring to Stage 1 or Stage 2 procedures care should be taken to
ensure those BA tallies are effectively handled to ensure accurate and
prompt recording and monitoring of BA wearers in the risk area.

11.1.12 BREATHING APPARATUS TEAM

All Breathing Apparatus Team passing through an entry control point.
SCBA team must be made of at least 2 fire fighters.

11.1.12.1 STAGE 1 CONTROL PROCEDURES

To apply control procedures to meet the demands of small or limited
incidents and to monitor the safety of Breathing Apparatus (BA)
Wearers.

11.1.12.2 Stage One Procedures

These objectives are met by

a. Ensuring all fire fig hters are aware stage 1 Proc edures are being
applied.
b. Appointing an En try Control Officer (ECO) to implement
procedures at the Entry Control Point (ECP).
c. Recording BA wear ers’ entry (using th eir tallies and monitoring
their estimated air supply).
d. Ensuring effective communications bet ween BA wearers an d
ECOs.
e. Appropriate provision for relief and / or emergency teams.
f. Applying the procedures for use of related BA equipment.

11.1.12.3 Application of Stage One Procedures

Stage 1 procedures apply where:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 269

 a. The size of the incident is small and the use of BA is unlikely t o
be protracted.

b. No more than two ECPs are used.

c. The total number of BA wearers within the risk area does no t

exceed 10

11.1.12.4 Duties of The Airport Fire In-charge

The Airport Fire In charge is responsible for no minating an ECO t o
monitor the implementation of Stage 1 procedures and establish an
ECP to the risk area. During application of the procedures the Airport
Fire In-charge is responsible for effectively monitoring the BA wearers
/ teams within the risk area and for ensuring that effective briefing
and de-briefing takes place.

11.1.12.5 Duties of Stage One Entry Control Officers

Stage 1 ECO duties are restricted to those directly related to the
monitoring of breathing apparatus wearers who have entered the
incident using their Entry C ontrol Point. It may be necessary to have
an officer close by to give direction as to the fire fighting requirements,
equipment supply or casualty handling.

11.1.12.6 For identification purposes, the ECOs must wear a black and yellow
BA Control Tabard.

Black and Yellow BA Control Tabard

11.1.13 MONTORING PROCEDURES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 270

 The ECO shall:

a. Take up position nominated by the Airp ort Fire In-charge for the
ECP

b. Provide and Entry Control Board (ECB), complete wit h

waterproof marker.
c. Indicate clearly that stage 1 i s in operation and ensure the ECB
is clearly sited.

d. Check the clock.

e. Receive tallies of BA wearers and check that the name of the

wearer and the cylinder content at the time of e ntry into the risk
area are correct. (Not less than 80%)

f. Enter the ‘time in’ on each tally,

g. Place the tally in a slot in the ECB so that the tallies of eac h
team of wearers are together and are indicated as a team by
bracketing the tallies using the waterproof marker. (T he earliest
time of whistle being placed outside the bracket).

h. Calculate the time of whistl e of each wearer using the ECB

duration calculator and the e nter this in the appropriate section
on the ECB opposite the tally. T he time of whistle should be
calculated by:

i. Taking into account the level of risk exposure.

ii. Carefully referring to the correct section of the duration
clock.
iii. Acting of the guidance of the AFO, if necessary, restrict the
length of exposure in difficult or strenu ous conditions. The
BA wearer and team leader must be advised to withdraw
from then risk area at a predet ermined pressure gauge
reading. The ECO should c alculate the time o f exit an d
make a note in the remark column accordingly.
iv. Where appropriate, taking i nto account any la psed time
since entry of BA Wearers who entered the risk area under
rapid deployment procedures.
i. Indicate and record details i n the “re marks” and “location of
teams” column on the ECB as necessary.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 271

 j. When BA teams exit the risk area, remove their tallies from the
ECB and return them to the respective wearers.

k. If appropriate ensure they are fully de-briefed.

l. Where a BA team re-enters a risk area (annotate the ECB)

m. Where practicable ensure BA wearers are ap propriately pre-

briefed prior to entry in to the risk area.

n. Keep the Airport Fire In -charge informed of all d evelopments or

requirements related to the wearing of BA and the operational
aspects of the incident, using information gained from B A
wearers at the incident.

11.1.14 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIE

11.1.14.1 The ECO shall:

a. Whenever radio communications are to be used, carry out a
radio communications check prior to entry into the risk area,
b. Attach BA main guideline tallies to the appropriate line as
necessary and remove them when the line is no longer required.

c. Inform the Airport Fire In-charge of any prolonged breakdown in

radio communications with BA teams.

d. Notify the Airport Fire In -charge if it is considered necessary for

crews to stand by at the ECP.

11.1.14.2 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The ECO Shall:Commit an emergency team(s) if available and

immediately inform the AFC of the incident if:
a. Any team fails to return to the ECP their time of whistle

b. A DSU is operated.

c. It is clear that a d angerous situation is developing which will

affect the BA team (s).

d. It appears a wearer is in distress.

11.1.14.3 Prior to entry, ensure the emergency teams are suitably briefed

As soon as resources permit, a mini mum of 2 BA wearers should

be dept available at the ECP for emergency purposes.

11.1.15 SPECIAL INCIDENT DUTIES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 272

11.1.15.1 At incidents involving radiation of hazardous chemicals coordinate
with the decontamination officer. Where a radiation check is
considered necessary by the Airport Fire In -charge, The ECO must
ensure that all per sonnel are fully bri efed on e ntering the risk are a.
The ECO must also enter the dosimeter reading on the reverse of the
tally on entry of the wearer, whilst wearing the appropriate protection;
check the dosimeter reading when the wearer leaves the r isk area. A
permanent record must be made and passed t o the Air port Fire In-
charge at the conclusion of the incident. A chemical information da ta
system could be used to identify additional safety measures and
decontamination procedures at hazardous chemical incidents.

11.1.15.2 The ECP should have First Aid and resuscitation equipment available.

11.1.15.3 STAGE 2 CONTROL PROCEDURES

The ECO shall be responsible for;

a. Ensuring all fire fighters are aware Stage2 procedures are in

operation.

b. Appointing an En try Control Officer (ECO) to implement

procedures at each Entry Control Officer (ECO).

c. Recording BA we arers’ entries (usi ng their tallies) and

monitoring their estimated air supply.

d. Ensuring effective communications between BA wearers an d

Entry Control Officers.

e. Providing appropriate provisions for relief an d or eme rgency

teams.

f. Application of procedures for the use of related BA equipment.

11.1.15.4 APPLICATION OF STAGE 2 CONTROL PROCEDURES

Stage 2 entry control procedures normally supersede Stage 1
procedures and are used where one or more of the following apply:

a. The scale of opera tions is li kely to b e protracted or de mand

greater control and supervision than is p rovided by Stage 1
procedures.

b. More than two ECPs.

c. More than 10 BA we arers are committed into the risk area at on

time.

d. Branch guidelines are used.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 273
11.1.15.5 DUTIES OF AIRPORT FIRE IN - CHARGE

The Airport Fire In-charge is resp onsible for the managing the
implementation of Stage lI procedures and establishing Stage 2 entry
control at every ECP into the risk area. During the transition from
Stage 1 to Stage 2 procedures care should be taken to ensure that the
number of BA wearers whose entry control tallies are supervised be
and ECO (on one or more ECBs) dose not exceed 10 (excluding th e
emergency team)

11.1.15.6 NOMINATION OF ENTRY CONTROL OFFICER (ECO)

Stage 2 ECOs are required to supervise each ECP. T he Airport Fire In

charge on arrival at an incident will need to give careful consideration
to the co mplexity of the in cident before confirming the personne l
selected as ECOs. I n broad terms, the greater t he complexity of t he
incident the greater the rank needed a s ECO du ties. However, in a ll
cases, the ECO must be an experienced BA wearer. In circumstance s
where it is has not been possible for the AFC to appoint an officer to
manage operational requirements at the ECP, the ECO should be a
minimum rank of Crew Commander. And add itional Control Officer
(any rank) should be appointed for ea ch additional group of 10 B A
wearers entering the risk are a through the same ECP. If p racticable,
and where resources permit, a fire fi ghter should be appointed to
assist the ECO, especially when several BA teams are being monitore d
at the same time.

11.1.15.7 DUTIES OF STAGE 2 ENTRY CONTROL OFFICER

The duties of a Sta ge 2 ECO include a ll specified for a St age 1 EC O.
Additionally, the Stage 2 ECOs duties include.

11.1.15.8 MONITORING PROCEDURES

The ECO shall:
a. Ensure the ECB indicates that Stage 2 proc edures are being
applied

b. Check the “time of whistle” calculations of the S tage 1 ECO being

relieved.

c. Ensure BA teams are relieved at the scene of operations i n

sufficient time to allow their return to the ECP by their time of
whistle.

d. Have available (at least 5 minutes before they are due to enter)
sufficient teams t o allow pre -entry checks and briefing to be
completed without delaying their entry.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 274

 e. Liaise (by radio or runner etc.) with the other ECPs and infor m
them of t he names of BA we arers who leave the risk area other
than via the control point at which they entered,
f. Liaise with Main C ontrol, if one is est ablished and ensure that
personnel who hav e collected their ta llies report immediately to
main control.

g. Ensure that if it becomes necessary to use additional ECBs tallies

remain on the initial ECB under the control of the ECO (tallies
must NOT be transferred to second ECB until wearers collect thei r
tallies and the initial ECB can be disestablished).

h. Synchronies the clock of the Stage 2 ECB and main Control clock
on first ECB used.

11.1.15.9 MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES

Time ECO shall:
a. Nominate BA communications team communications operators.

b. If appropriate, supervise com munications between the lead er of a

line communications equipment team and the Airport Fire In -
charge of the incident.

c. Attach BA main and branch guideline tallies to the appropriate

line as n ecessary and remove them when the lines (s) are n o
longer required.

d. Annotate the ECB with details of which team has been committed
with which guideline.

11.1.16 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

11.1.16.1 The ECO shall:

a. Have a fully equipped emergency team ridded and standing by a t

each ECP throughout the period that the ECP is in operation

b. Commit the emergency team if line communications is lost.

11.1.16.2 Stage 2 ECO duties are re stricted to those d irectly related to B A

Functions. It may therefore be necessary to have an officer close by to
give directions as t o fire figh ting requirements, equipment supply or
casualty handling.

11.1.17 CONTROL PROCEDURE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 275

11.1.17.1 The Airport Fire In -charge of any incident will d etermine whether or
not breathing Apparatus is to be worn and will decide the number and
position of the Entry Control Points and the level of control.
11.1.17.2 The level of control decided by the Airport Fire In-charge applies to the
whole incident and shall not be varied for different entry points.
11.1.17.3 The responsibility of Entry Co ntrol Officers extends to the c ontrol and
management of the Entry Control Point under their control.
11.1.17.4 Airport Fire and Re scue personnel acting as an Entry Control Offic er
are only to be responsible for Airport Fire and Rescue Breathing
Apparatus teams and not those of the Civil Defense Fire Service.

11.1.18 SIZE, COMPOSITION AND CONDUCT OF BA TEAM

11.1.18.1 The Airport Fire In-charge will need to consider carefully the size and
make up of BA tea ms and must ensure that t he leader (s) is ful ly
briefed of what is required of the team. Effective leadership is required
and the Airport Fire In-charge should ensure, so as far, as is practical,
that the team is led by an ex perienced BA wearer. For mor e complex,
difficult or dangerous incident, team leaders should be drawn from
experienced Crew Commanders or above. BA Crews should be formed
from teams from the same station and led by their own Crew Incharge.
11.1.18.2 The Airport Fire In-charge should increase the size of the BA T eam in
relation to the range and demands of the tasks to be carried out. T he
more difficult or complex task (s) will sometimes benefit from larger BA
teams but too many BA wearers in a team can slow down operations.
The size of team should reflect the BA wearers’ experience an d
competence in ant icipated task. T eam of two to four wearers will
usually provide optimum effectiveness.
11.1.18.3 In normal circumstances, BA wearers who ent er the in cident as a
team should remain as part of the team for the whole time they are in
the risk a rea. Team may divi de only fo r specific tasks and with the
prior instruction of the team leader.
11.1.18.4 Where the duration of the division is likely t o be for an extended
period of time the Entry Control Point ( ECP) must be infor med. A new
team leader must be appointed for the newly separated team. (T his
would only apply for BA te ams of 4 or more wearers). Only in
exceptional circumstances should a BA team divide on any occasion.
11.1.18.5 A BA wearer is not to enter a risk area alone, can for comfort an d
personal protection wear BA. However, the BA w earer is n ot to ente r
any aircraft, building or risk area.
11.1.18.6 The monitor operator of any airport a ppliance can for c omfort and
personal protection wear BA. However, the BA w earer is n ot to ente r
any aircraft, building or risk area.

11.1.19 DUTIES OF BA WEARERS AT AN INCIDENT

11.1.19.1 For fire fighters to be able to carry out all BA wearer responsibilities in
a safe an d professional man ner at an incident involving Breathing
Apparatus.re Fighters ordered to wea r Breathing Apparatus at a n
incident shall.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 276
 a. Check that the apparatus is functioning correctly by carrying out
the correct tests (including checking the tally details for correctness
and the DSU by operation)

b. Hand their tallies to the Entry Control Officer (ECO) at the Entry
Control point (ECP) before entering the risk area.

c. Regularly check their pressure gauge whilst in the risk area.

d. Monitor air consumption

e. Allow sufficient duration to withdraw to the E CP before the low

pressure warning whistle sounds.

f. Update the BA team leader, as appropriate,

g. Maintain regular verbal contact with other member of their team.

h. Collect their tally from the ECO in final exit from the risk area.

i. On collecting their tally, ensure that the information of use to B A

teams entering the risk area, or the Airport Fire In -charge, is made
known to the ECO.

j. After colleting their tally, report to the BA Main control (if one is in
operation).

11.1.19.2 If a replac ement cylinder is fi tted and t he BA is required for immediate

re-use by the original wearer the tests should include those checks
referred to in para graph 1(a) with the exception of the c hecking of th e
DSU.
11.1.19.3 Fire fighters required to wear BA must maintain the area o f the seal free
from hair (facial or head). Failure to do so will impair the efficiency of the
seal and an avoidable safety hazard to the BA wearer.
11.1.19.4 Guidance on weari ng procedures and the responsibilities of a BA team
leader can be found in this manual (BA wearer procedure).

11.1.20 DUTIES OF THE BA TEAM LEADER

11.1.20.1 A member of the BA team should be designated as team leader

and,where possible, should be a minimum rank of Leading Fire Fighter.
11.1.20.2 The BA team leader shall:

a. Ensure the team leader is fully briefed before entry into the risk area

b. Co-ordinate gauge checks and ensure that th e team re turn to t he

Entry Control point (ECP) before any low pressure warning whistle
activates, or, if ap propriate, within li mits previously agree with t he
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 277
 Airport Fire In -charge to pr event undue exposure to difficult or
strenuous conditions.

c. Monitor the working conditions and be aware of the potential

physiological effects that th ey may c ause to t eam members and
working duration.

d. Update the ECO if communication equipment is being used.

e. Inform the ECO, as soon , as it is practical, of any development of the

operational incident that is li kely to be considered significant by the
Airport Fire In-charge.

11.1.20.3 The BA team leader is responsible for t he conduct of the team during the
time the team is within the risk area. The team leader will base decision s
for action on.

a. The training and experience gained from previous incidents.

b. Information received by communications from outside the risk area.

c. Sensory perception inside the risk area (e.g. noise, whistles, thermal
image cameras).

d. Other BA team members.

11.1.20.4 BA team leader’s duties also extend to decisions about when to withdraw
from the risk area and responding to DSUs (see emergency procedures).

11.1.20.5 BA wearers are oft en at the forefront of fire fi ghting activity. BA team
leaders and crew members should therefore be alert to the potential for
flashover and /or back draught.

11.1.21 INCIDENT PROCEDURE/ BA WEARER PROCEDURE

11.1.21.1 In addition to the g eneral Command a nd Control Procedu res set ou t in

this guideline manual, there a re a number of particular points to note in
relation to operational safety at an incident.
11.1.21.2 In addition to the duties of a wearer, BA wearers should;

a. Don and start up t heir BA s et in safe air, and check the set and
facemask for security of fit and the main valve is fully opened.

b. Check lamps and fire fighting equipment by operation immediately

before entering the risk area and at intervals appropriate to the
incident.
c. Check communications equipment immediately before e ntering the
risk area and at regular intervals whilst in use.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 278

 d. Check pressure gauges before entry and agree the reading shown o n
the tally with th e Entry Control Officer (ECO) (unless rapid
deployment procedures are in use)

e. Monitor pressure gauges at regular intervals throughout the time in

the risk area (in addition, BA team leaders should check t he gauges
of all team members at regular intervals).

f. As far as practicable, comply with t he instructions given by th e

Airport Fire In -charge and ECO and any instructions given by th e
team leader.

g. Withdraw from the risk area on the instructions of the team leader.

h. Collect tallies from the ECO as wearer’s exit from the risk area.

Wearers should not wear BA if the pressure gauge indicates

contents less 80% of the full capacity

11.1.22 DONNING SCBA FROM AN APPARATUS / VEHICLE SEAT MOUNT:

a. Don full PPE ensemble prior to mou nting the fire apparatus. Safely
mount the apparatus and s it in the seat, placing arms through
Breathing Apparatus shoulder straps.

b. Fasten your seat b elt. Partially tighten the shou lder straps. Do not
fully tighten at this time. When the apparatus comes to a complete
stop at the emergency scene, release your seat belt and release
Breathing Apparatus from the mounting bracket. Carefully exit the
apparatus.

c. Attach the waist belt.

d. Adjust shoulder straps until they are tight.

e. Open the main cylinder valve.

f. Remove or loosen your helmet and pull back the protective hood. Don
the face mask / pi ece and c heck for l eaks. Pull the prote ctive hood
over the head, put the helm et back i n place a nd secure the chi n
strap.

g. If necessary, connect the regulator to the face piece.

h. Activate the airflow and alarm.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 279

11.1.23 Donning SCBA from the Ground, the floor or a storage case

Two methods can be used: the over-the –head method and coat met hod.
Before starting, ensure that t he SCBA has been inspected and is re ady
for service.

11.1.23.1 OVER- THE- HEAD METHOD

a. If necessary, open the protective case and lay out the Breathing
Apparatus so that the cylinder valve is away from you and the
shoulder straps are to the sides.

b. Fully open the main cylinder valve.

c. Bend down and gra sp the Breathing Apparatus back plate with bot h
hands. Using your legs, lift th e Breathing Apparatus over your head.
Once the Breathing Apparatus clears your head, rotate it 180 deg. so
the waist straps are pointed toward the ground.

d. Slowly slide the pa ck down your back. Make s ure that your arms
slide into the shoulder straps. Once the Breathing Apparatus is in
place, tighten the shoulder straps and secure the waist strap.

e. Remove your helmet and pull the hood back. Don the face piece and
check for an adequate seal. Pull your protective hood into position ,
replace your helmet and secure the chin strap.

f. If necessary, connect the regulator to the face piece. Activate th e

airflow and alarm.

11.1.23.2 COAT METHOD

a. If necessary, open the protective case and layout the Breathing

Apparatus so that t he cylinder valve is facing you and the s traps are
laid out to the sides. Fully open the main cylinder valve. Place your
dominant hand on the opposite shoulder strap. For safety reasons be
sure to grasp the strap as close to the back plate as possible.

b. Lift the Breathing Apparatus and swing it o ver your dominant

shoulder, being careful of people or objects around you.

c. Slide your other hand between the Breathing Apparatus cylinder and
the corresponding shoulder strap.

d. Tighten the shoulder straps

e. Attach the waist belt and adjust tightness.

f. Remove your helmet and pull your hood back. Don the face piece and
check for an adequate seal.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 280

 g. Pull the p rotective hood into position, replace t he helmet and secu re
the chin strap.Ifnecessary, connect the regulator to the face piece.
Activate the airflow and al arm.These instructions will have to be
modified for different Breathing Apparatus units. T he sequence for
adjusting shoulder straps and waist belt varies with different models.
Modifications must also be made for Breathing Apparatus with waist –
mounted regulators. Refer to the specific manufactures instructions
supplied with each unit.

11.1.23.3 DONNING THE FACE PIECE / FACEMASK

11.1.23.4 Face pieces for various brands and models of Breathing Apparatus are
slightly different. Some have t he regulator mounted on the face piece;
other have it mounted on the harness straps. Fire fighters must learn
about the face pieces used by the department.

a. Make sure you have don ned your protective hood. Remove you r
helmet and pull the hood down over your neck.

b. Fully extend the straps on the face piece.

c. Rest your chin in the chin pocket at the bottom of the mask.

d. Fit the face piece to your face, bringing the straps or webbing over
your head.
e. Tighten the lowest two straps. T o tighten, pull the straps straight
back, not out and away from your head.

f. Tighten the pair of straps at your temple, if any

g. If your model has additional straps, tighten the top straps last.

h. Check for proper seal. This process depends on the model and type
of face piece you use.

i. Replace your helmet and secure the chin strap.

j. Install the regulator on your face piece or attach the low -pressure
air supply hose to the regulator.

11.1.23.5 DOFFING SCBA

In general you should reverse the steps used to don your SCBA. Follo w
the steps into doff your SCBA;

a. Remove the regulator from your face piece or disconnect the lo w

pressure air supply hose from the regulator.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 281

 b. Shut off the air supply valve.

c. Remove your helmet down around your neck.

d. Loosen the straps on your face piece.

e. Remove your face piece

f. Release your waist belt

g. Loosen the shoulder straps and remove the SCBA

h. Shut off the air cylinder valve.

i. Bleed the air pressure from the regulator by opening the emergency
by-pass valve.

j. If you have an integrated PASS device, turn it off.

k. Place the SCBA in a safe l ocation where it will not get dirty or
damaged

11.1.24 WITHDRAWAL OF BA TEAMS

The decision about when to withdrawal from a risk ar ea is a v ery

important one. T he central aim must be to ensure that all BA tea m
members return to the Entry Control Point (ECP) by the estimated time
of whistle, subject to circumstances which develop since the time o f
entry which necessitate an e arly withdrawal. However, the timing of
withdrawal from the risk area must take into account.

a. Unusual physiological or psychological stress or discomfort

experienced from rapid temperature increase.

b. The depth of pen etration in to the risk are a when using BA

guidelines.

c. Deteriorating situation.

11.1.25 APPLICATION OF WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURES

11.1.25.1 The Airport Fire In-charge, ECO’s and BA team leaders duties extend
to ensuring that BA wearers must not be exposed to and inappropriate
level of risk. BA wearers are also responsible for ensuring that team
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 282
 leaders are made a ware of any relevant developments that might lead
to the need for an early withdrawal from the risk area.
11.1.25.2 BA team leaders must not rely sole ly on cyli nder contents when
reaching a decision about when to withdraw their team but should
take into account information received from all sources. BA tea m
leaders must withdraw their team if any member.

a. Has uncontrolled loss of pressure.

b. Appears to be unw ell, confused or in discomfort (especially when

exposed to rapid temperature increase).

c. Has a gauge, which has become faulty or unreadable.

d. Has been exposed to an ir respirable atmosphere due t o a BA

failure.

e. Has a low pressure warning whistle activation.

11.1.25.3 Team withdrawal should also occur when

a. That team leader, acting on personal initiative, experience, and

assessment or on advice of team members, decides that co nditions
in the risk area have deteriorated to the extent that BA tea m
members are exposed to an inappropriate level of risk.

b. A team member reaches a pre determined pressure gauge rea ding

set by the Airport Fire In -charge following assessment of
physiological risk and other relevant information.

c. The emergency evacuation signal sounds

11.1.25.4 For the teams of there or less, the whole team should withdraw
whether or not the t ask is completed. However, at the BA team leader
discretion part of the team may wit hdraw from the ris k area, f or
example:

a. Where the team members number four or more a team could spli t
with only two members having to withdraw.

b. Where a low pressures warning whistle activates prematurely due

to set malfunction.

c. A minor leak to the facemask.

11.1.25.5 On no ac count should a BA team divide following entry i nto the ri sk

area to undertake a separate task, and on no account should a BA
wearer attempt to leave a risk area un accompanied, the Airport Fire
In-charge should immediately be advise d of any decision to withdraw
prematurely from the risk area.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 283
 11.1.26 ENTRAPPED PROCEDURE

11.1.26.1 To allow a BA wea rer to ma ximize the duration of a B A set in t he

event of becoming trapped. The aim of the entrapped procedure is t o
allow a BA wearer to maximize the duration of a BA set in the event of
becoming trapped and being unable to withdraw from the risk area.
11.1.26.2 No provision exists for conserving the air supply in open circuit BA
other than by the wearer moderating demand for air by using the least
possible energy.
11.1.26.3 When a w earer of a compressed air BA becomes aware that it is no t
possible to escape the risk area, the following action should be taken:

a. Operate the DSU.

b. Relax as much as possible in the circumstances by assuming a

reclining or seated posture.

c. Breathe calmly and gently.

d. Try to make radio contact with the ECO or other BA teams.

e. If a char ged branch is av ailable and can be operated, any

combustible material in the v icinity should be s aturated in order
to retard the fire spread.

f. Any supplementary supply function should not be operated. T he

cylinder valve should not be a djusted, other than checking that it
is fully open.

g. The low-pressure warning whistle will o perate when the cyl inder
pressure has fallen to a poin t where t he safety margin remains.
(The air consumed by the op eration of the low c ylinder pressure
warning whistle is 4 liters per minute).

h. BA team members should encourage each other to remain

conscious and alert at all times.

11.1.27 EMERGENCY TEAMS

11.1.27.1 To provide prompt emergency assistance to brea thing apparatus (B A)

wearers, Emergency teams of BA wearers must be established at al l
incidents where Stage 2 BA Entry Control Procedures are in operation
and at other incidents as soon as personnel resources permit.
11.1.27.2 The Entry Control Officer (ECO) is responsible for info rming the
Airport Fire In-charge of the need for an emergency team. T he Airport
Fire In-charge shall nominate an emerg ency team of BA we arers from
those available at the incident. The composition of the emergency
teams will depend u pon the nature of the incident, the loc ation of BA
wearers and the number of BA wearers in the largest teams.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 284
11.1.27.3 A minimum number of two BA wearers will be required for every
emergency team a nd these will be eq uipped with cylinders with a t
least equivalent maximum duration to the BA of the wearer s
committed to the risk area.
11.1.27.4 The emergency team shall be suitably equipped for the i ncident at
hand. This may include for example.

a. Radio Communications equipment.

b. Resuscitation equipment.

c. An additional BA set.

d. Any other specialist equipment provide for this purpose.

11.1.27.5 All equipment should be tested and ready for immediate use. Wher e
BA wearers at an i ncident are wearing protective clothing in addition
to their BA, the emergency team will be similarly protected.

11.1.28 DEPLOYMENT OF EMERGENCY TEAM

To provide a prompt emergency assistance to breathing Apparatus (BA)

wearers, the following procedures should be applied.

a. The emergency teams should rig (but not start up) in BA and
stand by at the ECP until instructed to enter the incident by t he
ECO or until relieved of th at duty or the co nclusion of BA
operations.

b. Prior to entry, the ECO will ensure that all members of the
emergency team are fully briefed about the emergency. The likely
location of the wea rer (s) in distress (if this is known) and wil l
collect the wearers tallies and record their action on the Entry
Control Board (ECB).

c. When available, existing BA guide lines or communications lines

should be follow ed (if working on a ho se line this may also be
used to trace the steps of the distressed team but care should be
taken that the correct hose lines is followed).

d. Following deployment, the ECO should inform the Airport Fire In -

charge of the incident and call for a replacement emergency team.

11.1.29 RECORDING OF DAILY INSPECTIONS

11.1.29.1 At the start of each watch/shift, it is the responsibility of all

nominated BA wea rers to m ake sure that the appropriate tests a re
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 285
 made to the breathing apparatus sets allocated to them as against
their name on the riding positions.
11.1.29.2 On completion, the tally belonging to that set must register th e
wearer’s name, and the cylinder contents.
11.1.29.3 The sets record book must be completed as s oon as practicable i n
black or blue ink, showing the date , cylinder number, contents i n
bars, remarks and signed for by the nominated wearer. Red ink is to
be used after Heat and Smoke Exercises and actual incidents.
11.1.29.4 A wearer who has been unable to rec ord that the tests have been
carried out should be aware that by wearing the set he ha s indicated
that it is working satisfactorily.
11.1.29.5 Any defects to the apparatus should be reported to the officer i n
charge of the duty watch.

11.1.30 THE GENERAL CHECK

11.1.30.1 The testing of breathing apparatus is only to be carried out b y

personnel qualified to wear breathing apparatus.
11.1.30.2 The general check should be carried out by all fire fighters nominated
to wear breathing apparatus at the following times:

a. At the start of each watch, or as necessary at other times during

the watch.

b. After the set has been serviced.

c. After drill of incident

11.1.30.3 The general check consists of the following:

a. Carry out a good vi sual check of the a pparatus and cylinder for
damage, including Back plate, Harness and all stitching and
fasteners
.
b. Slacken off all straps.

c. Check all finger tight connections.

d. Remove the facemask from its bag and examine for damage (mask,
visor and head straps especially around buckles), check
mushroom valves are in p lace on t he inner mask (oral/nasal
mask).

e. Turned the demand valve into test position.

f. Open the cylinder valve fully, (if the cyl inder contents is les s than
80% change the cylinder) fit facemask and adjust the straps

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 286

 (bottom pair, and top strap). Positive pressure will activate on first
inhalation.

g. Take two deep breaths, ho lding the third, listen for any audibl e
leaks.

h. Check function of supplementary supply.

i. Close the cylinder valve fully, moves head up and down and side
to side to check fo r leaks w hile monitoring the pressure gauge.
Then slowly breath down the set until t he low pressure warnin g
signal activates at 55 bar, a low pressure warning whistle will also
operate at this setting. Draw the facemask firmly onto the face to
ensure there is no inward leak into the facemask
.
j. Remove the mask and clean with the BA wipes should be
provided, then place the mask into its protective bag.

k. Check the manual operation of the DSU.

l. Full out the tally (rank, name and cylinder pressure).

m. Check the torch by operation and inspect the sets personal lin e
fully.

n. Check the appliance mo untings onto which the apparatus is

stowed.

o. Full in the breathing apparatus logbook pertaining to that set.

p. Report any defects to the Duty Officer.

11.1.31 MONTHLY TEST

This test should include:

a. A minimum wearing duration of 50 ba rs (it self preceded by a ful l

general check).

b. This test can be part of a normal wear at an incident or dril l

provided it is of as least the minimum duration stated above.

c. Remove the cylinder from then apparatus.

d. Examining the cylinder strap (s) for damage and wear

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 287

 .
e. Examining all the apparatus straps (harness) for dam age and
wear.

f. Examining the attachment points for the personal line.

g. Check the cylinder connection.

h. Refitting a cylinder filled with at least 80%.

i. Carry out a full general check of the apparatus.

j. Record the test in the sets logbook as a monthly test.

11.1.32 CONTROL OF BREATHING APPARATUS TALLIES

11.1.32.1 Personnel wearing breathing apparatus are not to enter a risk area
without first handing in the BA tally to the Entry Control Officer.
11.1.32.2 Personal withdrawing from the risk area sh ould report to the Entr y
Control Officer with their face mask in position. The Entry Control
Officer. Will instruct them to remove their facemask and close dow n
their sets before returning their tally.
11.1.32.3 If a team withdraws to collect a piece of equipment, or pass a message
etc, but do not remove their facemask, close down their set s or collect
their allies but immediately re -enter the aircraft/ building this is part
of their initial working.
11.1.32.4 A team withdrawing from the risk area, closing down their sets,
accepting their tall y. If they do this a nd then h ave to ma ke another
entry into the risk area, this is a new entry an d fresh records are
required.
11.1.32.5 If, after withdrawing, closing down and r eporting to the Entr y Control
Officer, a team is required to re enter the aircraft / building to perform
a specific task and the officer in charge is satisfied that the content of
their cylinder is sufficient, even though their pressure gauge may
record less than 80% of their contents, this is a re entry and fresh
records are required. In any case wearers are not to re -enter an area
with a cylinder content of less than 100 bars.
On the front

a. Name of Airport

b. Set number permanently marked

c. Cylinder content in liters permanently

d. Space for name

e. Space for cylinder pressure

f. Space for time in

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 288
 g. Duration and no fresh records are required.

11.1.33 IDENTIFICATION TALLIES

11.1.34DURATION OF BREATHING APPARATUS

11.1.34.1 The rate of consumption of air of open circuit BA can vary over a
wide range. This range of variation depends upon a number of factors,
which include the work rate of the wearer, their physique and the
environmental conditions in which they are working.
11.1.34.2 To enable the duration of open circuit breathing apparatus to be
estimated an average consumption rate of 40 liters per minute can be
used.
11.1.34.3 Full Duratio:The period during which the breathing apparatus in
expected to provide respiratory protection from the moment the
cylinder valve is open until the cylinder contents are exhausted.
11.1.34.4 Working Duration: The period during which the breathing
apparatus is expected to provide respiratory protection from the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 289
 moment the cylinder valve is opened until the low pressure warning
whistle sounds.
11.1.34.5 Safety Margin: The period during which the low pressure
warning whistle operates.
11.1.34.6 Formula for calculating the duration of breathing apparatus is
as follow.

PXC

D= ----------- - 10

N X 40

Where,

D = the remaining working duration (in minutes)

P = the pressure in the cylinder (bar)

N = the maximum filled pressure of the cylinder (bar)

C = the ca pacity (in Litres) of the cylin der when pressurized to N

bars.

For example;

D = ? ; P = 260 bar ; N = 300 bar ; C = 1800 litre (6 ltr x 300 bar = 1800
litre)

D = 260 X 1800

---------------- - 10 = 39 - 10 = 29 min

300 X 40

The figure 40 used in the cal culation represents the notio nal consumption
rate used in estimating the average consumption of an open circui t
apparatus and approximates to a wearer walking at a speed of 6 km/hour.

The figure 10 repr esents the period allotted to the saf ety margin of the
apparatus in minute.

11.1.35 STAGE 1 AND STAGE 2 CONTROL BOARDS

11.1.35.1 The same design b oard is u sed in bo th stage 1 and st age 2

control procedures. The control board comprises of a Persp ex covered
board about 300 mm in width and 800 mm in height.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 290

11.1.35.2 The upper section of the board contains a calculator for
calculating the wor king duration of th e breathing apparatus it al so
has a clock
11.1.35.3 The remainder of t he board comprises, under Perspex cover,
divisions into which the breat hing apparatus tallies can be inserted.
Two divisions are permanently marked and are intended for th e
tallies of the eme rgency teams only . Corresponding spaces permit
entries under the headings;
a. Time of whistle

b. Location of teams

c. Remarks

11.1.35.4 Entry Control Boards should be chec ked at th e start of each

watch. The examination should include;
a. Checking that the board is clean. No past entries on display.

b. Examine for damage or excessive wear.

c. Check that the b oard has a water proof marker suitable for
Perspex.

d. Check that the clock is working and the time is correct.

e. Check that the board is on the appropriate appliance.

f. Check that there is a black and yellow tabard.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 291

 ENTRY CONTROL OFFICER ALONGWITH ENTRY CONTROL BOARD

11.1.36 BREATHING APPARATUS MAIN CONTROL BOARD

CLOCK

To record time MAIN CONTROL

OFFICER

Loca No
Entry No. Reliefs tion tes EMERGENCY
Control sets of TEAM

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 292

 Point in Tea
(ECP) use m
Location

Name of No. No. & Being Operat

Entry requ time service ional
Control ired sent d
Officer

ECP No. 1

ECP No. 2

ECP No. 3

ECP No. 4

11.1.37PERSONAL LINES

11.1.37.1 The personal line is 6 meters long. One end of the line should be
fastened to a “D” ring, which is passed through a shaped slot in the
rear of the personal pouch to permit this fastening. A snap hook o
other suitable device, such as a Karabiner, is fastened to the other end
of the personal line. A further “D” ring is permanently fastened to the
personal line 1.25 meters from the snap hook at the running end. In
normal stowage this second “D” ring is secured to the short length of
strap by a clip. The strap is secured to the removable ring anchoring
the standing end of the personal line to the breathing apparatus
harness. This method of fastening permits the personal line to be paid
out in two separate lengths, a short length of 1.25 meters, which may
be, extended to the full length of the line 6 meters.
11.1.37.2 The line is stowed in a pouch attached to the harness of the
breathing apparatus set, which is provided with internal pockets. The
smaller of the main pockets accommodates the 1.25 meter of line and
the largest pocket the remaining line. The smallest of the pockets
houses the snap hook. Line is always to be stowed in a haphazard
fashion to avoid tangles. On the dog lead type of personal line the 1.25

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 293

 meter length is identified by a knot in the line and stowed by a spring
loaded recoil system.
11.1.37.3 The personal line should be examined as part of the daily check
of the breathing apparatus you have been allocated to wear.
11.1.37.4 The personal line allows members of a breathing apparatus team
to attach themselves to each other or to a guide line using the 1.25
meter length of the line and also permits a search to be extended from
the main line to the full extend of the personal line.
11.1.37.5 When a guideline is being laid, all the members other than the
team leader are to attach themselves to the member in front of them
by the short length of the personal line. Alternatively, all members of
the team, other than the team leader, may attach themselves to the
guideline using the short length of their personal line.
11.1.37.6 After the line has been laid the leader of the team following it
must be attached to it by the short length of their personal line. The
other members of the team must be attached by their short length of
their personal line to the team member in front or to the guideline.
11.1.37.7 When attached individually to the guideline team members
should also remain within physical contact distance of the remaining
members of the team.

11.1.38 Hook For Personal Line:

Personal Line

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 294

11.1.39 PERSONAL LINE HOOK

11.1.40 PERSONAL LINE POUCH

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 295

11.1.41 MAIN GUIDELINE

a. Length 60 meters.

b. Diameter 6mm to 8mm

c. “Tabs” are fitted in pairs to the line at 2.5 meter intervals along
the length of the line. In each pair one of the “Tab” (the tab nearer
the payout end) is knotted and is 50mm in length, the second tab
is 125mm in length and is un -knotted. The length between the
knotted and the un-knotted tab is 150mm.

d. A container is prov ided into which t he guideline is sto wed in

random fashion.

e. The container is provided with a hole normally in the lid to permit

deployment of the guideline.

f. The container is designed to be securely attached to a bre athing

apparatus wearer or breathing apparatus set.

g. Guidelines are only to be use d on the i nstruction of the offi cer in

charge.

h. Guidelines should be marked when l aid our G uideline “A And

Guideline “B”

i. A main guideline is provided to enable a team of breathing

apparatus wearers in the risk area to r etrace their steps t o the
entry control points and to enable subsequent team locate them
or the scene of operations.

j. Guidelines should always be considered where there are no other

means of tracing the way out of the risk area due to conditions
within the risk area.

k. Personal lines should always be used when a main guideline has

been laid on a ro ute to be traveled separately. T his does not
preclude their use in other circumstances.

l. A man guideline should always be stowed in such a way that the

running end pays out first.

m. Only one main gu ideline should be r un along a single route

leading from the entry point to the sce ne of operations. (T his
guideline may consist of a number of guidelines joined together).

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 296

 n. To search off a gui deline a personal line may be deployed to th e
limit of its length. Where the area to be searched is a greater
distance from the g uideline than the length of a single p ersonal
line will permit, a branch line should be used.

11.1.42 Description

11.1.42.1 Main Guideline (2 Tallies)

Each set of main guide line tallies comprises two discs, 75 mm in di ameter,
each indelibly marked on bot h sides b y the iden tifying letters A or B. each
tally has a fitting to permit its attachment to the ring of the snap hook at the
entry of a main guideline.
11.1.42.2 Branch Guideline (4 Tallies)
Each set of branch guide lin e tallies comprises four rectangular tallies, 10 0
mm by 50 mm. each one is drilled by 15 mm holes to identify the number o f
the tally, (e.g. one hole for number one tally). Each tally ha a fittin g to permit
its attachment to the ring of the snap hook at the end of a branch guide line.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 297

11.1.42.3 PERSONAL LINES

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 298

11.1.43 BRANCH GUIDELINES
a. Branch guidelines are to be used where the distance of the area to
be searched from the main guideline is greater than the length of
the personal line.

b. There should be no more than four branch lines from any Entry
Control Point.

c. Branch line tallies are to be designated “1”,”2”, “3” & “4” by the
Entry Control Officer. They are to be marked by the branch line
tallies (The number of holes representing the number of the branch
line).

d. Branch line tallies are to be affixed to the branch line by the Entry
Control Officer before they are taken into the risk area.

e. Branch guidelines are to be attached to the main guideline

securely.

f. Details of main and branch guidelines to which individuals are

committed must be recorded on the Entry Control Board.

g. The Entry Control Officer is responsible for the removal of main

and branch line tallies when the lines they are attached to are
removed from the risk area.

11.1.44 GUIDELINES, BRANCH GUIDELINE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 299

11.1.45 PROCEDURE FOR LAYING A MAIN GUIDELINE

a. The guideline should be secured to the team leader of the

nominated team lay the guideline.

b. Unless the guideline is to be used to extend and existing guideline

it is to be secured to a suitable object outside the risk area under
the control of the Entry Control Officer and by the Entry Control
Officer before the team enters the risk area.

c. Any main or branch line tallies are to be fitted by the Entry Control
Officer before the team enters the risk area.

d. The guideline is to be paid out by the team leader or other tea m

member whichever is more convenient.

e. The guideline is to be secured at inter vals to a suitable object on

the route by other team members of the guideline team between
shoulder and waist height.

f. When it i s known or expected that p enetration may be deep an

additional guideline may be carried by another team member.

g. When a t eam laying a guid eline has to withd raw before their
objective is reached, the tea m leader should ensure the container
holding the guideline is fastened to a convenient point. So it can be
used by another breathing apparatus team that may be s ent in to
relieve them and carry on with the objective.
Outgoing teams must always have pr ecedence on the g uideline
over teams entering the risk area

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 300

11.1.46 BREATHING APPARATUS FACEMASK FIT TEST

Introduction: BA Instructors should note that this guidance an d

modified procedures specifically relates to the issue of t he ‘fit’ of BA
facemasks and do es not ad dress other aspects of BA p rocedures or
command and control.
49.1 Face Mask Donning Procedure

a. This donning procedure is a ppropriate to all occ asions that BA is

donned, including training, operational incidents and whe n taking
over a se t at the start of a shift or other time as appr opriates
during general checks.

b. Correct facemask fit is essential if the best possible face seal is to

be achieved. The ideal fit is achieved when all straps are tensioned
and the chin and temple straps of the mask run in the dir ection of
the mask strap to ngues. In order to get the b est possible fit the
following points should be taken into account:

c. The area around the facemask seal should be free from hair.

d. Loosen all head harness straps, including the centre strap, to their
full extent.

e. Place the facemask against the face by sliding it up to ensure that

the chin is securely placed in the chin cup, ensure that hair does
not compromise the facemask sea l area. This may be more easily
achieved if the wearer leans forward whilst fitting the mask.

f. With multiple adjustable straps are fitted adjust the bottom an d

middle straps progressively and evenly in pairs to ensure that the
head harness is ‘square’ on the back of the head, finishing with the
top strap. The fit s hould be secure and comfortable but not over
tight.

g. BA wearers should visually check that their partner’s head harness

is correctly positioned on the head, finishing with the mas k
tongues and evenly tensioned, before fire hoods and hel mets are
donned. Report steps above if necessary.

11.1.47 Facemask Seal Test

a. The effective of th e facemask seal s hould be tested o n every

occasion that BA is donned with the intention of breathing from it.

b. Procedures for testing the facemask seal are as follows:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 301

 c. In operational situations these tests should be conducted
immediately after th e wearer has donned the set and carri ed out
the test of the positive pressure by breaking the facemask seal.

d. Hold breath and turn off the air supply to the mask keeping a
hand on the cylinder valve.

e. Observe the pressure gauge for approximately 8 seconds whilst

moving the head up and down and side to side. There should be no
discernible movement of the pressure gauge.

f. Breath steadily to exhaust the residual air in the system whil e

observing the pressure gauge and noting the activation of the low
pressure whistle.

g. When the air is exhausted, gauge shows empty, inhale to cause the
mask to collapse onto the face.

h. Hold the breath for approximately 8 seconds to ensure that the

facemask remains firmly ‘sucked down’ onto the face.

i. Turn on the air supply fully and take two or three normal breaths.

j. If a leak is identified during these tests the facemask should be re -

fitted with particular attention to correct adjustment of the harness
without however, over tightening the harness.

11.1.48 Positive Pressure Protection

11.1.48.1 Provided that the BA face masks are donned correctly and th e
facemask seal tests are fully applied positive pressure can be expected
to provide compensation for any slight mis -match between the fac e
seal and the face during use and will thus ensure adequate protection
to the wearer.
11.1.48.2 In the e vent that a facemask seal leak is identified, rigorous
application of the above proc edures, airports should seek to provide
and alternative mask, which provides and adequate fit for the
individual. If a suitable alternative mask is n ot readily available,
airports should consult with their B A supplier to seek a suitab le
modification.

11.1.49 New BA Wearer

11.1.49.1 New BA wearers are considered to be new employees, personne l

returning to oper ational duties after a signi ficant period of ti me

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 302

 involved in non-BA duties, personnel whose f acial features have
altered significantly through weight change dental work or similar
11.1.49.2 Sufficient training shall be provided to ensure that individuals can
apply the facemask donning procedure correctly. Each individual shall
then complete the facemask seal test i dentified in this gui dance. All
such be recorded in the individual’s Personal Training Record.
11.1.49.3 The guidance provided on facemask donnin g procedures an d
facemask seal tes ting should be for mally incorporated into yo ur
Breathing Apparatus initial, refresher and BA instructor training.

11.1.50 ADDITIONAL BREATHING APPARATUS INFORMATION

11.1.50.1 The role of the Brea thing Apparatus Entry Control Officer ( BAECO) is
essential to the safe control a nd support of BA o perations. The skills
and knowledge to carry out the BAECO role in terms of maintaining
proper records on the Entry Control Board, communicating with BA
teams, and the brie fing of BA teams, is an integr al part of both BA
training and refresher training.
11.1.50.2 Training for the rol e of BAE CO (to m onitor the safety of deployed BA
teams within risk a reas)should include the limitations of t he current
calculation of air usage and create the operational understanding that
the calculated time of whistle is only for guidance based on th e
average consumption of a ir. Whilst BA d uration tables were
historically based on approxi mately 40 litres pe r minute the actual
average consumption rates could vary between 40 -72% greater than
this figure, dependent on work rate and conditions BA duration tables
are not the sole measure of ensuring BA wearer safety, Airport Fire &
Rescue Services should consider the use of appropriate air
consumption figures in BA training and at operational incidents.
11.1.50.3 The most appropriate way of ensuring a consistent approach to B A
Wearing and Command and Control Procedures at all inc idents is to
ensure that knowledge of BA procedur es is coherent throughout each
Airport Fire & Rescue Service. Each Airport is responsible fo r
ensuring that the appropriate policies and procedures are in place to
ensure that a level of consistency in relation to BA training.
11.1.50.4 Initial/ refresher training and assessment should be un dertaken by
personnel who are deemed competent as BA instructors. T hese
instructor should have undergone additional t raining to fulfill the
particular requirements of the role and been appropriately assessed.
11.1.50.5 The wearing of BA i s a safety critical control measure in hazardous
operations. Therefore, all operational firefighters expected to wear BA
as well as those wh o direct a nd supervise BA op erations need to be
able to demonstrate competence in the relevant practices and
procedures which they will be expected to undertake within their role.
11.1.50.6 Complete Breathing Apparatus Set shall consist of t he following
components:

a. Backplate, shoulder harness, and waste belt.

b. Pressure Reducer, Pneumatic hoses, and Pressure gauge,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 303
 c. Facemask and lung demand valve.

d. Personal line attached securely to BA set.

e. Safety Lamp/torch attached to the set.

f. BA cylinder with cylinder cover

11.1.51 BREATHING APPARATUS MAINTENANCE /BA COMPRESSOR

ROOMS

11.1.51.1 Great care should be taken in the ventilation. Within the maintenance
rooms critical SAFETY maintenance will tak e place and critical
SAFETY equipment will be stored.
11.1.51.2 Stringent access control in to this facility should be in place. It must
remain a clean wo rk room. The washing and servicing of breathin g
apparatus sets aft er training or ope rational use should not b e
undertaken within the maintenance room.
11.1.51.3 All records pertaining to maintenance of breathing apparatus shall be
securely stored within maintenance room.
11.1.51.4 A record of all maintenance undertaken should be recorded in the set s
records and log book.
11.1.51.5 Only those persons trained a nd competent shall undertake breathing
apparatus maintenance. All BA maintenance shall be conducted in
accordance with manufactures specifications and requirements.
11.1.51.6 Refilling of Breathing Apparatus cylinders requires special precautions
because of the high pressure that are involved. The hydrostatic test
date must be checked before the cylinder is refilled to ensure that its
certification has not expired.
11.1.51.7 The compressor room, houses the Breathing Apparatus Compressor
which will draw air from within the room and compress it to a
pressure of 200/300 bars to recharge the b reathing apparatus
cylinders. The purity of this air is VITAL to the Health & safety of fire-
fighters required to wear breathing apparatus.
11.1.51.8 Therefore, this room must be controlled to a ve ry high standard, with
adequate safety precautions in place.
11.1.51.9 Air purity testing a nd compressor mai ntenance shall be undertaken
by a co mpetent person. A record of each cylinder recharged shall be
maintained. All co mposite material cylinders are to be visually
inspected before r echarging. This inspection shall be r ecorded.Air
purity test records shall be maintained and be available at all times.

11.1.52 CLEANING AND SANITIZING BREATHING APPARATUS

11.1.52.1 Breathing Apparatus manufactures will provide specific instructions

for the care and cleaning of their models.
11.1.52.2 Inspect the Breathing Apparatus for any da mage that may have
occurred before cleaning.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 304

11.1.52.3 The first step in cl eaning the Breathing Apparatus is to rinse th e
entire unit using a hose with clean water. T he harness assembly and
cylinder can be cleaned with mild soap and water solution.
11.1.52.4 After a fire, face pieces and regulators can be cleaned with a mild soap
and warm water or a disinfectant cleaning solution. T he face piece/
mask should be fully submerged in the cleaning solutions. If
additional cleaning is needed a soft br ush can be used t o scrub t he
face piece.
11.1.52.5 Avoid scratching the lens or damaging t he exhalation valve. The
regulator can be cleaned with the same solution, but should not be
submerged.
11.1.52.6 Allow the Breathing Apparatus time to dry completely before returning
it to service. Check for any damage before returning the Breathing
Apparatus to service.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 305

11.2 BA SET OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE
11.2.1 PURPOSE
Maintenance testing and operating procedure of Breathing Apparatuses
and DSU.
11.2.2 TECHNICAL DATA

Name : DRAGER PA 94 Plus.

Make : Panorama Nova PA 90 Plus Series.

Water Capacity : 4.7 Litres.
Charging Pressure : 300 Bar at 15 degree C.
Pressure Scale Max. : 374 bar at 60 degree C.
Temperature Scale : 50 to 60 degree C.
Testing Pressure : 450 Bar
Bursting Pressure : 600 Bar
Cylinder Dimension:
Length : 620 mm,
Width : 320 mm,
Height : 150 mm
Cylinder Weight : 2.81 Kg.( Ultra light)
Construction : Composite Material.
Material : Aluminium wrapped with carbon
composite
material

11.2.3 Distress Signal Unit:

D.S.U : Distress Signal Unit-Motion sensor – Automatic Distress
Signal Unit – Function;
1. If no movement detected, a pre alarm sounds after 21 – 25
seconds.
2. If movement detected further within 8 sec, the alarm is cancelled.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 306
 3. Having alkaline battery – 9 volts.

11.2.4 Warning whistle Setting :-

Ø Preset by Drager to 55 bar +/- 5 Bar

11.2.5 THE BOYGAURD- II (new multifunctional instrument, replacement

for old Pressure Gauge).
Ø To provide continuous monitoring of the compressed air
respiratory protection equipment, movement of the wearer
and temperature.
Ø Will maintain 10 milibar above to that of 1 Atmosphere on first
inhalation inside Face Mask.

Incorporated features:

• Monitoring of available air pressure of the air containment system.

• Time to whistle (TTW) and End of Service Time (EOST) – Time
Display.
• End of Service Time (EOST)
Visual – LED’s indicators – standard.

Audible – optional

• Movement Sensor and Automatic Distress Unit (ADSU).

• Button activated manual Distress Signal (DSU).
• Temperature.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 307
 • Battery life.
• ‘A’ Back light feature – illuminating the display.

11.2.6 PROCEDURE - Maintenance

— After use the apparatus should be cleaned, face mask should be washed
and disinfected & other parts carefully examined.
— If the cylinder pressure is less than 80% of the maximum charging
pressure, the cylinder should be replaced by a fully charged.
— Washers, ‘O’ rings & other seals should be renewed not less frequently
than recommended by the makers.
— When tightening nuts, excessive force should be avoided & connections
are hand tightened. Oils or grease should not be allowed to come into
contact with any part of the apparatus.
— Due to the comparatively thin wall of the ultra-lightweight cylinders, they
are more susceptible to damage than conventional type of cylinder. The
manufacturer’s instructions must be followed.

11.2.7 Cleaning, Disinfecting and Drying

— Assemble carrying system harness and Pneumatic arrangement (Demand

Valve and Face Mask) to be clean and disinfected manually using a clean,
moisturized lint free cloth, moisturized in either cleanly or disinfecting
solution.
— While cleaning do not use the acids Acetone, alcohol, white sprite
trichloroethylene.
— Use cold water, but temperature not to exceed 30 degree Celsius.
11.2.8 Low Cylinder Pressure Warning Whistle

— Whistle is set to operate so as to provide a breathing apparatus wearer

with a safety margin of about 10 minutes to allow him to return to fresh
air and his entry control with compressed air sets, the whistle consumption
is ignored as 2 lt/min. is small in relation to the amount of air breathed.

11.2.9 Periodic Inspection and Test

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 308

 — Cylinders should be kept in circulation and at intervals not exceeding 5
years must be subjected to an inspection and hydraulic stretch test by an
approved authority. This does not apply to ultra lightweight cylinders
which must be inspected and tested at 3 yearly intervals. Any cylinder
failing the test must be taken out of service.

11.2.10 Changing of Cylinder

— Cylinders showing a pressure reading of less than 80 per cent of their

maximum contents should be replaced by fully charged cylinders. They
should be mark EMPTY to avoid confusion.
— Cylinders removed from the set and awaiting recharge should not be
emptied. The valve should be closed and a blank cap fitted to the outlet.
— Cylinder should be worn in fresh air and outside the smoky area.

11.2.11 Charging of Cylinder

— Recharge to the rated pressure indicated on the label or stamped on the

neck or shoulder of cylinder. Drager recommend a charge rate of 27
bar/minute. Rapid charging will induce an increase in temperature
resulting in an incomplete charge - check pressure at ambient and if
required ‘Top up’ charge.
— It is recommended that a pressure limiting device is fitted to the charging
compressor to prevent over-charging of the selected cylinder.

11.2.12 Visual Inspection (whenever set to be used)

— Check integrity of ;
— Carrying plate.
— All straps, buckles and harness.
— Valves, connectors and cylinder supports.
— Face piece.
(desirable to lay the apparatus out on a level surface to aid inspection and
subsequent testing).

11.2.13 Low Pressure Test

— Don the face mask, adjust head harness and open cylinder valve fully,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 309

 — Breathe in and out deeply two or three times to ensure that the air is
flowing from the demand valve and that the exhaling valve is functioning
correctly.
— Hold the breath to make sure that the demand valve shuts off or that the
leakage if any is very slight.
— Close the cylinder valve and continue breathing until the air is exhausted,
at the same time ensuring that the warning whistle sounds when the gauge
needle reaches 55 (+ - 5) atmospheres (bars) and that the reading on
instrument display” zero”.
— When the air is exhausted check that it is impossible to inhale. This will
prove that the exhaling valve and mask fittings are gas tight.
— Quickly slacken the head harness, remove the face mask, clean and
disinfect the mask and apply anti-mist to the visor.

11.2.14 High Pressure Leak Test

— Open cylinder valve slowly, but fully, to pressurise system.

— If an immediate leak indicated from the demand valve , press centre of
rubber cover to release positive pressure mechanism – press reset lever to
lift positive pressure mechanism . Repeat action two or three times to
eliminate leak. If leak not eliminated, return balanced piston unit to
Company).
— Close the cylinder valve and observe the pressure gauge.
— Gauge reading shall not decrease more than 10 bar in one minute.

11.2.15 RECORD &REPORT

Official doing test and maintenance shall record all the activities in
appropriate register and report to be submitted to officer incharge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 310

 11.3 ALUMINIZED FIRE PROXIMITY SUIT-STANDARD
OPERATING PROCEDURE

11.3.1 Donning Instruction

The operator should be trained in sequence of donning the suit. As far as
possible, he should try to work by himself only. One helper may be
provided who is also well aware of the sequence. But the operator should
not be encouraged for standing idle while others dress him. The hood
should be worn the last when the fighter is ready to go for operations.
11.3.2 Reasonable donning time should be 2 to 2.5 minutes.
11.3.3 The donning exercise should be carried out at least once in 15 days.
11.3.4 Cooling by wetting
Proximity suit shall never be cooled by wetting.
11.3.5 Illumination of operational area
11.3.6 Whenever possible operational area should be illuminated with the
battery operated flood lights or by drawing cable from a distant place as
the electricity in the vicinity of fire is separated from the supply source.
11.3.7 Inspection
Garment will be checked at regular intervals and maintained in perfect
order. Particularly check fastening devices to ensure they are operating
properly.
11.3.8 Washing
Outer fabric can be cleaned by spreading the suit on the ground and
wiping with a swab soaked in mild soap solution. Rinse using water and
cloth. Dripping in water is not recommended.
11.3.9 Storage
Preferably on Hangers. However, folded suit stored in Polybag does not
pose any problem.
11.3.10 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (As per user’s manual)
10.1 Weekly Maintenance

a) Remove entire set from box and spread on table.

b) Check all fastening devices. Operate all zips and studs.
c) Visually check entire suit for any damage or dirt.
d) Clean if required and store in box.

11.3.10.2 Monthly Maintenance

a) Clean outer fabric by spreading the suit on ground and wiping

with swab soaked in mild soap solution.
b) Rinse using water and cloth.
c) Do not dip in water.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 311

 d) Dry proximity suit completely and store in box.

11.3.11 RECORDS AND REPORTS.

Official doing maintenance shall record al maintenance activities in

Proximity Suit maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found sh all be
reported to officer in-charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 312

11.4 HYDRAULIC CUTTER AND SPREADER – MAINTENANCE
TESTING AND OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE

11.4.1 Before operation

a) Always use PPE (Helmet with visor, hand gloves, safety shoes &
protective clothing)
b) Check hose and equipment for damage before use.
c) Check hydraulic oil level, replenish if required.
d) Check fuel level; do not use old and dirty petrol.
e) Be prepared for accidents, keep first aid box ready.
f) Read operation instructions carefully before use.

11.4.2 During operation

a) Ensure power unit control lever in off position.

b) Connect hose pipes with generator, extend the line and connect
spreader/cutter.
c) Pull starting rope.
d) Run engine in idle speed for 30 seconds.
e) Open the hydraulic fluid release valve.

11.4.3 Shutting Down

a) After the work is finished the cutter blades must be placed ove r
each other, in order to preclude any risk of injury.
b) The cutter‘s blades must never be fully closed as this will cause
hydraulic stress to be built up in the equipment.
c) Then the equipment can be disconnected providing that th e
power unit control lever is in the “0“ position.
d) Care must be taken to ensure that no dirt ends up on th e
coupling and that the protective caps are immediately fitted.

11.4.4 CARE AND MAINTENANCE

a) Protective caps shall always be fitted on all the couplings to

protect it from dirt.
b) Check physically before use for any damage.

11.4.5 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Local)

11.4.5.1 Weekly Maintenance
Check the cutter/spreader for damage. If the equipment should b e
found not to be in flawless condition then it must not be used!
a. Check the blades (damage)
b. Check the control handle including pushbutton (function)
c. Check the couplings (damage, dirt)
d. Check the hand grip (securely fastened)
e. Check the protective cover (damage)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 313

 f. Check the hoses (damage).
g. The device and the accessory parts must undergo a visual
inspection. You should pay particular attention to the spreader
tips, joints, hoses and coupling.
h. Check the lubrication of the moving parts and bolts and inject
grease into them if necessary.
i. Check hydraulic oil level. Replenish if required.

11.4.5.2 Monthly Maintenance

Assemble entire h ydraulic cutting unit and c onduct all functional

tests.

11.4.6 RECORDS AND REPORTS

Official doing maintenance shall record all maintenance activities i n

Hydraulic Cutter and Spreader maintenance register. Any
defect/deficiency found shall be reported to officer In-charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 314

11.5 INFLATABLE EMERGENCY LIGHT – STANDARD
OPERATING
PROCEDURE.
11.5.1 Refuelling
Use pure petrol only.
• Do not use old dirty petrol as this may seriously damage the engine.
• During refuelling it is advisable to use a filter for the petrol.
• While filling, use appropriate accessories to avoid fuel spilling out.
• It fuel spill occurs, dry it carefully and wait for it all to be
completely dry before you start up engine.
• Do not fill tank up to brim.

11.5.2 Starting the engine

• Position inflatable tower on level ground where lighting is required.

• Apply wheel brake.
• Check all switches are in off positions.
• Check engine oil and fuel level.
• Switch on the engine, then start engine by pulling starting cord till
engine starts.
• Adjust the selecting knob to ‘Generator’.
• Switch on the toggle switch to blower.
• Inflation starts and after full inflation of balloon switch on toggle
switch for lamp.
• In case of heavy winds fix the nails in the ground and tie the
balloon string to nails to avoid falling of tower.
• In case of rain, use protective cover for generator. (red colour)

11.5.3 Stopping engine

• Switch off lamp by turning the lamp switch off.

• Wait for the lamp to cool before switching off the blower.
• Un-hook the ties from the ground.
• Turn the blower switch ‘off’.
• Grip and support the balloon to prevent the lamp from striking the
ground as it falls.
• Switch off the engine.
• Roll up the balloon.
• Cover emergency inflatable light system by general protecting cover.
(blue)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 315

11.5.4 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Local)

• Check engine oil and fuel level.

• Switch on the engine, and then start engine by pulling starting cord
till engine starts.
• Switch on the toggle switch to blower.
• Inflation starts and after full inflation of balloon switch on toggle
switch for lamp.

11.5.5 RECORDS AND REPORTS.

Official doing maintenance shall record al maintenance activities in ASKA

Light maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found sh all be reported
to officer in-charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 316

11.6 POWER DRIVEN SAW – STANDARD OPERATING
PROCEDURE

11.6.1 Always use PPE (Helmet with visor, hand gloves, safety shoes &
protective clothing)

11.6.2 Do not use the PD saw near the flammable vapour rich atmosphere.

11.6.3 You should be balanced when operating PD saw.

11.6.4 Avoid injury of the passenger inside the cabin.

11.6.5 Refuelling
a) Use pure petrol + 2T oil.
b) Do not use old dirty petrol as this may seriously damage the engine.
c) During refuelling it is advisable to use a filter for the petrol.
d) While filling, use appropriate accessories to avoid fuel spilling out.
e) It fuel spill occurs, dry it carefully and wait for it all to be
completely dry before you start up engine.

11.6.6 Starting Engine

a) Lock the throttle trigger lockout.
b) Push the starter switch (red).
c) Pull the choke (blue). A warm engine can be started without choke.
d) Push in the decompression valve.
e) Be sure that you and the machine are firmly positioned when
starting and cutting wheel does not touch anything.
f) Pull out the starter cord slowly until the starter pawls engaged
then rapidly.

11.6.7 Working techniques

a) Always try to maintain high cutting pressure and high wheel

speed.
b) Try to get a smallest possible point by moving the wheel back and
forth in cut.
c) Always pull the trigger fully when you apply the cutter wheel to the
material and regulate the speed of the machine by increasing and
decreasing the feed pressure.
d) Do not operate the power driven saw above soldier level.

11.6.8 CARE AND MAINTENANCE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 317

 • Clean the power driven saw daily and before use.
• Check physically before use for any damage.

11.6.9 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (As per maintenance manual)

11.6.9.1 Daily Maintenance

• Check that the components of the throttle control work smoothly
( throttle control and throttle trigger lock).
• Check the tension of the drive belt.
• Check the condition of the blade and the drive gear.
• Check the starter and starter cord and clean the outside of the
starter units air intake
• Check the nuts and screws are tight.
• Check the stop switch works correctly.

11.6.9.2 Weekly Maintenance

• Check, clean or replace the main filter.
• Check that the handles and vibration damping elements and not
damaged.
• Clean the spark plug. Check that the electrode gap is 0.5 mm.
• Clean the fins on the flywheel. Check the starter and the recoil
spring.
• Clean the cooling fins on the cylinder.
• Check that the muffler is securely attached and not damaged.
• Check the operation of the carburettor.

11.6.9.3 Monthly Maintenance

• Check the paper filter.
• Check the clutch centre, drive gear and clutch spring for wear.
• Clean the outside of the carburettor.
• Check the fuel filter and the fuel hose. Replace if necessary.
• Clean inside of the fuel tank.
• Check all cables and connections.

11.6.10 RECORDS AND REPORTS.

Official doing maintenance shall record all maintenance activities in

PDS maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found shall be
reported to officer In-charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 318

 11.7 BREATHING APPARATUS COMPRESSOR – STANDARD
OPERATING PROCEDURE & MAINTENANCE

11.7.1 Operating Principle

11.7.1.1 The sound proofed refill station series MCH 13/16/ET S Mini silent
and Super silent consist of a high pressure compressor with forced ai r
cooling with 3 compression stages.
11.7.1.2 The air circulating around the compressor, which does n ot contain
any harmful fumes, is taken into the intake fi lter and i ntroduced
through the intake valve into the cylin der of the first stage where the
first compression takes place.
11.7.1.3 A part of the heat produced in the co mpression is dissipated by t he
flow of air created by the f an through the head and relat ive valves,
piston, cylinder, monobloc and lubricating oil; th e heat re maining in
the compressed air is dissipated in the long piping connecting one
stage of the compression to another and which acts as a radiator; the
temperature at the hose outlet is just a few degrees higher than that
of the environment.
11.7.1.4 The operating temperatures of each sta ge are: at the pipe connection
that goes to the intake cylinder: about 15 -20 deg C above the
environmental temperature (it feels warm to the touch), to the pipe
connection that starts from the head (from the discharge valve), about
80-100 deg C.
11.7.1.5 The intake air contains a certain degree of humidity according to
atmospheric conditions. During the compression and subsequent
cooling, the humi dity condenses and together with the particles o f
lubricating oil forms a milky white emulsion that precipitates into th e
separators.
11.7.2 Safety Devices:

Position Safety Device Description Inspection

1 Safety valves Protect the third The safety valve must be

stage and the checked at each refill,
cylinders from start up the compressor
being overfilled. It with the cylinder valves
is calibrated closed and the end valve
during the open. Check that the
inspection of the safety valve starts opening
compressors. correctly with the pressure
gauge, open the valves

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 319

 and proceed with the refill.

2 Sound-proofed Built of steel Periodically check its

frame integrity

3 Side panels Fixed with locks Periodically check their

integrity

4 Manual The condensate is Open the discharge taps

condensate a milky-white every 10-15 minutes and
discharge taps emulsion formed of make sure the condensate
oil and water. T he comes out visibl y and
absorption of water consistently. If the
by the filter causes condensate is discharged
wear on the filter automatically, check that
itself and it operates correctly by
consequent opening the manual
contamination discharge taps. T he
condensate should be
present in minimum
quantities

5 Active carbon The quality of th e The cartridge must be

filter and air depends to a replaced before the air
molecular sieve great extent on the becomes foul smelling.
conditions of the
filter and sieve.

11.7.3 Control Panel

11.7.3.1 The control panel has three operating buttons and the hour counter to
memorize the number of machine operating hours.

11.7.3.2 ON – Green button - it enables the compressor to be started up.

11.7.3.3 OFF – Red button - it enables the compressor to be stopped.

11.7.3.4 Manual Purge – Yellow button - It enables the condensate to be

purged manually.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 320

 11.8 ADVANCE FIRE TECHNOLOGY (AFT) - WATER MIST FIRE
FIGHTINGSYSTEM –STANDAD OPERATING PROCEDURE

11.8.1 Before operation

• Always use PPE while operating AFT.

• Visually check harness, tank, extinguishing gun and carrying device
for any abnormality.
• Check pressure in propellant gas cylinder, recharge if required.
• Fill water as per capacity. (9 litter)
• Fill foam as per induction ratio in case foam operation required.
• Secure tank cap firmly.

11.8.2 During operation

• Secure the unit firmly on operators back

• Open propellant gas cylinder valve fully.
• Position yourself near fire at appropriate distance.
• Squeeze extinguishing gun trigger, direct media on fire in short burst
with sweeping movement.

11.8.3 After Operation

• Close propellant gas cylinder valve fully

• Press pressure release button in cap assembly.
• Recharge/replace propellant gas cylinder.
• Replenish media in extinguishing agent tank.

11.8.4 CARE AND MAINTENANCE

• Clean AFT thoroughly with fresh water after foam use.

• Check physically after every use for any damage.

11.8.5 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Local)

11.8.5.1 Weekly
• Visually check harness, tank, extinguishing gun and carrying device
for any abnormality.
• Check pressure in propellant gas cylinder, recharge if required.
• Check water level as per capacity. (9 litter)
• Secure tank cap firmly.
11.8.5.2 Monthly

• Conduct functional test once in a month.

• Open propellant gas cylinder and pressurize tank.
• Check for any leakage.
• Operate extinguishing gun – check operability and discharge throw.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 321
 • After operation close propellant gas cylinder valve and operate
pressure release valve on tank cap assembly.

11.8.6 RECORDS AND REPORTS.

Official doing maintenance shall record all maintenance activities in A FT

maintenance register. Any defect/deficiency found shall be reported t o
officer
In-charge.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 322

 11.9 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) OF FUEL
SPILLAGE ON APRON / AIRPORTS

11.9.1 GENERAL SAFETY MEASURES

11.9.1.1 The safety measures should be tak en during aircraft fuellin g

operations.

11.9.1.2 Aircraft fuelling operations should be done outdoors.

11.9.1.3 Bonding / grounding, as ap propriate should be done. W here over

wing refueling is e mployed, the noz zle of th e hose is normally
bonded to the aircraft before the filler cap is removed; however,
where under wing f uelling is employed, the auto matic metal – to –
metal contact between ate aircraft fitting and the coupling s
eliminates the need for separate bonding connection.

11.9.1.4 Where no electrical grounding is specified, the normal order of

procedure to eliminate electrostatic discharge during fuelling
operations as follows;

11.9.1.5 Bonding of aircraft and fuelling vehicle to one another, and

11.9.1.6 Bonding of fuel nozzle to airc raft for over w ing fuelling
arrangements.

11.9.1.7 Where electrical grounding is spec ified, the normal order o f

procedure is as follows;

11.9.1.8 Grounding of fuelling vehicle,

11.9.1.9 Grounding of aircraft,

11.9.1.10 Bonding of aircraft and fuelling vehicle to one another.

11.9.1.11 Bonding of fuel nozzle to airc raft for over w ing fuelling
arrangements.

11.9.1.12 Aircraft fuelling vehicles should be positioned so that;

11.9.1.13 Accessibility to airc raft by re scue and fire fight ing vehicles is not
interrupted.

11.9.1.14 A cleared path is maintained to permit rapid removal of fuelling

vehicles from an aircraft in an emergency.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 323

11.9.1.15 Open flames and lighted open flame devices should be prohibited on
the apron and in other locations within 15 m of any aircraft fuelling
operation.

11.9.1.16 Extreme caution should be u sed when fuelling during lightning and
electrical storms. The fuelling operations should be suspended
during severe lightning disturbances in the imm ediate vicinity of the
airport.
11.9.1.17 Electric tools, drills or similar tools likely to produce sparks or arcs
should not be used.

11.9.1.18 When a spill is observed, the f ueling operations shall b e

discontinued immediately. If the spill is over 10 feet in any
dimension or over 5 0 square feet in area, is of a continuous nature
or is a hazard to persons or property, the fueling supervisor shall
immediately call for assistance from th e Fire De partment and shall
also notify Airport Operations.

11.9.1.19 If during refueling the presence of fu el vapour is detec ted in the

aircraft interior, or any ot her hazard arises, refueling and all
cleaning activities u sing electrical equipment within t he aircraft
should be stopped until conditions permit resumption;

11.9.1.20 Where passengers are embarking or di sembarking during refueling

their route should avoid areas where fuel vapours are li kely to b e
present and this movemen t should be under the supervision o f
responsible person.

11.9.1.21 In the event of a fuel spill the fueling Operator should contact the
AirportRescue &Fire Service to coordinate HAZMAT and fire
fighting assistance.

11.9.1.22 Fuel spill cleanup is the responsibility of the fueling Operator.

Fueling Operators are required to develop a fuel spill cleanup plan
which minimizes the possibility of ignition of spilled flammable fuel
and which prevents the introduction of fuels into the storm water or
sewer systems. Fueling Operators are required to have a current fuel
spill plan on file i n the offi ce of the Airport Director, at all times .
Equipment and material to support the fuel s pill plan must be
available on-site at each fueling facility.

11.9.2 Fueling Operators are req uired to train fuel service employees
with regard to the following

11.9.2.1 Proper procedure and fire hazards associated with fuel spill cleanup.
Training should include appropriate notification, fuel spill
containment environmental contamination, Environmental

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 324

 Protection Authority notification requirements, Airport ARFF
response and standards of post spill cleanliness.

11.9.2.2 Proper procedures for preventing fuel from flowing into storm drains,
sanitary sewer drains or into airfield grass areas. Fuel service
employees are requested to allow at least 50 feet of ramp separation ,
if possible, between fueling operations and storm drains to facilitate
fuel spill containment.

11.9.2.3 The procedure concerning proper storage, length of storage and

appropriate disposal of contaminated absorbent material.

11.9.2.4 Fueling Operators are required to maintain all fuel service

equipment and vehicles in safe working condition.
11.9.2.5 HAZMAT and/or fire fighting are required to standby at the scene of
the spill in the interest of fire safety until the reasonable possibility
of a fire emergency has be en eliminated. In t he event of a fire
emergency, fuel service employees shall respond to all instructions
from the Airport Fire Department personnel regarding safety and/or
controlling the emergency.

11.9.2.6 Uncontrolled fuel spill situations will be handled by the Ai rport Fire
Department. All costs incurred by the Fire Dep artment or other
agencies will be charged to the f ueling Operator responsible for the
spill.

11.9.2.7 Whenever cleanup of a fuel spill is co ntracted out to a co mmercial

spill contractor, it is the responsibility of the fueling Operator to
ensure that appropriate Environmental Protection regulations
concerning contaminated soil a nd/or ground-water cleanup
standards have been met.

11.9.2.8 Fueling Operators are required to report all fuel spills in excess of 10
feet in any direction or covering an area of 50 square feet to the fire
department.

11.9.2.9 Fueling Operators are encouraged to organize mutual assistance

agreements between the fue ling Operators located on Ai rport in
regard to providing spill cleanup assistance to handle large spills.
Airport Department Maintenance pers onnel may be avai lable to
assist in controlling an unchecked or expanding spill.

11.9.2.10 The Fire Department and Operations / AT M Department are

responsible for gat hering all pertinent information concerning the
origin and facts s urrounding fuel sp ills. Airport Operations is
responsible for recording all spill incidents to monitor trends an d
fuel service histories of all fuel ing Operators. The Airport Director is

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 325

 responsible for mai ntaining the above information concerning spills
at the Airport.

11.9.2.11 Every fuel spill shal l be inves tigated by the Airp ort Department to
determine the cause and required corrective measures.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 326

 CHAPTER – 12

DISABLED AIRCRAFT
REMOVAL PLAN

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 327

12.1 FOREWORD

12.1.1 Disabled aircraft at the run way or t axiway interferes with normal
activity of an aerodrome. It may lead to the closure of the facility and
restrict movement around the airport and, thereby, can substantially
reduce the number of arriva ls and de partures resulting in loss of
revenue to the airport. Besides, the in cident causes treat
inconvenience to the traveling public, other aircraft operators,
aerodrome operator and the o perator of the incident aircraft to varying
degree. Therefore, disabled aircraft that interferes with the nor mal
operation of an aerodrome should be removed expeditiously.

12.1.2 There are numerous factors contributing to air craft recovery events
arising from runway excurs ions and these can be ge neralized as
follows:-

12.1.2.1 Flight control system failures

12.1.2.2 Power plants such as actual engine failure or failure of the thrust
revere system

12.1.2.3 Landing gears such as hydraulics, brakes, tires and steering.

12.1.2.4 Weather such as ra in, snow i ce, crosswinds, visibility, and runway
friction

12.1.3 Maintenance, weight and balance

12.1.4 Human factors such as flight crew

12.1.5 Removal incidents may range from minor debogging to major events
including damaged or missing landi ng gear. Recovery process may
take from a few ho urs to many days depending on the severity. In
some cases, the r emoval process cannot begin until a lengthy
investigation by the on-site investigative Authority has been completed
and the aircraft is formally released. Because of these issues, it is not
always possible for the aerodrome to be cleared as quickly as desired
by the aerodrome operator.

12.1.6 While recovery incidents cannot be pr edicted, they can b e anticipated

and prepared or However, and efficient removal operation requires
sufficient planning and readily accessible recovery equipment.

12.1.7 Cost of expenditure for th e disabled aircraft recovery should be

recovered from concern operators.

12.2 IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS:-

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 328

12.2.1 Aircraft Recovery: Aircraft recovery is retrieving and immobile,
inoperative or abandoned aircraft from its current position an d
returning it to a normal operation status or a transporting to a site for
repair.

12.2.2 Disabled Aircraft: An aircraft that is unable to move un der its ow n

power or through the normal use of an appropriate tow tractor and tow
bar is considered to be a disabled aircraft.
Examples are:-

a. One or more of the landing gears is of t he hard surface

runway,taxiway or apron.

b. Aircraft bogged down in mud or snow

c. One or more landing gears collapsed or damaged

d. And the aircraft is considered to be economically repairable.

12.3 REQUIREMENTS AS PER ICAO

12.3.1 Airports Service Manual, Part-5; Removal of Disabled Aircraft & Annex
14, Volume-1; Aerodrome Design and Operations, 9.3.1, specifies that
each aerodrome must draw,+ up a com prehensive plan for the removal
of a disa bled aircraft on, or adjacent to, the movement area and a
coordinator designated to implement the plan, when ne cessary in
addition the removal plan should include the following:-

a. A list of e quipment or perso nnel available on o r in vicini ty of the

aerodrome.

b. A list of additional equipment available from the other aerodromes

on request;

c. A list of nominated agents acting on behalf of each operator at t he

aerodrome;

d. A statement of the airlines arrangements for the use of pooled

specialist equipment;

e. A list of local contractors (with names and telephone numbers) able

to supply heavy removal equipment on hire.

12.3.2 As per annex 14- Aerodromes, Volume 1 -Aerodrome design and

Operations, Section 2.10. Aerodrome authorities are required to mak e
available to the ap propriate aeronautical information service units
information on the capability to remove a dis abled aircraft on or
adjacent to the movement area. This may be expressed in the terms of
the largest type of aircraft that the aerodrome is equipped to remove.
For instance, an Airbus A380 or a Boeing

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 329

12.3.3 B747 can be repor ted as be ing the la rgest type of aircra ft that th e
aerodrome is equipped to remove. T his capability should be based o n
the equipment available at the aerodrome and on equipment which,
according to the disabled aircraft removal plan, can be ava ilable at the
short notice. Should the plan take into account the airline poolin g
arrangement, the determination of the capability to remove a disabled
aircraft should also take into consideration the specialized aircraf t
recovery kits available from the aerodromes mentioned in Appendix9.

12.3.4 In addition, there is a requirement that contact information concerning

the office of the Air port Coordinator of operations for the removal of
disable aircraft can be ma de available, on request, to aircraft
operators.

12.3.5 As per Annex- 13, Para 3.1 Protection of Evidence, custody & removal
of Aircraft shall be made.

12.4 CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS

12.4.1 Section-4 Aerodrome Standards & Air Traffic Services, ‘B’ P art 1 dated
31st July, 2006 on the Subject Aerodrome Operations under Para2.10 ’
Disabled Aircraft Removal’ states that:

12.4.2 The disabled aircraft removal plan shall b e developed by ea ch

aerodrome and included in the Aerodrome and included in the
aerodrome manual.

12.4.3 Information concerning the capability to remove and aircraft disable d

on or adjacent to the movement area shall be included in the plan. T he
telephone/telex number(S) of the office of the aer odrome coordinator of
operations for the r emoval of disabled aircraft shall be made available,
on request, to aircraft operators.

12.5 RELEVANT AT A DOCUMENT REFERENCE

Air Transport Association (ATA) 100/2100 (Digital) Specification :

It details the information such as weig ht and CG management, weight
reduction, pulling arrangement, levelling and lifting, moving the
airplane, post-recovery and special recovery tools.

12.6 FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR PLAN

In determining the requirements for and extent of a Dis able Aircraft
Removal Plan factors to be considered include but are not limited to:

a. Frequency of air traffic at the airport

b. Size and weight of aircraft using the aerodrome

c. Physical characteristics of the aerodrome

d. Pre-incident planning
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 330
 e. Recovery operations

f. Damage survey

g. Terrain recovery planning

12.7 RESPONSINBILITY OF REMOVING DISABLED AIRCRAFT

12.7.1 Responsibility for the removal of a disabled aircraft lies not only with
the Aircraft Operator but also with the state and the Aerodrome
Operator. For an air craft removal operation to beg in and be completed
as quickly as possible, all parties must be expeditiously facilitated and
already have the proper procedures in place.

12.7.2 If the registered Owner/ operator cannot remove the aircraft or i s

dilatory in doing so, the airport management should have authority to
act for the Owner/Operator with minimum delay.

12.7.3 Aerodrome Operator: The Aerodrome Operator must have an officer

designated to coordinate the aircraft recovery operation and a disable
aircraft removal plan available. In addition, a copy of the Aircraft
Operator’s Disabled Aircraft Remo val plan shall b e made available, on
request, to every regular user of the aerodrome.

12.7.4 Aircraft operator: It is imperative that Aircraft Operator notify the

relevant Investigating Authority of the incident as quickly as possible.
The Registered Owner or Ai rcraft Operator retains comple te
responsibility for th e removal. Notification of the accident or incident
must also be transmitted to the operator’s insurance representative.
The Aircraft Operator must have a nd aircraft recovery process
document available for review. Information within the document mus t
be filed with the Aerodrome Operator and include all relevant contact
numbers as well as information on who the Aircraft operator will use to
the aircraft.

12.7.5 Investigating Authority: The Investigating Authority must be notifi ed

of the incident as soon as possible to ensure that the investigation o f
the accident or incident is concluded and the aircraft is released in a
timely manner (As per An nex 13-Aircraft Accident and Incident
Investigation). In some cases the Aerodrome Operator or the local Air
Traffic Control (ATC) unit may also advise the Investigating Authority.

12.7.6 Insurance Underwriter: The Insurance Underwriter generally, through

a representative, will be involved in the aircraft removal process. Th e

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 331

 Aircraft Operator with the as sistance of the und erwriter will arrange
for removal of the aircraft.

12.8 PURPOSE OF DISABLE AIRCRAT REMOVAL PLAN

The purpose of the plan are as follows:-

12.8.1 To outline the AAI’s Aircraft Operator or its representative’s and other
participants’ responsibilities to manage the removal of disable d
aircraft on, or adjacent to the movement area of an aircraft.

12.8.2 Aid the a ppropriate management in ensuring that the removal of

aircraft is executed as speedily as is consistent with the saf ety of
personnel concerned and with the avoidance of further damage to th e
aircraft.

12.8.3 To make suitable arrangements (in a dvance) to ensure the prompt

arrival of the appr opriate recovery equipment and any experts who
may be required for the removal operation.

12.9 SCOPE

12.9.1 The procedures in this plan apply to all actions to be t aken during
emergencies involving the r emoval of any dis abled aircraft for all
aircraft with scheduled or unscheduled services operating at th e
airport.

12.9.2 For the purpose of this plan the aircraft recovery accidents are divided
into three categories: Small Aircraf t, large Aircraft and the New
Larger Aircraft (NLA).

12.10 GOAL

Pre-coordinate all aircraft recovery activities with all involv ed agencies

and to:

12.10.1 Ensure safety of all personnel working on the recovery operation

12.10.2 Prevent secondary damage to the aircraft

12.10.3 Keep runway closure time to a minimum & NOTAM

12.11 PREPARATIONS/ ESSENTIALS

DISABLED Aircraft Removal Plan shall be based on the characteristics
of the aircraft that may normally be expected to operate at the airport,
and include among other things.

12.11.1 A list of n ominated agents acting on be half of Aircraft operato r at the

aerodrome.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 332
12.11.2 A statement of th e Aircraft Operator arrangements for the use of
pooled specialist equipment.

12.11.3 A list of equipment and personnel on, or in the vicinity of, the
aerodrome which would be available for such purpose.

12.11.4 Arrangements for the rapid r eceipt of the aircraft recovery equipment
and kits available from other airports.

12.11.5 A list of lo cal contractors (with contacts and tele phone numbers) able
to supply suitable removal equipment on hire.

12.12 PRECONDITIONS

Recover action must be undertaken only if;

12.12.1Aircraft is worth recovering.

12.12.2Situation allows for recovery.

12.12.3Aircraft can be recovered successfully.

Note: if aircraft is unrecoverable then the whole responsibility to take

necessary action lies with the Aircraft operator or its representative.

12.13 PROCESS STEPS

12.13.1 There are five generally accepted major steps identified with the
removal process which are as follows:
a. Survey
b. Plan
c. Prepare
d. Recover
e. Report

12.14 PERMISSION FOR REMOVAL

12.14.1 Where a disabled aircraft has b been involved in and accident,
permission to disturb the accident Site must be obtained from th e
investigating Authority, notwithstanding this rul e, the air craft may
be moved where necessary to preserve life or t o prevent additional
hazards to persons or property.
12.14.2 A damaged aircraft should not be disturbed without the approval of the
Investigating authority except in so far as is necessary for:
a) Extricating persons or animals from it
b) Removing any mail, valuable or dang erous goods carried by th e
aircraft

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 333

 c) preventing it from being destroyed or f urther damaged by fire o r
other causes
d) Preventing any damage or obstruction to the public, air traffic or
other transport
e) Removing property from it under the supervision of a police
officer
f) In the case of aircraft wrecked on the water, removing it and it s
contents to a place of safety
12.14.3 Under no circumstances can the aircr aft removal process begin un til
investigating Authority has given formal release. Aircraft should not be
moved without the approval of the accident investigation Authority.
12.14.4 The Operator/ Owner of the aircraft shall obtain from the Acciden t
Investigation Authority a wr itten release from custody to remove the
disabled aircraft. Further if the operator/ owner g ives a responsibility
discharge Notification to the airport Director to act on his behalf and
remove the aircraft, in that c ase also t he written permit for release
shall be obtained by Operator/ Operator/ Owner of the aircraft
concerned. However, in cas e the a ircraft Operator delays, fails or
refuses to take responsibility for the removal operation then the Airport
Director may obtain this permission from the investigating Authority.
12.14.5 If the Air craft Operator/Operator fails to take responsibility for the
removal operation, then the Airport Director may take over th e
responsibility. However, the aircraft operator/Owner shall bear all
costs and provide such technical advice and information to the Airport
Coordinator as is necessary. T his does not imply that other t han
proper recovery procedures are used for the removal of disable d
aircraft.
12.14.6 If the aircraft or parts thereof must be moved prior to completion of the
investigation, it is important that such an operation not be carried out
until:
a. Photographs are taken.
b. The location and p osition of all major components are ma rked on
the ground, In the case of wreckage in water the position should be
marked by buoys.
c. A diagram of the accident site including ground scars is to b e
drawn. Detailed information on Phot ographs to be tak en and
preparation of diag rams is contained in the I CAO Manual of
Aircraft Accident Investigation (Doc 6920).
d. If in the removal operation the aircraft or any other part thereof is
further damaged, such damage should be recorded so that it
can be distinguished from impact damage.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 334

 12.15 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS I Airpor t Service Manual, Doc 91 37;
Part5, chapte-3
12.15.1 The removal of disabled aircraft can be complex and involve a number
of specific procedures including multipart leveling and lifti ng actions.
These procedures can be dan gerous and safety p recautions must take
precedence over all other constraints.
12.15.2 Due to small size, weight and minimal wing height above the ground ,
regional jets present unique aircraft removal problems that must be
addressed, such as the requirement for smaller aircraft removal jacks
and smaller pneumatic lifting device as well as lack of information in
the ARM for lifting cranes.
12.15.3 It is sug gested that Aerodrome Operator, in conjunction with t he
Aircraft Operator/Owner, hold reg ular tabletop exercises in order t o
anticipate various aircraft removal scenarios and th eir projected
outcomes.

12.16 RISK MITIGATION

Aircraft recovery operations may be co nducted while and aerodrome is
still in operation. However, recovery devices such as mobi le cranes
may penetrate the obstacle Limitation surfaces or interfere with radi o
navigational aids e tc. therefore, consideration should be given t o
mitigating the risks associated with the recovery operations to ensur e
the aerodrome’s operational safety.

12.17 SECONDARY DAMAGE CONSIDERATIONS

12.17.1 If in the r emoval operation, the aircraft or any part thereof is further
damaged, such damage, referred to as secondary damage, and shoul d
be recorded so that it can be distinguished from impact damage.
12.17.2 Prevention of seconda ry damage must also be apriority. It is to be
ensured that the lifting and removal are executed as speedily as is
consistent with the safety of the personnel concerned and with
avoidance of furthe r damage to the ai rcraft. It is imperative that th e
aircraft manufacturers’ Aircraft Recovery Manual (ARM) is consulted
prior to initiating the aircraft recovery process.
12.17.3 Every step of the removal process is prone to secondary damage and as
such must be continually monitored and all the necessary steps must
be taken to prevent it. The availability and use o f the specific ARM for
the aircraft involved will ass ist inverting any a dditional damage. In
unusual circumstances, however, secondary damage may have to b e
justified. Such circumstances could include cases where the accident/
incident causes the complete closure o f the aero drome for a length y
period of time and consequently pressure to move the aircraft coul d
include negotiations on secondary cost absorption if significant tim e

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 335

 reduction is realized. Any discussion to accept secondary damage must
include the Insurance underwriters, and they w ill vehemently oppose
any risk of secondary damage.

12.18 PROFICIENCYS
Only experienced people must manage the removal process. In today’s
industry, the requirement for personnel ma naging aircraft remov al
accidents/ incidents to pos sess a le vel of ex perience, training and
proficiency that all ows them to contro l a succe ssful aircraft removal
operation without causing secondary damage to the aircraft is of
increasing importance. Aircra ft leasing companies and Insurance
Underwriters now request that only qualified managers direct an d
control the removal process. Personnel qualifications may consist o f
experience and/or training in the field of aircraft removal/ recovery.
Note: A claim for damages could follow an atte mpt to move a crashed
or disabled aircraft if it was proven the act of moving worsened the
damage. An established command structure and clear lines o f
communication between various parties is ess ential to the efficient
removal of the disabled aircraft.

12.19 PLANNING
12.19.1 Notification of th e Aircraft Accident to t he Aircraft Accident
Investigation Authority: If required, Airport Director shall notify th e
accident to the aircraft accident investigating authority. The telephon e
number of the aircr aft accident Investigating Authority shall be not ed
and regularly updated. List t he details to be not ified, such as aircr aft
operator, time route stage, passengers and fatalities before notifying.
12.19.2 Removal of a Disa bled aircraft or Par ts thereof: Identify Local Aircraft
Recovery Coordinator responsible for the of the disabled aircraft and
define procedures to be followed in the event of failure to comply wit h
such directions.
12.19.3 Preservation of Aircraft, Mail, Cargo and Records: Identify person or
agency (normally the aircraft owner or operator) responsible fo r
preserving, to the extent possible, the aircraft and parts the reof, cargo,
mail and all records. Define procedures to be followed when it is
necessary to distu rb or m ove the aircraft or parts thereof (i.e.
photographs, marks on the ground and diagram of the accident site).

12.20. PLAN OUTLINE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 336

 The plan shall be based on the characteristics of the aircraft that
may normally be expected to opera te at the airport and should
include;
a. Appointment of a local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator (LARC)
b. The establishment of a disabled Aircraft Recovery Team (DART)
c. Define team member’s roles and responsibilities
d. Listing of available Disabled Aircraft Recovery (DAR) equipment’s
e. Listing of personnel and specialists available to assist in the
recovery
f. Listing of off-airport resources available (on contract or mutual aid
basis)
g. Notification procedures for DAR team members and other agencies
h. Identify means to obtain aircraft specific technical informatio n
(ARM etc.)
i. Procedures to activate special equipment kits and teams
j. Establishment of an incident command structure
k. Include airport grid maps
l. Identify airport access routes on all parts of the airport
m. Identify predetermined procedures for site and personnel safety
n. Determine Personnel Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) requirement
o. Identify human factor needs- shelter, clothing, rehabilitation etc.
p. Procedure to ensure incident site survey
q. Identify and determine aircraft de -fuelling procedure) Aircraft
recovery release procedures
r. Coordinator with Aircraft Operator/ Owner
s. Coordination with accident investigating Authority
t. Coordination with local Authorities

12.21 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

12.21.1 Primary Responsibilities of Local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator

a. Develops with assistance from technical experts the recovery plan
b. Organizes and equips the disabled aircraft recovery team (DART)
c. Coordinates DAR training for DART members
d. provides over-all incident site management and operational control
over all a gencies including DGCA, Police, Fire Services, Aircraft
Operator or its representative, maintenance agency, fuelling agency
etc, involved in the recovery effort.
e. Provide excess control at th e accident scene i n conjunction with
police, escort of personnel and ve hicles involved in the recovery an d
a physical barrier to fend-off the wreckage.
f. In the event of a spill of dangerous goods or other chemical on the
airport area during recovery operation, the di sposal of chemical

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 337

 waste and subsequent area cleanup will fol low the procedures
prescribed in the relevant act and rules.
g. Reviews and validates current operational procedures.
12.21.2 Action to be taken by the local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator: The local
Aircraft Recovery Coordinator should, amongst other things:
12.21.3 Convene a meeting with the Aircraft Operator/Owner or i ts
representative, Aircraft Accident Investigating Authority, Operations ,
Engineering services, motor T ransport, Airport Security, aviation
Safety, Air T raffic Control, representatives of re sident oil companie s,
heavy equipment contractors and other parties as may be necessary,
to discuss the most appropriate removal operation and ag ree upon a
broad plan of action. This should cover the following points.
a. Roles and responsibilities of all parties involved
b. Designation of roads for vehicles and control of reads traffic
c. Escort routes between the aircraft operator's area and the accident
site
d. Defueling to lighten the mass of the aircraft
e. Requirements and availability of equipment for the removal of the
aircraft
f. Use of airport and Aircraft Operator’s equipment
g. Dispatch of aircraft operator ancillary support devices to the scene
h. Weather conditions, particul arly when crane lif ting or p neumatic
lifting bag operation is necessary
i. Lighting of the site; and
j. Contingency plan, should difficulties develop in the initial plan

12.21.4 Provide for a rescue and fire fighting vehicle, when necessary:
12.21.5 Supervise the airport personnel and equipment assigned to the
removal operation;
12.21.6 Monitor weather forecasts
12.21.7 Maintain a chronological summary of the operation;
12.21.8 Have photographs of the removal operation taken where possible;
12.21.9 Where excavations are necessary, check with th e appropriate airpor t
maintenance services for underground utilities;
12.21.10 Report further penetrations of the obs tacle limitation surfaces due to
the maneuvering of cranes or other equipment during the lifting of th e
aircraft;
12.21.11 Make decisions on behalf of the airport authority as may be necessary
to expedite the removal of the disabled aircraft;
12.21.12 Keep Airport Direct or and ot her Aircraft Operator(s) informed of th e
progress of the aircraft recovery operations; and

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 338

12.21.13 Conduct and coordinate with the Airport Safety Officer a safety
inspection before permitting the reopening of the operational area and
resumption of the normal traffic.
12.21.14 Participate in the removal operation debriefing
12.21.15 action to be taken by Recovery Supervisor/ in c harge: The Recovery
Supervisor/In charge should, amongst other things:
a. Assist with the development of recovery strategy and tactics
b. Assigns work assignment to DART members
c. Directs the on-site recovery operation
d. Monitors DART safety
e. Monitors recovery progress
f. Implements tactical revisions to the recovery procedure when
needed

12.22 Action to be taken by the Airport Director : The Airport Director

should, amongst other things:
a. Issue required NOTAM as may be appropriate
b. Co-ordinate all airp ort operations with the Air Traffic Control for
continuation of aircraft operation, when possible.
c. Determine if the a ccident or incident created any obstacles in
accordance with th e ICAO clearance criteria and, as a result,
consider whether any section of the movement area should be
closed.
d. Provide for security of the ac cident site and co -ordinate with the
Aircraft Accident Investigating Authority on measures to be taken
before the aircr aft removal operation is initi ated. Prior to t he
removal of the disabled aircraft there should be received writte n
removal authorization from the Accident Investigating Authority.
e. Take all reasonable measures to pro tect the evidenced and to
maintain safe custody of aircraft and its contents for such a period
as may be necessary for the purposes of an investigation. Protection
of evidence shall i nclude preservation, by phot ographic or other
means of evidence which might be removed or effaced, lost or
destroyed. Safe custody shall include protection against furthe r
damage, access by u nauthorized persons, pilfering an d
deterioration.
f. Enforce the “No s moking” rule at t he scene of accid ent and
immediate vicinity
g. Provide advance vehicles and personnel to escort airline equipment
to the site
h. Establish a remov al command post at the site, if c onsidered
necessary

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 339

 i. Provide for radio co mmunication with t he Air T raffic Control if the
removal operation is to interfere in any way with fight operations.
j. Consider designation of Local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator or any
other officer to answer any question from the press and to issue
press releases as may be appropriate and issue appropriate
NOTAM.
k. Shall allow the In vestigating Officer unhampered access to the
wreckage and all relevant material, including flight recorder an d
ATS records. The Investigating Officer shall have unrestricted
control over it to ensure that a detailed examination cab be made
without delay by authorized personnel participating in t he
investigation.
l. Inspect all areas prior to resumption of normal aircraft operations
m. Convene a removal operation debriefing of all interested parties.
The debriefing may include a re view of aircraft accident
Investigating Authority requirements, the LACO,s chronological
report, and a discu ssion of t he procedures and equipment used
during the recovery operation. It may b e desirable that all aircraft
operators, especially those operators, especially those operating the
same type of equipment, be invited to attend; and
n. amend the Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan to overcome problem
identified so.

12.23 Action to be taken by ARFF: The ARFF shall:

a. Send a representative to attend all coordination meetings for a
disabled aircraft recovery within the Airport premises.
b. When necessary, an ARFF vehicle shall be present to ensure safety
in all phases of aircraft removal and recovery operations.
c. Liaise with Airport Director and the Air Traffic Control on the
consequences to the level of protection provided to the airport when
dispatching a vehicle to the recovery or removal operation of the
disabled aircraft.
d. When a disabled aircraft is defueled the ARFF shall provide standby
arrangements as per the ICAO standards.

12.24 Primary responsibilities of airport operator/ owner or it s

representative
a. Implement the aircraft Operator’s removal plan for such an
emergency
b. Meet with the Loc al Aircraft Removal Coordinator, Investigatin g
Authority and other relevant parties to develop a comp rehensive
experienced in such accidents.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 340

 c. Decide on the need for consu ltation with aircraft airframe an d
engine manufactures or other Aircraft Operator’s representative
experienced in such accidents.
d. Unloading of baggage and freight.
e. Removal of the damaged aircraft, its storage and s ubsequent
disposal under the direction of the DGCA.
f. Ultimately bear all recovery costs and provide such technical advice
and information to the inspecting or airport authority as i s
necessary.
g. Co-ordinate recovery operation
h. Participate in the removal operation debriefing.

12.25 Action to be taken by th e aircraft Operator or its Repr esentative:

The aircraft operator should, amongst other things:
a. Meet with the Local Airport Recovery Coordinator, aircraft accident
Investigating Authority and other parties, as necessary, to develop a
comprehensive plan for the removal of the aircraft.
b. If unable to remove the disab led aircraft or no av ailable equipment
give a responsibility discharge Notification to the Airport Director t o
act on hi s behalf a nd get a written permit from the Inve stigating
Authority to remove the aircraft.
c. Consider and inform the Loc al Airport Recovery Coordinator of the
availability of any contracted removal services or any de signated
aircraft recovery equipment provider (International airlines
Technical Pool Lifting Kits.)
d. Implement the Op erator Emergency Response plan o r Aircraft
Operator’s Recovery plan for such an emergency.
e. Designate one rep resentative with the authority to make all
technical and financial decisions necessary to remove the aircraft.
The representative should have the use o f company facilities,
personnel and equipment required for the removal operation.
f. Protect all aircraft, f light and crew documents until released by th e
accident Investigating Authority.
g. Arrange for portable stairs an d removal of mail, b aggage and cargo,
it being understood that aut hority to remove these items from the
aircraft wreckage must be secured from t he aircraft acciden t
Investigating Authority.
h. Make available at the airport, manufacturers’ data pertaining to the
aircraft recovery.
i. Inform on the ne ed for co nsultation with air craft airframe and
engine manufacturers, or ot her aircraft operator representatives
experienced in such accidents.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 341

 j. Decide on the need for consultation with aircraft airframe an d
engine manufacturers, or ot her aircraft operator representatives
experienced in such accidents.
k. Consider designation of a re presentative to ans wer any q uestions
from the press, and to issue press releases as may be appropriate.
l. Participate in the removal operation debriefing.

12.26 Action to be taken by the Airport Security: The airport shall:

a. Take all necessary actions as required in the Airport Emergency
plan.
b. Ensure the Crisis Management Room is staffed and in operation.
c. Protect the evidence and maintain safe custody of the aircraft and
its contents for such a period as may be necessary, in coordination
with the Airport Director.
d. Inform the Operation -In- Charge of the entry to the accident si te
and instruct them to expedite the passage for the ARFF vehicles,
ambulances and other emergency veh icles, personnel, doctors and
accident Investigating Authority representative(s)
e. Depute guide at the entry gates and rendezvous points to direct the
traffic mentioned above to the aircraft wreckage or the staging area
of the Accident site for assistance to passengers and crew.
f. Cordon-off the airc raft wreckage and the staging area and ba n
unauthorized persons from getting near it.
g. Determine the entries and exits gates suitable for the aircraft
removal equipment from outside the airport.
h. procure all other assistance as needed.
i. Participate in the Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan co ordination
meetings with other involved parties.

12.27 Action to be take n by the Fuelling Agency : Into- plane Fuelling

Agency/ company based at the airport will be responsible for th e
defueling of the airc raft and the analysis of fuel c ontent as and when
required by the investigating agency. It shall:
a. Participate to the meeting convened by the Local Aircraft Remova l
Coordinator.
b. Decide and agree on the defueling procedures with the Airc raft
Operator or its representative.
c. Plan the aircraft defueling operations which should be
accomplished to the maximum extent possible before attempting to
recover the aircraft, check aircraft damage, attitude at res t,
structural and electrical systems, and weather conditions.
d. Select and call for the proper equipment and th e needed personnel
who are thoroughly familiar with the aircraft fuel system.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 342

 e. Make calculations of the removed mass, movement of the Centre of
gravity, resultant loads on jack points etc.
f. Accomplish the defueling operations as necessary observing
observing all applicable safety precautions normally used fo r
fuelling and defueling operations.
g. Store the aircraft fuel, including contaminated fuel, in secured
containers to dispose of as necessary.
h. Log all actions taken and inform when requested.

12.28 Action to be taken by aircraft Maintenance Agency:

12.28.1 Aircraft Maintenance agency may be called on, if required, to assist in
aircraft recovery and disposal.

12.28.2 Role of Local Administration:

a. Assistance of Police will be sought for securing the area of the crash
and preventing disturbance of it, t he aircraft or its contents,
preserving the aircraft wreckage and any o ther evidence of
subsequent investigation.
b. Assistance of Police or Coast Guard will be sought for getting divers
and floating equipment to a ssist in recovery operation in the eve nt
of an aircraft crashing into the sea.
c. Assistance of CMD will be sought for the prevision of a ph ysicist to
give guidance on th e removal of CBRN material from the crashed
aircraft. In the eve nt of a le ak/ spill of CBRN material his advice
may be sought on c ontainment, decontamination, disposal and the
subsequent environmental cleanup.
d. Transport Department may be requested to pr ovide heavy duty
lifting equipment’s, t rucks, lorries, recovery vehicles etc, form its
resources.
e. State pollution Control Board advice will be sought to prevent the
crash vicinity from contamination by the spil t fuel an d other
chemicals during the recovery operation, for collection an d
transportation of chemical waste arising from handling the spilt
fuel or other chemicals during the salvage operation.

12.29 TYPE OF EQUIPMENT (Airport Service Manual, Doc 9137; Part5,

Chapter-4) s
The equipment for the removal of a di sabled aircraft falls into thre e
groups:
a. Group 1: First there is equipment which is specific to each aircraft
type, such as whe el changing equipment, jacking pads, tow bar s,
portable electric power unit, general lifting and hoisting equipment ,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 343

 etc.These equipment’s shall b e arranged by the Aircraft Operator/
Owner, its representative or Maintenance agency.
b. Group 11: The second group includes specialized aircraft recovery
equipment kits for aircraft removal work. It i ncludes pneumatic
lifting bags, compressors, hydraulic jacks with a minimum lifting
capacity of 73 tones and a minimum lifting height of 3m or better, a
set of tethering equipment etc.These equipment’s shall be provided
by AAI or can be obtained by the Ai rcraft Operator/Owner from
outside sources as the International Airlines Technical Pool (IATP).
c. Group 111: The third group consists of standard heavy reco very
and access equipment, such a s heavy cranes and trolleys and road
making equipment.These equipments shall be hired from loca l
contractors outside the airport whenever it is needed.
Note: Where airline pooling arrangements exist at an airport, it is
desirable that the aircraft removal plan for that airport i nclude a
list of the contact points for the IATP pool. Further information on
IATP recovery kits is available at http://www.iatp.com

12.30 INFORMATION ON EQUIPMENT, PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES:

12.30.1 Equipment and Personnel Available : Each airport shall list

equipment and personnel on or in the vicinity of that airport which
would be available for the r emoval operation. The list o f equipment
should include information on th e type a nd location of he avy
equipment or special units need, and the average time it will take to
get them to the a irport. The list of personnel should also contain
information on the availability of human resources for ro ad making
and other duties, a ddresses and telephone numbers of pe rsonnel and
equipment representatives should be given (Annexure-11)
12.30.2 Responsible Representatives: list na mes, addresses and telephone
numbers of responsible represent atives of each aircraft operator, as
well as of the n earest representatives of a ircraft and engine
manufacturers, (Annexure-11).
12.30.3 Aircraft Data; Describe arrangements to make available, at the airport,
manufacturer’s data pertaining to aircraft recovery for the various
types of aircraft which normally use the airport.
12.30.4 Aircraft Recovery Equipment Kits: Describe arrangements for the rap id
receipt of aircraft recovery equipment kits available from ot her
airports. This should be co-ordinated with the airlines operating at the
airport.
12.30.5 Access Routes: Include information on access routes to any part of the
airport including, if required, special r outes for cranes to avoid power

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 344

 hues. A grid map of the type referred to in Annex 14, Volume 1,
attachment A, Section 16, may be useful for this purpose.
12.30.6 Security: Define means of maintaining security the aircraft removal
operation.
12.30.7 Aircraft Defueling: Describe arrangements with the resident oil
companies to ensure that the defueling, storage and disposal of the
aircraft fuel, including contaminated fuel, can be done at short notice.

12.31 METHODS OF DISABLED AIRCRAFT RECOVERY

12.31.1 Detailed information on method of aircraft recovery is contained in t he
aircraft recovery documents published by the aircraft manufactures.
These documents provide information related to equip ment, special
tools and procedure to recover the aircraft manufactured by the
relevant manufacturer.

12.31.2 The information on common types of occurrences and related

principles and covered in detail in aircraft recovery docu ments or
manuals and in m anufacturer’s data. Knowledge of thes e principles
would aid untrained personnel who may be assigned to he lp
designated and trained crews in this work.

12.31.3 In roughly 80 percent of recoveries the airplane involved have left hard
surface during inclement weather. Quick and decisive actions are
essential for effecti ve airplane recovery. T he condition of t he aircraft
should be determined first, as most of the work associated with
removal will be dep endent on these fin dings. A s urvey of d amaged to
collapsed landing gear should be accomplished as soon as possible. If
this is not possible during the initial inspection, it should be done
when aircraft is rai sed enough to per form this check. Other major
considerations include weather, terrain an d type of spe cial removal
equipment (e.g. cranes and winches) available on the airport or
through local rental companies and contractors. Recovery checkli st
must be followed DAR team members must f ully understand work
assignments.

12.31.4 All required recovery equipment and personnel must be available pri or
to the start of recovery. T he methods to be used on any o ccasion will
depend on the nat ure of the accident and on lo cal circumstances at
airport concerned. T he drag-off method can only be employed on
certain aircraft and the selection of strong points for tow ing would
depend on the aircraft type and direction of pull determined by t he
crash conditions. It should be recognized that these are complex ,
mechanical problems, especially regarding hull inspection, plan ning

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 345

 the operation, and in determining what method to use in lifting and
removal operations

12.31.5 Whenever possible moving of damaged aircraft should be accomplished

with aircraft supported on its own gears. T his may require repair of
existing gear, installation of replacement gear, or the installation of
temporary bracing t o support the mass of the air craft. If a ny landing
gear is u nusable, other means of su pport such as flat bed trailers,
special aircraft recovery trailers mobile cranes, transportation dollies,
house moving equipment etc., must be used during the moving
operation.

12.31.6 Typical Methods of Recovery: some of the more common

occurrences resulting in an aircraft becoming disabled along wi th
typical methods of recovery are as follows:

TABLE 12.1
SN. Occurrence Method of Recovery
1. Collapsed Nose Lifting with jacks and pne umatic bags,
Landing Gear hoisting with cranes using special ly
designed lifting s lings, transporting on
suitable trailer/ dolly/ turntable
2. Collapsed or Supporting and lif ting with jacks a nd
Retracted Main pneumatic bags, tr ansporting on suit able
Landing- Gear, but trailer/dolly/turntable
Nose Landing-Gear
intact and
extended
3. Collapsed Main Supporting and lif ting with jacks a nd
Landing-Gear, one pneumatic bags, tethering, hoisting with
side only cranes using specially desi gned lifting
slings, transporting on suitable
trailer/dolly/turntable
4. Failure of Nose Supporting and lif ting with jacks a nd
Landing-Gear and pneumatic bags, t ethering, hoisting with
one side Main cranes using specially designed
Landing-Gear Lifting slings, transporting on suitable
trailer /dolly/turntable
5. Collapse of all Supporting and lif ting with jacks a nd
Landing-Gear pneumatic bags, tethering, hoisting with
cranes using specially designed
Lifting slings, use of tethering cable,
ground anchor, debogging and winching
equipment, transporting on suitable
trailer /dolly/turntable.
6. One or more Main Use of debogging, winching and towing
landing-Gear off equipment for rec overing bogged do wn
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 346
 pavement but no landing gear from the mad or soil,
aircraft damage. tethering, pneumatic lifti ng bags for
raising and constru cting temporary ramp
by using timbe rs, mattings etc.,
transporting on suitable
trailer/dolly/turntable
7. Tires failures Use of jacks for replacing damaged parts.
and/or damaged
wheels

12.32 Removal of Small Aircraft: Experience shows that both small mobile
cranes and automotive towing tractors/truck’s cab be used effective ly
for removing small aircraft. The removal of this type of aircraft can be
handled safely and efficiently without elaborate equipments. T he most
important factors t o consider include: arrangements to get mob ile
units on the sce ne promptly, the availability of sli ngs, jacks,
pneumatic lifting bags and dollies a nd supervision by experienced
personnel.

12.33 Removal of large and New Larger aircrafts: When a large aircraft has
to be removed after a serious accident, the work is likely to procee d
in four stages.

12.33.1 First, if the aircraft has come off the paved surface of the airport, it will
probably be necessary to construct temporary roads so that the heavy
lifting equipment can be brought into position and the aircraft can be
towed back on to the paved surface. A temporary road is likely to be
needed for the tank ers if large quantity of fuel h as to be r emoved, as
well as for the movement of tr ucks and heavy vehicles to an d from the
aircraft.

12.33.2 Second stage includes the work to lighten and prepare aircraft for
recovery. Lightening may also require defueling and removal of one o r
more engines, cargo, cabin equipment’s and other detachable parts. It
may sometimes be useful also to reduce the over - all height of the
aircraft by removing its fin in order to per it operations to continue on
the affected runway. If the recovery of the aircraft runway. If t he
recovery of the aircraft is likely to be a lengthy tasks, it may be
necessary to protect exposed parts of the aircraft structure an d
engines from the weather.

12.33.3 The third stage of the task consist of lifting the aircraft and prepari ng
it for towing. Where possible, the aircraft should be towed on its own

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 347

 undercarriage, and this may necessitate strengthening and stiffening
damaged parts.

12.33.4 The final stage consists of moving the aircraft from the accident site. In
removal situations with aircrafts supported on landing gear, winching
is generally preferable to to wing in that it is more controllable, not
subject to surface conditions and generally can exert greater forc e.
Towing offers advantage of m aneuverability, flexibility and
uninterrupted movement over long distances. It is important to note
on and aircraft with multiple landing gears that when not pulling on
all landing gears struts, not receiving pull can be subj ected to high
drag loading if an o bstruction is encountered. For this reason all main
landing gear struts which are off the pa vement should be towed at th e
same time if possible.

12.34 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

12.34.1 Recovery procedure must inc lude steps to pres erve and protect the
environment.

12.34.2 Laws and regulations may require spills to be reported to the

competent authority. Fuel, oil and othe r mechanical fluids spilled on
the ground during recovery operation can damage the environment. Al l
practical efforts shou ld be m ade to avoid environmental
contamination.

12.34.3 Damaged aircraft Recovery teams must b e trained in che mical,

biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) defense procedures ,
monitoring and det ection techniques. T eams should have additional
decontamination equipment’s decontaminating agents and protectiv e
clothing. Contaminate recovery equipment’s could spread and ag ent
along the evacuation route p osing a h azard to uncontaminated units
and equipment. Team must keep in mind that equipment used to
recover contaminated material will als o be cont aminated equipment
must not be ev acuated to uncontaminated areas until fully
decontaminated.

12.34.4 During recovery operation caution must be taken with respect t o

human remains and non-CBRN pathogens. Recovery personnel should
receive training from medical experts in the proper procedures an d
protective measures when collecting and ha ndling these hazards.
Ensure adequate protective equipment’s including gloves, mask s,
overall and specialized containers are available and utilized.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 348

 12.35 CONSULTANCY
It is advisable to hire a reputed agency for design and implementati on
of the Dis abled aircraft Recovery plan. The scope of consul tancy may
include equipment design and information, specifications, specification
for special tools, oth er technical support, organize, manage, train a nd
coach DAR team, t able-top exercise, plan, organizing an executin g
exercise on DAR plan, annual review and update.

12.36 TRAINING
12.36.1 Training is essential to successful completion of DAR operation.
Training is to be imparted by simulating site conditions with safety
measures applied. Some of the simulation area as follows:
a. Adverse weather simulation.
b. Placing time constraints on recovery procedure.
c. CBRN simulations:

12.36.2 All DAR Team members must receive Basic, Officer and sr. offi cer
Training comprised of both academic and hands-on training/exercises.
These training may be conducted on regular basis at Fire T raining
Establishments or some other institute of repute in this field. All th e
training courses may include a 5 -day module which meets the
requirements of th e International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)
and the International Air T ransportation Association-Aircraft Recovery
Task Force (IATA-ARTF). The details of the courses may be as follows:

12.36.3 Basic Aircraft Recovery Training Course.

12.36.3.1 Course Objectives

Upon completion of the training seminar, participants will be able to:

a. Perform an Initial Aircraft Recovery Situation Assessment.

b. Determine the Aircraft Recovery Category.
c. Implement and perform and Aircraft Recovery Plan.
d. Identify the Hazards related to aircraft Recovery
e. Stabilize a Disabled Aircraft by Using the Right Equipment
f. Perform Load Calculation and Determine the C of G
g. Perform Aircraft Recovery Operation b y Using jacks, aircraft Lifting
Devices, Cranes and Spreader Bar.
h. Perform Debogging Operation by Using Special Towing Equipment.

12.36.3.2 Theory Subjects

a. Aircraft Recovery Category
b. Health & Safety Matters
c. Survey

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 349

 d. Law of Lever
e. Load Determination
f. Aircraft Tethering
g. Aircraft Recovery Operation Process
h. Aircraft Recovery Equipment
i. Aircraft lifting methods
j. Aircraft Lifting Procedures & Concerns
k. Aircraft Manufactures Skin Pressure
l. ARC Movement and Side Loads
m. Towing Winching Procedure

12.36.3.3 Practical Subjects

a. Familiarization with Aircraft Recovery Equipment
b. PPE,s and their Use
c. Survey
d. Aircraft Stabilizing
e. Tethering the Aircraft
f. Recovery Plan Development & Implementation
g. Identifying Required Recovery Equipment
h. Weight and Force Management and Monitoring.
i. Types of Shoring.
j. Aircraft lifting by Jacks, Pneumatic Lifting devices & Spreader Bars
k. Lifting of Narrow Body and Small Aircrafts
l. Aircraft Towing and Winching

12.37 Aircraft Recovery Officer Training Course

12.37.1 Course objectives
Upon completion of the training course, participants will be able to:
a. Identify Legal Aspects Related to Aircraft Recovery Operation
b. Perform an initial aircraft Recovery Situation Assessment
c. Identify Related Aircraft Recovery Documents
d. Determine the Aircraft Recovery Category
e. Identify the Basic Components of an Aircraft Recovery Emergency
plan
f. Describe the Major Steps in The Aircraft Recovery process
g. Identify the Hazards Related to Aircraft Recovery
h. Describe and perform Different Ground Reinforcement Procedures
i. Perform Different Roadway Constructions
j. Stabilize a Disabled aircraft by using the Right Equipment
k. Perform load Calculation and Determine the Centre of Gravity (C of
G)
l. Identify the Required Equipment Effectively
m. Perform and Aircraft Recovery Operation by usi ng aircraft Liftin g
Bags and Spreader Bar

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 350

 n. Perform a De - Bogging operation by using special T owing
Equipment
o. Perform Equipment maintenance

12.37.2 Theory subjects

a. Legal Aspects on Aircraft Recovery
b. Emergency plan and responsibility
c. Aircraft Recovery Category
d. Health & Safety Matters
e. Survey
f. Physical Fundamentals
g. Load Determination
h. Weight Reduction & Management
i. Aircraft Preparation & Stabilization
j. Aircraft Recovery operation process
k. Aircraft Manufactures Skin Pressure
l. Aircraft Lifting Methods
m. ARC Movement and Side Loads
n. Ground Reinforcement and Road Construction
o. Towing and Winching procedure

12.37.3 Practical Subjects

a. Familiarization with Aircraft Recovery Equipment
b. Survey
c. Aircraft Stabilizing
d. Recovery plan development & Implementation
e. Identifying of Required Recovery Equipment
f. Ground Reinforcement & Roadway Construction.
g. Weight and force Management and monitoring
h. Ground Reinforcement and Temporary Road/ Matting
i. Tethering the Aircraft
j. Types of Shoring
k. Aircraft Lifting with Pneumatic Lifting Devices & spreader Bars
l. Lifting of Wide Body aircrafts
m. Aircraft Towing and Winching
n. Aircraft Transportation
o. Performing a Real Recovery Scenarios

12.38. Aircraft Recovery senior officer Training Course

12.38.1 Course Objectives: Upon completion of the training course, participants

will be able to:
a. Manage an Aircraft Recovery Operation
b. Manage and Deal with all Removal Matters
c. Develop an Aircraft Recovery plan
d. Establish and lead the incident command

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 351

 e. Perform a Recovery size-up
f. Describe the Importance of and aircraft recovery manual
g. Establish and Aircraft Recovery Team and identify its Qualification
h. Describe the Duties and Responsibilities of all involved Personnel
i. Determine the Estimated Recovery time and cost
j. Calculate C of G, load Distribution, ARC movement and Side loads
k. Determine the levelling /lifting technique of Equipment
l. Stabilize the aircraft by using tethering equipment
m. Transport the aircraft by using different transportation equipment
n. Record all relevant data
o. Performa report, cost calculation and invoice
p. Perform equipment maintenance
q. Improve one’s local recovery emergency plan
12.38.2 Theory subjects
a. National and International requirements
b. Incident Command
c. Communication plan
d. Third Party Recovery Contract Issues
e. Other Types of Aircraft Recovery Categories
f. Documentation Process
g. Aircraft Recovery Team & Qualification
h. Time & Cost Calculation
i. Weight & Balance Definition and Related Data
j. C of G Calculation
k. Weight Reduction through Large Components
l. Defueling Methods
m. Fuel Management
n. Aircraft Recovery Circulation Process
o. Lifting Concerns & Requirements
p. Aircraft Transportation Equipment
q. Moving of Immobilized Aircraft
r. Post-recovery Action
s. International airline Technical Pool
t. Case Studies
u. Table Top Exercises

12.38.3 Practical Subjects:

a. Familiarization with Specialized Aircraft Recovery Equipmen
b. Survey
c. Recovery plan Developments and Implementation
d. Weight and Balance Calculation
e. Aircraft Stabilization.
f. Identification of Required Recover Equipment
g. Roadway Construction
h. Lifting of NLA
i. Real Recovery Scenario

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 352

 j. Tethering /Debogging the Aircraft
k. Aircraft Towing and Winching
l. Aircraft Transportation by use of a Dolly system
m. Aircraft Transportation by Use of Turntable

12.38.4 Who should attend

This course is gea red towards anyone involved in any a spect of t he
technical operation of aircraft recovery.

12.38.5 Prerequisites
At the tim e of the tr aining course, participants must be i n good he alth
and ready to perform heavy man ual labour. Course participants should
have basic technical skills and basic understanding of physics, Course
participants must have Basic English skills.

12.38.6 Language
Course instructions will be presented in English.

12.38.7 Certificate
Training Centre will issue a Certificate on successful completion to all
participants who complete the course.

12.38.8 Advance Level Training

Advance Training Courses on the subject shall be arranged for the
training faculty, Local Aircraft Recovery Coordinator, Recover y
supervisor/ charge, Airport Coordinator and ARFF In charges on regular
basis preferably at the tr aining centre from the i nternationally
recognized agency/ institute.

12.38.9 DRILL
Airport Director shall ensure that the exercises based on the procedures
of this plan are co nducted at regular intervals, not exceeding three
years, recorded and where necessary appropriate amendments are made
to the contents of this plan.

12.39 REVIEW
periodic review of the dis abled aircraft removal plan should be
conducted by the ae rodrome operator to ensure that the plan is in li ne
with the AAI’s own safety policy and in compliance with the regulatory
requirements. Review must follow each training exercise or recovery
operation. Review validates effective practice and reveals problems
encountered during the e xercise/operation. Reviews generate
observations, insights and le ssons learnt to im prove future recover y
operation. Review shall contain the following information:
a. Recovery unit, phone number and e-mail address
b. Date and time

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 353

 c. Type of aircraft recovered
d. Condition of recovered aircraft
e. Conditions at recovery site Recovery team composition
f. Method of recovery
g. Narrative of recovery (time required, failures and shortcomings noted
in equipment, remarks, recommendations)

12.40 DISTRIBUTION
12.40.1 The Airport Director on behalf of AAI shall ensure the availability of the
manual to the participating agencies and on request basis to all Air craft
Operators or their representatives with scheduled or unscheduled
services and to private aircraft operators or general aircraft operators.
12.40.2 Also all t he Ground Handling agencies at the a irport shall possess a n
updated copy of the plan and Participate in the exercises.

12.40.3 The Airport Director shall en sure that any amendment(s) to the plan is
(are) received by its holders.

12.41 AIRCRAFT RECOVERY PLAN FUNCTIONS

TABLE 12.2
A.Pre-Incident B. Damage Survey, C. D.Recovery
Planning Terrain and Preparations operations
planning
Organization Security Defueling Lifting
Personnel Fire Equipment Cranes
Theft Operations Lifting bags
Training Personnel control CG travel Jacks
Communications
Equipment List Aeroplane Mass and CG Tethering
Damage Management
Procedures Engines Calculation of Attachments
Structure mass and Anchor
location of CG
Disposal of Landing gear Removal of Landing gear
offloaded Payload
Fuel
Recovery plan
Repairs Method of Access to Operations
lifting Method of baggage and
moving cargo
Parking location
Removal of Moving Aeroplane
Components
Survey of Recovery Ground Towing Winching
Equipment support Trailer

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 354

 Available Equipment Communiions
Lifting
Equipment
Fly-in equipment Site Parking
Local equipment Preparation
Temporary Support for
housing repairs Tiedowns
Access roads
supporting
ground
Communications Aeroplane
Rpairs
Radio Telephone As lifting and
moving
required for

12.42 PLANNING CHART

TABLE 12.3
Basic Recovery steps
1.Survey 2. Plan 3. Prepare 4. 5. Report
Recover
Aircraft Rapid Monitor Monitor -Report:
Condition: Recovery: and and Recovery
-recover or -Important recorder: record: Details
salvage -Not -Loads -Loads -Efficacy of equipment’s
-Altitude important - Actions -Actions - Manpower and
-Landing Performed Performe Training
gear d -Failures and
-Structure Shortcomings
-Damaged -Repair details
Components -Record of Loads
- -
Unserviceab Remarks/Recommendat
le ions
Components
- Cargo and
Fuel
Site: Weight Assemble Stablize:
-Terrain and Equipment -Tether
-Soil Balance: and -Ground
-Access -Calculate Manpower: Anchors
Route Weight of -Confirm - Jacks
fuel and Arrival - shoring
Cargo dates
-Calculate -Stage
Centre of Equipment’
Gravity s
Weather: Weight Weight Level/Lif

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 355

 -Current Reductio reduction: t:
- forecast n: -Unload -Jacks
-Unload Cargo -Airbags
cargo -Defuel -Cranes
-Defuel -Remove New
- Remove Major Technolo
Major Component gy
Componen s Equipme
ts nt
Equipment: Recovery: Prepare Deboggin
-Preparation -Reduce site: g:
-Levelling weight Clear -Confirm
-Moving -Prepare -Excavate a Lifting
-Stabilizing Site -fill Method
-level -Stabilize -
-Lift Winching
-Stabilize / Towing
-Move

Manpower: Schedule Roadway: Move:

-Number d -Clear -Tow on
-Skills Equipmen -Excavate Gear
t and -Fill -Move on
Manpower -Stabilize Suitable
: - Trailer
-Confirm Manufactur
Delivery ed
plan Temporary
Roadway
Environme Secondar
nt: y
-Fluid SpillsDamage:
-Hazardous -Prevent
Materials Accept to
Reduce
Recovery
Time
Note:- The above t able is ju st a gene ral and g uide. It is not inten ded to b e
used as step-by-step instructions in dealing with a disabled aircraft for
removal.

12.43 Group-1 Equipment

TABLE 12.4
S. Aircraft Person In Charge Equipment
No. operator/
Maintenance
Agency
1. Name & Designation: Tel/Fax: a.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 356
 Email: b.
c.
d.
2. Name & Designation: Tel/Fax: a.
Email: b.
c.
d.
3. Name & Designation: Tel/Fax: a.
Email: b.
c.
d.
4. Name & Designation: Tel/Fax: a.
Email: b.
c.
d.
5. Name & Designation: Tel/Fax: a.
Email: b.
c.
d.
6. Name & Designation: Tel/Fax: a.
Email: b.
c.
d.

12.44 Group-11 Equipment

TABLE 12.5
S. Nearest Person In Equipment Min. Time to Get
No. Location Charge &personnel Equipment & Access
Route
1. Name & a.
Designation: b.
Tel/Fax: Email: c.
d.
2. Name & a.
Designation: b.
Tel/Fax: Email: c.
d.
3. Name & a.
Designation: b.
Tel/Fax: Email: c.
d.
4. Name & a.
Designation: b.
Tel/Fax: Email: c.
d.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 357
 5. Name & a.
Designation: b.
Tel/Fax: Email: c.
6. Name & a.
Designation: b.
Tel/Fax: Email: c

12.45 Group-111 Equipment

TABLE 12.6
S. Contractor Person In Charge Equipment Min. Time
No. Firm & to Get
Personnel Equipment
& Access
Route
1. Name & Designation: a.
Tel/Fax: Email: b.
c.
2. Name & Designation: a.
Tel/Fax: Email: b.
c.
3. Name & Designation: a.
Tel/Fax: Email: b.
c.
4. Name & Designation: a.
Tel/Fax: Email: b.
c.
5. Name & Designation: a.
Tel/Fax: Email: b.
c.
d.
6. Name & Designation: a.
Tel/Fax: Email: b.
c.

12.46 Agencies personal and experts whose presence may be required for
the disabled aircraft removal operation:

TABLE 12.7
S. Aircraft Person In Expertise
No. operator/ Charge
Maintenance
Agency
1. Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
2. Name &
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 358
 Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
3. Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
4. Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
5. Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:
6. Name &
Designation:
Tel/Fax:
Email:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 359

 CHAPTER – 13

FIRE SERVICE UNIFORM

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 360

13.1 SHORT TITLE:
These rules may be called Airports Authority of I ndia Rescue and Fi re
fighting Uniforms Guidelines.

13.1.1 DEFINITIONS:
“Service” means the respective “Airport Rescue and Fire Fightin g
Service” maintain by the Airport under Airports Authority of India.

13.1.2 SPECIFICATION OF UNIFORM:

The uniform to be worn by Fire Personnel of the “Fire Service” shall be
as specified in the schedules to these guidelines (hereinafter referred to
as “THE ARFF UNIFORM”) provided that a person who is the Fir e
Service Personnel of the Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting Services.

13.1.3 SUPPLY OF UNIFORM:

Every Fire Service Personnel of the ARFF Service shall on appointment
thereto be receive from the Authority a free supply of Uniform, as per
schedule to these guidelines, followed by further issue of such of the
articles which require replacement annually or otherwise as decided by
the Authority. T he Authority may in lieu of free supply of unifor m
articles.

13.1.4 PERMITTED OCCASION OF WEAR:

The issue of ARFF Services Uniform and footwear to Fire Personnel
ofARFF Services shall be made on the understanding that all articles of
uniforms are to be worn on ly while on duty or when going to or
returning from duty.
13.1.5 Off duty limitations for Fire per sonnel consists of one hour prior to
work and one hour after being relieved.
13.1.6 Supervisory officers shall bring these orders to the notice of al l
members of the AR FF Services Personnel and s hall take such action,
as they deem necessary to ensure that the orders are to be complied.

13.2 DRESS ORDERS FOR VARIOUS OCCASIONS FOR FIRE

SERVICEPERSONNEL:
The orders of dress for Fire Service personnel to be worn at differen t
occasions are as follows:

13.2.1 Ceremonial dress:

13.2.2 Executives:-
(a) Peak/Beret cap/ Turban (7 yds) with Pat ka for Sikhs dark blu e
serge superior quality with a n Embroidery (Silver Color) AAI Fire
Service Badge in the centre.
(b) AAI Uniform Shirts Full sleeves (double pocket with flap &
shoulder flap as per uniform design of Central Industrial Security
Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of India).
(c) AAI Uniform Tie.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 361

 (d) AAI Uniform T rouser design as per uniform design of Central
Industrial Security Force or any other Para military force, Govt. o f
India.

(e) AAI Uniform Jersey V neck front close with shoulder flap (for
winter) as per uniform shirt pattern.
(f) AAI Winter Uniform Suit
(g) Socks (black).
(h) Brown Color Oxford Pattern Shoes as per corporate Circu lar No.
05/2012 dated 16/07/2012
(i) Maroon Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(j) White Metal Badges of Rank.
(k) Shoulder Titles “AFS” with white metal.
(l) Name Plate (Black base with white letter)
(m) Heavy quality Brown Leather Belt 2 ½” width and 46” length with
adjustable to any size with white metal fitting.
(n) Collar Pin (SM and above).
(o) Arm Monogram on Shirt/ Jersey/ Coat.

13.2.3 Non Executives:-

(a) Beret cap/ T urban with Patka dark blue with an Embroidery
(Silver Color) AAI Fire Service Badge in the centre
(b) AAI Uniform Shirts Full sleeves (double pocket with flap &
shoulder flap a s per un iform design of C entral Industrial
Security Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of India).
(c) AAI Uniform Tie.
(d) AAI Uniform T rouser design as per uniform design of Central
Indus trial Security Force or any other Para military force, Govt. of
India (for summer).
(e) AAI Uniform Jersey V neck close and flap for white metal badges
of rank (for winter) as per uniform shirt pattern.
(f) AAI Winter Uniform Suit.
(g) Socks Black.
(h) Black Color Oxford Pattern Shoes. as per corporate Circular
No.05/2012 dated 16/07/2012
(i) Blue Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(j) White Metal Badges of Rank.
(k) Shoulder Titles “AFS” with white metal.
(l) Name Plate (Black base with White letter).
(m) Heavy quality Black Web Belt 2 ½” width and 46” length wit h
pouch, pocket li ne and axe adjustable to any size with white
metal fitting
(n) Arm Monogram on Shirt / Jersey/ Coat.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 362

 13.3 Operational Dress:
13.1 Executives:-

(a) Fire Helmet (White)

(b) Dungaree (orange)
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot(For Rainy session)
(d) Socks (Black)
(e) Maroon Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles “AFS”
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letter)
(h) Color Pin (SM and above)
(i) Heavy quality Brown Leather Belt 2 ½ ” width and 46” length with
adjustable to any size with white metal fitting.
(j) Rain Coat for Rainy session.

13.3.2 Non Executive:-

(a) Fire Helmet( Yellow)

(b) Dungaree (Blue)
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot(For Rainy session)
(d) Socks (Black)
(e) Blue Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles “AFS”
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letter).
(h) Heavy quality Black Web Belt 2 ½” width and 46” length with
pouch, pocket line and axe adjustable to any size with white metal
fitting.
(i) Rain Coat for Rainy session.

13.4 UNIFORM FOR TRAINER AND TRAINEES IN TRAINING CENTER:

13.4.1 Trainer:-Executive:-

(a) Fire Helmet (Red).

(b) Dungaree (White).
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot (For Rainy session).
(d) Socks (Black).
(e) Maroon Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles “AFS”.
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letter)
(h) Collar Pin (Sr. Manager and above).
(i) Heavy quality Brown Leather Belt 2 ½” width and 46” l ength with
adjustable to any size with white metal fitting.
(k) Rain Coat for Rainy session

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 363

13.4.2 Non Executive:-

(a) Fire Helmet (Yellow).

(b) Dungaree (Red).
(c) Fire Fighting Safety Boot/ Gum Boot (For Rainy session).
(d) Socks (Black).
(e) Blue Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(f) Silver Embroidery Badges of Rank and Shoulder Titles “AFS”.
(g) Name Plate (Black base with white letters).
(h) Heavy quality Black Web Belt 2 ½” width and 46” length with
pouch, pocket line and axe adjustable to any size with white metal
fitting.
(i) Rain Coat for Rainy session.

13.4.3 Trainees:AAI trainees shall bring uniform as under mentioned in

Para-6.2
13.4.4 For Squad and Fire Drill:

(a) Fire Helmet.

(b) Dungaree.
(C) Gum Boot.
(c) Socks.
(e) Lanyard with whistle thunder- bolt chrome plated.
(f) Name Plate.
(g) Belt

13.4.5 Physical Fitness and Yoga: - PT Kit to be pr ovided on Reimburse

basis to Trainees of Fire Staff as per office order No: 2/2/92-ARII (EQ),
dated 12/02/1996.

(a) In summer: -White “T- Shirt” with AAI Fire Service Logo (front
right side) and Ar m monogram on l eft arm, White short, white
Canvas shoes and white shocks.
(b) In winter: - White Full “T- Shirt” with AAI Fire Service Logo (front
right side),and Arm monogram on left arm, White Full lower, white
canvas shoes, white Shocks.

13.5 WEARING OF UNIFORMS:

13.5.1 All Fire Service Personnel are to wear the new uniform being issued
and old uniform are to be discontinued and not to be worn.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 364

 13.5.2 All Fire Service Personnel Should stitch their AAI( Su mmer and
Winter)Uniform like Central I ndustrial Security Force( Para Militar y
Force, Govt.of India) and wea r as per v arious occasion mentioned in
Para- 6.
13.5.3 All Fire Service Personnel should be we aring the uniform according to
following schedule as per CHQ Ci rcular No. AAI/HR (Admn) /
02/2009/28 dated 12 Oct 2009:-
a. Summer: - 1st March to 15th November.
b. Winter: - 16th November to 28th February.

13.6 UPKEEP & REPAIRS OF UNIFORM:

13.6.1 Fire Personnel are r esponsible for the c leaning and proper up -keep of
their individual uniforms.
13.6.2 When the uniform i s worn, c are shall be taken that it fits well, nea t
and clean, and in good repair c ondition and properly pressed ,
serviceable and properly fastened.
13.6.3 Metallic devices and leather will be properly polished. Shift I/C
shallinspect the daily uniform during Roll Call.
13.6.4 Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) inspections will be done at the
beginning day of the week.
13.6.5 Uniform items with visible area of repair shall not be worn.

13.7 ALTERATIONS AND UNAPPROVED APPAREL:

13.7.1 Items purchased for use as part of the fire uniform shall mee t
thespecifications as set forth by the Airports authority of India in al l
respect. Unauthorized equipment, alterations or additions to th e
official uniform not be allowed.
13.7.2 No other insignia is to be applied to uniform unless approved in
writing by the CHQ.

13.8 PERSONAL GROOMING:

a. All fire personnel have the responsibility of presenting themselves
in aProfessional manner.
b. Fire Personal appearance is not fully an important aspect of the
job, but also an issue of safety.
c. It is vital that all Fire personnel follow the standards set f orth and
use sound judgment in adhe ring and enforcing this guideline. This
not only applies to the uniform, but to employee grooming.

13.9 Hair:
13.9.1 Hair should be k ept clean, well gr oomed and maintained at all
times,so as to not interfere with the proper wearing of the offic ial
department Uniform Cap, protective headgear, face piece and/or any
other safety equipments.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 365
 13.9.2 The length of hair in the front shall not fall over t he eyebrows and the
length of hair in the back shall not fall below the top of the buttoned
shirt collar when the individual is in a standing position.
13.9.3 No length or style of hair is permitted that will in any way interfere
with and / or obst ruct the view of e mployeesin the performance of
their official duties.
13.9.4 Hair must be of a natural color and not distr acting or extreme in
appearance.
13.9.5 The back of the neck is to be clean and free of hair.

13.10 Facial Hair:

13.11 Fire Personnel sha ll be clea n-shaven; however, facial ha ir such a s
sideburns, mustaches and hair under the bottom lip must be neatly
trimmed and are pe rmitted under Uniform policy of Govt. of India f or
other religious.
13.12 Sideburns will not be extended downward below the bott om of the
earlobe, with the fla re no wid er than 1 ¼ inches. They will be neatl y
trimmed, shall not be further than 3/8 inch fro m the fac e and sha ll
not cover any part of the ear.
13.13 The mustache will not curl upward in the “handlebar” mustache style,
or extend out from the face more than 3/8 inc h. The mustache is
other facial hair wil l not make contact with or interfere with the safe
operation of the SCBA.

13.14 Jewelry:
13.14.1 Necklaces will be kept inside the shirt.
13.14.2 Fire personnel shall not wear earrings at the time of duty.
13.14.3 Any other jewelry i s allowed as long a s it does not distract from th e
uniform.

13.14.4 Tattoos:
Tattoos are not permitted on the face or neck an d will not visible after
wearing the uniform.

13.15 RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE:

13.15.1 If any loss or damage occurs, which is proved to be due to t he
negligence on the part of the wearer, appropriate action shall be taken
to recover the proportionate cost, taking into account the depreciated
value of the article.
13.15.2 Incharge of Fire service is satisfied that all a ppropriate care and
precautionshave been taken and deci de that t he loss was due to
circumstances beyond individual control, the cost of uniform shall be

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 366

 write off and another set of uniform or items lost shall be supplied free
of charge to the Fire Service Personnel.

13.16 WITHDRAWAL OF UNIFORM FROM FIRE SERVICE PERSONNEL

Any Fire Service Personnel leaving the services on res ignation or
discharge on discip linary grounds or r etired is r equired to return hi s
uniform cloths and articles issued in last sup ply to th e Material
Management Department.

13.17 DESIGN OF AIRPO RTS AUTHORITY OF INDIA FIRE SERVIC E

MONOGRAM:

13.17.1 AFS LOGO

.
Dimension:

Width = 38 mm

Height = 40 mm

Width of olive Branch = 7 mm

13.17.2 ARM MONOGRAM:

Dimension:

Width = 63 mm

Height = 63 mm

Width of olive Branch = 7 mm

13.18 UNIFORM / LIVERIES CARD:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 367

13.18.1 Every Fire Service Personnel shall be issued with a uniform card
showing the uniform items with personal protective equipment
together with their quantity and the date of issue.

13.18.2 Any article of uniform condemned or write off or re-issued shall be

entered in the card under the dated initials of the issuing authority.

13.18.3 The card will have to be available with the Fire Service Personnel.

13.18.4 The card will be show at the time of inspection by the senior officer of
Fire Service

13.18.5 The pattern of Personnel Uniform/ Equipment / Gear Card is

according to the following:-

(a) Name of Employee:-

(b) Rank:-
(c) Employee Code:-
(d) Name of the station:-
(e) Region:-
(f) Address:-
(g) Ref. of issue Register:-

TABLE 13.1

S. Name Quantity Date Reason Signature Signature Remarks

No. of of for of of
Item issue returns Receiving Issuing
Employee Authority
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

13.19 BADGES OF RANK, PEAK CAP, COLLAR PATCHES AND HELMET

MARKING FOR FIRE SERVICE PERSONELS:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 368

 The Badges of Ranks, Peak/ Beret cap, Collar Patches and Helmet
Marking for Various post in Fire service shall be as per the table below
and the specimen are as per Annexure;

TABLE 13.2

S. Name of Badges of Collar Peak/ Beret Helmet

No the Post Rank Patches Cap/ Turban
with Patka
1. General Cross Sword Blue Beret/Peak White with
Manager and Baton with black Cap/ one 38 mm
one Small Base with Turban with black band
Impeller ¾” Silver two rows of and AAI
Diameter + Georges silver oak Fire
Shoulder patches leaves & Service
Titles “AFS” as as per embroidered Monogram
Per drawing drawing badge as per on centre.
AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the ead
level, as per
drawing
2. Jt. Large impeller Blue Beret/Peak White with
General 1” dia in a black Cap/ one 19 mm
Manager semi-circular Base with Turban with black bands
wreath, and Silver one row of and AAI
three small Georges silver oak Fire
impeller ¾” patches leaves & Service
dia+ Shoulder as per embroidered Monogram
Titles “AFS” as drawing badge as per on centre.
Per drawing AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level, as
per drawing
3. Dy. Large impeller Blue Beret/Peak White with
General 1” dia in a black Cap/ one 15 mm
Manager semi-circular Base with Turban with black bands
wreath, and Silver one row of with and

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 369

 three small Georges silver oak AAI Fire
impeller ¾” patches leaves & Service
dia+ Shoulder as per embroidered Monogram
Titles “AFS” as drawing badge as per on centre.
Per drawing AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level, as
per drawing
4. Asstt. Large impeller Blue Beret/Peak White with
General 1” dia in a black Cap/ Turban one 12 mm
Manager semi-circular Base with with one row of black band
wreath, and Silver silver oak and AAI
two small Georges leaves & Fire
impeller ¾” patches embroidered Service
dia+ Shoulder as per badge as per Monogram
Titles “AFS” as drawing AAI Fire on centre.
Per drawing Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level
5. Sr. Large impeller Blue Beret/Peak White with
Manager 1” dia in a black Cap/ one 10 mm
semi-circular Base with Turban with black band
wreath, and Silver one row of and AAI
two small Georges silver oak Fire
impeller ¾” patches leaves & Service
dia+ Shoulder as per embroidered Monogram
Titles “AFS” as drawing badge as per on centre.
Per drawing AAI Fire
Service logo
and brown
band placed
around the
head level
6. Manager Large impeller Not Plain peak White with
1” dia in a Applicable /Beret Cap/ one 8 mm
semi-circular Turban with black band
wreath, and AAI Fire and AAI
one small Service Fire

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 370

 impeller ¾” di embroidered Service
+Shoulder Monogram Monogram
Titles “AFS” as badges as per on centre.
Per drawing drawing
7. Asstt. Large impeller Not Plain peak White with
Manager 1” dia in a Applicable /Beret Cap/ AAI Fire
semi-circular Turban with Service
wreath + AAI Fire Monogram
Shoulder Service on
Titles “AFS” as embroidered centre.
Per drawing Monogram
badges as per
drawing
8. Jr. Three small Not Plain peak White with
Executive impellers ¾” Applicable /Beret Cap/ AAI Fire
Diameter and Turban with Service
Shoulder AAI Fire Monogram
Titles “AFS” as Service on
Per drawing embroidered centre.
Monogram
badges as per
drawing
9. Sr. Supdtt Two small Not Beret Yellow with
impellers ¾” Applicable Cap/Turban AAI Fire
Diameter and with AAI Fire Service
Shoulder Service Monogram
Titles “AFS” as embroidered on
Per drawing Monogram centre.
badges as per
drawing
10. Supdtt One small Not Beret Yellow with
impellers¾” Applicable Cap/Turban AAI Fire
Diameter+ One with AAI Fire Service
bar ½ ” + Service Monogram
Shoulder embroidered on
Titles “AFS” as Monogram centre.
Per drawing badges as per
drawing
11. Supervisor One bar ½ ” Not Beret Yellow with
wide and 1½” Applicable Cap/Turban AAI Fire
long + with AAI Fire Service
Shoulder Service Monogram
Titles “AFS” as embroidered on

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 371

 Per drawing Monogram centre.
badges as per
drawing
12. Sr. Asstt. One bar ½ ” Not Beret Cap Yellow with
wide and 1½” Applicable /Turban with AAI Fire
long + AAI Fire Service
Shoulder Service Monogram
Titles “AFS” as embroidered on
Per drawing Monogram centre.
badges as per
drawing
13. Asstt. Not Applicable Not Beret Cap / Yellow with
as per drawing Applicable Turban with AAI Fire
AAI Fire Service
Service Monogram
embroidered on c
Monogram entre.
badges as per
drawing
14. Jr.Asstt. Not Applicable Not Beret Cap / Yellow with
as per drawing Applicable Turban with AAI Fire
AAI Fire Service
Service Monogram
embroidered on
Monogram centre.
badges as per
drawing

13.20 UNIFORM ENTITLEMENT / SCALE FOR FIRE SERVICE PERSONNEL

(FOR EXECUTIVE & NON EXECUTIVE) AND ISSUED BY CHQ:-

TABLE 13.3

S.N Items Initial Period Remarks

issue (Years)
Qty.
1. Web Belt 01 No. Every 03 For Non-Executives
years (Sr.Suptd& below)
2. Leather Belt 01 No. Every 05 For Executives
Years (JE & Above)
3. Metal Rank Badges 01 set Every 03 For All Ranks
years
4. Embroidered Rank 02 set Every 03 For All Ranks

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 372

 Badges Year
5. Peak Cap with 01 No. Every 03 To be issued to JE and
embroidered Badges Years above Executives
6. Beret Cap with 02 Nos. Every 02 For All Ranks
embroidered Badges Years
7. Whistle 01 No. Every For All Ranks
05Years.
8. Lanyard 02 Nos. Every 02 For All Ranks
Years.
9. Name Plate 04Nos Every 02 For All Ranks
Years
10. Collar Patches 02Nos Every 02 SM and above
Years
11. Arm Monogram 02 Nos Every 03 For All Ranks
Years
12. Fire Fighting Leather 01 Pair Every 03 For All Ranks, in
Boot Years addition to normal
footwear which is issue
to all AAI Employees
13. Helmet 01 No. Once in For All Ranks
service
14. Gum Boots 01 Pair Every 03 For All Ranks
Years
15. Raincoat 01 No. Every 02 For All Ranks
Years
16. Fireman’s Dungaree 02Nos. Every 02 For All Ranks
Year
17. Turban with Patka 02 Nos. Every 02 For Sikh Employees only
Years
18. Scarf 01 No. Every 02 For Executives Only
Years

13.21 RANK HONOR ON PROMOTION

ARFF personnel will be honored by providing the ranks on promotion by
Chairman/ Board Members/ Regional Executive Director/ Airport
Director / General Manager (FS) / Jt. GM (FS) / DGM (FS) at RHQ/ CHQ
level.

13.22 Entitlement for Guard of Honour as per Govt. of India Guide Lines
for other Ministries and Dignities
a. Hon. Ministry of Civil Aviation
b. Secretary , Ministry of Civil Aviation
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 373
 c. Jt. Secretary, Ministry of Civil Aviation
d. Director General, Ministry of Civil Aviation
e. Chairman
f. Board Member
g. Executive Director
h. General Manager ( FS)
i. Regional Executive Director
j. Airport Director
k. Regional Fire Officer
l. Jt. General Manager/ Dy. General Manager (FS) from Fire Training
Center/ Other Fire Station/Corporate Head Quarter

13.23 DISCIPLINARY ACTION:

Fire Personnel those, who will not wear / maintain to uniform as per the
policy suitable disciplinary action should also be initiated against them
accordingly as per AAI CDA Rules.

13.24 DESIGN OF UNIFORM AND ACCESSORIES: As per ANNEXURE-I.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 374

 01

AAI LOGO
 02

AAI FIRE SERVICE MONOGRAM

 03
1350 mm

900 mm

(Quality of Cloth : Flag cloth made of Terry Cotton Spum / hand woven cotton fabric with fire thread embroidery machine made double sided with fire service logo in the centre of the flag

AAI FIRE SERVICE FLAG

 04

AAI FIRE SERVICE ARM MONOGRAM

 05
5”
1.
1.0”

2.25”
4.5”

5.5”
2.5”
SAMPLE
 06
5”
1.
1.0”

2.25”
4.5”

5.5”
A.F.S.
2.5”
GM
 07
A.F.S.
Jt. GM/DGM
 08
A.F.S.
AGM / SM
 09
A.F.S.
MANAGER
 10
A.F.S.
ASSTT. MANAGER
 11
A.F.S.
Jr. Executive
 12
A.F.S.
A.F.S.
Sr. Suptdt.
 13
A.F.S.
Suptdt.
 14
A.F.S.
Supervisor / Sr. Asstt.
 15
A.F.S.
Asstt. / Jr. Asstt.
 16
LAPEL MARKING
cm
2 cm

5
2.
7 cm

9 cm
3 cm
GM
 17
LAPEL MARKING
cm
2 cm

5
2.
7 cm

9 cm
3 cm
Jt. GM/DGM
 18
LAPEL MARKING
cm
2 cm

5
2.
4 cm

6 cm
3 cm
AGM/SM
 19

PEAK CAP (GM)

 20

PEAK CAP (Jt. GM/DGM/AGM )

 21

PEAK CAP( SM/M/AM/JET)

 22

Beret Cap
 23

Brown Leather Belt (Executive)

 24

Adjustable Web Belt

 25

Executive Shoes
 26

Non - Executive Shoes

 27

1.5”

Pattern for Shirt

 28
5.0”

5.5”

2.0” 1.0”

1.75”
2.0”

6.0”

1.5
”
4.5”

1.5”

Pattern for Solder Flap (Shirt)

Pattern for Shirt Pocket

 29

Non - Executive Fire Safety Helmet

 30

Executive Fire Safety Helmet

 31

ABB
Name Plate
 32

Scarf
 33

Front Back

Gold Medal - 1st Position

 34

Front Back

Silver Medal - IInd Position

 se ........
our ....
fC .
eo

...
...
Na m

.......
 CHAPTER - 14

PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST

&
PRACTICAL FIREMANSHIP
EFFICIENCY TEST

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 375

14.PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST (PET)

Sr Level Grading High Long Chi Pus Sit 2000 Rope- 200
. jump jump n up h up up mete climbing 0
No r 6 mtr mtr
Run (20 ft) Walk
(in20
Seconds
)
A B C D E F G H
1 Jr. Asst / Excellen 4 ft & 15 ft 8& 20 & 30 & <7 5 mtr & NA
Asst t abov & mor more mor min above
(NE 4 / NE e abov e e
5) e
Very 3.5 ft 12 ft 6& 17- 27- 7- 8 4 mtr & NA
Good & & 7 19 29 min above
abov abov
e e
Good 3 ft & 10 ft 4 &5 14- 24- 8- 9 3 mtr & NA
abov & 16 26 min above
e abov
e
Poor < 3 ft < 10 <4 < 14 < 24 >9 Below 3 NA
ft min mtr

2 Sr. Asst / Excellen 3 ft & 12 ft 6& 17 & 27 & <9 4 mtr & NA
Superviso t abov & mor more mor min above
r e abov e e
(NE 6 / NE e
7) Very 2.5 ft 10 ft 4& 14 - 24- 9- 10 3 mtr & NA
Good & & 5 16 26 min above
abov abov
e e
Good 2 ft & 9 ft & 3 12- 22- 10- 2 mtr & NA
abov abov 13 24 11 above
e e min
Poor < 2 ft < 9 ft <3 < 12 < 22 > 11 Below 2 NA
min mtr

3 Supdt / Excellen NA NA 4& 14 & 24 & NA NA < 15

SS t mor more mor min
(NE 8)/ e e
(NE 9)
Very NA NA 3 11- 21- NA NA 15-
Good 13 23 18
min
Good NA NA 2 9-10 18- NA NA 18-
20 20
min
Poor NA NA <2 <9 <18 NA NA >20
min

4 SS -SG Excellen NA NA NA 14 & 24 & NA NA < 15

(NE 9) MANUAL
FIRE SAFETY t more mor P a gmin
e | 376
 e

Very NA NA NA 11- 21- NA NA 15-

Good 13 23 18
min
Good NA NA NA 9-10 18- NA NA 18-
20 20
min

TABLE 14.1

14.2 PET Record Form:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST (PET)

1. Name of the official :

2. Designation :
3. Assessment year :
4. Station :
5. Test conducted by :

S. PFET Events Required Result Grade

No standards achieved
1 High jump
2 Long jump
3 Chin up
4 Push up
5 Sit up
6 2000 meter run
7 Rope climbing (6 mtr)
8 2000 meter walk

Overall grade :

Recommendations :

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 377

14.3 PRACTICAL FIREMANSHIP EFFICIENCY TEST (PFET) :

TABLE 14.2
S Level Grading Donnin Wear of Ladder Firema
N g of Proximit Climbing n Lift

Hose Drag in meters

Operation of Rescue
SCBA y Suit in (7.5 m (Wt. of
in Seconds fully 50 Kg)
Second Extende carry

Driving Skill
s d) in up to

Squad Drill
seconds 50
mtrs in

Tools
Second
s
A B C D E F G H

1 Jr. Asst / Excellen <30 <30 < 45 < 25 - - - 5

Asst t

(NE 4 / Very 30 – 45 30 – 45 45 – 60 25 – 45 - - - 4
NE 5) Good

Good 45 – 60 45 – 60 60 – 90 45 – 60 - - - 3

Poor >60 >60 > 90 > 60 - - - <3

2 Sr. Asst / Excellen <30 <30 < 60 < 45 - - - 4

Superviso t
r
Very 30 – 45 30 – 45 60 – 90 45 – 60 - - - 3
(NE 6 / Good
NE 7)
Good 45 – 60 45 – 60 90 – 120 60 – 90 - - - 2

Poor >60 >60 > 120 > 90 - - - <2

3 Supdt / Excellen <45 <45 < 90 < 60 - - - 3

Sr. Supdt t
(NE 8 /
NE 9) Very 45 – 50 45 – 50 90 – 120 60 – 90 - - - 2
Good
SS-E-2
Good 50 – 60 50 – 60 120 – 145 90 – - - - 1
120

Poor >60 >60 > 145 > 120 - - - <1

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 378

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 379
14.4 PFET Record Form:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRACTICAL FIREMAN SHIP EFFICIENCY TEST (PFET)

1. Name of the official :

2. Designation :
3. Assessment year :
4. Station :
5. Test conducted by :

S. PFET Events Required Result Grade

No standards achieved
1 Donning of SCBA
2 Proximity Suit Wearing
3 Ladder Climbing
4 Fireman Lift
5 Operations of Rescue
Tools
6 Squad Drill
7 Driving Skill
8 Hose Drag

Overall grade :

Recommendations :

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 380

15.5 PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TEST (PET) FOR FIRE EXECUTIVES:

TABLE 14.3

Sr Level Gradin Hig Lon Chi Pus Sit 2000 Rope 200
. g h g n h up mete climbi 0
N jum jum up up r ng mtr
o p p Run 6 mtr Wal
(20 ft) k
A B C D E F G H
4 Jr. Excellen 4 ft 15 ft 8& 20 & 30 <8 5 mtr & NA
Executi t & & mor mor & min above
ve abov abov e e mor
(E :1) e e e
Very 3.5 12 ft 6& 17 27- 8- 9 4 mtr & NA
Below
30 years Good ft & & 7 - 29 min above
abov abov 19
e e
Good 3 ft 10 ft 4 14- 24- 9- 10 3 mtr & NA
& & &5 16 26 min above
abov abov
e e
Poor <3 < 10 <4 < 14 < 24 > 10 Below 3 NA
ft ft min mtr

5 Jr. Excellen 3 ft 12 ft 6& 17 & 27 <9 4 mtr & NA

Executi t & & mor mor & min above
ve abov abov e e mor
(E :1) e e e
Very 2.5 10 ft 4& 14 - 24- 9- 10 3 mtr & NA
Above
30 years Good ft & & 5 16 26 min above
abov abov
e e
Good 2 ft 9 ft 3 12- 22- 10- 11 2 mtr & NA
& & 13 24 min above
abov abov
e e
Poor <2 <9 <3 < 12 < 22 > 11 Below 2 NA
ft ft min mtr

6 Asst Excelle NA NA 4& 14 & 24 <11 NA NA

Manager nt mor mor & minut
(E: 2) e e mor
Below
e
e
45 years
Very NA NA 3 11- 21- 11-12 NA NA
Good 13 23 min
Good NA NA 2 9-10 18- 12-13 NA NA
20 min
Poor NA NA <2 <9 <18 > 13 NA NA
min

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 381

7 Asst Excelle NA NA NA 11 21 NA NA < 15
Manager nt & & min
(E: 2)
Above
mor mor
45 years e e
Very NA NA NA 8- 18- NA NA 15-
Good 10 20 18
min
Good NA NA NA 6-7 15- NA NA 18-
17 20
min
Poor NA NA NA <6 < 15 NA NA >20
min

8 Manager Excelle NA NA NA 8& 18 NA NA < 15

(E: 3) nt mor & min
e mor
e
Very NA NA NA 6 15- NA NA 15-
Good &7 17 18
min
Good NA NA NA 4& 12- NA NA 18-
5 14 20
min
Poor NA NA NA <4 <12 NA NA >20
min

7 Sr. Excelle NA NA NA 8& 18 NA NA < 18

Manager nt mor & min
(E : 4)
e mor
e
Very NA NA NA 6 15- NA NA 18-
Good &7 17 20
min
Good NA NA NA 4& 12- NA NA 20-
5 14 22
min
Poor NA NA NA <4 <12 NA NA >22
min

8 AGM Excelle NA NA NA 8& 15 NA NA < 18

(E:5) nt mor & min
e mor
e
Very NA NA NA 6 12- NA NA 18-
Good &7 14 20
min
Good NA NA NA 4& 10- NA NA 20-
5 11 22
min
Poor NA NA NA <4 <10 NA NA >22
min

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 382

 9 DGM Excelle NA NA NA 6& 15 NA NA < 20
/Jt.GM/ nt mor & min
GM
E : 6/
e mor
E:7/ E:8 e
Very NA NA NA 4& 12- NA NA 20-
Good 5 14 22
min
Good NA NA NA 3 10- NA NA 22-
11 24
min
Poor NA NA NA <3 <10 NA NA >24
min

14.5 Guidelines For Compliance of PET & PFET:

14.5.1 PET & PF ET shall be carried out on regular basis at Fire Station to
maintain / enhancement of Physical fitness of Fire Service Personnel.

14.5.2 PET & PFET will be conducted by Fire Station In-charge/ Regional Fire
Officer before finalizing PMS and awarding grading.

14.5.3 If any fire officials is declared as un -successful in PET & PFET i n

consecutive two years, then this report must be submitted to
respective RHQ/CHQ for necessary action by the competent authorit y
accordingly.

14.5.4 Fire-Station in-charge shall be responsible to conduct the PET & PFET
in a syst ematic manner as per guidelines. Regional Fire In -charges
shall also take necessary steps to encourage the station fire in -charges
for carrying out proper assessment of PET & PFET at stations.

14.5.5 SCBA shall be donn ed correctly as per standard operating procedures

mentioned in Fire Order No. 09 (Oper ational Procedure for Breathing
Apparatus). SCBA shall be activated within 1 (one) minu te. The
grading shall be marked on the basis of SCBA wearing procedures and
time taken to wear . The donning of S CBA shall be done without any
assistance.

14.5.6 Proximity suit shall be worn as per pr oper procedures. Grading shall
be marked on the basis of correct procedures and time taken to wear.
The wearing of proximity suit shall be done without any assistance.

14.5.7 Ladder climbing test for compatibility with working at heights and wil l
involve locking the legs, allowing both arms to be free. The evaluation
shall be based on the correct procedure and guidelines for the same.

14.5.8 Fireman lift carrying & walking events uses a 50 Kg weight man /
dummy (mannequin) of standard weight, up to 100 meters.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 383

14.5.9 Operation of rescue tools as per Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
within shortest possible time and als o without mistake. Personnel
shall wear required Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) in thi s
event.

14.5.10 Squad drill with proper word of command and control over squad as
mentioned in Fire Order No 08 (Drill Manual).

14.5.11 Driving Skill: Speed acceleration, control and operation of vari ous
extinguishing media through monitor, sidelines, etc.

14.5.12 Hose drag shall be examined as per given procedure.

14.5.13 Hose Drag Procedure: Candidate will grasp a fire nozzle attached to 3 0
m long and 63mm diameter\ hose. Drape the hose over shoulder /
across chest and drag hose to line marked on the ground.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 384

 CHAPTER - 15

AIRPORT DISASTER
MANAGEMENT PLAN

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 385

 15. PREFACE

15.1.1 The Disaster Management Act, 2005 (DM Act, 2005) lays down
institutional and coordination mechanisms for effe ctive Disaster
Management (DM) at the national, State, and distdrict5 levels. As
mandated by the A ct, the Go vernment of India ( GOI) created a mult i-
tiered institutional system consisting of t he National Disaster
Management Authority (NDMA) headed by the Prime Minster, the State
Disaster Management Authorities (SDMAs) by the Chief Ministers an d
the District Disaster Management authorities (DDMAs) by t he district
Collectors and Co -chaired by elected representatives of the loca l
authorities of the respective districts. These bodies have been set up to
facilitate the paradigm shift from the hitherto relief centric approach t o
a more p roactive, holistic an d integrated approach of s trengthening
disaster preparedness, mitigation and emergency response.

15.1.2 Airports Authority of India, being a public sector undertaking of

Government of India (GOI), under the Ministry of Civil Aviation has
prepared its Disaster Management plan with the twin objective of

a. Provide assistance to the NationalDisaster Management Authority

(NDMAs) and State Disaster Management authority (SDMAs) by
making available it resources to the National Executive Committee of
State Executive committee for the pu rposes of responding promptly
and effectively to any threatening disaster situation or disaster.

b. Use the resources available with Disaster Management authorities at

all levels to effectively manage the aviation disasters, happening at the
airport or away from the airport.

15.1.3 Aviation is not new to disasters an in spite of the continuous efforts to

improve safety and indeed air travel is one of the safest mode of travel,
aircraft accident do happen . To prevent the air disasters and to
mitigate the risk of such disasters, and to mitigate the risk of suc h
disasters, each airport has prepared the airport Emergency Plan as per
the guidelines of IVAO, DGCA and BCAS. T his plan also outlines the
role of Civil Administration in managing the Aviatio n Disaster. AAI ,
needs to take advantage of the enhanced Disaster Managemen t
infrastructure being created by Govt. t hrough NDMA, SDMA, District
Disaster Management Authority (DDMA) and n ational Disaster relief
Force (NDRF) etc.

15.1.4 An airport is the vital log istic facility to facilitate the fast movement o f
men and material required by the Govt. to manage then disasters

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 386

 affecting the people. Therefore, it is of u tmost importance that airports
remain operational and, in case affected by natural disasters, are p ut
into operation quickly. Disaster Management Act 2005 (section36 &
37) defines the role and responsibility of the Ministries of Departments
of Govt. of India in Disaster Management and ask them to:

a. Take measures necessary for prevention of disasters, mi tigation, and

preparedness and capacity-building in accordance with the guidelines
laid down by the National Authority;
b. Integrate into its development plans and projects, the measures for
prevention or mitigation of disasters in accordance with the guideli nes
laid down by the National authority;

c. Respond effectively and promptly to any threatening disaster situation

or disaster in accordance with the guidelines of the National Authority
or the direction of the National Executive Committee in this behalf;

d. Review the enactments administered by it, its policies, rules and

regulations, with a view to incor porate therein the provisions
necessary for prevention of disasters, mitigation or preparedness;

e. Allocate funds for measures for prev ention of disaster, mi tigation,

capacity-building and preparedness;

f. Provide assistance to the National Authority, State Authority and

District Authority

g. Make available its resources to the National Executive Committee or a

State Executive Committee for the pu rposes of responding promptly
and effectively to any threatening disaster situation disaster.
h. Take such other a ctions as it may c onsider necessary for disaster
management.

15.1.5 A copy Disaster Management Plan w ill be sen t to NDM A (National

Disaster Management Authority ) and SDMA (State Disaster
Management Authority) through DGCA (Director General of Civil
Aviation ) for its a pproval similarly, the Airport/ Facility DM Plan,
prepared as per th e guidelines of AAI DM Plan should be sent to t he
respective SDMA/DDMA. Airport DM Plan, prepared as per ddthese
guidelines, will e reviewed annually.

15.1.6 Definitions as given in DM Act, 2005

a. Disaster
“Disaster” means a catastrophe, mishap, calamity or grave occurrence
in and area, arising from na tural or man-made causes, or by accide nt
or negligence which results in subs tantial loss of life or hum an
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 387
 suffering or damage to, and destruction of, property, or damage to, or
degradation of, environment and is of such a nature or magnitude as
to be beyond the coping capacity of the community of the affected area;

b. Disaster Management
“Disaster Management” means a contin uous and integrated process of
planning, organizing, coordinating and i mplementing measures which
are necessary or expedient for-
(i) Prevention of danger or threat of any disaster.
(ii) Mitigation of reduct ion of ris k of any disaster or its sever ity or
consequences;
(iii) Capacity-Building” includes-
(iv) Preparedness to deal with any disaster;
(v) Prompt response to any t hreatening disaster situation o r
disaster;
(vi) Assessing the severity or magnitude of effects of any disaster;
(vii) Evacuation, rescue and relief;
(viii) Rehabilitation and reconstruction;

c. Capacity Building
“Capacity-building” includes-
(i) Identification of existing resources and resources to be acquire d
or created;
(ii) Acquiring or creating resources identified under sub-clause;
(iii) Organization and training of personnel and coordination such
training for effective management of disasters;

d. Central Government
‘Central Government” means the Ministry of Department of th e
Government of In dia having administrative control of disa ster
management;

e. Disaster Management Plan

Disaster Management Plan should specify the following particular,
namely:-
(i) The measures to b e taken by it for prevention and migration
disasters in accordance with the National Plan;
(ii) The specifications regarding integration of mitigation measures in
its development plans in accordance with the guidelines of th e
National Authority and the National Executive Committee.
(iii) Its roles and responsibilities in rela tion to p reparedness and
capacity building to deal with any threatening disaster si tuation
or disaster;
(iv) Its roles a nd responsibilities in regard t o promptly and effe ctively
responding to threatening disaster situation or disaster;

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 388

 (v) The present status of its pr eparedness to perfo rm the ro les and
responsibilities specified in sub-clauses (iii) and (iv);
(vi) The measures required to be taken in order to enable it to perform
its responsibilities specified in sub-clauses (iii) and (iv);

15.2 Document Identification and Control

15.2.1 Title of the document

15.2.2 This document dis identified as airp ort Disaster Management plan
(ADM Plan).
15.2.3 Purpose of the airport Disaster Management Plan
15.2.4 Airport Disaster Management Plan is to act as th e Policy guidelines to
all AAI Airports and CNS/ATM facilities specific Disaster Management
Plan.

15.3 Scope of this Plan

15.3.1 Disaster Management Act 2005 envisages that every Ministry or

Government of India undertaking shall prepare a disaster Managemen t
Plan as per the guidelines of NDMA to deal with various disaster.
Airports Authority of In dia, being a publi c sector undertaking,
Government of India, under the Ministry of Civil Aviation (MoCA) ha s
prepared it Disaster Management Plan. With the twin objective of :
a. Provide assistance to the National Disaster Management Authorit y
(NDMA) and state Disaster Management Plan (SDMA) by making
available it resources to the Disaster Management Agencies at all
levels for the purposes of responding promptly and effectively to any
threatening disaster situation of disaster.
b. Use the resources available with ND MA/SDMA at all levels to
effectively manage the aviation disasters, on site or offsite the
Airport.

15.3.2 Responsibility for documentation and publication

15.3.2.1 Disaster Management Plan i s to be pr epared by the Airpo rts and w ill
be sent for approval of SDMA, NDMA and DGCA. The Airport Director,
AAI is responsible to publish and maintain this Plan.
15.3.2.2 The Executive Director (Aviation Safety), AAi on behalf of Chairman,
AAI will ensure that the polic ies and procedures as approved by NDMA
are incorporated in this plan.

15.4 Authority /Responsibility for Amendments

15.4.1 The Executive Director (Aviation Safety) is responsible for incorporating
amendments to then ADM Plan.
15.4.2 Holders of hard -copies of pl an are re sponsible for ensu ring that the
plan is k ept up to date. This includes inserting new ch apters or

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 389

 chapter amendments in a ti mely manner and complying with a ny
instructions on amendment advice.
15.4.3 The user of plan will be re sponsible for verif ying the currency of
documentation in the Plan.

15.5 Review:
15.5.1 The Airport Disaster Management committee on behalf of AAI will
conduct a yearly review of this Plan to ensure accuracy and updating of
all its contents and reference data. The results of such audit and action
taken there upon will be do cumented and pres ented to t he Executive
Director (Aviation Safety), AAI for consideration, to be submitted to
NDMA/SDMA for approval.
15.5.2 Incorporating changes: The Airport Disaster Management Committee on
behalf of AAI will ensure that the:
15.5.3 Charges being incorporated are dul y approved by th e competent
authority.
15.5.4 Relevant Pages in the Plan are revised.
15.5.5 Amendment/advice is issued i n time to all concerned in respect of new
chapter (s) and the same is inserted in then Plan
15.5.6 Master- copy of the Plan is updated.

15.6 Interpretation of Words

In the interests of simplicity, any reference to the masculine gender can
be taken to mean either male or female.

15.7 Effective Date

15.7.1 Effective date of an instruction is indicated at the foot of the page.
15.7.2 New edition will be indicated by date at the foot of the page with the hel p
of Document ID

15.8 Change History

This is first edition of the Plan. Subsequent changes will b e indicated on
‘Record of Amendments and Corrigenda’

15.9 Format
Amendment documentation being inserted in the Plan must contain
headers and footers that are consistent with those r esiding in this
document.

15.10 Controlling the Plan

The Chairman AAI will be the controlling authority of this Plan.

15.11 Distribution of the Plan

The hard copies of Airport disaster Management Plan will be circulated to
executive Director (Aviation Safety), Executive Director (Operation) ,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 390

 Executive Director (Engg), Executive Director (AT M), Executive Director
(CNS), General Manager (FS), Airports Authority of India. T he approved
Plan and the subs equent amendments will al so be published on A AI
website and infosaarthee.

15.12 Master Copy

Master copy of the plan will be held and maintained by the Avia tion
Safety directorate, Airports Authority of India.

15.13 Enquiries
Enquiries/clarifications/ suggestions, if any, should be addressed to:
TABLE 15.1
Executive Director (Operation) Executive Director (Aviation
Airports Authority of India SAfety)
Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan Airports Authority of India
New Delhi – 110 003 Rajiv Gandhi Bhawan
E-mail : [email protected] New Delhi – 110 003
Telephone No. 011-24621628 E-mail : [email protected]
Fax :011-24621623 Telephone No. 011-24653016
Fax :011-24621504

15.14 DISASTER MANAGEMENT IN INDIA- LEGAL FRAMEWORK

15.14.1 Disaster Risk in India

India is v ulnerable, in varyin g degrees, to a larg e number of natura l as
well as man-made disasters. As stated in the National Policy on Disaste r
Management, 2009, in India, 58.6 per cent of the landmass is prone to
earthquakes of moderate to very high intensity; over 40 million hectares
(12 per cent of the land) is prone to floods and river erosion; of the 7 ,516
Kms long coastline, close to 5,700 kms is prone to cyclones and tsunami;
68 per cent of the cultivable area is v ulnerability to manmade disasters
and emergencies of CBRN origin is also on the rese. Heightened
vulnerabilities to di saster risks can be related t o expanding population,
environmental degradation, unplanned urbanization, etc. within high -
risk zones.

15.15 Disaster Management Act, 2005

The Disaster Management Act, 2005 an d the National Policy on Disa ster
Management lay do wn institutional mechanisms at the N ational, State,
District and local levels. T hough these institutions are at different levels,
they will work in c lose harmony. T he new institutional frameworks are
expected to usher in a greater emphasis on preparedness, prevention and
mitigation. The States which have not already put in place th e
appropriate institutional mechanism like National Disast er Management
Authority have to take necessary steps in that direction at the earliest.
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 391
15.16 National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA)
15.16.1 National Disaster Management Authority (NDM A), as the apex bod y for
Disaster Management, is headed by the Prime Minister and has the
responsibility for laying down policies, plans and Guidelines for Disa ster
Management and coordinating their enforcement and implementation for
ensuring timely and effective response to disasters. The Guidelines will
assist the Central Ministries, undertakings and states to formulate their
respective DM Plans. It will approve the National Disaster Management
Plan and DM Plans of the Central Ministries/Department. It will tak e
such other measures, as it m ay consider necessary, for th e prevention of
disasters, or mitigation, or preparedness and capacity building, for
dealing with a threatening disaster situation or disaster. Centr al
ministries/departments and State Governments will extend necessary
cooperation and assistance to NDMA for carrying out its m andate. It will
oversee the provision and application of fun ds for m itigation and
preparedness measure. NDMA has the power to authorities concerned, to
make emergency procurement of provi sions or materials for rescue and
relief in threatening disaster situation or disaster. T he general
superintendence, direction and control of the National Disaster Response
Force (NDRF) is vested in and will be exercised by the NDMA.

15.16.2 The NDMA is mandated to deal with all types of disasters, natural o r
manmade, whereas such other emergencies including those requiring
close involvement of the sec urity force s and/ or intelligence agencies
such as terrorism (counter-insurgency), Law and Order situations, Serial
Bomb Blasts, Hijacking, Air Accidents, Chemical, Biological, Radiological
and Nuclear Weapon Systems, Mine Disasters, Ports and Harbour
emergencies, Forest Fires, Oilfield Fires and Oil S pills will continue to be
handled by the extant mechanism i.e. National Crisis Management
Committee (NCMC). NDMA may, however, for mulate Guidelines and
facilitate training and preparedness activities in res pect of CBRN
emergencies Cross-Cutting Themes like Medi cal Preparedness, Psycho -
Social Care and Trauma, Community Based Disaster Preparedness ,
Information & Co mmunication Technology, Training, Preparedness,
Awareness Generation etc. for natu ral and man-;made disasters in
partnership with the stakeholders concerned.
15.16.3 Resource available with the DM authorities at all levels, which are
capable of discharging emergency support function, will be made
available to the nodal ministries and agencies concerned during times of
such disaster (s)/impending disaster (s).

15.17 National Executive Committee (NEC)

The NEC comprises the Union Home Secretary as the Chairperson, and
the Secretaries to the Govt. of India in the Mi nistries/Departments of
Agriculture, Atomic Energy, Defense, Drinking Water supply ,
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 392
 Environment and Forest s, Finance (Expenditure), Health Power, Rural
Development, Science and T echnology, Space, T elecommunications,
Urban Development Water Re sources and the chi ef of Integrated Defence
staff of the Chiefs of Staff Committee as me mbers. Secretaries in the
Ministry of External Affairs, Earth Sciences, Human Resource
Development, Mines, Shipping, Road T ransport and Highways and the
Secretary, NDMA will be spec ial invitee to the m eetings of the NEC. T he
NEC is the executive committee of the NDMA and is mand ated to assist
the DMA in the discharge of its functions and also ensure compliance of
the directions issued by the Central Government. The NEC is to
coordinate the response in the event of any threatening disaster situation
or disaster. The NEC will pre pare the National plan for DM based on the
National Policy on DM. the NEC wil l monitor the impl ementation of
Guidelines issued by NDMA. It will also perform such oth er functions as
may be p rescribed by the Central Government in consultation with the
NDMA.

15.18 State disaster Management Authority (SDMA)

At the State level, except the UT s of Delhi where the LLG is the
Chairperson and t he CM t hereof is the Vice Chairperson, the State
authority (SDMA) headed by the respective CMs as Chairperson will lay
down policies and plans of DM in the State. It will, inter alia, approve the
State Plan in accordance with the Guidelines laid down by the NDMA,
coordinate the implementation of the State Plan, recommend provision of
the funds for mitig ation and preparedness measures and revie w the
developmental plans of the different departments of the State to ensure
integration of prevention, preparedness and mitigation measures.

15.19 National Disaster Response force (NDRF)

15.19.1 For the purpose of specialized response to a threatening disaste r

situation or disa sters/emergencies both natural and me n-made such
as those of CBR N origin, the DM Act, 20 05 has mandated the
constitution of a NDRF. The general superintendence, direction and
control of this forc e is veste d in and exercised by the N DMA and the
command and sup ervision of the For ce will vest in and officer to be
appointed by the C entral Government as then di rector general of ND RF.
Presently, the NDRF comprises eight battalio ns. Two additional
battalions have been sanctioned by the Government and are in the
process of being f ormed. These battalions are located at strat egic
locations and will be deployed proactively as required. NDRF units will
maintain close liaison with the d esignated State Governments/UT s and
will be available to them in the event of any serious threatening disaster
situation. While th e handling of all natural disasters rests with al l the

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 393

 NDRF battalions, presently four of the m have been equipped and trained
to respond to situ ations arising out of CBARN emergencies. In f uture
plans exist to train rest of the battalions also for CBRN response.
15.19.2 The NDRF units will also impart basic training to the stakeholders
identified by the Sta te Government in t heir respective locations. Further,
a national academy will be se t up to pr ovide training for t rainers in DM
and to meet related national and international committee.
15.19.3 Presently the location and area of res ponsibility of the v arious NDRF
battalions in the country are as follows:
TABLE 15.2
Location Location area of the responsibility Area of responsibility for
CBRN emergencies
Guwahati N.E. State
Kolkata Kolkata West Bengal, Bihar, Kolkata battalion
Sikkim, Jharkhand
Mundali Orissa, Chhattisgarh, North
Andhra Pradesh, Arakkonam battalion
Arakkonam Tamilnadu, Kerala, South Andhra
Pradesh, Puduchery, A & N
Islands, Lakshadweep
Pune Maharashtra, Karnataka, Goa
Gandhi Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pune battalion
Nagar Pradesh, Dadra & Nagar Haveli,
Daman & Diu
Bhatinda Chandigarh, Punjab, J & K,
Himanchal Pradesh Ghaziabad battalion
Ghaziabad UP, Uttrakhand, Haryana, Delhi
Patna*
Vijayawada*
*Patna (Bihar) and Vijayawada (Andhra Pradesh) have also been approved in
principle to locate NDRF battalions for natural disaster, and therefore, the
area of responsibility will be r eadjusted once these two NDRF battalions are
made functioned.

15.20 Central Government

15.20.1 In accordance with the provisions of the DM Act 2005, the Central
Government will take all such measures, as it deems n ecessary or
expedient, for the purpose of DM and will coordinate action of all
agencies. The Central Ministries and departments will take in
consideration the recommendations of the Stat e Governments while
deciding upon the various pre-disaster requirements and for deciding
upon the measures for the prevention and mitigation n of
disasters. It will ensure that the Cent ral Ministries and departments
integrate measures for the prevention and m itigation of disasters into
their developmental plans and projects, make appropriate allocation o f

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 394

 funds for pre-disaster requirements and take ne cessary measures for
preparedness and t o effectively respond to any disaster situation or
disaster. It will ha ve the p ower to i ssue direction to NEC, State
Government /SDMAs, SECs or any of their officers or employees, o
facilitate or assist in DM, and these bodies and officials will be bound
to comply with such direction. T he Central governments as require d
by them or otherwise deemed appropriate by it. It will take measures
for the deployment of the Armed Forces for DM if required. T he role of
the Armed Forces will be g overned by the ins tructions laid out i n
instructions on Aid to Civil authorities 1970. The Central Government
will also facilitate coordination with the UN Agencies, other
International organization and Governments of f oreign countries in the
field of DM Ministry of External Affairs, in co -ordination with Ministry
of Home Affairs, will facilitate external co-ordination and cooperation.

15.20.2 Role of Central Ministries, Department and Govt. of Indi a

Undertaking
15.20.2.1 As DM is a multi -disciplinary proce ss, a;; Central Ministries and
departments will have a key role in the field of DM. the Secretaries of
the Nodal Ministries and Departments of Govt. of India i.e. the
Ministries of Hom e Affairs (MHA). Ministry of Agriculture (MoA).
Ministry of Civil Aviation (MoCA), Ministry of Environment and F orests
(MoE&F), Ministry of Healt h (MoH), Department of At omic Energy
(DAE), Department of Space, Earth Sciences, Ministry of Wate r
Resource, Ministry of Mines, Ministry of Railway etc. are all members
of the NEC and will continue to function as noda l agencies for specific
disasters based on their core competencies or in areas assigned t o
them.
15.20.2.2 National Crisis Management Committee (NCMC), comprising high l evel
officials of Govt. of India h eaded by the Cab inet Secretary, will
continue to deal with major cri ses which have serious ramifications.
The emergencies including those requiring close involvement of t he
security forces and / or intelligence agencies such as terrorism
(counter-insurgency), Law an d Order Situations, serial B omb Blasts,
Hijacking, Air Acc idents, Chemical, Biological, Radiological an d
Nuclear Weapon Systems, Mine Disasters, Port and Harbou r
emergencies, Forest Fires, Oilfield Fires and Oil Spills will continue to
be handled by the extant mechanism i.e. NCMC. It will be supported
by the Crisis Management Groups (CMG) of the C entral Nodal
Ministries and assi sted by NEC as may be nece ssary. The Secretary,
NDMA will be a permanent invitee to this committee.

15.21 Armed Forces

15.21.1 Traditionally, the Armed Forces are called upon to assist the civi l
administration only when the situation is beyond their coping capacity.
In practice, however, the Armed Forces form an important part of th e

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 395

 Government’s response capacity and aa re immediate responders in a ll
serious disaster situations. On account of their vast potential to meet
any adverse challenge, speed of o perational response, and t he
resources and capabilities at their disposal, the Armed Forces have
historically played a major role in emergency support functions. T hese
include providing services for communications, search and rescue
operations, health and m edical facilities and transportations,
especially in the immediate aftermath of a disaster.
15.21.2 Airlift, helilift and movement of rel ief assistance and emergency
response to neighboring countries primarily fall within the expertis e
and domain of the Armed Forces. The Armed Forces will participate in
imparting training to trainers and D M mangers, especi ally in C BRN
aspects, heli-insertion, high-altitude rescue, water manship an d
training of paramedics. At the Nat ional Level, the C hief of t he
Integrated Defence Staff to the Chairman Chiefs of Staff Committee is a
member of the NEC. Similarly, at the State and District levels, the local
representatives of the Armed Forces may be included in their executive
committee to ensure closer coordination and cohesion.

15.22 Central Para Military Forces )CPMFs)

15.22.1 The CPMFs which are also the Armed Forces of the Union, play a key
role at the time of imm ediate response to disaster. Besides
contributing to the NDRF, they will de velop adequate DM capabilities
within their own forces and respond to disasters which may occur i n
the area s where t hey are d eployed. The local representatives of t he
CPMFs wherever they are located may be co -opted or invited to atten d
the meetings of the executive committee at the State and District level.
15.22.2 State Police Forces, Fire Services and Home Guard, T he State Police
Forces, the Fire and Emergency Services and Home Guards are crucial
and most immediate responders to disasters. The Police will be trained
and the Fire and Emergency Services upgraded to a cquire multi-
hazard rescue capability. Home Guards volunteers will be trained in
disaster preparedness, emergency response, communi ty mobilization,
etc. The State Governments may take the help of NDMA for capacity
building and sensitization of their forces.

15.23 Aviation Disasters and Their Management

15.23.1 India being a sig natory to Chicago Convention and many other
international treaties, on the regulation of civil Aviation, Airport s
Authority of India f ollows the various I nternational guidelines issued
by ICAO, IAT A and the national regulations issued by DGCA, BCAS
etc. To manage the aircraft emergencies and acc idents at the airports
and away from the airports.
15.23.2 It is recognized by the DM Act 2005 that disasters related to the civ il
Aviation (one of the nodal ministry for DM) will continued to be
managed by the ext ent Mechanism i.e . by MoC A and Nat ional Crisis

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 396

 Management Committee (NCMC). Alt hough the lead role will be playe d
by the MOCA and its subordinate offices, the re sources available with
the DM authorities at all l evels, which are ca pable of discharging
emergency support functions, will be made available to th e MoCA and
it agencies concerned during times of such disaster (s).

15.24 NDMA guidelines ‘Incident Response System’ makes it clear:

15.24.1 “The NDMA is man dated to deal with all types of disaster, natural or
manmade, whereas such other emergencies including those requiring
close involvement of the security forces and/or intelligence agencies
such as t errorism (counter-insurgency), Law an d Order Situations,
Serial Bomb Blast, Hijacking, Air Accidents, Chemical, Biological,
Radiological and N uclear Weapon Systems, Mine Disasters, Port an d
Harbour emergencies, Forest Fires, Oi lfield Fires and Oil spills wil l
continue to be handled by the extant mechanism i.e. Natio nal Crisi s
Management Committee(NCMC).
15.24.2 Although the lead role will be played by the MoCA and its subordinate
offices, resources available with the D M authorities at all levels, which
are capable of discharging emergency support functions, will be made
available to the nod al ministries and ag encies concerned during times
of such disaster (s)/impending disasters (s).
15.24.3 As the avi ation disasters are covered under the provisions of DM A ct
2005 and guidelines of NDMA, the resources available with the D M
authorities at all l evels will be made available to MOCA and it s
agencies (including AAI) promptly and wherever possible in pr e
coordinated manner.
15.24.4 The following disastrous situations may afflict the airports an d
Aviation in general:
a. Aircraft accidents at the airport and its vicinity
b. Aircraft accident at outside the airport
c. Mid-air-collision
d. Disappearance of an aircraft.
e. Other manmade disasters at the airports/ aviation facilities viz .
Fire, Chemical, terrorist attack, etc.
f. Natural disasters at the airports such as flood, earthquake,
Tsunami, etc.
g. Natural disaster outside the airport (w.r.t. providing airport
resources to the DDMA, SDMA, NDRF to ov ercome/manage the
disasters)
h. Airport disaster management Plan has b een prepared b y
encompassing the guidelines of NDMA vis -à-vis the aviatio n
facilities and by incorporating the disaster managemen t
infrastructure being created by NDMA, DDMA, SDMA, NDRF, etc.

15.25 Aircraft accidents at the airport and its vicinity:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 397

 15.25.1 Each airport of AAI has prepared the Airport Emergency Plan (AEP) a s
per the g uidelines of ICAO standards and Rec ommended Practices
(SARPs) including Airport Services Manual Part 1 (Re scue and Fir e
Fighting) and P:art 7 (Airport Emergency Planning), DGCA, CAR and as
per guideline of A irport Emergency Plan cir culated by Corporate
Headquarter. Airport Emergency Plan de fines the full response limit of
the Airport Rescue Fire Fighting Servi ces which is generally not mor e
than 2.5 KM from the airport boundary and 5KM in the runwa y
approach funnel.
15.25.2 The supporting role of the Civil Ad ministration, Police, City Fi re
Stations, Hospitals and c oordination procedures are also cle arly
defined in the guideline defined in the guideline of AEP to effectivel y
manage the aircraft accidents.
15.25.3 As new disaster management infrastructure by NDMA, SDMA, DDMA,
NDRF etc. is being created, each airport needs to revise its Airpo rt
Emergency Plan to fully util ize the resources available with the D M
authorities at all le vels, which are capable of discharging emergency
support functions during the airport emergencies.

15.26 Aircraft accident away from the airp ort including mid-air collision
&disappearance of an aircraft;

15.26.1 As per AAI Act 1994, Airports Authority of India is responsible to

provides that Search and Rescue (A) service for the purpose to search
for a miss ing aircraft, it crew and pass engers and to provi de aid an d
organize the rescue of survivors of aircraft acci dents for the whole o f
Indian territory and adjoining oceanic airspace over Bay of Bengal,
Indian Ocean and Arabian Sea allocated to I ndia by I CAO for the
provision of Air Traffic Services.
15.26.2 The National Aeronautical Search a nd Rescue Manual (NASARM)
provide information and g uidance to all for the prov ision of SAR
services to an aircr aft in distress and to coordinate their actions with
Indian Coast Guard in case of maritime aeronautical SAR incident. AAI
has established Rescue Coordination Centres (RCCs) at Chennai,
Delhi, Kolkata &Mumbai airport to coordinate SAR service for the
respective regions. A Rescue Sub Centre(RSC) has been established at
Guwahati to provid e better S earch and rescue c oordination in searc h
North-Eastern Region of India.
15.26.3 Each RCC at C hennai, Delhi, Kolkata and Mu mbai is o perational 24
hours. RSC Guwahati, which is located in Kolkata SAR, is operational
during ATS watch-hours of Guwahati and th ereafter Kolkata RCC
provides SAR services. RCC and RSC are manned by personnel traine d
in the provision of SAR.
15.26.4 All operational airports in India during hours of operations provide
alerting service for the purpose of Search and Rescue.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 398

15.26.5 SAR coordinator of the resp ective RCC is resp onsible to arrange the
rescue operations by coordinating with the pr e-determined agencies as
per the NASARM, However it i s recognized that local c ivil
administration and the DDMA will be the first to initiate the rescue
operations by mobilizing the disaster management resources at thei r
disposal as quickly as pos sible. Di strict Magistrate/ Responsible
Officer (RO) will be informing the SA R Coordinator all the relevant
information about the Disaster and hand over the situationa l
command to SAR mission coordinator on his arrival.
15.26.6 The nearby airport should play the supporting role to the maximu m
extent possible subject o the continuation of airport operations.

15.27 Earthquake – Disaster Management

15.27.1 Earthquake Risk in India

15.27.1.1 India’s high earthquake risk and vulnerability is evident from the fact
that about 59 per cent of India’s la nd area could face moderate to
severe earthquakes. During the period 1990 to 2013, more than
23,000 lives were lost due to 7 major earthquakes in India, which also
caused enormous damage to property and public infrastructures. Th e
occurrence of sev eral devastating earthquakes in are as hitherto
considered safe from earthquakes indicates that the built environmen t
din the country is extremely fragile and our ability to prepare ourselves
and effectively respond to earthquakes is inadequate.
15.27.1.2 During the Intern ational Decade for Natural Disaster Reeducation
(IDNDR) observed by the U nited Nations (UN) in the 1 990s, India
witnessed several earthquakes like the Uttarkashi earthquake of 1991,
the Latur earthquake of 1993, the Jabalpur earthquake of 1997, the
Chamoli earthquake of 1999, Andaman Island earthquake /tsunami of
2009. These were followed by the B huj earthquake of 26 January,
2001 and Jammu & Kashmir earthquake of 8th October, 2005 All these
major earthquakes/tsunami established that the cas ualties were
caused primarily due to the collapse of buildings.However, similar high
intensity earthquakes in the United States, Japan, etc. do not lead to
such enormous loss of lives, as the str uctures in these c ountries are
built with structural mitigation measures and earthquake-resistant
features. This emphasizes the need for strict compliance of town
planning bye-laws and earthquake -resistant building code in Indi a.
These Guidelines have been p repared, taking into account an analysis
of the critical gaps responsible f or accentuating the seismic risk and of
factors that would contribute towards seismic risk reduction, to enab le
various stakeholder agencies to address the critical areas for improving
seismic safety in India.
15.27.1.3 The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) will be then nodal agency
for the monitoring of seis mic activity while the Bureau of In dian

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 399

 Standards (BIS) will be the nodal agency for p reparing earthquake-
resistant building codes and other safety codes
15.27.1.4 All such key stakeholders, i ncluding Central M inistries, Departments
and State Governments/SDMAs will develop detailed Disaste r
Management Plans, recognizing the seismic risk in their respectiv e
jurisdictions, based of t hese Guidelines. Central Ministries.
Departments and State Governments are required to prepare DM Plans
to improve earthquake/tsunami preparedness, mitigation and
emergency response in accordance with these guidelines.
15.27.1.5 A typical DM Pla n will, in ter alia, include aspects of earthquake
management, like.
a. Identification of all tasks to be undertaken before, during and after
in earthquake;
b. Outline the response mechanism with clearly defined roles and
responsibilities for various stakeholders; and
c. Identify the available resources to en sure their effective utilization
in the event of an earthquake.
d. The plans will spell out the strategies for addressing the various
tasks relating to earthquake preparedness and awareness creation,
capacity development
e. Monitoring and en forcement of earth quake-resistant codes and
building bye-laws.
f. They will also include emergency response .
g. Earthquake-resistant design and construction of new structures,
and selective seismic strengthening and retrofitting of prio rity and
lifeline structures in earthquake-prone areas.

15.28 Preparedness and awareness creation, capacity development:

15.28.1 The first task is to identify t he vulnerability of the place in which the
airport or facility is located. The risk Zone of the airport may be classified
by using the.
15.28.2 An airport falling in Zone V will require higher degree of preparednes s
and response mechanism than to a facility in lower risk zone.
15.28.3 The level of preparedness will also depend upon the level of commercial
activity happening at the airport i.e risk to life and property is more a t
the bigger airport. Therefore, it is pertinent to combine both the factors to
bring out the vulnerability factor as follows:
Vulnerability Factor (Combined Earthquake risk and Traffic Density) for
Disaster Management Preparedness

TABLE 15.3

Sl. Name of Airport Own Ris PAX. Traffi Combin

No er k Movement/Ann c ed
. Zon um Inde Index*
e x

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 400

 1. Delhi (IGI) DIAL 4 35881965 5 4*5=20
2. Guwahati AAI 5 2244684 4 5*4=20
3. Srinagar (CE) IAF 5 1632098 4 5*4=20
4. Patna AAI 4 1021544 4 4*4=16
5. Mumbai MIAL 3 30747851 5 3*5=15
6. Agartala AAI 5 836700 3 5*3=15
7. Chennai AAI 3 12925218 3 3*5=15
8. Silchar (CE) IAF 5 209317 3 5*3=15
(Kumbhigram)
9. Port Blair (CE) NAV 5 611184 3 5*3=15
Y
10 Leh (CE) IAF 5 373420 3 5*3=15
.
11 Dibrugarh AAI 5 231870 3 5*3=15
. (Mohanbari)
12 Kolkata (NSCI) AAI 3 10303991 5 3*5=15
.
13 Imphal AAI 5 727579 3 5*3=15
14 Jammu (CE) IAF 4 888595 3 4*3=12
15 Lucknow AAI 3 2018554 4 3*4=12
16 Cochin (CIAL) PVT 3 4717650 4 3*4=12
17 Coimbatore AAI 3 1345381 4 3*4=12
18 Amritsar AAI 4 892104 3 4*3=12
19 Pune (CE) IAF 3 3293146 4 3*4=12
20 Goa NAV 3 3521551 4 3*4=12
Y
21 Ahmedabad AAI 3 4695115 4 3*4=12
(SVBP)
22 Thiruvananthapu AAI 3 2814799 4 3*4=12
ram
23 Bhubaneswar AAI 3 1253263 4 3*4=12
24 Calicut AAI 3 2209716 4 3*4=12
25 Chandigarh (CE) IAF 4 802059 3 4*3=12

Note:- Combined index= Risk Zone* the traffic Density

Traffic Density More than 10 MPPA= 4, 0.1 -1MPPA= 3, Less than 0.1
MPPA=2MPPA (Million Pax. Per annum).

15.29 The Airport infrastructure which, if d amaged by earthquake, can cause

multiple loss of life, damage to aircraft, stoappage of operations should be
identified. The following airport facilities are most sensitive:

TABLE 15.4
Sl. Infrastructure Reason Hazard Mitigation
No.
A. Terminal High density Injury/ Loss of Earth quake

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 401

 Building of people life of passengers resistant
movement and staff due to construction
collapse of following the
building, appropriate building
stampede, fire codes, Building
electric light evacuation Plans,
failure multiple wide exi ts
and sig nages, wide
staircases, fire plan
alternate /emergency
power, identified
open areas prior
arrangements to
restart TB
B. Control Tower Multy Injury /Loss of Earth quake
and ATC storied, life of sta ff; fire, resistant
facility 9at damage will Stoppage of construction by
the airport or result in operations, following the
away from stoppage of Difficult rescue appropriate building
the airport) operations operations codes, Evacuation
Plans, alternate
tower operation
C. Electrical Will cause Electrical Alternate power
installation electrical disruption of source, Robust
such asdisruption of airport construction by
power airport operations following building
stations operations. chances of fire codes
Chances of
fire
D. Runway and Damage to
Damage to Prior arrangements
apron runway will aircraft landing of repaire runway
hamper or taking off
operations during
including earthquake
relief flights stoppage of
operations
E. Navigational Will hamper Delay/disruption
Prior arrangements
facilities aircraft flight operations
of repaire nav a id
operations buildings and
equipment
F. Culverts and Culverts High weight of Construction as per
Flyovers below the aeroplanes, high Annex 14 and airport
runway, volume of airport design manual.
taxiway etc. users and their National building
which are vehicle code 2005 and oth er
used by relevant standars
aircraft,
flyovers used
by airplanes

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 402

 or the
vehicles,
passengers
G. Refueling Prone to fire Proximity to Follow the standards
facilities and during airport between the fuel farm
fuel farms earthquake important and irport critical
of otherwise installations can facilities. Develop
cause fire risk to new standards in
persons and coordination with
property NDMA and Oil
companies.
H. Fire Station Critical Fire building Fire resistant design
airport collapse may and construction of
Emergency result in loss of fire Station
Service life of FROs, and
damage to fire
tenders. Non
availability of
Fire Services.

15.29.1 Each airport and CNS/ATM facility in-charge needs to set up a team to
identify earth quake sensitive infrastructure, hazards and mitigation
measures. The safety team at the airport can also carry out the
disaster management tasks.
15.29.2 The annual mock exercise to check the efficacy of the buildin g
Evacuation Plan, Fire System etc. shall be carried out. In coordination
with DDMA, training program of Se curity Personnel, Fire Staff a nd
other airport personnel shall be carried out regularly. The airport s
lying in risk one 4 &5, the training program and mock drill should be
held at least once in six months. For other airports the mock dril l
should be carried out annually.

15.30 Earthquake resistant construction of New Buildings, Control

Tower etc.
15.30.1 AAI follows national Building Code of India 2005 in all its construction
for the purpose of seismically safe design and construction and als o
uses the relevant Fire and Life Safety norms, particularly for all th e
important building at the airports, CAN/AT M facilities etc. T he
certificate, issued b y the Proj ect Manager, that t he building has bee n
designed and constructed as per the BIS code of earthquake resistance
relevant to the damage risk zone of the airport should be displayed a t
the prominient location.

15.30.2 Selective Seismic Strengthening and Retrofitting of prior ity and

lifeline structures in earthquake prone areas:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 403

15.30.3 Airports are listed by NDMA as important public utility structure to b e
taken up on priority for the Seismic Strengthening and Retrofitting.
15.30.4 Although AAI has reconstructed terminal buildings and other vital
facilities at the air port which are ear thquake resistant, the selected
important Buildings (T erminal Building, Control T ower and Fire
Station), at the air ports with high vul nerability index i.e. lying in ri sk
Zone 4& 5 and wi th annual traffic of 3 M PPA will be id entified for
Seismic Strengthening and Retrofitting in phase 1 in next 5 years.
Other airports may be cove red in th e phase 2 depending upon the
feedback from phases 1 implementation.

15.31 Earthquake Emergency Response:

15.31.1 As earthquake happens sudd enly, prior preparedness is the key to
reduce the loss of life and property. The DM plan prepares all the
stackholders to respond to mitigate the damage of earthquake.
15.31.2 Building Evacuation: Airport Director, Terminal Manager and o r
Security In-charge will e valuate the in tensity of earthquake and if s o
required activate the evacuation plan of terminal building. Passengers ,
on their own also likely to follow the airport emergency exits signs an d
vacate the building g. then e xit gates shall take the pass engers and
staff to the open safe areas quickly and without confusion.
15.31.3 Rescue Operations: In the aftermath of Earthquake, First and for most
task is to commence rescue operation. Airport Fire & Resc ue Services
should be capable to launch the initial rescue operat ions and procure
medical services to the injured as per the DM plan.
15.31.4 Activate the DM agencies available in the area su ch as local
community, DDMA, units of NDRF and armed f orces as t hey will b e
equipped with search & rescue teams and heavy earth movin g
equipments. It is re cognized that Airport Emergency Services will pla y
the supporting role once t he DDMA has ta ken over the res cue
operations as in th e case of all natural and CB RN disasters affecting
the airport.

15.32 Operationalize the Airport

15.32.1 Once the rescue o perations at the airport are under control, airport
needs to be put into operations at earliest. T his is not only to cater to
the civil airline operations but to pro vide for t he relief f lights which
would like to bring outside help in te rms of re scue teams, doctors,
medicines and sup plies to help the local population and the DM
authorities.
15.32.2 Airport Director along with h is team s hould inspect the v ital facities
and make arrangement to s tart the o perations. Runway , Electrical
installation, Fire Station and control tower should be made functiona l
immediately. If full operations are not possible, airport category may be
reduced.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 404

15.32.3 Quick intervention team of minimum 6 members will be co nstituted at
Regional Headquarter and Corporate Headquarter which can be asked
to visit the affected airport immediately and provide guidance o airpo rt
management to provide succor to the deceased and injured at th e
airport. Also the team will suggest measures to activate the airport and
arrange resources which are not in the power of airport Director.

15.33 Airport’s Role in assisting DM Authorities:

15.33.1 Airport are the critical infrastructure which needs to remain
operational during the natural disasters for the purpose of:
a. Quick transportation of relief materials and resource to the
affected area
b. Quick distribution of relief materials, food, medicine etc. (ai r
dropping) in inaccessible and affected areas
c. Search abd rescue of the victims trapped in inaccessible areas
d. Evacuation of causalities.

15.33.2 The State and District disaster Manageme nt Authorities at thei r

respective level i dentify and designate the Nodal Officer (Air
Operations) who will be responsible for:
a. Coordinate with concerned authorities for air operations
b. Project the type of air support required to the appropriate
authorities
c. Inform the Incident Commander (IC) o perations Section Chief
(OSC) about the air movement and landing schedules
d. Ensure that the relevant maps of the incident locations are
provided to agencies involved in air operations to correctly locate
the area where air support is required.
e. Determine the suitability of Helipads or helibases in
coordination with the air force authorities and State Authorities
f. Maintain communication with Air T raffic Control and ground
support staff regarding the air move ments and other related
activities.

15.33.3 Airport Management should t o aware o f the desi gnated Nodal Officer
(Air Operation) and maintain close liaison with him. An staging area at
the airport needs t o be mar ked for u nloading and loading of reli ef
material being received through the air operations. Airport Directo r
may earmark the a part of apron and an open area near the apron for
the purpose. Preferably the o ld disused apron an d terminal building if
so available a airport should be used for the purpose. Even the Ha j
terminal building may also be used. Separate entry/exit for the r elief
vehicle (VIP access gate may also be used) may be identified.

15.33.4 An Airport Operations and coordination Centre (AOCC) should also be

opened, with suff icient manpower and re sources, to pro vide

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 405

 information to the public, passengers, to provide directions to the relief
vehicles for their e fficient and orderly movement and fo r the apr on
management.
15.33.5 The AOCC can act the focal point to address point to address th e
airport related needs and requirements of all the DM agencies involved
in relief operations.
15.33.6 There will be situations when conflict arises between the o perations of
the commercial/business flights and the relief flights at the airport.
Due priority needs to be accorded to the relief operat ions. The Airport
Disaster Management Plan prepared as these guidelines and th e
coordination procedures set up in the plan will be able to resolve th e
issues.

15.34 Tsunami
15.34.1 Tsunami Early Warning System (TEWS):
One of the major gaps in the Tsunami risk management was the
lack of awareness on the tsu nami risk and vuln erability in India, a nd
hence the lack of preparedness as reflected in the a bsence of a
Tsunami Early Warning System (TEWS) in India. After the 2004 Indian
Ocean Tsunami, India has n ow developed a state-of-the art T sunami
Early Warning system in the country. As part of the Early Warning
System for Tsunamis and storm surges in Indian Ocean set up by GOI,
a 17-station Real T ime Seismic Monitoring network (RT SSMN) is
envisaged to be established by IMD. This network is designed to
monitor and report the o ccurrence of earthquakes capable of
generating Tsunamis from the two probable T sunamigenic Sources
viz., Java-Sumatra-Andaman-Myanmar belt and the north Arabian Sea
area in t he least possible time. T he data from the 17 Broadband
seismic field stations will be transmitted simultaneously in real time
through VSAT communication facilities to th e Central Receiving
Stations (CRS) located at IMD at New Delhi and INCOIS, Hyderabad for
processing and Interpretation.
15.34.2 Integrated Coastal zone Management (ICZM)
15.34.3 The Govt. of Indi a and v arious State Govts. have b rought our
regulations to cover the critical gaps in the w eek enforcement and
compliance of town planning byelaws, development control regulations
and building codes in the c oastal areas. Coastal Regulation Zon e
Notification was issued by MOEF in 2011. T he Central Government
declares the following areas as CRZ a nd imposes with ef fect from the
date of the notification the following restrictions on the setting up and
expansion of indust ries, operations or processes and the like in th e
CRZ.-
15.34.4 The land area from High Tide Line (hereinafter referred to as the HTL )
to 500 mts on the landward side along the sea front,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 406

15.34.5 CRZ shall apply to the land area between HT L to 100 mts. Or width o f
the creak whichever is less on the landward side along the tidal
influenced water bodies that are connected to the sea and the distance
up to which development along such tidal influenced water bodies is to
be regulated shall b e governed by he d istance up to whic h the tid al
effects are experienced which shall be determined based on sali nity
concentration of 5 parts per thousand (ppt) measured during the driest
period of the year and distance upto which tidal effects are experienced
shall be c learly identified and demarcated accordingly in the Coas tal
Zone Management Plans (hereinafter referred to as the CZMPs).

15.35 Preparedness, Capacity building and Training

To be developed in close coordination with the a irport management of
the coastal area sujch as Chennai, Bhubaneswar, Kolkata, Calicut ,
etc.

15.36 CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL R ADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLE AR (CBRN)

DISASTERS
15.36.1 Transportation of dangerous goods by air is regulated by the DGC A
CAR and ICAO Annex. 18 on the Subj ect. CBRN Disaster may stri ke
and airport during the mishandling of the dangerous goods which a re
being transported by air by legal means, leakage of the radioactiv e
substance from the goods being transported by covert means o r
malevolent use of radioactive material by terrorist.
15.36.2 For the purpose of simplicit y and as the type of prepa redness and
response for all th e CBRN emergencies is more or less similar, CBRN
disaster plan has been clubbed in one chapter. It is also recognize d
that as Airports Authority of India does not have specializa tion in
dealing with CBRN event, provide the initial response and activate then
specialized agencies as per the pre coordinated DM plan and hand over
the scene to the specialized agency on its arrival. AAI will continue play
the supporting role throughout the emergency.
15.36.3 AAI also plays the important role by p roviding airport faci lities to t he
all the DM agencies for the Transport of the affected people, movement
of medicine and other relief material. Coordination and cooperatio n
between airport and emergency management agencies is a powerful ,
cost-effective method of enhancing preparedness mitigation, response,
and recovery for multi -hazard disasters and catastrophes. Non -
aviation disaster preparedness promotes airport preparedness fo r
aviation-related disasters.

15.37 NDMA has brought out separate guidelines for the management of:
a. Chemical Disaster
b. Chemical (Terrorist) Disaster
c. Biological Disaster
d. Management of Nuclear and Radiological Emergencies
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 407
15.37.1 Chemical Disaster:
The Bhopal Gas disaster in December 1984 brought into sharp focus
the unprecedented potential of HAZCHEM (Hazardous Chemical) like
Methyl Isocyanate in terms of loss of l ife, health injury and the long
term effects on the population and environment. It created compellin g
evidence to approach DM and chemical safety holistically.

15.37.2 Chemical accidents at the airport may originate:

a. During material handling and storage of dangerous goods in cargo
warehouses and godowns at the airport.
b. Fuel depots and tanks at or near the airport
c. Transportation of HazChem by air

15.37.3 Causative Factors Leading to Ch emical Disasters Chemical

Disasters, in general may result from:
a. Fire
b. Explosion
c. Toxic release.
d. Poisoning.
e. Combination of the above.

15.37.4 Prevention and mitigation of Chemical Disasters:

a. all personnel involved in t he carrying of dangerous goods by air

including the Airli ne and Airport operators shall follow DGCA
regulations given in “the Aircraft (Carriage of dangerous
Goods)Rules, 2003” ICAO Annex 18 “the S afe Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Air” and IC AO Doc. 928 4 “Technical
Instructions for saf e transport of Dan gerous Goods by a ir which
contain the definition of dangerous goods, their handling and the
precautions to be taken while carrying them by air.
b. “Dangerous Goods” means articles or substances which are capable
of posing a risk to health, safety, property or the environment and
which are listed as such in the Technical Instructions or which are
classified according to Technical Instructions;
c. “Dangerous Goods Accident” means an occurrence associated with
and related to the transport of dangerous goods by air which results
in fatal or serious injury to a person or major property
damage.“Dangerous Goods I ncident” means an occurrence, other
than a dangerous goods accident, associated with and related to the
transport of dangerous goods by air, n ot necessarily occurring on
board and aircraft, which re sults in i njury to a person, damage to
property, fire, breakage, spillage, leakage of fluid or radiation of
other evidences that the inte grity of t he packaging has no been

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 408

 maintained and also includes any occurrence relating to th e
transport of dangerous .
d. No operator (airline) shall engage in the carriage of dangerous goods
unless it has been certified by the Aeronautical Authority of the
state of the operator to ca rry the dangerous goods. (In India .
Aeronautical Authority is DGCA, India)
e. No operator shall carry and no person shall cause or permit to b e
carried in any aircraft to, from, within or over I ndia or deliver or
cause to be delivered for loa ding on s uch aircraft and d angerous
goods, except in ac cordance with and subject to the requi rements
specified in the Technical Instructions:
f. Provided that dangerous goods classified as explosives shall not be
carried in any aircraft to from, within or over India except in
accordance with a nd subject to the terms and conditions of a
permission in writi ng granted by the Central Government under
rule 8 of the Aircraft Rules, 1937.

g. Provided further that w here dangerous goods classified as

radioactive material are to b e carried in any ai rcraft to, from or
within India, the o perator shall ensure that th e consignor or th e
consignee, as the c ase may be, has w ritten consent of th e Central
Government to carr y such go ods under section 16 of the Atomic
Energy Act, 1962 (33 of 1962).

h. Provided also that where there is extreme emergency such as

national or international crisis or natural calamities or otherwis e
necessitating transportation by air of such goods and ful l
compliance with the requirements specified in the Technical
Instructions may adversely affect the public interest, the Directo r
General or any other officer a uthorized in this behalf by the Centra l
Government may, by general or spec ial order in writing, grant
exemption from co mplying with these requirements provided that
he is satisfied that every effort has been made to achieve an overall
level of safety in the tra nsportation of suc h goods which is
equivalent to the level of safety specified in the Technical
Instructions.

i. Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (2), the articles and

substances that are specifically identified by name or by generic
description in the Technical Instructions as b eing forbidden for
transport by air under circumstances, shall not be carried on an y
aircraft.

j. The provisions of sub-rule shall not apply to-

(i) The articles and s ubstances classified as dang erous gods but
otherwise required to be on b oard the aircraft in accordance with

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 409

 the pertinent airworthiness requirements and the operating
regulations, or for such specialized proposes as a re identified in
the Technical Instructions.
(ii) Specific articles and substances carried by pas sengers or cre w
members to the extent specified in the Technical Instructions.

k. Where dangerous goods are carried under sub -rule (2), it shall b e
the duty of the sh ipper, the operator and every person concerne d
with packing, marking, labelling, acceptance, handling, loading ,
unloading, storage, transportation or a ny other process connected
directly or indirectly with carr iage of such dangerous goods, to tak e
all precautions to avoid danger to the aircraft or the persons on
board or to any other person or property.

15.38 Aircraft carrying the dangerous goods involved i n

accident/incident

a. If an in -flight emergency occurs, the pil ot-in-command shall, as soo n

as the situation permits, inform then appropriate air traffic services
unit, for t he information of a erodrome authorities, of any dangerous
goods on board the aircraft, as provided in the Technical instructions.
b. If the ev ent of a n aircraft accident or a se rious incident where
dangerous goods carried as cargo are involved, the ope rator of the
aircraft shall provide information wit hout delay, to the emergency
services responding to the ac cident or serious incident, and, as soon
as possible, to the a ppropriate authorities of the State of the operator
and the State in which the accident or serious incident occurred,
about the dangerous goods on board, as sown on the writ ten
information to the pilot-in-command.

15.39 Chemical Disaster at Fuel Depot:

Oil companies are responsible to follow the best practices to avoid the fire
hazards at their storage tanks and underground fuel dump. Airpor t
Director of the respective airport should ensure that the oil companies
have prepared DM Plan which is in sync with the Airport DM Plan.

15.40 Chemical (Terrorism) disaster

Chemical terrorism relates to acts of t errorism using chemical age nts.

Terrorists sponsored by stat es, and n on-state actors wit h substantial
financial resources and technical expertise, may acquire explosives,
incendiaries, and chemical agents similar to those used by military
services. Toxic industrial chemicals or materials, together with their

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 410

 hazardous waste, as well as Chemical Warfare (CW) agents are incl uded
in the quadrate of Chemical, Biological, Radiological and N uclear (CBRN)
agents due to th eir widespread accessibility, availability of d ual
technology, lesser complexity of prod uction, ease of use, and pote ntial
toxicity.

15.41 Types of Chemical Agents

Toxic and cyanide compounds are considered to be the most likely c hoice
of chemicals that t errorists might seek to acqu ire including Hydrogen
Cyanide (HCN), Cyanogen Chloride (CICN), mustard agent, nerve agents
(VX) and toxic industrial chemicals.

15.42 Toxic chemicals which can be use d in terrorism may be generally

classified in the f ollowing broad categories based on their toxicity
and usage.
a. CW agent
b. Dual use chemicals.
c. Toxic Industrial Chemicals/Materials (TIC/TIM)
d. HAZCHEM and their waste by-products.
e. Agricultural chemicals
f. Other Poisonous substances.
g. Natural gas and petroleum products.

15.43 The NDMA Guidelines shall form the basis for the ministries an d
departments concerned, at the Ce nter and State l evel to evolve
programmes and measures in their respective DM Plans.

15.43.1 The approach followed shall emphasize on:

a. Aspects of chemical security and surveillance measures.
b. Strengthening of intelligence with regard to chem ical movement, to
prevent their Intentional usage for targeting human beings.
15.43.2 Preparedness for counter-chemical terrorism measures including

a. Issues of safety of chemical and risk reduction strategies including

technical (structural and non-structural) preparedness measures.
b. Strengthening of r esponse by ensuring rescue and e mergency
medical services at the site and hospitals.
c. Preparedness of all emergency functionaries in terms of protection,
detection, decontamination, de-corporation modalities; capacity and
infrastructure development including education, training, Researc h
and Development (R &D), institutional support, networking and
communication, planning, coor dination, and ensurin g
implementation.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 411

 d. Community-centric mechanism involving all the concerned
stakeholders of CTD to build up resilience.

15.44 Biological Disasters:

a. Biological disasters are scen arios involving disease, disability o r

death on a large scale among humans, animals and plants due t o
toxins or disease caused by li ve organisms or the ir products. Such
disasters may be natural in the form of epidemic is or pandemics o r
existing, emerging or re -emerging diseases and pestilences or man -
made by t he intentional use of disease causing agent in Biological
Warfare (BW) operations or incidents of Bioterrorism (BT).
b) Biological weapons could be used to attack people or infrastructure
(e.g. food and water supplies). T here is a risk tha t biological agents
such as Anthrax and Ricin could be used by terrorists to cause fear
among the civilian population

15.45 Nuclear & Radiological Emergencies:

15.45.1 Any radiation incident resulting in or having a potential to result i n,

exposure to and/or contamination of the workers or the public, i n
excess of the respective permissible limits can be termed as nuclea r
/radiological emergency.

15.45.2 Emergency at the airport can be bro adly classified in t he following

manners:
a. Accident during transportation of radioactive material.
b. Malevolent use of r adioactive material as a Radiological Dispersal
device by terrorists for dispersing radioactive material in the
environment (Radiological Dispersal Device is a conventional
explosive device in which the radioactive material has been so
added that, on bring exploded, there would be dispersal of the
radioactivity in the environment.
c. Large-scale nuclear disaster, resulting from a nuclear weapon
attack leading to mass casualties and destruction of large areas and
property. (The impact will be beyon d the coping capability of local
authority and it calls for handling at the national level)

15.45.3 Prevention and mi tigation measures to reduc e the risk of CBRN

disasters:

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 412

 Guideline for the safe storage, handling and transportation of the
HazChem including the nuclear and radiological substances are give n
by DGCA and ICA O as me ntioned above w.r. t. safe t ransport of
dangerous goods by air.

15.45.4 Transportation Safety:

a. To prevent accidents during the tr ansportation of ra dioactive
material, the AERB regulatory guideli nes specify the design o f
container, quality control test, m anner in which radioactive
material will be h andled and transported, speed of transport
vehicle, type of physical protection etc.

b. Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) is the r egulatory authority

as per automatic Energy Acct.1962 having mandate to issu e
licenses to nuclear and radiological facilities and ensuring
compliance with the applicable standards and codes, order partia l
or full shutdown of any facility that violates its guidelines and
ensure there is no undue ri sk to pub lic health and envi ronment
form nuclear programmes and ionization radiations.

c. AERB has already published its requirements/guidelines for the

security of sources during handling and transportation. T he
guidelines must be strictly adhered to b y the users of the r adiation
source. The consigner of the material is responsible for ensuring
that prescribed safety procedures are flowed for the transport of the
radioactive material. The person In-charge of the convey will carry a
Transport Emergency Card (T ERMCARD) issued by the concerned
authority that will have the details about handling of any accident
that may occur during transportation. Department of Atomic
Energy is the Nodal department for Nuclear Crisis Management.

15.45.5 Installation of Detectors:

a. Strengthening of intelligence and surveillance measures with regard

to unauthorized chemical movement at the airport will
help in early detection and reduce the risk of chemical attack.
Airports Authority of India has installed the X-Ray scanner and
radioactive/explosive vapor detection devices airports o scan the
presence of explosives and other prohibited/restricted materials .
these Machines are operated by Security staff of the airport (CISF)
and/or the airlines. Enough manpower needs to be trained for the
job at each airport.

b. Further to improve the detection of rogu e Chemical and ra dioactive

substance NDMA guidelines provides that: “Highly sensitiv e
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 413
 detectors/dirty bomb detectors capable of detecti ng the s muggling
of radioactive source or explosives will entry installed by the MHA in
consultation with t he DAE a nd AERB at borde r entry p oints, sea
ports and airports to prevent radiological terrorism, on detecting o f
radioactive material, these de tector systems will generate an alarm
on the re al time basis.” Directorate of Security at AAI, CCHQ will
coordinate with MHA in this regard.

15.45.6 Preparedness, Training and Capacity Building:

a. It is recognized that management of CBRN emergencies/Disasters is
a very sp ecialized job which can be managed by the specially
trained teams of NDRF, Department of Atomic Energy and th e
personnel at State level.
b. There are various DM agencies availa ble in the n neighborhood of
the airport which are to be identified and th eir role a nd then
coordination procedures should be well documented in t he Airport
DM Plan.
c. While DAE, as the nodal technical agency, has a system in place to
respond to requests for assi stance to any radi ological/ nuclear
event in the public domain the coordination mechanism of DAE
with each state is yet to be formalized (the formal linkages of th e
state/district administration with CMG, DAE, and th e nearest
Emergency Response Centre (ERC) need to be strengthened
significantly). Similarly, there is also a need to esta blish the
linkages of SDMAs/DDMAs with the ne arest NDRF battalion, T his
would require the state/district administration to develop their
respective emergency plans and link up with the ERCs of DAE an d
NDRF battalions in the neighbourhood.

15.45.7 National Disaster Respo nse Force: Four battalions of NDRF are bein g
trained to provide specialized by BA RC (Bhabha Atomic Research
Centre) to handle radiological emergencies arising from a transpor t
accident or the m ovement /handling of ‘orph an sources’ or an y
malevolent act lik e the explosion of an Radiological Dispersal Devises
(RDD), Improvised Nuclear Devices (IND) at any time of a nywhere in
the country.

15.45.8 Details of 20 ERCs are as follows;

1. Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC), Mumbai, Maharashtra

2. Tarapur Atomic Power Station (TAPS),Tarapur, Maharashtra
3. Kakrapar Atomic Power Station (KAPS), Kakrapur
4. Kaiga Generating Station (KGA), Kaiga, Karnataka
5. Rajasthan Atomic Power Station (RAPS) Kota, Rajasthan
6. Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Jaipur

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 414

 7. Narora Atomic Power Station ( NAPS) Narora, Uttaar Pradesh
8. Indian Rare Earth Limited (IREL), Aluva, Kerala
9. Uranium Corporation of India (UCIL), Jadguda, Jharkhand
10. Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre (VECC) Kolkata, West Bengal
11. Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Shillong
12. Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Nagpur
13. Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC), Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh
14. Madras Atomic Power Station (MAOS), Kalpakkam, Tamilnadu
15. Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Bangaluru
16. Raja Ramanna Centre for Advance Technology (RRCAT) Indore, MP
17. Atomic Minerals Directorate for Explorations and Research (AMD),
Delhi
18. Kudankulam Nuclear Power Plant (KKNPP), Kudankulam, Tamilnadu
19. Rare Materials Project (RMP), Mysore, Karnataka
20. Institute for plasma Research (IPR) Gandhinagar, Gujarat

15.45.9Major Functions of ERCs are:

a. To detect any radiation-related abnormal situation in a suspected area

by detection and monitoring the radiation and monitoring the radiation
and to continuously assess the situation.
b. To keep an inventory of radiation monitoring instruments and person al
protective gear (PPG).
c. To provide training to fi rst responders, administrative staff o f
SDMA/DDMAs and th e technical staff of g overnment agencies in
handling nuclear/radiological emergencies.
d. To provide technical advice to first responders and the concerned local
authorities in handling a nuclear/radiological emergency; to guide them
further in resource mobil ization and in the op timum utilization of
available manpower and equipment in case of a nuclear/radiological
emergency.

15.46 Role of SDMA/DDMA are:

a. District and state authorities will make their own detailed

implementation plan at micr o level with the hel p of specialists from
DAE. Each state wi ll develop a detailed micro-level action plan in a
mutually interactive and supplementary mode with its district level
plans.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 415

 b. Local Authorities would be responsible for housing; clothing and re -
clothing of people w ho have been decontaminated and who have had
their clothing destroyed, and the supply and management of on-going
needs such and education, public health, drinking water, heating,
etc. the S ecurity Unit also h ave a role in maint aining the incident
zone as t he crime scene, from where they will be able t o recover
evidence once the situation has been declared safe and controlled.
15.47 Specialized Teams:

Specialized teams will b e raised, special ly trained for t he

nuclear/radiological emergency/disaster and fully equipped at the state
as well as central levels. Persons will be trained extensively in the
subjects of radi ation, radioactivity, radiation protection, use o f
monitoring instruments, use of PPEs, shielding, decontamination, waste
disposal etc.

15.48 Radiological Safety Officer:

RSO to be pressed-in by district administration to handle any radiation-

related event. (RSO is a t rained and qualified radiation protectio n
professional who i s certified by the AERB f or assisting in ar ea of
radiological protection).

15.49 Detection & Monitoring:

Detection and monitoring is the responsibility of SDMAs/DDMAs.

Sufficient inventory of radi ation monitoring i nstruments and P PEs in
consultation with DAE will be built up by all State and Dis trict
Management Authorities and various c ategories of first -aiders will be
trained in their use. Monitoring of the affected site is to be done for area
and persons to be done for contamination level.

15.50 Quick Reaction Medical Team:

District health authority will constitute Quick Reaction Medical Team

(QAMT)for pre-hospital medical care and to assist the specialized teams of
NDRF and SDRF i n providing necessary help in decontamination, triage
and administration of de -corporating agents, basic and advanced life
support etc. QRMTs will con sist of RS Os, medical doctors, nurses and
paramedical staff and would be equipped with monitoring
instruments/equipment, PPEs, decontamination agents. Other materials,
critical care vans with resuscitation and life support system. QRMTS wil l
form part of the r egular mock-drill/simulation exercise or table top
exercise conducted by DDMA.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 416

15.51 Role of Medical Authority:
Facility for safe d isposal of contaminated waste, de -corporation and
managing patients exposed to radiation and pri mary trauma care is the
responsibility of the identified district hospital. T hey will maintain
essential stock of medical supplies.

15.52 Communication Network:

Interagency and intra -agency communication, the ability to warn and

notify the internal and external customers of the airport of threats an d
hazards, and the means for keeping the public informed of events at the
airport are all pa rt of em ergency public information tasks o f the
communications function. Airport operations likely w ill be th e lead
agency to management the communications hardwar e, software, and the
communications system of the airport. The hospitals, and NDM services
in the area also are vital members of the communication group. T he
Emergency Control Room (ECR) should have inter -operable radio
equipment and multiple channels for the different disciplines to utilize.

15.53 Infrastructure: Infrastructure pertaining to communication network,

transport and sheltering is common to all disaster response mechanism.
a. DDMA is to ensure adequate transport vehicles, good motorabl e
roads, adequate no. of shelters/camping facilities, alternate source
of food a nd water, involvement of civil defence personnel, home
guard, police, first responders etc.

b. Specialized ambulance fitted with NB C filters to be pro vided to

transport casualties and medical/paramedical staff.

c. However, for any e mergency related to CBRN, happening at the

airport, AI needs to provide the initial response and activate the D M
mechanism as per the Airp ort disaster Management Plan. T he
neighbouring NDRF battalion, ERC ne eds to be identified and in
coordination with DDMA their role in CBRN e mergencies shall be
defined.

d. The airport management, security and Fire Staff should be provide d

regular training on the as pects of CBRN and other Disaster
Management. The training programs should be coordinated by the
Airport Directors for their respective airport personnel with th e
neighborhood DM agencies including the ERC and DD MA. The
NDMA guidelines also mentioned that ‘Security agencies like police,
paramilitary forces, customs and excise pers onnel manning
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 417
 sensitive installations, container depots, ports, airports,
international border crossing points, a nd railway stations will be
trained to identify suspicious consignments and to diss eminate
necessary information about them.

e. This is required to avoid any delay in notifying an emergency. T he

person at the sit e will b e authorized and be aut omatically
responsible to promptly identify, classify and declare the emergency
and notify the authority outside the plant/facility perimeter.

f. The response to a radiological emergency must be implemented

with clear division of r esponsibilities and clear l ines of
communication among the v arious organizations involved, in order
to avoid delay and confusion.

g. Clearly identify the criteria on which to determine the severity of the

event. All efforts are to be made to develop procedures to handle a n
emergency and also to train the people thoroughly.

h. Equipment and facilities are to be made available with proper

planning and preparedness.

i. All first responders and other responding agencies are kept in a

condition of full readiness through various training programmes,
drill and exercises conducted under various simulate scenarios.

15.54 Response to CBRN Emergencies and Disaster:

15.54.1 The response of C hemical Biological Nuclear & Radiological (CBRN)

Emergencies/Disaster Response is to carry out following tasks, al l
within the constraints of available resources:
a. Mitigation of accidents at source,
b. Prevention of deterministic health effects in individuals,
c. Providing first-aid and treatment of injuries,
d. Reducing the probability of stochastic effects in the population,
e. Reduction of psychological impact on the population,
f. Protection of environment and property.

15.54.2 Although it is rec ognized that management of CBRN emergencies

/Disasters is a ver y specialized job which can be man aged by t he
specially trained teams of NDRF, Emergency Response Centers (ERC )
of Department of Atomic Energy and the trained personnel of the State
Govt. , A AI needs to provide the initi al response for an y emergency
related CBRN, happening at the airport, and immediately activate the
DM agencies available in the neighbourhood and DDMA as per th e
Airport Disaster Management Plan.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 418

15.54.3 First Responder’s Response

a. Prepare emergency response plan specifying the jo bs of all th e

functionaries who have assigned roles during emergencies. Actions
should be balanced and commensurate with the level of severity
and should not cre ate unnecessary anxiety and panic a mong the
people.

b. Whereas the airport emergency services are capable of providin g

greater response in case of Chemical disasters, in case of Biological,
Nuclear & radiological emergencies only the essential activities
mentioned below are carried out in the proximity of the incident site
prior to the arrival, or con sultation with the qualified radiologica l
health professionals:

c. Alert the staff, passengers and general public (if so required) b y

sounding the emergency siren and making an emergency
announcement.

d. Inform the local police, City Fire S tation, DDMA, NDRF, ERC
and medical authorities as per the pre coordinated Airport DM
Plan.

e. Identify and isolate the affected area. Seal off the inner zone of
400 m ra dius from the blas t site as ‘No Entry Area’ ex cept for
emergency measures.

15.54.4 Cordoning: For a suspected RDD incident, an i nitial inner-cordoned

area (safety parameter) of 400m is recommended. This will be extended
based on actual radiological monitoring, beyond the initia l area, to a
Placed where the ac tual dose rate is 100 MicroGy/hr at 1 m from the
ground. AAI’s first responders which in all probability will reach at th e
site before other a gencies like Police, NDRF et c. Should have so me
simple portable monitoring instruments which will warn them as the y
approach the radiation source (say a blast of RDD).

15.54.5 Broadly, first-aiders will perfo rm the ac tions involving mobilizing and
operating the incident command, overseeing victi ms triage, cordoning
the site, managing and controlling the perimeter, providing notificatio n
and activation of the special teams, providin g traffic and access
control, providing protection to at -risk and special population,
providing resources support and req uests for assistance, on th eir
arrival and continue play the supporting role

15.54.6 Restrict Entry to the area of the incident.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 419

 a. If contaminated is suspected, keep all the persons in a separate
area until the radiological assessor arrives or, if possible, monitor
them and decontaminate as necessary. Provide respirator y
protection (if airbo rne contamination is susp ected) and avoid
inadvertent ingestion.
b. Establish and supervise an access and de -contamination point a s
near as possible to the safety perimeter (upwind, inside the safet y
perimeter) where t he ambient dose r ate is clo se to bac kground
Position is the upwind direction of the incident esp ecially where fire
is present.
c. The area downwind direction of the fire, especially if smoke and ash
are involved, will be cleared of people, even if they are residents.
d. Perform life-saving rescue and emergency first aid for seriou s
injured without waiting for radiation monitoring, even if ra dioactive
contamination is suspected.
e. While responding to any fore , fire pers onnel will be cautio ned that
radioactive material may be present.
f. Keep to an absolute minimum, any contact with radioactiv e
material and suspec ted contamination material clothing and tools
used at the scene will be disposed off as radioactive material and d o
not attempt to move or clean up any material involved.
g. Identify assembly locations for persons trapped in radiologica l
areas, airport person nel and casual public for their accountin g
activities include. Evacuate the persons to the pr edetermined areas.
Detain all persons to:
h. People affected with acute haemopoietic, gastrointestinal
coetaneous and CNS syndrome which requires special care woul d
be shifted to the nearest Radiation Injury Treatment Centre.
i. Contaminated articles may have to be disposed following th e
guidelines of hospital waste management rules.
j. Record names, addresses, destinations, and telephone nu mbers of
those individuals who cannot be persu aded to stay at the incident
scene.
k. Prohibit eating, drinking and smoking in the incident area.
l. The civic authorities will make arrangements for de ad body
identification and management.

15.54.7 Response to Recover Radioactive Material

a. Search for sources need to bed done by experienced persons with

the use of sen sitive radiation monitoring instruments. For
recovering the sour ce, assessment for contamination and external
radiation exposures will be made prior to taki ng control of th e
source and transporting it to safe disposal.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 420

 b. Fire service personnel need to wear PPEs such as BA Set, aprons ,
gloves and gumboots and will be guided by radiation protection
officers for insulting appropriate radiation protection procedures i n
case of unsealed/destroyed sources.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 421

 CHAPTER – 16

ARFF MANNING NORMS

16.1 CATEGORY 4 (1 -SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.1
Sr. Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Unit Manager Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
1 CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-in-
Charge - - - 1 - -
Shift-in-
Charge - - - - - -
Major CFT - - - - 1 3
Ambulance - - - - - 1
Control
Room F/st - - - - 1 -
Watch
Tower - - - - - -
First Aid - - - - - -

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 422

Room
Total - - - 1 2 4

16.2 CATEGORY 4 (2- SHIFT)

TABLE 16.2
Sr. Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Unit Manager Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
1 CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-in-
Charge - - 1 - - -
Shift-in-
Charge - - - 1x2.3= 2.3 - -
1x2.3=
Major CFT - - - - 2.3 3x2.3= 6.9
Ambulance - - - - - 1x2.3= 2.3
Control 1x2.3=
Room F/st - - - - 2.3 -
Watch
Tower - - - - - -
First Aid
Room - - - - - -
Total - - 1 2 5 9

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 423

16.3 CATEGORY 5(1- SHIFT)

TABLE 16.3
Sr. Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Unit Manager Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
1* CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-in-
Charge - - 1 - - -
Shift-in-
Charge - - - - - -
Major CFT - - - 1 1 3
Ambulance - - - - - 1
Control
Room F/st - - - - 1 -
Watch
Tower - - - - - -
First Aid
Room - - - - 1 -
Total - - 1 1 3 4
Total
including
10%
Leave/Trg.
Reserve - - 1 1 3 5

16.4 CATEGORY 5 (2-SHIFT)

Sr. Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.

Unit Manager Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
1* CFT &
1
Ambulance
Station-in-
Charge - - 1 - - -
Shift-in-
Charge - - - 1x2.3= 2.3 - -
1x2.3 =
Major CFT - - - 2.3 3x2.3 = 6.9
Ambulance - - - - - 1x2.3 = 2.3
Control 1x2.3 =
Room F/st - - - - 2.3 -
Watch
Tower - - - - - -
First Aid
Room - - - - 1 -
Total - - 1 2 5 9

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 424

16.5 CATEGORY-6 (1-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.4
Unit Sr. Manager Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
2 CFTs &
2 Ambulances
Station-in-
Charge - - 1 - - -
Shift-in-Charge - - - - - -
Major CFT - - - 1x2= 2 1x2= 2 3x2= 6
Ambulance - - - - - 1x2= 2
Control Room
F/st - - - 1 - -
Watch Tower - - - - 1 -
First Aid Room - - - - 1 -
Total - - 1 3 4 8

16.6 CATEGORY-6 (2-SHIFT)

TABLE 16.5
Unit Sr. Manager Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt. Asstt./Jr.
Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt.
2 CFTs &
2
Ambulances
Station-in-
Charge - 1 - - - -
Shift-in-
Charge - - 1x2= 2 - - -
2x2.3= 6x2.3=
Major CFT - - - 2x2.3= 4.6 4.6 13.8
Ambulance - - - - - 2x2.3= 4.6
Control
Room F/st - - - 1x2.3 = 2.3 - -
1x2.3=
Watch Tower - - - - 2.3 -
First Aid 1x2.3=
Room - - - - 2.3 -
Total - 1 2 7 9 19

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 425

16.7 CATEGORY 6-(3-SHIFT)

TABLE 16.6
Sr. Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Unit Manager Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
2 CFTs &
2
Ambulances
Station-in-
Charge - 1 - - - -
Shift-in- 1x3.5=
Charge - - 3.5 - - -
2x3.5=
Major CFT - - - 2x3.5= 7 7 6x3.5= 21
Ambulance - - - - - 2x3.5= 7
Control
Room F/st - - - 1x3.5= 3.5 - -
Watch 1x3.5=
Tower - - - - 3.5 -
First Aid 1x3.5=
Room - - - - 3.5 -
Total - 1 4 11 14 28

16.8 CATEGORY 7 (1-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.7
Unit Sr. Manager Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
2 CFTs &
3 Ambulances
Station-in-
Charge - 1 - - - -
Shift-in-Charge - - 1 - - -
Major CFT - - - 1x2= 2 1x2= 2 3x2= 6
Ambulance - - - - - 1x3= 3
Control Room
F/st - - - 1 - -
Watch Tower - - - - 1 -
First Aid Room - - - - 1 -
Total - 1 1 3 4 9

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 426

16.9 CATEGORY 7 (2-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.8
Unit Sr. Manager Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt. Asstt./
Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Jr. Asstt.
2 CFTs &
3 Ambulances
Station-in-
Charge - 1 - - - -
Shift-in-Charge - - 3 - - -
6x2.3=
Major CFT - - - 2x2.3= 4.6 2x2.3= 4.6 13.8
3x2.3=
Ambulance - - - - - 6.9
Control Room
F/st - - - 1x2.3= 2.3 - -
Watch Tower - - - - 1x2.3= 2.3 -
First Aid Room - - - - 1x2.3= 2.3 -
Total - 1 3 7 9 21

16.10CATEGORY 7 (3-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.9
Unit Sr. Manager Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt./Jr.
Manager Manager Supdt./Supdt. Asstt. Asstt.
2 CFTs &
3 Ambulances
Station-in-
Charge - 1 - - - -
Shift-in-Charge - - 4 - - -
Major CFT - - - 2x3.5= 7 2x3.5= 7 6x3.5= 21
3x3.5=
Ambulance - - - - - 10.5
Control Room
F/st - - - 1x3.5= 3.5 - -
1x3.5=
Watch Tower - - - - 3.5 -
1x3.5=
First Aid Room - - - - 3.5 -
Total - 1 4 11 14 32

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 427

16.11CATEGORY 8 (3-SHIFTS)

TABLE 16.10
Unit Sr. Manager Asstt. Sr. Sr. Asstt. Asstt./ Jr.
Manager Manager Supdt. Asstt.
/ Supdt.
3 CFTs &
4 Ambulances
Station-in-Charge 1 - - - - -
Shift-in-Charge - 4 - - - -
3x3.5=
Major CFT - - 4 2x3.5= 7 10.5 9x3.5= 31.5
Ambulance - - - - - 4x3.5= 14
Control Room 1x3.5=
F/st - - - 3.5 - -
Watch Tower - - - - 1x3.5= 3.5 -
First Aid Room - - - - 1x3.5= 3.5 -
Control Room
NTB - - - - 1x3.5= 3.5 -
Total 1 4 4 11 21 46

16.12CATEGORY 9 (3-SHIFTS)
TABLE 16.11
Unit Sr. Asstt. Sr.
Manage Manage Manage Supdt./Su Asstt./Jr.
r r r pdt. Sr. Asstt. Asstt.
4 CFTs &
4 Ambulances
Station-in-Charge 1 - - - - -
Shift-in-Charge - 4 - - - -
3x3.5=
Major CFT - - 4 10.5 4x3.5= 14 12x3.5= 42
Ambulance - - - - - 4x3.5= 14
Control Room
F/st - - - 1x3.5= 3.5 - -
1x3.5=
Watch Tower - - - - 3.5 -
1x3.5=
First Aid Room - - - - 3.5 -
Control Room 1x3.5=
NTB - - - - 3.5 -
Total 1 4 4 14 25 56

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 428

16.13 Category 10 (3-shifts)

TABLE 16.12
Unit (RIV- 1 no., Dy. Sr. Manager Asst. Sr. Sr. Asstt./
CFT- 4 nos., WT- 2 General Manager Manager Supdtt. Asstt. Jr.
nos., Ambulance- 4
Manager /Supdtt. Asstt.
nos.)
Station-in-
Charge 1 - - - - - -
Shift-in-Charge - - 4 - - - -
RIV Vehicle - - - 4 1 1 3
CFT - - - - 3 4 8
Water Tender - - - - - 2 2
Ambulance - - - - - 4 4
Watch Tower - - - - 2 - -
Control Room-
MFS - - - - 1 - 1
Control Room-
Sub-I - - - - - - -
Control Room-
Sub-II - - - - - - -
Fire Control
Room - - - - 3 2 4
High Mast Light - - - - - 1 -
Total 1 - 4 4 10 14 22
Round the Clock
@3.5 (A) - - - - 35 49 77
General Duty:
Head Section - - - - - - -
F.P. Cell - 1 1 1 2 1 2
Stores - - - - 2 - -
Total (B) - 1 1 1 4 1 2

Total (A+B) - 1 5 5 39 50 79
10% Leave
Reserve - - - - 3.9 5 7.9
Grand Total 1 1 5 5 43 55 87

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 429

 CHAPTER - 17

AIRPORT EMERGENCY
PLANNING & PROCEDURE
FOR FIRE SERVICE

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 430

17.1 OBJECTIVE

17.1.1 Define the responsibility of the Airport Fire Service

17.1.2 Create effective lines of communications.
17.1.3 Arrange for the availability of a fixed emergency operations centre and
a mobile command post at the airport for use during an emergency.
17.1.4 Integrate assistance from local support service such as fir e
departments, security, medical, civil defense, government agencies,
and local amateur radio organization.
17.1.5 Describe the function of air traffic services (airport control tower o r
airport flight information service) relating to emergency actions; an d
Give instructions for response to accident/incidents.
17.2 PURPOSE
17.2.1 In order to meet different type of emergencies, Airport Emergency Plan
have been established for each airport which provide a framework for
coordinated effort s by all organization and a gencies functioning at
airports as well as off ai rport organization / agenc ies such as
Municipal Authorities, City Fir e Brigade, City hospital, Doctors in the
city on the panel of AAI, Airline operators, Airport Emergency Pla n
elaborate the role and the responsibilities of each organizatio n
including designated officers / units.

17.2.2 During the emergency there will be a delay before outside help arrives.
At first, s elf-help is essential and depends on prepared communit y
which is alert and informed. Efforts have been made to collect and
develop this plan t o make it more ap plicable and effective to han dle
any type of disaster. The principal goals of this plan are to render
necessary assistance and minimize further injury and damage t o
persons and property involved in accidents or emergency situations at
the city airport.

17.2.3 India has been traditionally vulnerable to natural disast ers on account
of its unique geo -climatic conditions. Floods, droughts, cyclones ,
earthquakes and la ndslides have been recurrent phenomena. Abou t
60% of the landmass is prone to earthquakes of various intensities ;
over 40 million hectares is prone to flood s; about 8% of the total area
is prone to cyclones and 68% of the area is susceptible to drought.
Airport is the major infrastructure in the city which operates for the
transport of national and international passengers.

17.2.4 The purpose of thi s plan is to fo rmulate a co mprehensive action of

rescue, medical and firefighting operations to co mbat the effects of a
major air crash disaster that might occur within airport, offsite of the
Airport. Details of i nventory resources are given an importance in t he
plan so that during disaster their optimum use can be d erived list of
medical doctors, control room of vari ous departments, ambulances,

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 431

 blood banks, public health centers, government and private hospital s
have been included in this pla n. This plan also provides i mportant list
of websites related tometrology, earthquake, flood, fire, disaster related
training institution available materials, etc.

17.2.5 If the airport has significant body of water or marsh lands on or

adjacent to the airport, mountains, marshes, deserts or water can
present unique and difficult access and logistical problems. It i s
therefore important that communities so located have adequate plan s
for rescue in such areas. T his could require an analysis of th e
availability of such special service vehicl es as fire boats, rescue boats,
helicopters. Hovercraft, swamp buggies, snowmo biles, half-tracks,
forest-firefighting equipment, etc. and arrangement for their utilization.

17.3 AIRPORT EMERGENCY PLAN PLANNING COMMITTEE

17.3.1 Airport emergencies can happen at any time and can vary in size a nd
complexity. AEP Planning Committee is an important body i n
maintaining the eff ectiveness of the A EP. The committee shall consist
of representatives from A AI, DGCA, Government and supporting
agencies as follows:

a) Airports Director
b) Airport Operation Control Center In charge
c) Air Traffic Management
d) IT Department
e) CNS Department
f) Airport Fire Service
g) CISF
h) Medical Services
i) Airlines
j) Ground Handling Companies
k) City Fire Service
l) Government Representatives

17.4 AIRPORT EMERGENCY PLAN EMERGENCY EXERCISE

17.4.1 Periodic emergency exercise must be conducted in order to ensure th e
adequacy and the effectiveness of the AEP and action by individual
participating agencies / organizations.

The following schedule of airport emergency exercises shall be

undertaken at each of the AAI airports.

TABLE 17.1
A Full scale eme rgency exercise Once in two years
involving an aircraft
Partial emergency exercise in the Once in two years in the
intervening year intervening year to ensure that
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 432
 any deficiencies found during
the full scale aerodrome
emergency exercise have b een
corrected; and reviewed
thereafter, or after an actu al
emergency so as to correct a ny
deficiency found during such
exercises or actual emergency.
B Emergency in te rminal buildings Once a year
such as fi re, bomb threat leading to
evacuation of affec ted areas for each
terminal.
C Bomb threat to aircraft (in t he event Once a year
an actual bomb th reat situation has
not occurred, during a perio d of on e
year)
D Table top exercise (at least once a si x Twice a year
months, except during the six month
period when a full scale exercise is
held)
(objective to maintain and improve
the plans and agency
coordination)

17.4.2 The emergency exercise must be coordinated by the airpor t

management and must involve Aircraft Rescue Fire Fig hting (ARFF)
and other operational units of AAI, Airline Handlers, DGCA, Police an d
emergency service, CISF, Medical services, Immigration, Customs and
other supporting agencies.

17.4.3 A review of the emergency exercise must be conducted after each

exercise so as to i dentify deficiencies / weakness and to ascertain
improvement measures.

17.5 CATEGORIZATION OF EMERGENCIES

17.5.1 Local Standby: This situation arises when in coming aircraft is known
or is suspected to have developed minor defect but the trouble is no t
likely to affect safe landing of aircra ft. In thi s emergency only Air
Traffic Control and Airport Fire Service has to take action.

17.5.2 Weather / Visibility: When weather has det eriorated to such an

extent as to render the landing of aircra ft more difficult. Bad weather
will indicate high speed wind, thun der storm, heavy r ain etc., and
while poor visibility will be co nsidered when visibility falls below 20 00
meters.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 433

 17.5.3 Full Emergency: An aircraft in flight known o r suspected to be in
difficulty which may result in a forced landing or accident on or in th e
vicinity of the airp ort. This emergency is decla red due t o fire, ma l-
functioning of surface controls, Hydraulic trouble, pressurization
failure, communication failure, flight cre w sickness, bomb threat, and
hijacker threat.

17.5.4 Aircraft crash On the Airport: I nitiated if an aircraft crash ha s

occurred at the actual airfield (within the airport perimeter wall).

17.5.5 Aircraft crash Off the Airport: Initiated when an aircraft accident has
occurred outside the perimeter wall a nd area is defined as the ar ea
covering outside the airport p erimeter wall and i n the vici nity of th e
airport up to 5 K M on app roach path and 2. 5 KM / o r in an a rea
within 8 KM radius from the center of the airport.

17.5.6 Fires on Ground (Aircraft Related Fires): Fires on the ground can be
aircraft related and non aircraft related. Fire involving aircraft can b e
any location on the runway, taxiway and apron area.

17.5.7 Dangerous Goods Accident / Incidents: Dangerous goods incident /

accidents can occur in the air craft or in the warehouse such as car go
terminal. Such incidents / a ccidents are potentially capable of posi ng
a significant risk to health, property and environment when exposed or
the packing is in the unsafe conditions.(Refer ICAO 9284-AN/905).

17.5.8 Natural Disaster: An occurrence arising with little or no warnin g

which causes or threatens serious disruption of life and perhaps
cause death or injury to large number of people and require therefore a
mobilization of eff ort in ex cess of t hat normally provided by t he
statutory emergency service. (Refer Draft AAI Disaster Plan).

17.5.9 Structural Fire: When fires involvethe Airport T erminal/

Technical/Cargo/Hanger buildings and installation. (Refer Fire order
No-5).

17.5.10 Bomb Threat Contingency Plan: As per BCAS circular.

17.5.11 Contingency Plan for Handling Hijack Situation at Air port: As per
BCAS circular.

17.5.12 Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan: As per DGCA Guideline and Fir e
Order No. 10 for Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan.

17.5.13 In- Flight Mass Causalities: Part 1 of ICAO Annex 6 stipulates tha t
the pilot-in-command shall be responsible for notifying the nearest
appropriate authority by the quickest available means of a ny accident
involving his aircraft which r esults in serious injury or death to any

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 434

 person or substantial damage to the aircraft or property. Mass
casualties onboard will usually result from incidents such as an
encounter with se vere air turbulence during flight or mass fo od
poisoning.

17.5.14 Search and Rescue: As Per DGCA Ci rcular and Directorate of A TM

CIRCULAR.

17.6 KEY FUNCTIONS OF AAI AND OTHER SUPPORTIN G

ORGANIZATIONS / AGENCIES / S ERVICES IN HANDLING OF
AIRPORT EMERGENCIES:

17.6.1 Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting

a) Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting

b) Post accident fire protection

a) Support triage activities

b) Support structural fire fighting and evacuation

c) Support mitigation of dangerous goods accidents / incidents

17.6.2 Airport Operation Control Centre

a) Dissemination of aircraft crash message through phone/auto

call

b) On-scene airport control and coordination

c) Coordinate operations with ATC as needed

d) Collating information on the rescue operation

e) Coordinate airlines and ground handling resources

f) Coordination with external/internal agencies

g) Contingency staffing

h) Serves as Airport key contact point during any emergency

17.6.3 Airport Duty Manager

a) Activation of Crisis Management Centre (CMC)

b) Coordination of operations with AOCC

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 435

17.6.4 Airside Operations

a) Liaison on-scene

b) Escort services to and from crash scene

c) Provide inputs to Air Traffic Control in regard to runway and/or

taxiway closure

d) Provide and direct ground services support

e) Initiation of NOTAM action

f) Restoration of aircraft movement area

g) Ensure completion of necessary airport inspections upon

emergency termination

h) Coordinate aircraft recovery and salvage operations

i) Activation of Rendezvous Point

17.6.5 Terminal Management

a) Reception and care of uninjured passengers

b) Set up Survivors Reception Centre (SRC), Friends and Relative

Reception Centre (FRRC) and Reunion Area (RA)

c) Public information announcements

d) Passenger facilitation and business recovery at terminal

buildings

e) Support terminal building evacuation

17.6.6 Engineering Management Centre

a) Provide technical support and assistance

b) Support recovery efforts

17.6.7 Facilities Management

a) Transportation of resources

b) Provide procurement services

c) Provide refreshment for emergency services personnel

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 436

 17.6.8 City side Management

a) Provide traffic control as needed

b) Activate security for crowd and traffic control at the city side,
terminal building and other areas

17.6.8 Security

17.6.9 Assist CISF and Police wherever necessary as requested by these

agencies

17.6.10 IT Department

a) Provision of necessary communication links between the various

emergency units

b) Ensure redundant communication capacity

17.6.11 Public Relation Department

a) Provide NEWS releases relative to airport’s responsibilities and

activities

b) Interface with the MEDIA

c) Provide preparedness information and any instructions, as

cleared by Airline’s authorities and Chairman, AAI

17.6.12 Safety and compliance

Support emergency operations and airport’s activities

17.6.13 Cargo
Provide HAZMAT expertise during the dangerous goods accidents /
incident
17.6.14 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES

a) Activation and Termination of CRASH Action, Full Emergency,

Local Standby, etc.

b) Air traffic management including issuing of NOTAM.

17.6.15 CITY FIRE SERVICES

a) Support airport rescue and fire fighting services

b) Support post accident fire protection

c) Support triage activities

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 437

 d) Structural fire fighting and evacuation

e) Mitigation of dangerous good accidents/incidents

17.6.16 EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES

a) Provide triage, medical and CARE functions

b) Coordinate health and medical response team efforts

c) Transportation of critically injured to medical facilities

d) Coordinate activities at Casualty Clearance Centre (CCC)

17.6.17 Central Industrial Security Force (CIS

a) Facilitate the access of external resources to the operational area

b) Support security, crowd control and traffic control at the crash

site

c) Cordoning of crash site

17.6.18 Police

a) Support security, crowd control and traffic control at the crash

site, terminal building and other affected areas

b) Cordoning of crash site

c) Assist with rescue of passengers, crew and other persons on

ground affected by the crash

d) Support terminal building evacuation

e) Facilitate aircraft investigation

f) Preservation of evidence at the crash site including eye witness

accounts and photography

g) Custody of flight data and cockpit voice recorders, cargoes on

board including dangerous goods

h) Investigation and management of dead bodies including their

identity establishment, mortuary arrangements and release of
dead bodies

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 438

 i) Arrange medical examination of alive crew members as well as
the post mortem examinations of the deceased crew members
and passengers

17.6.19 Traffic Police

a) Traffic control and regulation in the landside areas

b) Air traffic management including issuing of NOTAM.

17.6.20 Airline

a) Support overall crisis mitigation efforts e.g. accountability of

passengers, management of Next of Kins, aircraft accident
investigation etc.

b) Support MEDIA management

c) Provide staff to man up the Survivors Reception Center, Friends

Relative Reception Center and Reunion Area

d) Passenger and Next of Kins facilitation

e) Facilitate reunions of survivors and Next of Kins

f) Prepare and provide passenger and cargo manifest

g) Report the aircraft accident or serious incident to the authorities

concerned as stipulated under Aircraft Rules, 1937, Part X
Investigation of accidents

h) Provide for timely removal of wrecked or disabled aircraft as soon

authorized by appropriate authorities

17.6.21 Ground Handling Agent

Provide ground service staff and facilities including passenger steps,
coaches and aircraft towing equipments
17.6.22 Director General of Civil Aviation (DGCA)

a) Set standards and directions for dealing with all aviation related
emergencies

b) Aircraft accident / incident investigation

c) Authorize removal of crash / disabled aircraft

17.6.23 Immigration Department

Immigration control and clearance facilitation
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 439
17.6.24 Custom Department
Custom control and clearance facilitation
17.6.25 Metrological Department

Ensure provision of official weather report and other records likely to be

of use in an inquiry into the cause of accident

17.7 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AND COORDINATION CENTRES

ESTABLISHED FOR MITIGATION OF AIRPORT EMERGENCIES

a) During a major airport disaster such as an aircraft crash or a severe fire

outbreak at term inal building, various emergency operations an d
coordination centers will be established immediately to mitigate the
disaster.

b) The emergency operations and coordination centers at Airport comprise

the Crisis Management Centre (CMC), the Rendezvous Point (RVP), the
Mobile Command Post (MCP), the Casualty Clearance Centre (CCC), the
Survivors Reception Centre (SRC), the Friends and Relatives Reception
Centre (FRRC) and the Reunion Area (RA). Each of them has its ow n
functions and roles to perform during the crisis.

17.7.1 Crisis Management Centre

Crisis Management Centre will function as an overall overseeing and
controlling authority of the crisis mitigating process during a major
airport crisis such as an air crash disaster.

17.7.2 The committee of Crisis Management Centre comprises the following

permanent and supporting members:

v Airport Director - Chairman

v Senior Most Officer - Alternate Chairman

v Terminal Management

v Operation Department

v Engineering and Maintenance

v Airline and Ground handling representative

v Security

v Police

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 440

 v Local Administration

v Rescue and Fire Service

v Hospital Representative

v Ministry of Civil Aviation

v CISF

v BCAS Representative

v Met Representative

v ATS Representative

v Immigration Representative

v Custom Representative

v DGCA Representative

17.7.3 Functions of Crisis Management Centre

a. Acts as t he overall Controlling Authority of th e emergency management

process.

b. Formulate strategic plans to give support to the rescue operations, and to

handle requests and demands from the passengers, friends and rela tives,
airline, media, etc.

c. Takes executive decisions for the overall mitigation of emergency.

d. Liaise with other authorities or agencies for their resources and expertise.

e. Acts as a focal poi nt for communication to and from t he AAI senior

management and the government authorities.

f. Regulates/authorizes release of information to the media/public on the

facts of the emergency.

g. Oversee the overall recovery operations to ensure quick return to normalcy

and business continuity.

17.8 Rendezvous Point (RVP)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 441

17.8.1 Rendezvous Point (RVP) are to be established by airports to coordinate the
response of the external supporting organizations, agencies and services
involved in the mitigation of the emergency.

17.8.2 Functions of Rendezvous Point (RVP):

a. Support crash site fire-fighting and rescue operations through liaison

and coordination with the external organizations/agencies/services.

b. Facilitate mobilization of external resources to the crash site, such as

issuing emergency passes (temporary airside entry permit) and
arranging with Airside Operations for “Follow-me” vehicles.

c. Ensure smooth flow of emergency vehicles in and out of the airside at

all times.

17.9 Mobile Command Post (MCP)

a. Mobile Command Post is esta blished at the accid ent site to serve as on-
scene command, coordination and communication centre for th e
accident. It is a point where heads/representatives of the cooperating
agencies assemble to receiv e and dis seminate information and m ake
decision pertinent to the rescue operations.

b. Mobile Command Post will be deployed to th e accident site by the ARFF

and be po sitioned at a distan ce of not less than 90m upwind from t he
aircraft.

c. Mobile Command Post will be headed by in-charge of Rescue and Fire

Fighting. When, it is outsid e officer h ours, Airport Duty Manager shall
proceed to manage the Mobile Command Post for the first hours until in -
charge of Rescue and Fire Fighting.

17.9.1 Functions of Mobile Command Post (MCP):

a. Serves as a point where liaison officers of the various cooperating

agencies assemble to plan and coordinate the rescue operations.
b. Establish a staging area for all ground service equipments such as tow
tractors, coaches.
c. Establish an Assembly Area for the uninjured survivors.
d. Secure and provide any assistance required by doctors at the Triage
Area.
e. Arrange speedy evacuation of injured casualties cases in the hospitals
f. Liaise with the airline concerned to transport the uninjured casualties
to the SRC (Survivors Reception Centre)
g. Establish communication with Crisis Management Center (CMC) and
Airport Operation Control Center (AOCC)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 442

17.10 TRIAGE AREA (TA)

a. Triage Area is a location established usually near to the accident site,

where triage operations are p erformed (i.e. sorting and classification of
casualties to deter mine the order of priority f or the tre atment and
transportation). In an aircraft crash accident, the centre is normally
established at a distance of not less than 100 m upwind from th e
aircraft.
b. In triaging casualties are classified into four categories:-

• Priority I : Immediate Care

• Priority II : Delayed Care
• Priority III : Minor Care
• Priority IV : Deceased

c. To expedite the treatment of mass casualties in a triage situation and

thus permit more rapid evacuation of the injured to medical facilities,
the casualties identification tags as specified in ICAO Airport Service
Manual, Part 7.

17.11 ASSEMBLY AREA

Assembly Area is an area s et up nea r the acci dent site to temporarily

receive the uninjured casualties until the arra ngements to trans port,
them to t he survivors reception center made. Depending on the Doctor’s
assessments of the ir medical condition, most pri ority- III casualties will
also join the uninjured and brought to the Survivors Reception Centre.

17.12 SURVIVORS RECEPTION CENTRE (SRC)

a. The Survivors Reception Center (SRC) is a designated area set up

for receiving the Pr iority III and uninjured passengers (except for
the flight attendants) involved in an aircraft accident, and for the
associated documentation designed to a ccount for the survi vors, as
well as for the interviews by the police and accident investigators.
b. The SRC shall be manned by the airline staff with the police takin g
charge of the security of at the SRC, Airline staff shall:-

(i) Perform headcount, briefing and documentation

(ii) Provide care and comfort including refreshment
(iii) Arrange accommodations
(iv) Facilitate the survivors who plan to continue their journey
(v) Arrange for doctors / care officers through AOCC (Airport
Operation Control Center) on a need basis

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 443

17.13 FRIENDS AND RELATIVE RECEPTION CENTRE (FRRC)

a. The FRRC serves as a secure area, away from the attentions of the
media for the frien ds and re latives of those involved in a n aircraft
accident. The documentation process within the FRRC helps t o
confirm who was on the aircraft and facilitates the reunion.

b. On receiving the CRASH message, the Airport T erminal Manager

will set up the FRRC in the Departure Check Hall.

c. The airline staff sh all man t he FRRC, and the police s hall take
charge of the security of the area.

d. At the Fri ends and Relative Reception Centre ( FRCC), airline staff
shall:-

I. Attempt to verify the identity of the visitors on entry

II. Conduct documentation and briefing
III. Support SRC in matching of the survivors and their friend s
and relatives and
IV. Arrange for breaking of news of fatalities to the relatives an d
friends concerned.

17.14 REUNION AREA

a. Reunion Area is an area for the reunion between survivors and thei r
friends and relatives (reconciliation process) to take place. Once the
matching is complete, the friends and relatives will be brought i n
batches under the police escort to the Reunion Area by the airline
staff. Similarly the uninjured survivors will b e escorted by the poli ce
and airline staff to the Reunion Area to meet up with their friends and
relatives.

b. The Reunion Area will be se t up by t he Airport T erminal Manager

Arrival Hall.

17.15 COMMAND STRUCTURE AND INFORMATION FLOW AMONG VARIOUS

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS/COORDINATION CENTRES

CRISIS MANAGEMENT CENTRE

(CMC)

AIRPORT OPERATION
CONTROL CENTRE (AOCC)
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 444
 MOBILE COMMAND POST SURVIVORS RECEPTION
CENTRE/FRIENDS RELATIVES
RECEPTION CENTRE/REUNION AREA

TRIAGE AREA (TA) ASSEMBLE AREA (AA)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 445

 17.16TRIAGE AND MEDICAL CARE AT AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT SITE

17.17HANDLING OF DEAD

a. Handling of Dead - The obvious dead will be left at the crash site for
investigation purposes. Upon clearance by the Director (Air Safety),
DGCA, the bodies will be handed over to the Police. T he police will take
charge of the Body Holding Area , which is a part of the Casualty
Clearance Centre set up. Al l the dea d bodies i ncluding those who do
not survive their injuries at the care holding areas will be brought to the
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 446
 Body Holding Area. At, the Body Holding Area, forensic team and other
relevant specialists may cond uct body identification and d etermination
of cause of death.
b. The Police will liaise with the hospitals for mortuary arrangements and
in coordination with Mobi le Command Post, arra nge for the
transportation of bodies and parts to the mortuaries as soon as possible.

17.18 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR AIRCRAFT CRASH “ON”

THE AIRPORT

17.18.1 When?
17.18.2 Crash action is declared for aircraft accidents on the Aerodrome. The Air
Traffic Controller shall activate the crash alarm immediately if one of the
following events occur
a. When the aircraft accident/crash is sighted by the Air T raffic
Controller or the si ghting is reported to the Air Traffic Control by
any of the reliable sources such as the “Follow-Me” vehicles plying
in the aircraft movement area. (Note: The Air Traffic control can be
informed of any aircraft incidents/accidents via any of the following
frequencies ---------- (Runway………),
(Runway),…………..(Runway…………………)

b. During poor visibility when t he Air Traffic Controller is unable to

sight the runway, and the aircraft, which has been cleared for take-
off or lan d, fails to respond to the Air Traffic Control’s repeated
calls. Or the inputs from ASMGCS and other radar have indicate d
that the aircraft might have crashed.

c. When the aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land withi n
5 minutes of the est imated time of landing and the communication
with the pilot is no t able to be re-established. Or the in puts from
ASMGCS and other radar ha ve indicated that t he aircraft might
have crashed.

17.18.3 How?
The decision to declare the crash action rests with the Air Traffi c
Control.

17.18.3.1 A request to respond to an aircraft accident on the Aerodrome is

normally initiated by the Air Traffic Control. When, however a call i s
received from any other person, an a ccident is observed, or there is
reason to co nsider that an accident is imminent, the Airport fire
service, i.e. the Fire Watch tower concerned shall take action in the
same manner as if the Air Traffic Control had originated the request .
The Air Traffic Con trol will t hen be i nformed of the na ture of the
request / call and of the response initiated.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 447

17.18.3.2 if the cra sh is wit hin the A irport Fire service Turnout area, the Air
Traffic Control shall activate the crash alarm for at least one minute
continuously. There are two crash ala rms installed at the Air Traffic
Control Tower --– One is for Runway…….. and is linked to Fire Station,
and the o ther is for Runway-------- The ATC shall activat e the cras h
alarm linked to Fire station if the aircraft incident/accident occurs on
Runway------- its approach areas or its associated taxiways up to th e
intersection with Taxiway.

17.18.3.3 The Air Traffic Control shall also broadcast the crash message over the
crash alarm communication system to the fire station concerned.

17.18.3.4 The crash message shall al so be rel ayed to t he Fire Watch Tower
concerned via hotline or radio frequency… ….…..MHz.

17.18.3.5 The standard te xt and format used for the crash action message
for aircraft crash within ARFF turnout area shall be as follow
a. CRASH, CRASH, CRASH
b. Aircraft Type & Flight Number
c. Location of Accident (approximate)
d. Grid map Location
e. Time of Accident
f. Number of Person on Board
g. Aircraft Operator
h. Any Dangerous Goods on Board, including quantity and location if
known.

• The ‘Square’ is the alpha -numeric grid reference indicated on th e

Crash Map and it is used o nly as a guide to i ndicate the general
direction/location where an aircraft has crashed.

• If the airc raft accident occurs on the r unway, the Air Traffic Control
shall give clearance for the responding to enter the Aircr aft Rescue
Fire Fighting (ARFF) vehicles runway as quickly as possible.
17.19 RESCUE & FIRE SERVICE ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES

17.19.1Airport Rescue and fire fighting

a. Fire Watch Tower is activ ated for the CR ASH, the Watch
Supervisor concerned shall Broadcast the CRASH message to Fire
Station on the PA system. The CR ASH message relayed shal l
include “CLEAR/STANDBY to enter r unway”. The same message
shall be repeated over TMRS twice in succession.

b. The Fire Watch Tower concerned shall notify:-

• Airport fire service incharge(afsi)

• Duty officer/operational incharge concerned(do/oi)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 448

 c. Airport operation control centre (AOCC) duty manager

d. The DO/OI concerned shall ensure immediate full turnout of ARF F

vehicles from the fire station concerned, if the CRASH occurs
within the airport boundary. The ARFF vehicles shall proceed via
the fastest access routes to the CRASH location.
e. Airport Fire Service’s permission shall be sought if deploy ment of
additional ARFF vehicles is needed subsequently.

f. The Tower Supervisor shall be informed verbally and i n writing, if

the runway fire coverage is affected as a result of any of the abov e
deployments.

g. Deploy the Mobile Command Post to t he crash site and position it

not less than 90m upwind from the aircraft.

h. Transport the medical supplies and equipment sto red at the Fire
Station to the crash site.

i. Deploy two mobile floodlighting units to the crash site durin g

hours of darkness.

j. Ensure all injured casualties are evacuated to the T riage area and
the uninjured to the Assembly area.

k. Ensure first aid is rendered to the injured casualties, if necessary.

l. Activate Rendezvous Point to ensure the arriving convoy of the City

Fire Service resources and o ther external agenc ies as not ified by
ATC.

m. The Aircraft Rescue Fire Fig hting (ARFF) Operations Commande r

concerned shall be in charge and assume full co mmand of rescue
and fire fi ghting operations at the cras h site unt il the eme rgency
has been stabilized.

17.20 City Fire Service

a. City Fire service shall deploy Water T enders, Water Bowers, and
Motor Pumps to re port to th e Rendezvous Point as desig nated by
ATC. Appoint one liaison officer to report to the Rendezvous Point
upon his arrival.

b. Liaison Officer shall liaise w ith Rendezvous Point to ens ure the
arriving convoy of the City Fire Service resources proceeds directly
to the crash site under the escort of a “Follow-Me” vehicle.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 449

 c. Ensure the City Fire Service resources line up orderly at their pre -
designated stagi ng area a nd do not cause u nnecessary traffic
congestion on the road.

17.21 Airport Medical Centre

a. Medical Officer shall inform Hospital, Ambulance Service and

Chief Medical Officer, State

b. Provide triage, medical and care functions

c. Issue medical kits to panel doctor

d. Coordinate health and medical response team efforts

e. Transportation of critically injured to medical facilities.

f. Medical Officer shall coordinate the functions of all the medical

services reporting at the airport.

g. Track and manage the casualty informatio n such as number of

injured, number of injured, number of dead and number of
casualties sent to hospitals etc.

h. Panel Doctors must upon activation, report to the designate d

Rendezvous Point for collection of emergency passes and whit e
coats.

i. Airline Doctors must if contacted, proceed to the triage area a t

the crash site with their medical kits using their own transport.

17.22 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR AIRCRAFT CRASH “OFF”

THE AIRPORT
17.22.1 When?
The ARFF Turnout Area is defined as the area covering outside the airport
perimeter wall and in the vicinity of the airport up to a radius of 8 km from
the centre of the airport as indicated on the Aerodrome Grid Map.
17.22.2 How?
The decision to declare the crash action rests with the Air Traffic Control. If
it is clear to the Air Traffic Controller that the aircraft has crash landed
outside the ARFF turnout area the standard text and format used for the
crash action message shall be as follows:-
17.22.3 The standard text and format used for the crash action message for aircraft
crash within ARFF turnout area shall be as follow:-
a. CRASH, CRASH, CRASH
b. Aircraft Type & Flight Number
c. Location of Accident (approximate)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 450

 d. Grid map Location
e. Time of Accident
f. Number of Person on Board
g. Aircraft Operator
h. Any Dangerous Goods on Board, including quantity and location if
known.

17.22.4 RESCUE & FIRE SERVICE responsibilities:-

17.22.4.1 Concerned Fire watch Tower shall relay the “CRASH” message to the
fire stations and also inform Officer Incharge of Fire Station. Fire
Control Room Incharge shall relay the “CRASH” message to City Fire
Service/State Fire Service.
17.22.4.2 Ensure designated fire crew and vehicles are dispatched to the location
of the crash site in the vicinity of the airport up to a radius of 8 km
from the centre of the airport.

17.22.4.3 Airport Medical Centre

a. Medical Officer shall inform Hospital, Ambulance Service and Chief
Medical Officer, State.
b. Provide triage, medical and care functions.
c. Issue medical kits to panel doctors.
d. Coordinate health and medical response team efforts.
e. Transportation of critically injured to medical facilities.
f. Medical Officer shall coordinate the functions of all the medical
services.
g. Track and manage the casualty information such as number of
injured, number of dead and number of casualties sent t o
hospitals etc.
h. Panel Doctors must upon a ctivation, report to the designated
Rendezvous Point for collection of emergency passes and white
coats.
i. Airline Doctors must if contacted, proceed to the triage are a at the
crash site with their medical kits using their own transport.

17.23 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

17.23.1 FULL EMERGENCY
17.23.2 When?
Full Emergency is declared when an aircraft approaching th e
Aerodrome is known or is suspected to be in such trouble that there is
a possibility of an accident on or in t he vicinity of the a irport. This
emergency is declared due to fire, mal -functioning of surface controls,
Hydraulic trouble, pressurization failure, communication failure, flight
crew sickness, bomb threat, and hijacker threat.
17.23.3 How?
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 451
 a. The decision to dec lare Full Emergency rests wi th the Air Traffic
Control.
b. The Air Traffic Control shall use the standard text and format for
the declaration of Full Emergency as follow:-
i. AIRPORT FULL EMERGENCY
ii. AIRCRAFT OPERATOR
iii. AIRCRAFT TYPE & FLIGHT NUMBER
iv. NATURE OF TROUBLE
v. NUMBER OF PERSON ON BOARD (POB)
vi. FUEL ON BOARD
vii. PLANNED RUNWAY/RENDEZVOUS POINT
viii. ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL (ETA)
ix. ANY DANGEROUS GOODS ON BOARD, INCLUDING QUANTITY
AND LOCATION IF KNOWN

17.23.4 Who and What?

The organizations/units involved and their roles and responsibilities
are as follows:

17.23.5 Airport Rescue and fire fighting

If Fire Watch T ower is activated for the Full Emergency, the Watc h
Supervisor concerned shall:-
I. Broadcast the “Full Emergency” message twice to Fire Station on the
PA system.
II. The airport fire ser vice will i mmediately turn ou t a full at tendance
which will normally be stati oned at the pre-determined stand by
points for the runway in use.
III. The CFTs shall be taken out near the edge of runway at least 50
meter away from runway and facing the runway. Any subsequent
action is the responsibility of the Shift in Charge of the Fire Station.
When Local Standby is over the Fire Services will return to fire
station.

IV. Any subsequent action is the responsibility of the officer in charge of

the aerodrome fire service and the appliance will not return to the fire
station until he has satisfied himself that they are no longer required.
V. The air traffic control officer will only declare the incident closed after
agreement with the aerodrome fire service officer.

VI. If a fire situation develops after the aircraft has landed, the Duty Fire
Officer/ Incharge concerned shall ad vise the pilot quickly on th e
necessity to evacuate the passengers. The pilot, based on this advice,
shall decide if it i s necessary to deploy the escape chutes when
evacuating the passengers.

17.23.6 Termination
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 452
 Termination of the “Full Emergency” shall be m ade by the Air T raffic
Control. The phrase “Full Emergency Terminated” shall be used.

17.24 LOCAL STANDBY

17.24.1 When?
Local Standby is declared when an aircraft approaching the Aerodrome
is known or is suspected to have developed some defect but the trouble
is not such as would normally involve any serious difficulty in effectin g
a safe landing. In this emergency only Air T raffic Control and Airpor t
Fire Service has to take action.

17.24.2 How?
a. The decision to declare Local Standby for an aircraft emergency
rests with the Air Traffic Control.
b. The Air Traffic Control shall use the standard text and format for
the declaration of Full Emergency as follow:-

• Local standby

• Aircraft operator

• Aircraft type & flight number

• Nature of trouble

• Number of person on board (pob)

• Fuel on board

• Planned runway

• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)

• Any Dangerous Goods on Board, including quantity and location if

known.

17.24.3 Who and What?

The organizations/units involved and their roles and responsibilitie s
are as follows:

17.24.4 Airport Rescue and fire fighting

If Fire Watch Tower / control room is a ctivated for the Local Standby,
the Watch supervisor concerned shall:
a. Broadcast the “Local Standby” message twice in succession to Fire
Station on the PA system.
b. All crew at Fire Station alert.
c. The Fire Watch Tower/ control room concerned shall notify:-
(i) Airport Fire Service In charge, (AFSI)
(ii) Duty Officer/Operational In charge Concerned(DO/OI)
(iii)Airport Operation Control Centre (AOCC) Duty Manager

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 453

 d. The DO/OCI concerned shall ens ure that the ARFF vehicles at th e
Fire Station concerned are m anned at least 10 minutes prior to the
ETA of the aircraft.

17.24.5 WEATHER / VISIBILITY STAND-BY

17.24.5.1 When weather has deteriorated to such an extent as to render the

landing of aircraft more difficult. Bad weather will indicate high spee d
wind, thunder storm, heavy rain etc., and while poor visi bility will be
considered when visibility falls below 2000 meters

17.24.5.2 In this emergency, Air Traffic Controller and Air port Fire Service have
to take action. This s tandby shall be initiated 15 minutes before
landing of aircraft.

17.24.5.3 Action by the Aerodrome Fire Service

a) A full attendance will be turned out and stationed at the pre-
determined standby points for the runway in use.
b) Should there be a likelihood of the weather standby /Visibility Stand-
By
being of prolonged duration, the senior fire service member should
agree with ATCO for a reduced attendance at the standby point so tha t
a proportion of the personnel available can in rotation be withdrawn to
the station for rest. This would also enable essential maintenance etc.
to continue.
c) If any air craft which is the subject of “Full Emergency” or “Lo cal
Standby” procedure is involved in an accident on landing the Air
Traffic Control Officer follows: “Aircraft Accident at ________perso n
abroad___________.

17.25 AIRCRAFT GROUND INCIDENT

When an aircraft on the Movement Area is in trouble or is involved in an
incident (whether or not ano ther aircraft or ve hicle is c oncerned) the
following procedure will be adopted.

17.25.1 Action by the Aerodrome Fire Service.

a. Calls to aircraft ground the incident will normally be received fro m
the Air T raffic Control Office r on duty. When, however a call is
received from any other person, or an accident is observed, or ther e
is reason to co nsider that one is imminent, the Aero drome Fire
Service will take a ction in t he same manner as if the Air Traffic
Control Officer had originated the call , and the Air T raffic Control
Officer will be informed of the nature of the call and of the appliances
sent.
b. A full att endance of appliances will b e made t o all aircr aft ground
incidents as follows:(As appropriate)

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 454

 c. The Officer-in-Charge of t he Aerodrome Fire Service will b e
responsible for all subsequent action by the service.
.
17.25.2 Cancellation of Aircraft Ground Incident.
17.25.3 Cancellation of Air craft Ground Incident will be take n only af ter
consultation with Aerodrome Fire Service Officer-in-Charge.

17.26 BOMB INCIDENTS

17.26.1 Building Bomb Threat

Should anyone receive a bomb threat directed towards any airpor t

building, structure, or an air craft, the person receiving the call sho uld
contact Police Department by telephone (100 or XXX -XXX-XXX)
immediately, and notify the Airport Director.
17.26.2 Use the “Bomb T hreat” checklist by asking the caller the following
questions:
a) When is the bomb going to explode?
b) Where is it right now?
c) What does it look like?
d) What kind of bomb is it?
e) What will cause it to explode?
f) Did you place the bomb?
g) What is your address?
h) What is your name?
i) Note the exact wording of the threat.

j) What is the sex, race, and age of the caller.

k) What was the length in time of the call?

l) What was the number at which the call was received?

m) List the time and date received.

n) Was the caller’s voice familiar? If so, who did it sound like?

o) Was the caller’s voice calm, angry, excited, slow, rapid, soft, l oud,
laughter, crying, normal, distinct, slurred, nasal, stutter, lisp, raspy,
deep, ragged, clearing throat, deep breathing, cracking, disguised ,
accent, familiar, or whispered?

p) Did you hear any background sounds?

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 455
 q) Was the threat language well spoken, foul, irrational, incoherent, taped
or read like a rehearsed message?

17.27 DANGEROUS GOODS EMERGENCIES

17.27.1 Dangerous goods accident / incidents may occur:

a. During an Aircraft crash in which the aircraft c oncerned is carrying

dangerous goods.
b. During the Full emergency in which the aircraft concerned is carrying
dangerous goods.
c. During the Fires on the ground in which the aircraft is carrying or in
the process of loading/ unloading dangerous goods.
d. When consignments of dangerous goods are dama ged during loading
or unloading from the aircraft or duri ng delivery or colle ction from
cargo terminals / warehouses/ within the airport.

17.27.2 Definition and classification of dangerous goods

17.27.3 “Dangerous goods are defined as articles or subs tances transported by

air which is capable of posing a significant risk to health, property or
environment when exposed or if the packing is in an unsafe condition”.
17.27.4 Such goods are classified under the following:
Class 1 : Explosive
Class 2 : Compressed and liquefied gases
Class 3 : Flammable Liquids
Class 4 : Flammable solids
Class 5 : Oxidizing substances
Class 6 : Poisonous / toxic substances
Class 7 : Radioactive materials
Class 8 : Corrosives
Class 9 : Miscellaneous

17.27.5 When a dangerous goods accident / incident occurs on the ground, the
organizations / units involved and their roles and responsibilities:
17.27.5.1 Airport Rescue and fire fighting
a. Fire watch tower c oncerned shall upon receiving the info rmation,
immediately relay t he message to the duty offi cer / offi cer in
charge concerned and notify.
b. Upon arrival the airport fire service personnel shall quickly
control and contain the accident / incident until the arrival of
local fire brigade.
c. Rescue and fire fig hting personnel should famili arize themselves
with the various distinctive diamond shaped dangerous goods
labels.

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 456

17.27.2 Local fire service
Local fire service shall respond with the necessary resources needed
for mitigating the dangerous goods accident / incident.

17.28 HANDLING OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

17.28.1 In the event radioactive materials are suspected the followin g
general procedures should be followed:

a. The nearest nuclear energy facility, hospital with a radiological unit,

military base or civil defense organization should be required t o
dispatch immediately a radiological team to the accident site.
b. If the da ngerous goods accident / in cident involving radioactive
material occur in the airport, Head DRP, BARC, Mumbai (+91 -22-
25505300) shall b e informed. Hi s advice in regard to proper
handling of the ac cident / incident shall be sought and acted
accordingly.

17.28.2 Precautionary measures for Rescue and fire fighting

a. Only properly attired rescue and fir e fighting personnel should

remain on the scen e. All othe r persons should b e kept as far from
the scene as possible.
b. The Airport fire service or Local fire service will set up a HOT zone (a
recommended radial distance of 100 m) around the accident /
incident site. Where applicable, a WARM zone about 100m
(measured from the boundary of the H OT zone) will be cor doned. A
transfer point between the HOT and WARM zones is to be clearl y
demarcated.

c. All rescuers should assemble at the transfer point before proceeding

towards the aircraft or the d amaged radioactive consignme nt. The
rescuers assigned to work in the HOT zone will be kept to a
minimum and the y shall b e equipped with standard protective
clothing and respiratory protection. However, there should not b e
any reduction in the effectiveness of rescue and fire fighting
operations.

d. Rescuers and fire fi ghting personnel should stay upwind and avoid
the smoke, fumes and dust blowing from the accident / inciden t
site.

17.29 DISEMBARKATION OF PASSENGERS FROM AIRCRAFT DISABLED

FOR IMMOBILISED ON RUNWAY/TAXIWAY

17.29.1 How?
a. The decision to disembark passengers from the immobilized aircraft
on the runway or taxiway rests with the pilot -in-command. To

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 457

 facilitate the pilot in his/her d ecision making, the Duty Officer who
responds to the air craft incident will es tablish communication with
the pilot at the scene via radio frequency as assigned by the Ai r
Traffic Control. i.e. ----- MHz if RWY----or RWY ----- is involved. He
will convey relevant information such as the ex tent of da mage to
undercarriage, the time required to re place the burst tyres as per
advice by the ground engineer, etc. to the pilot and seek the pilot’ s
intention to manage the situation.
b. If the pilot has decided to disembark the passengers in situ, th e
Duty officer concerned shall immediately relay the message t o the
Air Traffic Control. Or, th e pilot m ay convey his/her decision
directly to the Air Traffic Control. In either ca se, the Ai r Traffic
Control, on receipt of the message, shall activate thi s
supplementary plan immediately.

17.29.2 Who and What?

The organizations/units involved and their roles and responsibilities

are as follows:
a. Airport Rescue And Fire Fighting
The Fire Watch Tower concerned shall notify:-
a. Duty Officer /Operation Incharge
b. Incharge Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting
c. Airport Operation Control Center Duty Manager

.
17.29.3 Airport Medical Centre

a) Medical Officer shall inform hospitals.

b) Proceed to the Action Group at the assigned parking bay.
c) Activate his medical team to provide treatment to injured/sick
passengers.
d) Call in the available ambulances to standby.
e) If the number of mass casualties is more than 15, activat e
hospitals.

f) Shall dispatch the t wo ambulances to t he assigned parking bay

where the aircraft will be parked to assist with the evacuation of
the injured/sick passengers.

17.29.4 Termination

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 458

 Decision on termination of the In Flight Mass Casualty operations will
be made by the Chairman of the Action Group, once all injured/sick
passengers are evacuated from the aircraft. T he Head of the Action
Group shall inform the Tower Supervisor of the termination.

17.30 Fires on Ground (Aircraft Related Fires Occurring in Aircraft

Movement Area):

17.30.1 When?
v An aircraft can catch fire whilst it is taxing in the movement area or
parked at an aerobridge or remote bay. Such a scenario can arise from
a defect or malicious act, and may develop into a major disaster. The
resources required to mitigate are thus identical to that of an aircraft
crash on the airport. This chapter outlines the procedures to be
adopted by the parties concerned under such circumstances.
17.30.2 How?
When the aircraft on ground on fire is sighted by the Air T raffic
Controller or the sighting is reported to the Air T raffic Control by any
reliable source, the Air Traffic Control shall activate the Airport Rescue
and Fire fig hting Services through the crash alarm/Omni line system
and provide details of the aircraft fire, for example:
v Location of aircraft.
v Nature of fire (e.g. undercarriage fire, engine fire).
v Number of POB; and Presence of dangerous goods, if known.
v The Air Traffic control shall give cle arance to the resp onding fire
vehicles to enter the runway/taxiway as soon as possible.
v If the fire is large and has caused extensive damage to the aircraft and
external resources are required to aid in the mitigation pro cess, the Air
Traffic Control shall declare “Aircraft on Fire”.
v The standard text and format used for the “Aircraft on Fire” message
shall be as follow:-
a) AIRCRAFT ON FIRE
b) Aircraft Operator
c) Aircraft Type & *Flight Number.
d) Location of Aircraft.
e) Nature of Fire (e.g. undercarriage fire, engine fire).
f) Number of Person on Board (POB).
g) Dangerous Goods on Board

(*The information shall be provided if it is available and applicable)

The Sequence of Activation for “Aircraft on Fire” shall be similar to tha t

of “Aircraft Crash on the Airport”. T he use of the phrase “Aircraft on
FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 459
 Fire” is t o give di stinction and therefore avoid confusion betwee n
aircraft crash and aircraft on the ground on fire.
17.31 Fires on the Gr ound (Fire Involving airport Buildings an d
Installations, i.e. Non aircraft Related Fires)
17.31.1 When?
Fire may occur at any of the airport installations and buildings. If out
of control, such a fire may cripple the key airport facilities and disrupt
the normal airport operations. This chapter outlines the general
procedures to be followed by the parties concerned during such a fire
occurrence.
17.31.2 How?
During a fire occurrence, however small it may appear to be, any
person discovering it shall :-
(a) Raise the fire alarm via the nearest manual call point. If, no manual
call point is available, raise the alarm by other available means.

(b) Inform the Airport Rescue And Fi re Fighting (ARFF) Services

immediately of the exact location of the fire via the following telephone
numbers :-
For fire or smoke observations in & around Terminal Building XXXXXX

For fire or smoke observations in & around Cargoxxxxxxx

(c) Operate a suitable fire extinguisher where readily availa ble, or a ny

water hose reel wit hin range (* Note : attempt to put the fire using a
fire extinguisher shall only be carried out if the fire is small (i.e. a t
incipient stage) and does no t pose an y danger to the ope rator). (A lso
take note that water shall not be use d on fire involving liquid such as
oil, petrol and kero sene, as well as o n energized electrical equipment
unless such equipment has been de-energized).

(d) On receipt of a str uctural fire call, th e Fire Watch T ower Supervisor
shall request the caller to provide the following details:-

i. Location of fire.
ii. Type of fire.
iii. Name of caller.
iv. Telephone number of caller.

17.31.3 Who and What?

The organizations/units involved and thei r roles and responsibilities

are as follows:-
a) Airport Rescue and Fire Fighting

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 460

 The Fire Watch Tower concerned shall activate t he fire bel l at the fi re
station concerned for at least 10 seconds, followed by a P A broadcast of
the “fire” message twice in succession. (* Note: If any of the Fire
Control Room receives the fir e call first , the fire party concerned shall
quickly relay the m essage to the Fire Watch Tower concerned, and th e
latter will initiate the above action accordingly).
b) Dispatch a Water Tender from the nearest Fire Station to the reported
fire location and notify:-
d. DO/OC Concerned
e. ARFF
f. AOCC Duty Manager
A) Water Tender Crew shall p roceed to the reported fire loc ation by t he
most expeditious route and commence fire fighting and res cue
operations.
17.31.4 Evacuation

a) The concerned fire teams of the building shall initiate and direct the
evacuation of the affected occupants if the conditions indicate such
need prior to the arrival of the duty Officer or fire Officer -In-
Command. T he evacuation can be total or partial, depending on
the severity of the fire and the extent of damage.
b) Once the instructions for ev acuation are made, all the o ccupants
shall stops their work and leave the building immediately in a
systematic and orderly manner via the shortest escape route.
c) The detailed procedures for responding to fire outbreaks and for
quick and safe ev acuation of occupa nts in ca se of fire or other
emergency are provided in the Fire Strategy Plan drawn up for the
respective buildings.

17.32 Natural Disasters

The specific organization structure and associate responsibilities that ar e
assigned during an earthquake, tornado, volcano, flood, etc. a nd
ensuring that SOPs and checklist are developed and maintained as Per
Draft AAI Disaster Management Plan.
17.33 Recovery of Disabled Aircraft

Disabled aircraft at the runway or taxiway interferes with normal

activity of an aerodrome. The disabled aircraft that interferes with the
normal operation of an aerodrome should be removed as per the model
disabled aircraft recovery plan

17.34 GRID MAP {Internal & External}

17.34.1 Internal Grid map

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 461
 The airport internal map sh ould depict all rel evant airport details
including taxiways, access roads water supplies, staging areas an d
rendezvous points.

17.34.2 External Grid map:

The airport external map should in detail the perimeter of the airport,
surrounding communities, access roads, stretches of wat er or swampy
areas, rendezvous points, e tc. up to approx. 8 (eight) Km from the
airports.

---------------------------------

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL P a g e | 462

FIRE SAFETY MANUAL